Certex

Product Catalog
2004
Lifting Products and Services

www.certexusa.com
CERTEX Americas Locations
CERTEX is your trusted local source for lifting products and services. Around the world or close to home, wherever
people are at work building, producing and moving goods CERTEX means certainty.
ALABAMA Ft. Lauderdale New Orleans Tulsa

Bessemer CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX
CERTEX 1-800-827-4366 1-504-734-5871 1-918-446-9805
1-800-225-2103 1-954-961-5533
1-205-425-1614 West Monroe Woodard
Jacksonville CERTEX Stoehr Wire Rope
Decatur CERTEX 1-800-444-2612 1-580-254-5737
CERTEX 1-800-342-6616 1-318-325-3237
1-888-475-4647 1-904-786-7700
TENNESSEE
1-256-355-1102 MISSISSIPPI Chattanooga
Orlando Pearl CERTEX
Mobile CERTEX 1-800-467-0137 1-423-867-1590
CERTEX 1-800-900-0336 1-601-936-7204
1-800-231-2052 1-407-850-0398
TEXAS
1-251-432-5656 NEW MEXICO
Graham
West Palm Beach Hobbs
Stoehr Wire Rope
ARIZONA CERTEX Stoehr Wire Rope 1-940-549-3757
Phoenix 1-800-927-4366 1-505-392-2077
CERTEX 1-561-833-0028
1-602-271-9048
Houston
NORTH CAROLINA
CERTEX
GEORGIA Charlotte
1-800-882-9118
Tucson Atlanta CERTEX
1-713-674-3000
CERTEX CERTEX 1-800-637-2339
1-520-884-5846 1-800-582-5438 1-704-334-5334
1-404-351-6141 Universal Lifting Products
CALIFORNIA Greensboro 1-800-258-5438
1-713-674-4500
Bakersfield Brunswick CERTEX
CERTEX CERTEX 1-800-591-0911
1-661-327-3016 1-800-782-9196 1-336-632-9949 Odessa
1-912-264-0301 Stoehr Wire Rope
Santa Fe Springs OKLAHOMA 1-800-594-5600
LOUISIANA Hennesey 1-432-333-6104
CERTEX
1-800-730-8898 Houma Stoehr Wire Rope
1-562-777-1007 CERTEX 1-800-259-6888 Pampa
1-985-872-2434 1-405-853-6888 Stoehr Wire Rope
Ventura 1-806-665-0229
CERTEX Lafayette Lindsay
1-805-643-2239 CERTEX Stoehr Wire Rope CARIBBEAN
1-337-839-9916 1-405-756-8738 PUERTO RICO
FLORIDA San Juan
Clearwater Morgan City Oklahoma City CERTEX Caribbean
CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX 1-787-760-0303
1-800-282-7902 1-985-384-1630 1-405-789-3065
1-727-540-0720
Visit our Web site at www.certex.com
C E R T E X • F O R C E R T A I N T Y
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Products
Wire Rope 1
Wire Rope Slings 2
Wire Mesh Slings 3
Wire Rope Terminations 4
Wire Rope Accessories 5
Chain & Chain Fittings 6
Web Slings 7
Round Slings 8
Fiber Rope 9
Hardware 10
Hoists 11
Clamps 12
Blocks & Sheaves 13
Fall Protection & Miscellaneous 14
i
GENERAL CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS
All products supplied and manufactured by CERTEX are Working Load Limits, or other stated limitations, the use of
sold with the express understanding that the purchaser is products for this purpose.
thoroughly familiar with the safe and proper use and appli-
cation of the product. The Working Load Limit, or Design Factor, or Efficiency
Rating of each CERTEX-supplied product may be affected
Responsibility for the use and application of the products by wear, misuse, overloading, corrosion, deformation, inten-
rests with the user. tional alteration, and other use conditions. Regular inspec-
tion must be conducted to determine whether use can be
Failure of the product can occur due to misapplication, continued at the catalog assigned WLL, a reduced WLL, or
abuse, or improper maintenance. Product failure could whether the product must be withdrawn from service.
allow the load to become out of control, resulting in
possible property damage, personal injury or death. CERTEX products generally are intended for tension or
pull. Side loading must be avoided, as it exerts additional
There are numerous government and industry standards force or loading which the product is not designed to
that cover products sold by CERTEX.This catalog makes accommodate.
no attempt to reference all of them.We do reference the
standards that are most frequently asked about. Welding CERTEX-supplied load support parts or products
can be hazardous. Knowledge of materials, heat treatment,
Ratings Shown in CERTEX literature are applicable only to and welding procedures are necessary for proper welding.
new or “in as new” condition products. CERTEX should be consulted for information.
Load limit ratings indicate the greatest force or load a prod- The assigned Ultimate Load Rating of CERTEX-supplied
uct can carry under usual environmental conditions. Shock products for the reeving of wire, manila, or synthetic ropes
loading and extraordinary conditions must be taken into is based upon design; the catalog ultimate strength for the
account when selecting products for use in a system. rope parts, when totaled, may exceed the assigned Ultimate
Load Rating.
In general, the products displayed in CERTEX literature
are used as parts of a system being employed to accom- The Working Load Limit of a sling must not exceed the low-
plish a task.Therefore, we can only recommend within the est Working Load Limit of the components in the system.
LIMITED WARRANTY
Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that CERTEX’s war- the purchased product carries no warranty whatsoever.
ranty with respect to sale of its products is LIMITED solely Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that the remedies
to CERTEX’s choice of repair, replacement or refund of the provided in this section are the purchaser’s exclusive
purchase price of any product or part thereof determined remedies in connection with the purchase or use of the
by CERTEX to be defective within the first 12 months fol- product. Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that in no
lowing the transfer of title of the product from CERTEX to event shall CERTEX be liable for any incidental or conse-
the purchaser. Purchaser and CERTEX expressly agree that quential damages in connection with the purchase or use
upon termination of the aforementioned 12 month period, of the product.
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING EXPRESS WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY

AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE HEREBY DISCLAIMED. PURCHASER
HEREBY WAIVES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ARISING BY LAW OR
OTHERWISE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, EXPRESS WARRANTIES, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE
OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, AND IMPLIED WAR-
RANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITIONALLY, CERTEX HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ANY OF ITS OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ARISING FROM STATUTE, WAR-
RANTY, CONTRACT, TORT OR NEGLIGENCE.
Complete Agreement: This Warranty between purchaser and CERTEX is complete. All prior or contemporaneous dis-
cussions, representations and/or understandings are merged into this Warranty. All prior or contemporaneous agreements
between parties are superseded by this Warranty.
iii
GENERAL INFORMATION
Bridon American Corporation
Wire Rope Design and Construction
Single Size Seale Filler Wire
1
The basic strand construction has wires of Large outer wires with the same number Small wires fill spaces between large wires
the same size wound around a center. of smaller inner wires around a core wire. to produce crush resistance and a good
Provides excellent abrasion resistance but balance of strength, flexibility and
less fatigue resistance.When used with an resistance to abrasion.
IWRC, it offers excellent crush resistance
over drums.
Warrington Seale Filler Wire Filler Wire Seale
Outer layer of alternately large and small Many commonly used wire ropes use Many commonly used wire ropes use
wires provides good flexibility and combinations of these basic constructions. combinations of these basic constructions.
strength but low abrasion and crush
resistance.
Warrington Seale Seale Warrington Seale Multiple Operation
Many commonly used wire ropes use Many commonly used wire ropes use One of the above strand designs may be
combinations of these basic constructions. combinations of these basic constructions. covered with one or more layers of uni-
form-sized wires.
Wire ropes are composed of independent parts—wires, wires will be more abrasion resistant and less fatigue
strands and cores—that continuously interact with each resistant than a large number of small wires.
other during service.
Wire rope engineers design those parts in differing steel Finish
grades, finishes and a variety of constructions to attain Bright finish is suitable for most applications. Galvanized
the best balance of strength, abrasion resistance, crush finish is available for corrosive environments. Plastic jack-
resistance, bending fatigue resistance and corrosion resis- eting and encapsulation is also available on some con-
tance for each application. structions.
To select the best wire rope for each application, one
must know the required performance characteristics for Wire Grades
the job and enough about wire rope design to select the
optimum combination of wire rope properties. The most common steel wire grades are: IPS (Improved
The following information is presented as a basic guide. Plow Steel), EIP (Extra Improved Plow Steel) and EEIP
Bridon American engineers and field service specialists (Extra Extra Improved Plow Steel). Stainless Steels and
are available to provide more specific recommendations. other special grades are provided for special applications.
Most wire ropes are made with round wires. Both trian-
Strand Constructions gular and shaped wires are also used for special construc-
tions.
Strands are designed with various combinations of wires Generally, the higher the strength of the wire, the lower
and wire sizes to produce the desired resistance to its ductility will be.
fatigue and abrasion. Generally, a small number of large
1-1
GENERAL INFORMATION
Wire Rope Design and Construction
1 Core
IWRC (Independent Wire Rope Core) provides good crush Fiber Core provides excellent flexibility.
resistance and increased strength.
Regular Lay Lang Lay
Definition Definition
Most common lay in which the wires wind in one direction and Wires in strand and strands of rope wind the same direction.
the strands the opposite direction. (right lay shown) (right lay shown)
Characteristics Characteristics
Less likely to kink and untwist; easier to handle; more crush Increased resistance to abrasion; greater flexibility and fatigue
resistant than lang lay. resistance than regular lay; will kink and untwist.
Right Lay Left Lay
Definition Definition
Strands wound to the right around the core; (regular lay shown) Strands wound to the left around the core. (regular lay shown)
The most common construction. Used in a few special situations—cable tool drilling line,
for example.
Alternate Lay
Definition
Alternate strands of right regular lay and right lang lay.
Characteristics
Combines the best features of regular and lang lay for boom hoist
or winch lines.
1-2
INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE RECOMMENDATIONS
The primary factor in wire rope performance is selecting

a wire rope with the best combination of properties for
A coil should be unwound by rolling along the floor like
a hoop. Coils should never be laid flat and the free end 1
the job.The service life of that rope can be greatly pulled out.
extended by following a planned program of installation,
operation, maintenance and inspection to avoid the most Winding on a Drum
common causes of wire rope failure:
KINKING will result in permanent rope deformation and
localized wear. It is generally caused by allowing a loop to
form in a slack line and then pulling the loop down to a
tight permanent set.
OVERLOADING results in accelerated wear, abrasion,
rope crushing and distortion on drums and sheaves, and
could result in complete rope failure.
DRAGGING wire rope over a bank or some other object
results in localized wear, which means shorter life.
IMPROPER SPOOLING results in crushed and distorted
ropes and comes from careless installation and operation
of the rope.
WHIPPING a line, which results in many squared off bro- Proper practices for transferring rope from reel to drum:
ken wires, comes from jerking or running the line loose. • The reel should be placed as far from the drum as pos-
The following recommendations are general guides for sible in order to avoid putting any turn into the rope.
getting the longest life from your wire rope. Bridon • Rope should be wound from top-to-top or bottom-to-
American engineers and field service specialists are avail- bottom to avoid reverse bends, which tend to make a
able to provide advice in specific situations. Our technol- rope harder to handle.
ogy and experience are as close as your telephone.
• Use enough tension to avoid kinking.
Unloading, Unreeling and Uncoiling There is usually only one way to install rope on a grooved
Suitable precautions should be taken to prevent dropping drum.
of reels or coils during unloading and moving. If the reel
should collapse, it may be impossible to remove the rope
without serious damage.
Special care should be taken in unreeling wire rope to

avoid kinking, which can result in permanent damage to
the rope.The reel should be mounted on jacks or a
turntable so that it will move freely. It should be unreeled On ungrooved drums, the “rule of thumb” guides installa-
straight and under enough tension to keep it from start- tion.The fist represents the drum; the index finger the
ing a loop. wire rope; and the thumb the direction of the proper
dead end location. Use the right hand for right lay ropes,
the left hand for left lay ropes. For overwinding, the palm
is down; for underwinding, the palm is up. Most drum
anchors are set for right lay rope since it is the most com-
mon specification.
1-3
1 On installations where the rope

passes over a sheave onto the
• Crane ropes will fatigue at an equalizer sheave. Careful
inspection is required to identify fatigue points.
drum, the maximum fleet angle • Hoist ropes will frequently fail from vibration fatigue at
(angle between the center line sockets, clips and dead end points.
of the sheave and the rope)
should be not more than 1 1/2 On most installations, wear and fatigue are more severe
degrees for a smooth-faced on one half of the rope than the other. Changing a rope
drum and 2 degrees for a end-for-end more evenly distributes wear and fatigue
grooved drum. A 1 1/2 degree from repeated bending and vibration.
fleet angle is equivalent to 38
feet of lead for each foot of Lubrication
rope travel on either side of the
center line of the sheave. Factory lubrication is not always sufficient to last the use-
Smaller fleet angles may result ful life of wire rope. Periodic field lubrication may be
in the rope piling up on the required to minimize friction and provide corrosion pro-
drum. Larger fleet angles may tection. Important guides for field lubrication:
cause excessive wear from rub- • Ropes should be inspected frequently to determine the
bing against the flanges of the need for lubrication.
sheave as well as excessive • Clean the rope thoroughly with a wire brush, scraper
crushing and abrasion of the or compressed air to remove foreign material and old
rope on the drum. lubricant from the valleys between the strands and the
spaces between the outer wires.
• The lubricant should be applied at a point where the
rope is being bent in order to promote penetration
Break In within the strands. It may be applied by pouring, drip-
ping or brushing.
A few trips through the working cycle at slow speed and
light load will set the strands firmly in place for smooth, Used motor oil is not recommended as a wire rope lubri-
efficient operation. cant.
On applications using a wedge socket, such as drag and BriLube® is recommended for relubing ropes.
hoist ropes, it is also a good idea to cut off a short section
of rope to allow twist to run out and to equalize the Measuring Wire Rope Diameter
strands.
Operation
Skillful operation is important to wire rope performance.
Rapid acceleration, shock loading and excessive vibration
can cause premature rope failure. Smooth, steady applica-
tion of power by the equipment operator can add signifi-
cantly to wire rope service life.
Shifting Wear Points

Some sections of most wire ropes get more wear than
others. A regular inspection program will identify points The diameter of a wire rope is the diameter of the smallest
of wear and lead to wear-shift practices that will extend circle which will enclose all the strands. Measurements
wire rope life. should be made to the outer wires.
In many common situations, cutting off short lengths of
the rope will redistribute the points of maximum wear:
• Rope on a drum with two or more layers will wear at
the point where the rope starts each successive layer.
1-4
Matching the Wire Rope with Sheaves and Drums
The ratio of the diameter of the wire rope to the diame-

ter of operating sheaves and drums (D/d ratio) is particu- 1
larly important to service life. A sheave or drum that is
too small for the rope diameter will cause premature fail-
ure due to bending stresses.
Service life increases as the D/d ratio becomes larger.This

curve, based on bending and tensile stresses only, illustrates the
relative performance increase.
Efficiency falls as the D/d ratio becomes smaller. This curve,
based on static test data only, illustrates the decline of bending
efficiency for 6 x 19 and 6 x 37 classification ropes as the D/d
ratio is reduced.
Sheave Diameter Factors Matching Grooves to the Wire Rope

Suggested Minimum *D/d Ratios Grooves should be spaced so that one wrap of rope does
*D-Sheave Tread Diameter d-Nominal Rope Diameter not rub against the next wrap during operation.
Rope Construction Minimum Grooves in sheaves and drums should be slightly larger
6x7 42 than the wire rope to permit the rope to adjust itself to
19 x 7 34 the groove.Tight grooves will cause excessive wear to
6 x 19 S 34 outer wires; large grooves do not support the rope prop-
6 x 21 FW 30 erly.
6 x 25 FW 26 Wire ropes are manufactured slightly larger than nominal
6 x 36 WS 23 size. Maximum allowable oversize tolerances are shown
8 x 25 FW 21 in the following table.
6 x 41 WS 21
Nominal Rope Diameter Tolerance

Other values are permitted by various standards. For inches Under Over
example ASME B 30.5 allows minimum hoist rope D/d up to 1/8 -0 + 8%
ratio of 18 and boom hoist rope D/D ratio of 15. over 1/8 to 3/16 -0 + 7%
To calculate the recommended or minimum sheave diam- over 3/16 to 1/4 -0 + 6%
eter for any given rope, find the rope construction and over 1/4 -0 + 5%
multiply the rope diameter by the value shown. (Ex.:
Recommended sheave diameter for a 6 x 19 classification
wire rope of 3/4” diameter would be 51 x .75 = 38 1/4”)
Rope speed also affects fatigue life. Higher operating rates
require larger sheaves.
Reverse bends from one sheave to another should be
avoided. Other factors that affect bending fatigue life are
load, number of cycles and condition of the sheaves and
drums. Consult your local Branch for specific recommen-
dations.
1-5
1 As a rope is run through a groove, both become smaller.

A used groove can be too small for a new rope; thus
Calculating Drum Capacity
accelerating rope wear. A compromise between rope life
and machining frequency must be made.
The length of rope that can be wound on a drum or reel

may be calculated as follows. L = the length of rope in
feet. All other dimensions are in inches.
L = (A + D) x A x B x K
K = Constant obtained by dividing .2618 by the square of
the actual rope diameter.
H-D
A = – Desired clearance, in inches.
2
B = Traverse in inches.
D = Barrel Diameter in inches.
Grooves should have an arc of contact with the wire H = Flange Diameter in inches.
rope between 135 and 150 degrees.They should be L = Rope length in feet.
tapered to permit the rope to enter and leave the groove
smoothly. Field inspection groove guages are made to the
nominal diameter of the rope plus 1/2 of the allowable
rope oversize tolerance.When the field inspection guage
fits perfectly, the groove is at the minimum permissible
contour.
Values of K
Rope Rope
Dia. K Dia. K
1/4" 3.29 1 1/2" 0.107
5/16" 2.21 1 5/8" 0.0886
3/8" 1.58 1 3/4" 0.077
7/16" 1.19 1 7/8" 0.0675
1/2" .925 2" 0.0597
9/16" .741 2 1/8" 0.0532
5/8" .607 2 1/4" 0.0476
3/4" .428 2 3/8" 0.0421
7/8" .308 2 1/2" 0.038
1" .239 2 5/8" 0.0345
1 1/8" 0.191 2 3/4" 0.0314
1 1/4" 0.152 2 7/8" 0.0287
1 3/8" 0.127 3" 0.0264
1-6
INSPECTION OF WIRE ROPE AND STRUCTURAL STRAND
Wire Rope particular installation or similar installations, severity of

environment, percentage of capacity lifts, frequency rates 1
Carefully conducted inspections are necessary to ascer- of operation, and exposure to shock loads.
tain the condition of wire rope at various stages of its
useful life.The object of wire rope inspection is to allow Periodic inspections with a signed report should be per-
for removal of the rope from service before the rope’s formed by an appointed or authorized person.This
condition, as a result of usage, could pose a hazard to inspection should cover the entire length of rope.The
continued normal operations. individual wires in the strands of the rope should be visi-
The individual making the inspection should be familiar ble to this person during the inspection. Any deteriora-
with the product and the operation as his judgment is a tion resulting in appreciable loss of original strength,
most critical factor.Various safety codes, regulations, and such as described below, should be noted and determina-
publications give inspection requirements for specific tion made as to whether further use of the rope would
applications. constitute a hazard:
The following inspection procedure, taken from the ASME • Distortion of the rope such as kinking, birdcaging,
B-30 series, serves as a model of typical inspection crushing, unstranding, main strand displacement, or
requirements. core protrusion.
• Reduction of rope diameter below normal diameter
Frequent Inspection due to loss of core support, internal or external corro-
sion, or wear of outside wires.
All running ropes and slings in service should be visually • Severely corroded or broken wires at end connections.
inspected once each working day. A visual inspection
consists of observation of all rope and end connections • Severely corroded, cracked, bent, worn, or improperly
which can reasonably be expected to be in use during applied end connections.
daily operations.These visual observations should be con- • Lubrication.
cerned with discovering gross damage such as listed
below, which may be an immediate hazard: Special care should be taken when inspecting portions
subjected to rapid deterioration such as the following:
• Distortion of the rope such as kinking, crushing,
unstranding, birdcaging, main strand displacement or • Portions in contact with saddles, equalizer sheaves, or
core protrusion. other sheaves where rope travel is limited.
• General corrosion. • Portions of the rope at or near terminal ends where
corroded or broken wires may protrude.
• Broken or cut strands.
• Number, distribution and type of visible broken wires.
Rope Replacement
• Lubrication.
No precise rules can be given for determination of the
Special care should be taken when inspecting portions exact time for replacement of rope, since many variable
subjected to rapid deterioration such as flange points, factors are involved. Continued use in this respect
crossover points and repetitive pickup points on drums. depends largely upon good judgment by an appointed or
Special care should also be taken when inspecting cer- authorized person in evaluating remaining strength in a
tain ropes such as: used rope, after allowance for deterioration disclosed by
• Rotation-resistant ropes such as 19 x 7 and 8 x 19, inspection. Continued rope operation depends upon this
because of their higher susceptibility to damage and remaining strength.
increased deterioration when working on equipment Conditions such as the following should be sufficient rea-
with limited design parameters. son for questioning continued use of the rope or increas-
• Boom hoist ropes because of the difficulties of inspec- ing the frequency of inspection:
tion and important nature of these ropes. • In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken
wires in one lay, or three broken wires in one strand
When damage is discovered, the rope should either be in one lay. (The number of wire breaks beyond which
removed from service or given an inspection as detailed concern should be shown varies with rope usage and
in the section below. construction. For general application 6 and 3 are satis-
factory. Ropes used on overhead and gantry cranes, as
Periodic Inspection defined in ASME B-30, 2-1983, can be inspected to 12
and 4. Rotation resistant ropes should be inspected to
The inspection frequency should be determined by a 4 in 30 rope diameters and 2 in 6 rope diameters)
qualified person and should be based on such factors as:
expected rope life as determined by experience on the
1-7
INSPECTION OF WIRE ROPE AND STRUCTURAL STRAND
1 Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel

sheaves. If synthetic sheaves are used, consult the sheave
Inspection Records
or equipment manufacturer. Frequent Inspection—no records required.
• One outer wire broken at the contact point with the Periodic Inspection: In order to establish data as a basis
core of the rope which has worked its way out of the for judging the proper time for replacement a signed
rope structure and protrudes or loops out from the report of rope condition at each periodic inspection
rope structure. should be kept on file.This report should include points
of deterioration previously described.
• Wear of one-third the original diameter of outside indi- A long range inspection program should be established
vidual wires. and include records of examination of ropes removed
• Kinking, crushing, birdcaging, or any other damage from service so a relationship can be established between
resulting in distortion of the rope structure. visual observation and actual condition of the internal
• Evidence of any heat damage from any cause. structure.
• Valley breaks.
• Reductions from nominal rope diameter of more than: Galvanized Structural Wire Strand
Carefully conducted inspections performed and recorded
Reduction of Nominal Rope Diameters on a regular basis are necessary to ascertain the condition
of structural strand at various stages of its useful life.The
1/64" Up to & inc. 5/16" object of inspection is to allow for removal of the strand
1/32" over 5/16" thru 1/2" from service before its condition, as a result of usage,
3/64" over 1/2" thru 3/4" could pose a hazard to continued normal operations.
1/16" over 3/4" thru 1-1/8" The individual making the inspection should be familiar
with the operation, as his judgment is a most critical fac-
3/32" over 1-1/8" tor. Special care should be taken at end terminations or at
dampener devices, as these are generally the most critical
areas.
• In standing ropes, more than two broken wires in one Conditions such as corrosion, number, type and distribu-
lay in section beyond end connections or more than tion of broken wires, and diameter reduction should be
one broken wire at an end connection. evaluated and compared with previous inspection results.
Replacement rope shall have a strength rating at least as The actual condition of the strand and inspection history
great as the original rope furnished by the equipment together can then be used to decide if continued use of
manufacturer or as originally specified. Any deviation the product is advisable.
from the original size, grade, or construction shall be
specified by the equipment manufacturer, original design
engineer, or a qualified person.
NOTE: Special methods and techniques may be used by wire rope engi-
neers or qualified persons to determine the possible existence of internal
Ropes Not In Regular Use corrosion or broken wires in structural strand or similar conditions which
All rope which has been idle for a period of a month or may exist out of sight in terminal connections.
EXAMPLE: Wire breaks may sometimes occur just inside the nose of the
more due to shutdown or storage of equipment on which socket making visual inspection difficult. Judgments on wire integrity can
it is installed should be given inspections as previously be made by tapping or “sounding” the wire by a person experienced in
described before being placed in service.This inspection this inspection technique. If you have doubt about the method to use for
should be for all types of deterioration and should be per- inspection, or the condition of the strand or fitting, contact your nearest
formed by an appointed or authorized person. CERTEX location.
For further information on wire rope inspection refer to the

American Iron & Steel Institute’s Wire Rope Users Manual.
1-8
WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION & PRESERVATION
INTRODUCTION GENERAL GUIDELINES ON LUBRICATING ROPES 1

Steel wire ropes are used in a wide variety of applications A. For maximum benefit, the lubricant should be applied
and environments. as soon as the rope is put to work.
Many ropes are of complex construction and designed to B. The lubricant should be re-applied at regular intervals,
meet specific engineering applications. preferably before the rope shows signs of corrosion or
The ultimate working life of a wire rope is dependent dryness. Frequency of application depends on the
upon many factors, but effective in-service lubrication actual site conditions and the periods indicated in
and corrosion protection are fundamental parts of each section in this information sheet are for guidance
planned maintenance. only.
The selection of the correct lubricant designed to meet C. If the existing lubricant on the rope is heavily loaded
the requirements of the application, environment and with foreign matter, (dirt, sand, grit etc.) the rope
rope design is vital if maximum benefit from in-service should be cleaned before fresh lubricant is applied.
lubrication is to be obtained. Pressure cleaning and relubricating systems are the
most effective methods.
Bridon gives advice on the specific rope lubricants best
suited to any application. D. The loose products of corrosion should be brushed
off before fresh lubricant is applied. If the external
High pressure lubricators, which greatly assist both clean- wires in the rope are heavily corroded, or if there is
ing and re-lubrication are available and Bridon will advise reason to believe that there is severe internal corro-
on their suitability for any particular application. sion, the rope must be examined by a qualified person
and, if necessary, discarded.
GENERAL OPERATIONAL CATEGORIES E. The lubricant and application should be such that a
Most ropes have a lubricant incorporated during manu- thin even adherent coat covers all the wires in the
facture, to prevent corrosion during shipment and stor- rope.
age, and to provide internal lubrication during the early It must be emphasized that these comments are general
part of the rope’s working life. recommendations, applicable to round, triangular strand
However, wire ropes are like any other machine and and multi-strand ropes used in similar applications to those
lubrication and corrosion protection must be maintained indicated.They do not apply to certain specialized ropes
for optimum life to be achieved. Such service mainte- such as locked coil ropes, where specific recommenda-
nance is termed re-lubrication. tions can be made on request. Extensive research has been
It is important that the lubricant used are formulated carried out into lubrication of ropes under a wide variety
specifically for wire rope maintenance and are compati- of usages and environmental conditions and Bridon will be
ble with the manufacturing lubricant.The particular envi- pleased to advise rope users on specific problems.
ronment and application must be considered in order to
select the most appropriate type of lubricant. For exam- SELECTION OF IN-SERVICE LUBRICANTS
ple, modern multi-strand ropes require a lubricant with
good penetration properties which will fill the small A. Ropes working in industrial or outdoor environments
interstrand spaces and penetrate as far into the rope as
possible. Typical examples are:
A. Ropes working in industrial outdoor environments • MOBILE AND TOWER CRANES
where corrosion is the predominant cause of deterio- • CONTAINER CRANES
ration.
In such applications there is always the possibility of
Internal corrosion leading to fatigue initiation is the internal as well as external corrosion. Of the two the for-
major concern in these applications. mer is more serious because it is hidden.There is the pos-
B. Ropes working on friction hoists. sibility of moisture entrapment if an incorrect lubricant is
Lubrication to combat corrosion and internal wear is used, as it is usually difficult to dry the rope prior to
necessary without risking the loss of frictional grip. dressing.
C. Ropes working over sheaves but not subject to heavy It should be noted that many apparent fatigue type fail-
surface abrasion or corrosion. ures in such applications are initiated by corrosion.
D. Ropes working in conditions of heavy wear. The lubricant must:—
Here abrasion is the predominant cause of failure.
• Penetrate inside the rope—the most difficult part of
E. Standing ropes and working ropes subject to heavy the rope to inspect
loading in marine or other corrosive environments.
• Displace moisture from internal and external surfaces
In this case corrosion and abrasive wear combine to form • Give good corrosion protection, internally and externally
the major causes of failure.
• Be resistant to wash-off and emulsification
These wide variations in working conditions call for fun-
damentally different types of lubricant. Specific proper- • Not lead to build-up with repeated applications
ties are needed to achieve optimum rope performance. In The best lubricant for such applications are solvent
some cases, a combination of a solvent based corrosion based, which after evaporation leave a semi-dry waxy film
preventative, designed to achieve penetration and mois- which is reasonably thick (0.01 mm typically).These
ture displacement, followed by the application of a heav- lubricants must have specific anti-corrosion properties,
ier protective coating can be used to achieve optimum they must be tenacious and the resulting film should be
corrosion protection combined with good lubrication. semi-dry to minimize pick-up of abrasive particles e.g.
sand, which can combine with an oil lubricant to pro-
mote internal wear.
1-9
1 Lubricants containing chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents

such as trichlorethylene or carbon tetrachloride are NOT
D. Ropes working in conditions of heavy wear
recommended. Typical examples are:—
Lubricants containing ‘dry lubricants’ such as molybde- Onshore:
num disulphide and graphite are NOT recommended as • EXCAVATORS
these compounds tend to dry out leading to surface film
breakdown and consequent exposure of wire surfaces to • WINCHES
the atmosphere. • HAULAGE APPLICATIONS
Dressings should be applied by drip feed, spray or pres- Offshore
sure application, usually at no more than monthly inter-
vals. • MOORING SYSTEMS
• DREDGERS
B. Ropes working on friction hoists
Under these conditions the primary requirements for
Typical examples are:— rope lubricants are:—
• ELEVATORS • Good adhesion to the rope to prevent fling-off and loss
• FRICTION HOISTS of coating.
• CAPSTAN WINCHES • Resistance to removal by mechanical forces.A lubricant
that dries and cracks will scrape off or fall off in bend-
These ropes are subject to corrosion and wear and yet ing. Some bitumous compounds can ‘cement’ broken
application of conventional lubricants can lead to severe wires in place making inspection more difficult.
loss of traction resulting in slip.
• Good anti-wear properties.
Traditionally these ropes are lubricated very little in ser-
vice due to the conflicting problems of lubrication and In addition the lubricant must be resistant to moisture,
slip. Lubricant applied during manufacture is kept to a emulsification and ultra-violet degradation.
minimum for this reason. Good corrosion protection is essential, particularly in off-
The only lubricants satisfactory for this application are shore conditions.
those designed to provide corrosion protection and inter- Further preferred properties are ease of application and a
nal lubrication while minimizing loss of frictional grip or stable physical nature over a wide temperature range.
actually increasing the coefficient of friction.
The lubricants are petroleum-gel based, with thixotropic
A solvent based dressing which deposits a thin slip-resis- characteristics. Such compounds provide good lubrica-
tant semi-dry film is the best solution. tion over a wide range of temperatures and do not crack
In addition, moisture displacement and the prevention of or craze in ultra-violet light.Their thixotropic properties
excessive lubricant build-up are important. Lubricants enable good adherence and continuity on the side of the
should be applied by brush, spray or automatic feed, at rope, combined with good lubricity under shearing
monthly intervals. stress.
Unless a specific anti-slip dressing is used, great care must A further feature of thixotropic lubricants is the ease
be taken to ensure that slip is not generated by over with which they penetrate the rope through the use of
application. pressure lubricators.
Such lubricants are designed for long working life and
C. Ropes working under conditions of low abrasive wear infrequent application. Relubricating should take place as
and corrosion required depending upon the intensity of usage and the
Typical examples are:— severity of the environment.
• ELECTRIC OVERHEAD CRANES
E. Standing ropes and working ropes subject to heavy
• WIRE ROPE HOISTS loading in corrosive environments.
• INDOOR CRANES
• SMALL EXCAVATORS Typical examples are:—
• PILING, PERCUSSION AND DRILLING EQUIPMENT Onshore:
• GUY ROPES
Such ropes are subject to internal wear, leading to fatigue
failures of wires. • PENDANT ROPES
For these applications the best lubricants provide maxi- Offshore:
mum lubrication internally and externally. • TOWING CABLES
Lubricants using a mineral oil base, SAE 30, are generally • CRANES AND DERRICKS
accepted as the best. However basic oils provide very lit-
tle corrosion protection and are subject to excessive run- • TRAWL WARPS
off and fling-off. It is recommended, therefore, that a spe- Under these conditions ropes are subject to extended
cific oil based rope lubricant with a tackiness additive periods of corrosive attack in standing situations. In some
and anti-corrosion properties be selected. applications, such as offshore cranes, the ropes are
Compounds containing ‘dry lubricants’ such as molybde- required to undertake heavy duty lifting work after
num disulphide and graphite have been shown to pro- extended periods at rest.
vide no increase in fatigue life in wire ropes over and
above that provided by mineral oils. Application should
be by brush, spray or drip feed whenever the rope
appears dry.
1-10
The primary requirements for rope lubricants in such

applications are:—
Thixotropic gels are the most suitable lubricants as they
provide excellent protection against the environment, 1
• High corrosion protection good lubrication under dynamic operation and operation
and return to a semi-solid coherent lubricant at rest.
• Long term stability of the lubricant
Re-lubrication of a used rope can often be improved by
• Good adhesion to the rope, even when wet an initial application of a solvent based corrosion preven-
• Resistance to wash-off, emulsification and mechanical tative lubricant which penetrates and displaces moisture
removal in the rope.
Only lubricants which provide high corrosion resistance
should be used and the lubricants should remain stable LUBRICANTS AVAILABLE
over extended periods of time over wide temperature There is a wide range of compounds on the market. Some
ranges. of these are specific to wire rope applications and others
Resistance to cracking and ultra-violet degradation is nec- are multi-purpose products which can offer some bene-
essary for long term protection. fits to wire ropes.
Lubricants with similar characteristics to those in section Bridon’s own brand of wire rope lubricants, the BRILUBE
(d), but with high corrosion protection characteristics, range, has been developed especially for wire rope. Based
are recommended. upon extensive experience in wire rope usage, there is a
BRILUBE product to meet most applications mentioned
Traditional bituminous compounds are not recommended in this document.
as service lubricants because they can trap moisture in
the core, and may not act as lubricants when a rope is Detailed technical data, catalog and supplies of BRILUBE
put to work after extended periods in a static situation, are available from authorized Bridon distributors.
due to hardening. Such compounds are only effective as
lubricants when applied during manufacture, usually
heated and under pressure.
GENERAL GUIDELINES
The New Standard In

Lifting Products and Services.
In the field of lifting, CERTEX means for lifting products and services, backed
certainty. From simple, straight forward by world-wide experience and expertise to
hardware and custom-made assemblies, solve any lifting problem.
to complete lifting management programs, Wherever people are at work building,
the name CERTEX represents quality, producing and moving the world’s goods,
safety, service and expertise. CERTEX CERTEX means certainty.
companies are your trusted local source
1-11
WIRE ROPE SELECTION
1 Strength Abrasion Resistance

Wire rope must have the strength required to handle the Lang lay and large outer wires provide resistance to abra-
maximum load plus a design factor. sion.The relationship between abrasion resistance and
The design factor is the ratio of the breaking strength of fatigue resistance is illustrated below.
the rope to the maximum working load.To establish the
proper design factor, several operating characteristics
should be considered:
• speed of operation
• acceleration and deceleration
• length of rope
• number, size and location of sheaves and drums
• rope attachments
• conditions causing corrosion and abrasion
• danger to human life and property.
Fatigue Resistance
Smaller wires are the key to bending performance when
wire ropes are subjected to repeated bending over Crush Resistance
sheaves or drums.The more outer wires for a given size An IWRC (Independent wire rope core) and large outer
wire rope, the better the resistance to bending fatigue. wires will provide best crush resistance. Bridon
The relative bending life factors of typical wire rope con- American’s Constructex rope provides the best crush
structions are indicated in the following table. resistance of any wire rope.
Ropes having a large number of small wires, however,
should not be used where overwrapping on a drum takes Flexibility
place because they do not provide sufficient crush resis-
tance. Fiber core, lang lay and smaller wires provide a more flex-
ible wire rope.
Generally Accepted Design Factors

Type of Service Minimum Factor
Guy Ropes 3.5
Overhead and Gantry Cranes 5.0
Jib and Pillar Cranes 5.0
Derricks 3.5
Wire Rope Slings 5.0
Miscellaneous Hoisting Equipment 5.0
Ski Lift Ropes slopes under 3,000 feet 5.0
slopes over 3,000 feet 4.5
Haulage Ropes 5.0
Small Electric and Air Hoists 5.0
Rotation Resistant Ropes Minimum 5.0
Recommended 7.0
Hot Ladle Cranes 8.0
Elevator Hoist and Counterweight Ropes (Passenger)
500 FPM 10.25
750 FPM 11.15
1000 FPM 11.55
Relative bending life factors of typical ropes

Rope Construction Factor
6x7 .57
19 x 7 .67
6 x 19 S .80
6 x 21 FW .92
Dyform-18 and 6 x 25 FW 1.00
6 x 31 WS 1.09
Dyform-6 and 6 x 36 WS 1.31
8 x 25 FW 1.39
6 x 41 WS 1.39
6 x 49 SWS 1.54
1-12
GENERAL PURPOSE WIRE ROPES
6 x 7 Classification
6 x 7 Rope 6 x 7 Classification Wire Ropes give long service in oper-
ating conditions where ropes are dragged along the 1
ground or over rollers. Larger sheaves and drums (than
those used for more flexible constructions) are required
to avoid breakage from fatigue. 6 x 7 Classification Ropes
contain 6 strands with 3 through 14 wires, no more than
9 of which are outside wires.
Order Guide:
6 x 7 classification wire ropes may be ordered in diame-
ters from 1/4” to 1 1/2”…bright or galvanized…EEIP, EIP
and IPS grades…fiber core or IWRC…right or left lay, reg-
ular or lang lay.
Fiber core shown; IWRC available

Characteristics
Excellent abrasion resistance; less bending fatigue resistance
Typical Applications
Dragging and haulage in mines, inclined planes and tramways,
sand lines.
6 x 7 Classification Rope
Nominal Strength,* Tons Approximate
(Bright or Drawn Galvanized)† Wt./Ft., lb.
EIP
CERTEX CERTEX
Diameter, Cat. Ref. Cat. Ref. Fiber Fiber
in. No. IWRC No. Core IWRC Core
1/4 CX01-0600 3.27 CX01-0614 2.90 0.10 0.094
5/16 CX01-0601 5.07 CX01-0615 4.51 0.16 0.15
3/8 CX01-0602 7.25 CX01-0616 6.45 0.23 0.21
7/16 CX01-0603 9.80 CX01-0617 8.72 0.32 0.29
1/2 CX01-0604 12.8 CX01-0618 11.3 0.42 0.38
9/16 CX01-0605 16.1 CX01-0619 14.3 0.53 0.48
5/8 CX01-0606 19.7 CX01-0620 17.5 0.65 0.59
3/4 CX01-0607 28.1 CX01-0621 25.0 0.92 0.84
7/8 CX01-0608 38.0 CX01-0622 33.8 1.27 1.15
1 CX01-0609 49.1 CX01-0623 43.7 1.65 1.50
1 1/8 CX01-0610 61.5 CX01-0624 54.8 2.09 1.90
1 1/4 CX01-0611 75.4 CX01-0625 67.1 2.57 2.34
1 3/8 CX01-0612 90.4 CX01-0626 80.4 3.12 2.84
1 1/2 CX01-0613 107.0 CX01-0627 94.8 3.72 3.38
*Acceptance strength is not less *Acceptance
than 2 1/2% below
strength theis nominal strengths
not less than listed.
2 1/2% below the nominal strengths listed.
†Galvanizing: For class A galvanized wire rope For
†Galvanizing: (EIPclass
andAIPS grades only),
galvanized deduct
wire rope 10%
(EIP from
and IPS the nominal
grades only),strength
deduct shown.
10% from the nominal
strength shown.
WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of

this product apply only to the nominal strength of new, unused wire rope.
All equipment using this product must be properly used and maintained.
Wire rope must be properly stored, handled, used and maintained. Most
importantly, wire rope must be regularly inspected during use. Damage,
abuse or improper maintenance can cause rope failure. Consult the AISI
Wire Rope Users Manual, ASME or ANSI Standards, before usage. Wire
rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel sheaves. If synthetic sheaves
are used, consult the sheave equipment manufacturer. WARNING!
1-13
1 6x19 Seale 6x21 Filler Wire 6x25 Filler Wire 6x26 Warrington Seale
Characteristics Characteristics Characteristics Characteristics

Resistant to abrasion and Less abrasion resistance; more Most flexible rope in classifi- Good balance of abrasion and
crushing; medium fatigue bending fatigue resistance cation; best balance of abra- fatigue resistance
resistance Typical Applications sion and fatigue resistance Typical Applications
Typical Applications Pull Ropes, load lines, back- Typical Applications Boom hoists, logging and tub-
Haulage rope, choker rope, haul ropes, draglines; Most widely used of all wire ing lines
rotary drilling line fiber core shown, rope - cranes hoists, skip IWRC shown; fiber core
IWRC shown; fiber core IWRC available hoists, haulage, mooring lines, available
available conveyors, etc.
IWRC shown; fiber core
available
6 x 19 Classification ropes provide an excellent balance between fatigue and wear resistance.They give excellent ser-
vice with sheaves and drums of moderate size. 6 x 19 Classification ropes contain 6 strands with 15 through 26 wires
per strand, no more than 12 of which are outside wires.
6 x 19 Classification Rope
Approximate
Nominal Strength,* Tons (Bright or Drawn Galvanized)†
Wt./Ft., lb.
EEIP EIP
CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX
Diameter, Cat. Ref. Cat. Ref. Fiber Cat. Ref. Cat. Ref. Fiber Fiber
in. No. IWRC No. Core No. IWRC No. Core IWRC Core
1/4 CX01-0059 3.40 CX01-0634 3.02 0.116 0.105
5/16 CX01-0060 5.27 CX01-0635 4.69 0.18 0.164
3/8 CX01-0061 7.55 CX01-0636 6.71 0.26 0.236
7/16 CX01-0029 11.2 CX01-0044 9.90 CX01-0062 10.2 CX01-0637 9.09 0.35 0.32
1/2 CX01-0030 14.6 CX01-0045 12.9 CX01-0063 13.3 CX01-0638 11.8 0.46 0.42
9/16 CX01-0031 18.5 CX01-0046 16.2 CX01-0064 16.8 CX01-0639 14.9 0.59 0.53
5/8 CX01-0032 22.7 CX01-0047 20.0 CX01-0065 20.6 CX01-0640 18.3 0.72 0.66
3/4 CX01-0033 32.4 CX01-0048 28.6 CX01-0066 29.4 CX01-0641 26.2 1.04 0.95
7/8 CX01-0034 43.8 CX01-0049 38.6 CX01-0067 39.8 CX01-0642 35.4 1.42 1.29
1 CX01-0035 57.5 CX01-0050 50.0 CX01-0068 51.7 CX01-0643 46.0 1.85 1.68
1 1/8 CX01-0036 71.5 CX01-0051 63.0 CX01-0069 65.0 CX01-0644 57.9 2.34 2.13
1 1/4 CX01-0037 87.9 CX01-0052 77.5 CX01-0070 79.9 CX01-0645 71.0 2.89 2.63
1 3/8 CX01-0038 106.0 CX01-0053 93.0 CX01-0071 96.0 CX01-0646 85.4 3.50 3.18
1 1/2 CX01-0039 125.00 CX01-0054 111.0 CX01-0072 114.0 CX01-0647 101.0 4.16 3.78
1 5/8 CX01-0040 145.0 CX01-0055 129.0 CX01-0073 132.0 CX01-0648 118.0 4.88 4.44
1 3/4 CX01-0041 168.0 CX01-0056 149.0 CX01-0074 153.0 CX01-0649 136.0 5.67 5.15
1 7/8 CX01-0042 191.0 CX01-0057 169.0 CX01-0075 174.0 CX01-0650 155.0 6.50 5.91
2 CX01-0043 218.0 CX01-0058 192.0 CX01-0076 198.0 CX01-0651 176.0 7.39 6.72
2 1/8 CX01-0628 221.0 CX01-0652 197.0 8.35 7.59
2 1/4 CX01-0629 247.0 CX01-0653 220.0 9.36 8.51
2 3/8 CX01-0630 274.0 CX01-0654 244.0 10.4 9.48
2 1/2 CX01-0631 302.0 CX01-0655 269.0 11.6 10.5
2 5/8 CX01-0632 331.0 12.8 11.6
2 3/4 CX01-0633 361.0 14.0 12.7
* Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal strengths listed
†Galvanizing For class A galvanized wire rope (EIP and IPS grades only), deduct 10% from the nominal strength shown

1-14
6 x 31 Warrington Seale 6 x 36 Warrington Seale
1
12 outside wires. Slightly more flexible than 6 x 25 rope with 14 outside wires. More fatigue resistance; but less abrasion resis-
the same abrasion resistance tance than 6 x 25 rope.
Typical Applications Typical Applications
Overhead crane and mobile crane hoist ropes Overhead crane and mobile crane hoist ropes; winch lines; large
IWRC shown; fiber core available diameter towing lines
IWRC shown; fiber core available
6 x 41 Warrington Seale 6 x 41 Seale Filler Wire 6 x 49 Seale Warrington Seale
16 outside wires. Good combination of Same characteristics and applications as 16 outside wires. Best fatigue resistance
fatigue and abrasion resistance for operat- 6 x 41 Warrington Seale and abrasion resistance in 6 x 37 classifi-
ing ropes. IWRC shown; fiber core available cation
Typical Applications Typical Applications
Overhead crane and mobile crane hoist Mooring, towing and anchor lines, shovel
ropes; shovel and dragline hoist ropes and dragline hoist ropes
IWRC shown; fiber core available IWRC shown; fiber core available
More flexible but less abrasion resistant than the 6 x 19 classification. Each strand contains numerous small diameter
wires.As the number of wires increases, flexibility increases. 6 x 37 classification ropes contain 6 strands with 27
through 49 wires, no more than 18 of which are outside wires.

1-15
1 6 x 37 Classification Rope
Nominal Strength,* Tons (Bright or Drawn Galvanized)† Approximate Wt./Ft., lb.
EEIP EIP
Diameter, CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX
in. Cat. Ref. No. IWRC Cat. Ref. No. Fiber Core Cat. Ref. No. IWRC Cat. Ref. No. Fiber Core IWRC Fiber Core
1/4 CX01-0113 3.40 CX01-0155 3.02 0.116 0.105
5/16 CX01-0114 5.27 CX01-0156 4.69 0.180 0.164
3/8 CX01-0115 7.55 CX01-0157 6.71 0.260 0.236
7/16 CX01-0116 10.2 CX01-0158 9.09 0.35 0.32
1/2 CX01-0077 14.6 CX01-0095 12.9 CX01-0117 13.3 CX01-0159 11.8 0.46 0.42
9/16 CX01-0078 18.5 CX01-0096 16.2 CX01-0118 16.8 CX01-0160 14.9 0.59 0.53
5/8 CX01-0079 22.7 CX01-0097 20.0 CX01-0119 20.6 CX01-0656 18.3 0.72 0.66
3/4 CX01-0080 32.4 CX01-0098 28.6 CX01-0120 29.4 CX01-0657 26.2 1.04 0.95
7/8 CX01-0081 43.8 CX01-0099 38.6 CX01-0121 39.8 CX01-0658 35.4 1.42 1.29
1 CX01-0082 57.5 CX01-0100 50.0 CX01-0122 51.7 CX01-0659 46.0 1.85 1.68
1 1/8 CX01-0083 71.5 CX01-0101 63.0 CX01-0123 65.0 CX01-0660 57.9 2.34 2.13
1 1/4 CX01-0084 87.9 CX01-0102 77.5 CX01-0124 79.9 CX01-0661 71.0 2.89 2.63
1 3/8 CX01-0085 106.0 CX01-0103 93.0 CX01-0125 96.0 CX01-0662 85.4 3.50 3.18
1 1/2 CX01-0086 125.0 CX01-0104 111.0 CX01-0126 114.0 CX01-0663 101.0 4.16 3.78
1 5/8 CX01-0087 145.0 CX01-0105 129.0 CX01-0127 132.0 CX01-0664 118.0 4.88 4.44
1 3/4 CX01-0088 168.0 CX01-0106 149.0 CX01-0128 153.0 CX01-0665 136.0 5.67 5.15
1 7/8 CX01-0089 191.0 CX01-0107 169.0 CX01-0129 174.0 CX01-0666 155.0 6.50 5.91
2 CX01-0090 218.0 CX01-0108 192.0 CX01-0130 198.0 CX01-0667 176.0 7.39 6.72
2 1/8 CX01-0091 243.0 CX01-0109 215.0 CX01-0131 221.0 CX01-0668 197.0 8.35 7.59
2 1/4 CX01-0092 272.0 CX01-0110 240.0 CX01-0132 247.0 CX01-0669 220.0 9.36 8.51
2 3/8 CX01-0093 301.0 CX01-0111 266.0 CX01-0133 274.0 CX01-0670 244.0 10.4 9.48
2 1/2 CX01-0094 332.0 CX01-0112 293.0 CX01-0134 302.0 CX01-0671 269.0 11.6 10.5
2 5/8 CX01-0135 331.0 12.8 11.6
2 3/4 CX01-0136 361.0 14.0 12.7
2 7/8 CX01-0137 392.0 15.3 13.9
3 CX01-0138 425.0 16.6 15.1
3 1/8 CX01-0139 458.0 18.0 16.4
3 1/4 CX01-0140 492.0 19.5 17.7
3 3/8 CX01-0141 529.0 21.0 19.1
3 1/2 CX01-0142 564.0 22.7 20.6
3 5/8 CX01-0143 602.0 24.3
3 3/4 CX01-0144 641.0 26.0
3 7/8 CX01-0145 680.0 27.7
4 CX01-0146 720.0 29.6
4 1/8 CX01-0147 761.0 31.4
4 1/4 CX01-0148 803.0 33.4
4 3/8 CX01-0149 846.0 35.4
4 1/2 CX01-0150 889.0 37.4
4 5/8 CX01-0151 934.0 39.5
4 3/4 CX01-0152 979.0 41.7
4 7/8 CX01-0153 1024.0 43.9
5 CX01-0154 1070.0 46.2
*Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal strengths listed.
†Galvanizing For class A galvanized wire rope (EIP and IPS grades only}, deduct 10% from the nominal strength shown.

1-16
Galvanized "Aircraft" Cable

7 x 7 Galvanized Aircraft Cable 1
CERTEX Approx. Weight Breaking Strength

Cat. Ref. No. Size per 1000 ft. Pounds*
CX01-0161 1/16" 7.5 lbs. 480
CX01-0162 3/32" 16 920
CX01-0163 1/8" 28 1,700
7x7 CX01-0164 5/32" 43 2,600
CX01-0165 3/16" 62 3,700
CX01-0166 1/4" 106 6,100
7 x 19 Galvanized Aircraft Cable
CERTEX Approx. Weight Breaking Strength

Cat. Ref. No. Size per 1000 ft. Pounds*
CX01-0167 3/32" 17.4 lbs. 1,000
CX01-0168 1/8" 29 2,000
CX01-0169 5/32" 45 lbs. 2,800
7 x 19 CX01-0170 3/16" 65 4,200
CX01-0171 7/32" 86 lbs. 5,600
CX01-0172 1/4" 110 7,000
CX01-0173 5/16" 173 lbs. 9,800
CX01-0174 3/8" 243 14,400
NOT FOR AIRCRAFT USE.

(“Aircraft Cable” has become an accepted industry term for small diameter 7 x 7 and 7 x 19 construction wire rope
intended for industrial and marine application.)
Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.

1-17
Stainless Steel "Aircraft" Cable
1 7 x 7 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable, Type 304
Approx. Weight Breaking

CERTEX
Size per 1000 ft. Strength
Cat. Ref. No.
Pounds Pounds*
CX01-0175 1/16"** 7.5 480
CX01-0176 3/32"** 16.0 920
CX01-0177 1/8" 28.0 1,760
7x7 *Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog
Breaking Strength.
**According to MIL-W-83420D, with exceptions. Meeting Federal Specification RR-W-410D.
7 x 19 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable, Type 304

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
Pounds Pounds*
CX01-0178 3/32"** 17 920
CX01-0179 1/8"** 29 1,760
CX01-0180 5/32"** 45 2,400
7 x 19 CX01-0181 3/16"** 65 3,700
CX01-0182 1/4"** 110 6,400
CX01-0183 5/16"** 173 9,000
CX01-0184 3/8"** 243 12,000
*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog
breaking strength.
**According to MIL-W-83420D, with exceptions. Meeting Federal Specification RR-W-410D.
7 x 19 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable, Type 316

CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
Pounds Pounds*
CX01-0185 1/8" 29 1,670
CX01-0186 3/16" 65 3,565
CX01-0187 1/4" 110 5,875
7 x 19 CX01-0188 5/16" 173 8,825
CX01-0189 3/8" 243 11,760
*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog
Breaking Strength.

(“Aircraft Cable” has become an accepted industry term for small diameter 7x7 and 7x19 construction wire rope
1-18
6 x 19 Stainless Steel Wire Rope, Type 304** 1

CERTEX Diameter Approx. Weight Breaking
Cat. Ref. No. Inches per Foot, Pounds Strength, Pounds*
CX01-0190 7/16 .35 16,300
CX01-0191 1/2 .46 22,800
CX01-0192 9/16 .59 28,500
CX01-0193 5/8 .72 35,000
6 x 19 (1 + 6 + 12) CX01-0194 3/4 1.04 49,600
WITH IWRC *Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength.
**Read important warnings and information preceding wire rope section.
6 x 36 Stainless Steel Wire Rope, Type 304**

Cat. Ref. No. Inches per Foot, Pounds Strength, Pounds*
CX01-0195 3/8 .24 12,000
CX01-0196 7/16 .35 16,300
CX01-0197 1/2 .46 22,800
CX01-0198 9/16 .59 28,500
6 x 36 WARRINGTON CX01-0199 5/8 .72 35,000
SEALE WITH IWRC CX01-0200 3/4 1.04 49,600
CX01-0201 7/8 1.42 66,500
CX01-0202 1 1.85 85,400
*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength.
Cable-Laid Wire Rope**

Galvanized, preformed.
Cat. Ref. No. Inches Construction per Foot, Pounds Strength, tons*
CX01-0203 3/8 7x7x7 .21 5.7
CX01-0204 1/2 7x7x7 .37 9.75
CX01-0205 5/8 7x7x7 .58 14.6
7 x 7 x 7 CABLE-LAID CX01-0206 3/4 7 x 7 x 19 .88 21.4
CX01-0207 7/8 7 x 7 x 19 1.19 28.4
CX01-0208 1 7 x 7 x 19 1.56 36.2
CX01-0209 1 1/8 7 x 7 x 19 1.94 44.7
CX01-0210 1 1/4 7 x 7 x 19 2.39 53.7
*Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength.
7 x 7 x 19 CABLE-LAID
1-19
Vinyl Coated Aircraft Cable
1 Clear Vinyl Coated Galvanized Aircraft Cable

CERTEX Cable Coated per 1000 ft. Strength
Cat. Ref. No. Diameter to Pounds Pounds* Construction
CX01-0211 1/16"** 1/8" 11.8 480 7x7
CX01-0212 3/32"** 1/8" 18.5 920 7x7
CX01-0213 3/32"** 3/16" 25.8 920 7x7
CX01-0214 1/8" 3/16" 35.2 1,700 7x7
7x7 CX01-0215 1/8"** 3/16" 36.2 2,000 7 x 19
CX01-0216 3/16"** 1/4" 77.5 4,200 7 x 19
CX01-0217 1/4"** 5/16" 123.0 7,000 7 x 19
CX01-0218 5/16"** 3/8" 197.0 9,800 7 x 19
Also available on special order: nylon and vinyl in various colors.
Approx. 3 weeks delivery.
* Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength.
** Uncoated cable according to MIL-W-83420D, with exceptions.
Uncoated cable meets Federal Specification RR-W-410D.
7 x 19
Clear Vinyl Coated Stainless Aircraft Cable, Type 304

CERTEX Coated per 1000 ft. Strength
Cat. Ref. No. Cable Diameter to Pounds Pounds* Construction
CX01-0219 1/8"** 3/16" 36.2 1,760 7 x 19
CX01-0220 3/16"** 1/4" 77.5 3,700 7 x 19
CX01-0221 1/4"** 5/16" 123.0 6,400 7 x 19
CX01-0222 5/16"** 3/8" 197.0 9,000 7 x 19
CX01-0223 3/8"** 7/16" 270.0 12,000 7 x 19
7 x 19
Also available on special order: nylon and vinyl in various colors.
Approx. 3 weeks delivery.
* Listed for comparison only. Actual operating loads may vary, but should never exceed 20% of catalog Breaking Strength.
** Uncoated cable according to MIL-W-83420D, with exceptions.
Uncoated cable meets Federal Specification RR-W-410D.

(“Aircraft Cable” has become an accepted industry term for small diameter 7 x 7 and 7 x 19 construction wire rope
When using wire rope clips with plastic coated cable, match clip size to uncoated cable diameter (3/16” cable coated
to 1/4” takes 3/16” clip.) Strip plastic coating off cable where clips will be positioned for full holding power.
1-20
ROTATION RESISTANT WIRE ROPES
The accepted definition of rotation resistant rope as stated in the Wire Rope Users Manual is:
1 ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE - a wire rope consisting of

an inner layer of strands laid in one direction covered by
DIAGRAMATIC ILLUSTRATION OF ROTATION
VARIOUS ROPE CONSTRUCTIONS 1
a layer of strands laid in the opposite direction.This has
the effect of counteracting torque by reducing the ten-
dency of the finished rope to rotate.
While this properly defines the ropes, it does not tell the
complete story about a commonly misunderstood and
often misused product. Over the years, this type of rope
has been known by various names such as Non-Rotating
and Spin-Resistant. Several years ago, in order to more
accurately describe the ropes and avoid confusion, they
were categorized as Rotation Resistant Ropes. Bridon
American produces and markets three different types of
Rotation Resistant Ropes that can be grouped as follows
STANDARD ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES

19 x 7
18 x 7 FC STANDARD APPLICATIONS
8 x 19 IWRC • Mobile Cranes and Overhead Hoists 19 x 7, 18 x 7 FC,
8 x 19 IWRC
SPECIAL ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES • Mobile Cranes and Overhead Hoists Dyform-18
Endurance Dyform® - 18 • Tower Cranes and various hoisting applications
Dyform-34LR and Endurance 35LS
MULTIPLE STRAND ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES All Rotation Resistant Ropes can be used in a variety of
other applications, but the specific application and the
Endurance Dyform® - 34LR operating requirements should be carefully reviewed by
Endurance 35LS BAC Technical Services or a qualified person before a rec-
ommendation can be made.
All these ropes have specific operating and performance
characteristics and some have limitations. An overview
of certain operating characteristics shows the following: SEIZING AND CUTTING
19 x 7 8 x 19 DYF-18 34LR
Because Rotation Resistant Ropes can be difficult to
properly identify by sight, it is recommended that all
18 x 7 FC IWRC 35LS Rotation Resistant Ropes be tightly seized with wire,
Multiple Part strand or tape, or welded before cutting. It is important
No Yes Yes Yes
Reeving that all Rotation Resistant Ropes be prevented from
Single Part unlaying when cut regardless of construction. General
Yes Yes Yes Yes
Reeving guidelines for seizing and welding are shown in the detail
Swivels No No No Yes below. Endurance 35LS and Dyform-34LR should have
Strength Low Low High Highest welded ends and not seized ends.
Preformed Yes Yes Partially No
Multiple Layer
Yes Yes Yes Yes PREFORMED/NON-PREFORMED
Winding
Rotation Resistant Ropes are special ropes and are pro-
Prevention of
Block N/A Good
Much
Best
duced with special manufacturing techniques to meet all
Spinning
Better of the required operating parameters of the ropes. To
prevent confusion as to which are preformed, partially
preformed and non-preformed. Bridon American attaches
a warning tag on all Rotation Resistant Ropes to indicate
that they should always be properly seized when cut.
NOTE:Two seizings are recommended for non-preformed rope

and one seizing for preformed rope. Each seizing should be at
least one rope diameter in length.
A. 19 x 7; B. 8 x 19 IWRC; C. Dyform-18; D. Dyform-34LR;
E. Endurance 35LS
1-24
1-21
1 WELDED ENDS are not shock loaded, and the ropes are frequently
inspected by a qualified person. BAC recommends that
1
A welded rope end can facilitate the installation of a each application requiring the use of a swivel with
Rotation Resistant Rope in a wedge socket.A welded Standard or Special Rotation Resistant Ropes be reviewed
rope end combined with a tail of less than 20 rope diam- and approved by a qualified person.
eters can cause rope distortion. If the proper tail length is
used, a welded end is acceptable. There has been some confusion about swivels attached
between the rope and the dead end attachment point
Capped welded end. and swivels below the traveling block (between the
block and the load). For the purpose of the previous dis-
cussion, we are referring to the swivel attachment
between the rope and the dead end attachment point.
Most swivels below the traveling block are not anti-fric-
tion ball bearing swivels.
MULTIPLE PART REEVING

19 x 7 and 18 x 7 FC ropes are not recommended for
multiple part reeving. These ropes do not perform well
and tend to become imbalanced when used in this man-
ner. The 8 x 19 IWRC ropes, Dyform-18, Dyform-34LR,
and Endurance 35LS are more stable constructions and
Tapered and welded end. can be used in multiple part reeving.
HANDLING INSTALLATION SINGLE PART HOISTING
Rotation Resistant Ropes must have properly seized, or All Rotation Resistant Ropes can be used in single part
welded ends. They must be installed without inducing hoisting. However, the limitations of single part hoisting
twist or turn. They must not be kinked, and they must must be understood. Rotation Resistant Ropes will devel-
have the proper tail length at the wedge socket. op torque when a load is applied and rotation of the load
can occur. The amount of rotation depends on many fac-
WEDGE SOCKETS tors.
All Rotation Resistant Ropes can be used with standard If the loads being handled under all operating conditions
wedge sockets. Certain precautions must be taken. All are within the recommended design factors, the amount
Rotation Resistant Ropes should be tightly seized with of rotation should not cause problems. If the rope is
wire, strand or tape, or welded to prevent loss of rope lay shock loaded or loaded beyond the recommended design
at the dead end. Loss of rope lay will change the operat- factor, rotation of the rope will be a problem. As stated
ing characteristics of the ropes and can cause high previously, when Rotation Resistant Ropes rotate, the
strands and rope distortion. strength of the rope is reduced. If the rotation is severe
The dead end should be a minimum length of 20 rope enough, the rope can fail or rapidly develop broken
diameters for all Rotation Resistant Ropes. A wire rope wires and wear in the inner rope where it can be difficult
clip may be attached to the dead end. to detect.
SWIVELS ODD PART REEVING

BAC’s recommendation is Odd part reeving such as
that 19 x 7, 18 x 7 FC, 8 x 3, 5 or 7 part can cause
19 IWRC, and Dyform-18 problems if the traveling
should not be dead ended block is not properly
into a swivel.The multiple aligned.While a greater
strand Rotation Resistant number of parts reeved in
Ropes such as Dyform-34LR an even number will
and Endurance 35LS may be require slower hoisting
used with a swivel in any speeds, it can prevent
application. problems. If odd part
reeving is necessary, the
The reason for this recom- dead end at the traveling
mendation is that the stan- block should be attached
dard Rotation Resistant to the center of the block
Ropes and the Special rather than at the side of
Rotation Resistant Ropes the block. (see below).An
will rotate under load. odd part reeving system
Excessive rotation will cause imbalance and reduction in can cause the traveling
strength. Under a shock load or overload condition, the block to be suspended
strength of these ropes can be reduced as much as 50%. and hang at an angle.This
BAC does recognize that there are certain applications or misalignment will induce
operating requirements where a swivel must be used twist into the rope during
with Rotation Resistant Ropes. In these cases, it is manda- operation by the rope climbing the flange or rolling into
tory that the design factor be strictly followed, the ropes the sheaves of the traveling block during hoisting.
1-25
1-22
1 FLEET ANGLES 1
Because Rotation Resistant Ropes develop less torque
under load than a standard 6 strand rope, there can be a
problem with rope pileup and poor spooling unless a
proper fleet angle is maintained. The fleet angle
becomes even more important with the very low torque
ropes such as Dyform-34LR and Endurance 35LS. A fleet
angle of 1/2° to 1-1/2° is recommended for Rotation
Resistant Ropes.
19 x 7 is shown in this band for information only

Wire Rope Cabling Bands
19 x 7 is not recommended for multiple part reeving
RETIREMENT CRITERIA
Recommended retirement criteria for all Rotation
Resistant Ropes are 2 broken wires in 6 rope diameters
or 4 broken wires in 30 rope diameters. (i.e. 6 rope diam-
eters for a 1” diameter rope = 6”).
CABLING GRAPH
Field research jointly conducted by the Wire Rope
Technical Board and the Power Crane and Shovel
Association has shown that cabling of the rope parts in a
multiple part reeved hoisting arrangement is controlled
by several factors. The following calculations and graphs
can be used to determine when and if cabling will occur
on multiple part reeved hoisting arrangements.
The graph illustrates two dimensional ratios. They are:
1. L/S = Length of fall per unit rope spacing Distortion of Rotation Resistant Ropes, as shown above,
2. D/d = Average pitch diameter of traveling and crown can be caused by shock load/sudden load release and/or
block sheave per unit rope diameter. induced torque and is the reason for immediate removal
from service.
Various constructions of rope shown on the graph indi-
cate the limited conditions for torsional stability with the
angular displacement of the hoist block to a maximum of RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SHEAVE AND DRUM
90 degrees.When the operating conditions for a particu- DIAMETERS
lar installation give a resultant above the appropriate The minimum D/d ratio allowed by applicable codes and
band, then cabling of the falls will most likely occur. If standards covering equipment where Rotation Resistant
the operating conditions give a resultant below any par- Ropes are typically used is 18:1.
ticular band, the cabling of the falls will most likely not
occur. If the operating conditions for any particular RECOMMENDED MINIMUM DESIGN FACTOR
installation fall within the band, cabling is unpredictable.
The minimum design factor allowed by applicable codes
and standards covering equipment where Rotation
Resistant Ropes are typically used is 5.

1-26
1-23
19 x 7 Rotation Resistant Rope
1 Blue Strand Rotation Resistant Ropes are available in a full

range of sizes, grades and constructions:
Characteristics
Inner strands are left lang lay; outer 1
• Standard constructions for single part and multipart strands are right regular lay; the natural
lifting. rotation tendency of one layer is bal-
anced by the other. Not recommended
• Special wire rope constructions for increased service for multiple part lifting.
life in particularly demanding applications—DYFORM-
18, Dyform 34LR and 35LS.
NOTE: 19 x 7 Rotation Resistant Rope

Nominal Strength,* Approx.
1. Swivels are not recommended for use with rotation CERTEX Diam., Tons Wt./Ft.,
resistant ropes. Cat. Ref. No. in. EIP IPS lb.
2.Although B30 standards permit rotation resistant ropes CX01-0293 1/8 6.15 5.59 0.25
to be used under certain conditions at design factors of CX01-0294 3/16 1.57 1.42 0.064
3.5:1, we recommend a minimum design factor of 5:1 CX01-0295 1/4 2.77 2.51 0.113
and a design factor of 7:1 for extended rope life. CX01-0296 5/16 4.30 3.90 0.177
CX01-0297 7/16 8.33 7.58 0.35
Order Guide: CX01-0298 1/2 10.8 9.85 0.45
19 x 7 is a bright, IWRC, right regular wire rope. It may CX01-0299 9/16 13.6 12.4 0.58
be ordered in diameters from 3/16” to 1 5/8”…EIP or IPS CX01-0300 5/8 16.8 15.3 0.71
grade. CX01-0301 3/4 24.0 21.8 1.02
CX01-0302 7/8 32.5 29.5 1.39
8 x 19 is a bright, IWRC, right regular lay wire rope. It
may be ordered in diameters from 7/16” to 1 1/2”…EIP CX01-0303 1 42.2 38.3 1.82
or IPS. CX01-0304 1 1/8 53.1 48.2 2.30
CX01-0305 1 1/4 65.1 59.2 2.80
Dyform-18 is a bright, special grade, strand core, right reg- CX01-0306 1 3/8 78.4 71.3 3.43
ular lay wire rope. It may be ordered in diameters from CX01-0307 1 1/2 92.8 84.4 4.08
3/8” to 1 1/4”.
*Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal breaking
Dyform 34LR and 34LS are specially constructed wire strengths listed.
ropes. Inquire for details. Note: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed.
When in use, the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to
rotate.
8 x 19 Rotation Resistant Ropes

8 x 19 Rotation Resistant Rope
Nominal Strength,* Approx.
CERTEX Diam., Tons Wt./Ft.,
Cat. Ref. No. in. EIP IPS lb.
CX01-0308 7/16 8.97 7.80 0.36
CX01-0309 1/2 11.7 10.2 0.47
CX01-0310 9/16 14.7 12.8 0.60
CX01-0311 5/8 18.1 15.7 0.73
Characteristics CX01-0312 3/4 25.9 22.6 1.06
Inner and outer strands are laid in opposing directions to CX01-0313 7/8 35.0 30.5 1.44
counter rotation. More easily damaged in service than other CX01-0314 1 45.5 39.6 1.88
ropes. Can be used for multiple part lifting. CX01-0315 1 1/8 57.3 49.8 2.39
CX01-0316 1 1/4 70.5 61.3 2.94
CX01-0317 1 3/8 84.9 73.8 3.56
CX01-0318 1 1/2 100.0 87.3 4.24
*Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal breaking
strengths listed.
Note: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed.
When in use, the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to
rotate.

1-27
1-24
HIGH PERFORMANCE LOW ROTATION WIRE ROPES
Dyform®-18 Rotation Resistant Ropes

1
Characteristics • High strength Rotation Resistant rope incorporating

Compacted strands with outside and inside strands laid Dyform strands - confirmed by Bridon’s “Powercheck”
in opposite directions for superior rotation resistance.
Can be used for multiple part lifting. Dyform-18 has up testing of a smple from each production length.
to 35% greater strength than conventional 19 x 7 EIP • Good resistance to rotaions - confirmed by Bridon’s
wire rope. unique “Twishcheck” type testing program.
• Superior bending fatigue life when compared with con-
ventional multistrand ropes - confirmed by laboratory
testing and extensive field experience.
• Excellent resistance to crushing and abrasion resulting
from the overall compactness and robustness of the rope
and the Dyform strands - recommended when multi-layer
spooling is involved.
• Reduced elongation results from increased steel content
and the Dyform process. ®
• Optional plastic Dyform -34LR
coating of IWRC to further extend
fatique life, improve structural stability and resistance to
corrosion.
Characteristics
Other sizes available on request
*Acceptance strength is not less than 2 1/2% below the nominal breaking strengths listed.
Note: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted with both ends fixed.When in use, the strength of these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to rotate.

1-25
LOW ROTATION WIRE ROPES
Dyform®-34LR and 34XL
34 x 7
• Strongest of all ropes in the Rotation Resistant product

range - confirmed by Bridon’s “Powercheck” testing of
a sample from each production length.
Dyform®-34Max
• Greatest resistance to rotation of all ropes in the
Rotation Resistant product range - confirmed by Minimum breaking force
Diameter Approx mass
Bridon’s unique “Twistcheck” type testing program. WSC Rope Grade
CERTEX 34MAX
• Superior bending fatigue life when compared with Cat. Ref. No
conventional Rotation Resistant ropes - confirmed by in mm lb.ft kg/ft tons kN
laboratory testing and extensive field experience. 1 2.26 0.99 76.9 684.0
• Excellent resistance to crushing and abrasion resulting 26 2.39 1.09 78.2 696.0
from the overall compactness and robustness of the 28 2.76 1.25 89.7 798.0
rope and the Dyform strands - recommended when 1 1/8 2.86 1.25 91.5 814.0
multi-layer spooling is involved.
1 1/4 32 3.74 1.64 122.0 1085.0
• Reduced elongation results from increased steel
content and the Dyform process.
• Optional plastic coating of IWRC to further extend
fatigue life, improve structural stability and resistance
to corrosion.
Dyform®-34LR
Minimum breaking force
Diameter Approx mass Rope Grade
WSC 34LR 34XL
CERTEX 1960 CERTEX 2160 CERTEX 2160
in mm lb.ft kg/ft Cat. Ref. No tons kN Cat. Ref. No tons kN Cat. Ref. No tons kN
1/2 0.54 0.24 CX01-0352 16.5 147.0 CX01-0375 18.0 160.0 -
13 0.57 0.26 CX01-0353 17.3 154.0 CX01-0376 18.7 166.0 - - -
14 0.65 0.30 CX01-0354 20.1 179.0 CX01-0377 21.5 191.0 - - -
9/16 0.68 0.30 CX01-0355 20.8 185.0 CX01-0378 22.7 201.0 - - -
5/8 16 0.84 0.37 CX01-0357 26.1 232.0 CX01-0380 28.2 251.0 CX01-0674 28.2 251.0
18 1.07 0.48 CX01-0359 33.5 298.0 CX01-0382 35.9 319.0 - - -
3/4 19 1.21 0.53 CX01-0360 37 329.0 CX01-0383 40.0 356.0 CX01-0677 40.0 356.0
20 1.32 0.60 CX01-0361 41.6 370.0 CX01-0384 44.6 397.0 - - -
22 1.61 0.73 CX01-0363 49.7 442.0 CX01-0386 54.2 482.0 CX01-0680 54.2 482.0
7/8 1.65 0.73 CX01-0364 50.4 448.0 CX01-0387 54.8 487.0 CX01-0681 54.8 487.0
24 1.92 0.87 CX01-0366 59.3 528.0 CX01-0389 64.0 569.0 CX01-0683 64.0 569.0
25 2.1 0.93 - - - - - - CX01-0684 69.7 620.0
1 2.15 0.95 CX01-0368 62.4 555.0 CX01-0391 71.7 638.0 CX01-0685 71.7 638.0
26 2.28 1.04 CX01-0369 69.5 618.0 CX01-0392 74.0 658.0 CX01-0686 74.0 658.0
28 2.63 1.19 CX01-0371 76 676.0 CX01-0394 82.6 735.0 CX01-0688 82.6 735.0
1 1/8 2.73 1.20 CX01-0372 79.5 689.0 CX01-0395 83.6 744.0 CX01-0689 83.6 744.0
29 2.94 1.30 - - - - - - CX01-0690 93.2 829.0
30 3.07 1.36 CX01-0373 92.2 820.0 CX01-0396 94.0 836.0 - - -
1 1/4 32 3.37 1.49 CX01-0374 98.2 874.0 CX01-0397 110.2 980.0 CX01-0691 110.2 980.0
1 1/2 38 4.92 2.17 - - - - - - CX01-0692 165.4 1472.0

1-26
LOW ROTATION WIRE ROPES
Dyform®-35LS
35 x 7
• Highest breaking force of all conventional Rotation Resistant ropes - confirmed by Bridon’s “Powercheck” testing of
a sample from each production length.
• Greatest resistance to rotation of all ropes in the Rotation Resistant product range - confirmed by Bridon’s unique
“Twistcheck” type testing program.
• Most flexible construction in the Rotation Resistant product range.
Characteristics
Same rotation resistance as Dyform-34LR; used for demanding applications whe
e highest strength is not mandatory.
35LS

1-27
HIGH
HIGHPERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCEWIRE
WIREROPE
ROPE
Bridon International
Riser Tensioner Rope
11 mate dimensions and performance of the working rope are

controlled, resulting in the following operating benefits.
• Corrosion protection
Of the independant Wire rope core
• Reduced Internal Wire Stresses
Due to the improved support to the strands and a
cushion effect between strand and small core wires
Round Strand Dyform Strand • Improved Fatigue life
A Riser Tensioner rope needs to be of a suitable material Achieved by control and maintenance of a consisitent
and construction to withstand the adverse working con- strand gap
ditions of this specific application, extreme conditions of
corrosion, fatique and internal wire pressures. • Reduced Sheave Wear
The common mode of failure of these ropes is from the Dyformed Strand with additional contact area
internal corrosion of the small wires of the core and the
subsequent lack of support to the strands resulting in Rope Diameter (ins.) Round Strand Dyform Strand
reduction in diameter, wire breaks and reduced tensile
strength. MBL lbs. MBL lbs.
To address this mode of failure, Bridon has designed and 1 3/4 306,000 360,000
produced a rope which incorporates the unique Bristar 2 396,000 462,000
Core.The core of the rope is fully impregnated with a high
density polymer and is precisely shaped during manufac- 2 1/8 442,000 502,650
turing to accurately produce its final shape in the complet- 2 1/4 494,000 584,000
ed rope. So, by accurately defining the core shape, the ulti- Available in 6 and 8 strand constructions
Diamond Blue High Strength Anchor Lines

• Improved Process Techniques
• Strict Quality Control
The benefits this high strength rope offers are:
a) by maintaining the Breaking Load
Smaller Rope Diameter
Reduced Piece Weights
Increased Rope Lengths
Down Size Handling Equipment
or, b) by maintaining the rope diameter
The strength to weight ratio of Diamond Blue is much Additional Breaking Loads
higher than most other similar products on the market Lower Percentage Working Stresses
and has been achieved through: Improved Working Life
• Precise Material Specifications
Minimum Breaking Loads
Rope Diameter Weight Ungalvanised Galvanised
Kg/100m CERTEX API Diamond CERTEX API Diamond
mm inches Cat. Ref. No. Tonnes Tonnes Cat. Ref. No. Tonnes Tonnes
52 2 1100 CX01-0401 180 224 CX01-0414 162 224
58 2 1/4 1250 CX01-0402 224 274 CX01-0415 202 274
64 2 1/2 1660 CX01-0403 274 335 CX01-0416 247 335
71 2 3/4 1990 CX01-0404 333 405 CX01-0417 295 405
77 3 2340 CX01-0405 389 490 CX01-0418 347 490
83 3 1/4 2790 CX01-0406 420 520 CX01-0419 402 555
90 3 1/2 3210 CX01-0407 519 659 CX01-0420 460 659
96 3 3/4 3740 CX01-0408 585 710 CX01-0421 516 710
103 4 4340 CX01-0409 665 795 CX01-0422 582 795
109 4 1/4 4832 CX01-0410 728 840 CX01-0423 652 840
115 4 1/2 5624 CX01-0411 805 935 CX01-0424 725 935
122 4 3/4 6036 CX01-0412 896 1025 CX01-0425 801 1025
128 5 6879 CX01-0413 978 1135 CX01-0426 880 1135

1-28
1-30
HIGH
HIGHPERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCEWIRE
WIREROPE
ROPE
Dyform - 6 Wire Rope
strength provides greater lifting capacity while prolong-
ing rope life. 11
Increased Flexibility:
The manufacturing process of Dyform-6 ropes provides
increased flexibility which makes rope installation much
easier. Lower internal stresses of Dyform-6 ropes offer
longer bending fatigue life than standard six-strand ropes.
APPLICATIONS Improved Crush Resistance:

Dyform-6 ropes should be used wherever increased The compact strand construction of Dyform-6 ropes pro-
strength or longer service life is desired. It is especially vides for much higher resistance to crushing.This
beneficial in those applications where the rope is subject- improves the service life of the rope, especially in those
ed to heavy use. It has proven superior in such applica- applications which have multiple layers on the drum.
tions as boom hoist ropes, clam shell ropes, load hoist
ropes, ore bridges and winch lines. Rugged Dyform-6 pro- Superior Lubrication:
vides performance superior to standard six-strand ropes Dyform-6 ropes are thoroughly lubricated at stranding
in all applications, especially those which are extremely and closing with an exclusive Bridon American product,
abusive. which provides excellent lubrication throughout the life
of the rope. Each wire is completely coated at the time of
CHARACTERISTICS manufacture to ensure that the friction between all wires
is reduced to an absolute minimum.
Greater Strength:
Longer Rope Life:
The superior strength of Dyform-6 is a direct result of the
Dyform process which increases the amount of steel and The smooth periphery of Dyform-6 reduces bearing pres-
reduces the amount of voids in the strands.The excep- sures which gives longer rope life and less downtime.The
tional strength of Dyform-6 allows this product to meet Dyform process increases the steel surface area by 100%.
or exceed the strength requirements of the Extra Extra This increased surface area gives higher abrasion resis-
Improved Plow Steel grade of wire rope.This increased tance, thus reducing rope and sheave wear.
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TABLE

CERTEX DIAMETER* APPROX. WEIGHT NOMINAL STRENGTH
Cat. Ref. No. INCHES POUNDS PER FOOT TONS
CX01-0427 3/8 .31 8.8
CX01-0428 7/16 .39 11.9
CX01-0429 1/2 .49 15.3
CX01-0430 9/16 .63 19.3
CX01-0431 5/8 .78 22.7
CX01-0432 3/4 1.13 32.3
CX01-0433 7/8 1.54 43.8
CX01-0434 1 2.00 57.5
CX01-0435 1 1/8 2.54 71.5
CX01-0436 1 1/4 3.14 87.9
CX01-0437 1 3/8 3.80 106.0
CX01-0438 1 1/2 4.50 125.0
*OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

1-31
1-29
HIGH
HIGHPERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCEWIRE
WIREROPE
ROPE
Constructex® Wire Rope
11 CHARACTERISTICS
Greater Strength:
The design of Constructex compacts more steel per
diameter which provides for higher strength.This allows
users to lift heavier loads while maintaining the same
rope diameter.
APPLICATIONS Increased Crush Resistance:

Constructex is recommended as a tubing line where The unique design of Constructex with its reduction of
longer service life is desired. Superior abrasion resistance internal voids makes it better to withstand crushing.This
makes Constructex the ideal wire rope for use on scrap- makes Constructex the ideal rope for abusive applica-
yard cranes. Constructex can be recommended with con- tions.
fidence wherever abusive applications exist.
Constructex can be recommended with confidence Longer Rope Life:
wherever abrasion and crush resistance are a major con- The smooth outside surface of Constructex is a direct
cern. In the conventional crane market, this rope has result of the swaging process.This smooth surface of
increased life on scrap cranes, clam shell holding and greatly increased steel area enhances resistance to dam-
closing lines and boom hoist lines. Constructex also has a age from abrasion.
long history of superior performance as a tubing line in
the well servicing industry. Most recently, Constructex
has entered the rotary drill line industry and is outper-
forming standard 6x19s EIP IRWC RRL lines with up to
twice the ton-miles and increased strength. For example,
a rig using 1-3/8” Constructex will have a higher rope
strength and achieve more ton-miles per foot than a rig
using 1-1/2” 6x19s EIP IWRC RRL.
STRENGTH AND WEIGHT TABLE
APPROX. WEIGHT NOMINAL

CERTEX DIAMETER* POUNDS PER STRENGTH
Cat. Ref. No. INCH FOOT TONS
CX01-0439 5/8 0.86 25.5
CX01-0440 3/4 1.1 36.5
CX01-0441 7/8 1.5 48.5
CX01-0442 1 2.0 62.5
CX01-0443 1 1/8 2.6 79.5
CX01-0444 1 1/4 3.2 97.6
CX01-0445 1 3/8 3.8 118.0
CX01-0446 1 1/2 4.6 139.0
CX01-0447 1 5/8 5.3 162.0
CX01-0448 1 3/4 6.2 185.0
*OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE ON REQUEST

1-30
1-32
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
GENERAL INFORMATION
TABLE 1
CHOKER HITCH
RATED CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT
RATED CAPACITY
ANGLE OF CHOKE IWRC AND FC ROPE
IN DEGREES PERCENT** 2
OVER 120 100
90-120 87
60- 89 74
Figure 1. 30- 59 62
0 - 29 49
NOMINAL SLING STRENGTH is based upon the nomi- **Percent of sling rated capacity in a choker hitch.
nal (catalog) rope strength of the wire rope used in the
sling and other factors which affect the overall strength
of the sling. These other factors include splicing efficien-
cy, number of parts of rope in the sling, type of hitch
(e.g., straight pull, choker hitch, basket hitch, etc.), diame-
ter around which the body of the sling is bent (D/d) and
the diameter of pin used in the eye of the sling (Figure 1).
Figure 4.
As can be seen, the decrease in rated capacity is dramatic.

Choker hitches at angles greater than 135 degrees are not
recommended since they are unstable. Extreme care
Figure 2. should be taken to determine the angle of choke as accu-
rately as possible.
SLING ANGLE is the angle measured between a horizon-
tal line and the sling leg or body. This angle is very NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCY is the efficiency of the
important and can have a dramatic effect on the rated sling splice. Any time wire rope is disturbed such as in
capacity of the sling. As illustrated (Figure 2), when this splicing an eye, the strength of the rope is reduced. This
angle decreases, the load on each leg increases. This reduction must be taken into account when determining
principle applies whether one sling is used to pull at an the nominal sling strength and in calculating the rated
angle, in a basket hitch or for multi-legged bridle slings. capacity. Each type of splice has a different efficiency,
Sling angles of less than 30 degrees are not recommend- thus the difference in rated capacities for different types
ed. of slings. Nominal splice efficiencies have been estab-
lished after many hundreds of tests over years of testing.
D/d ratio is the ratio of the diameter around which the
sling is bent divided by the body diameter of the sling
(Figure 4). This ratio has an effect on the rated capacity
of the sling only when the sling is used in a basket hitch.
Tests have shown that whenever wire rope is bent
around a diameter, the strength of the rope is decreased.
Figure 5 illustrates the percentage of decrease to be
expected. This D/d ratio is applied to wire rope slings to
assure that the strength in the body of the sling is at least
equal to the splice efficiency. When D/d ratios smaller
than those listed in the rated capacity tables are neces-
sary, the rated capacity of the sling must be decreased.
Figure 3. Choker hitch rated capacity adjustment. For wire RATED CAPACITY is the maximum static load a sling is
rope slings in choker hitch when angle is less than 135°. designed to lift. The tables give rated capacities in tons
of 2000 pounds. Rated capacities contained in all the
CHOKER HITCH configurations affect the rated capacity tables were calculated by computer. Each value was cal-
of a sling. This is because the sling leg or body is passed culated starting wth the nominal component rope
around the load, through one end attachment or eye and strength and working up from there. Due to computer
is suspended by the other end attachment or eye. The rounding of numeric values, rated capacity values for 2, 3
contact of the sling body with the end attachment or eye or 4 leg slings may not be even multiples of single leg val-
causes a loss of sling strength at this point. If a load is ues and may differ by a small amount. This represents
hanging free, the normal choke angle is approximately 135 the state-of-the-art technology and tables found in other
degrees. When the angle is less than 135 degrees an publications which differ by this small amount should
adjustment in the sling rated capacity must be made not be construed to be in error. The difference is gener-
(Figure 3). ally no more than one unit for any sling diameter.
2-1
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
damaged during the proof load.

EYE DIMENSIONS are generally eight (8) sling body
diameters wide by sixteen (16) body diameters long.
Whenever possible thimbles are recommended to protect
the rope in the sling eye. Eye dimensions for thimbles are
2 contained in table 2. Table 2 contains only dimensions
for thimbles used in standard single part slings. Other spe-
cialized thimbles are available. Consult your sling manu-
facturer for details.
PIN DIAMETER should not be any greater than the nat-
ural width of the sling eye. For any sized eye and type of
sling body, the maximum allowable pin diameter may be
calculated as follows:
Maximum pin diameter = (2L + W) x 0.2
Where
Figure 5. L = length of eye
When a wire rope is bent around any sheave or other circular W = width of eye
object there is a loss of strength due to this bending action. As
the D/d ratio becomes smaller this loss of strength becomes The minimum pin diameter should never be smaller than
greater and the rope becomes less efficient. This curve, derived the nominal sling diameter.
from actual test data, relates the efficiency of a rope to differ- GRADE & CONSTRUCTION of wire rope for slings is
ent D/d ratios.This curve is based on static loads only and generally accepted to be bright Improved Plow Steel or
applies to 6x19 and 6x37 class ropes. Extra Improved Plow Steel grade 6x19 or 6x37 classifica-
tion regular lay. IWRC rope has a higher rated capacity
than Fiber Core rope for mechanically spliced slings, but
the same rated capacity for hand tucked slings. This is
because when making a hand tucked splice, the core
(IWRC) of the rope is cut in the splice area and doesn’t
add to the overall strength of the sling. Rated capacities
of slings using galvanized rope depend on the method of
galvanizing. The sling manufacturer should be consulted
regarding rated capacities for these types of slings.
Figure 6.
MINIMUM SLING BODY LENGTH is the minimum

length of wire rope between splices, sleeves or fittings.
Generally the minimum body length is equal to ten (10)
times the sling body diameter. This allows approximately
one and one half (1 1/2) rope lays between splices. For
multi-part slings the minimum body length between
splices is equal to forty (40) times the component rope
diameter.
Figure 7. For bridle slings with legs of unequal length, use the LENGTH TOLERANCE is generally plus or minus two (2)
smallest horizontal angle for rated capacity calculations. body diameters, or plus or minus 0.5% of the sling length,
whichever is greater. The legs of bridle slings, or matched
PROOF LOAD is a specific load applied to a sling or slings are normally held to within one (1) body diameter.
assembly in a non-destructive test to verify the workman- Tolerances on poured or swaged socket assemblies are
ship of the sling. All swaged socket or poured socket generally much closer. Tolerances should always be speci-
assemblies should be proof loaded. The proof load is fied to the sling manufacturer before the order is placed.
generally two (2) times the vertical rated capacity for This eliminates a lot of frustration and confusion later.
mechanical splice slings. The maximum proof load for
hand tucked slings is 1.25 times the vertical rated capaci-
ty. Care should be taken to assure that sling eyes are not
2-2
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
HAND TUCKED SPLICE Certain end usages may indicate the desirability of special
A HAND TUCKED splice is made by passing the wire rope splices such as the Navy Admiralty Splice or logging
around a thimble or forming an eye and splicing the dead splice. Splices made by these special methods may also
end (short end) into the live end (long end) of the rope. attain the efficiencies used in calculating the rated capaci-
Normally, each dead end strand is given one forming tuck ty tables where the rope quality and number of tucks are
equivalent to that outlined above. Development of such
and three full tucks around the same strand in the body
of the rope. One additional full tuck is made when splic- efficiencies should be confirmed by the sling fabricators 2
ing more pliable wire ropes such as 6x37 classification. making such splices.
A “forming tuck” is made by prying two adjacent strands Serving or wrapping of wire rope sling splices does not
apart, inserting a dead end strand into the opening and affect the spicing efficiencies nor rated capacities. Such
passing the strand under one, two, or three adjacent servings are optional, although unserved splices are pre-
strands in the body of the rope. The dead end strand is ferred because they permit visual inspection of the
set or locked tightly. spliced area.
A “full tuck” is made by inserting a dead end strand under NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES are measured in
and rotating it one full 360 degrees turn around a strand terms of efficiency (where efficiency = actual breaking
in the body of the wire rope. The tucked strand is set or strength of spliced termination divided by actual break-
locked tightly. Each subsequent full turn of the dead end ing strength of rope). This efficiency will change from
strand around the live end strand constitutes an addition- splice to splice because of the many variable factors
al full tuck. involved in producing the splice. Splice efficiencies given
in table 3 were established so that these normal varia-
“Setting” or “locking” of a dead end strand is accom- tions are accommodated. The design factor used in
plished by pulling the strand end in under considerable establishing the rated capacities further assures that the
force. A marlin spike is inserted in the same opening in sling will lift the load even in those rare instances when
the body of the rope ahead of the tucked strand and is the splice efficiency falls slightly below the values given
rotated about the axis of the rope back to the start of the in the tables. Rated capacities shown in this manual have
splice or toward the previous tuck. This helps set the met with the most exacting test, that of the test of time
tuck. and use in over fifty years of actual field experience.
TABLE 3
NOMINAL SPLICE EFFICIENCIES
HAND TUCKED SPLICE
IPS AND EIPS
IMPROVED PLOW STEEL AND EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL
6x19 & 6x37 CLASS ROPES
Rope Nominal Rope Nominal
Dia. Eff. Factor Dia. Eff. Factor
1/4 .90 1 1/4 .80
5/16 .89 1 3/8 .80
3/8 .88 1 1/2 .80
7/16 .87 1 5/8 .80
1/2 .86 1 3/4 .80
9/16 .85 1 7/8 .80
5/8 .84 2 .80
3/4 .82 2 1/8 .80
7/8 .80 2 1/4 .80
1 .80 2 3/8 .80
1 1/8 .80 2 1/2 .80
2-3
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS for hand tucked slings are Eye or farmers splice. In either case, the splice is complet-
about the same as for any other type of sling. The use of ed by pressing (swaging) one or more metal sleeves over
a swivel on single leg lifts as well as free hanging loads the rope juncture.
which may rotate is not recommended. A tag line should The returned loop is fabricated by forming a loop at the
always be used to prevent rotation of the sling body. end of the rope, sliding one or more metal sleeves over
When the sling body of a hand tucked splice is allowed
2 to rotate, the splice could unlay and pull out, thus causing
the short end of the loop eye and pressing these sleeves
to secure the end of the rope to the sling body. This
the load to drop. makes an economical sling and in most cases one that
will give satisfactory service. A drawback to this type of
sling is that the lifting capacity of the sling depends 100%
upon the integrity of the pressed or swaged joint. Should
the metal sleeve(s) fail, the entire eye will also fail.
The flemish eye splice is fabricated by opening or unlay-
ing the rope body into two parts, one having three
strands and the other having the remaining three strands
and the core. The rope is unlayed far enough back to
allow the loop or eye to be formed by looping one part
in one direction and the other part in the other direction
and laying the rope back together. The strands are rolled
back around the rope body. A metal sleeve is then
slipped over the ends of the splice and pressed (swaged)
to secure the ends to the body of the sling. Nominal
Flemish eye splice. splice efficiencies expressed in table 4 and in the rated
capacity tables are based on this splicing method. Splice
efficiencies for other splicing methods should be con-
MECHANICAL SPLICE firmed by the sling manufacturer.
MECHANICAL SPLICE slings come in two basic types.
One being the Returned Loop and the other the Flemish
TABLE 4
MECHANICAL SPLICED SLINGS
IMPROVED PLOW STEEL:
Diameter IWRC FIBER CORES
1/4 through 1" .95 .925
1 1/16 through 2" .925 .90
2 1/16 & larger .90 Not Established
EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL:
1/4 through 1" .95
1 1/16 through 2" .925
2 1/16 & larger .90
STAINLESS STEEL, 302 & 304 GRADE:
1/4 through 1" .95
1 1/16 through 2" .925
2 1/16 & larger .90
2-4
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Notice that the splice efficiency factor plays no role in The two procedures, while achieving the same end
the calculation of the Choker Hitch rated capacity. This result, differ significantly. It is highly recommended that
is because as the rope passes through the eye of the sling all poured sockets whether they be zinc or resin, be
in a choke, the weakest part of the sling is in the body of proofloaded.
the sling at the choke point. Thus the splice being high-
er in efficiency, has no effect on the rated capacity, CABLE-LAID WIRE ROPE SLINGS
because the efficiency factors are not additive. Cable-Laid Slings are fabricated from a machine made 2
Rated capacities for single part, choker and basket hitch- rope comprised of seven small wire ropes. The cable-laid
es are calculated exactly the same as for hand tucked body is typically 7x7x7, 7x7x19, or 7x6x19 Classification
slings except for the nominal splice efficiencies. The IWRC. This construction makes for a pliable rope and
rated capacities adjustment table 1 for choker hitches sling. These slings are used where flexibility and resis-
also applies for mechanical splice slings. Minimum D/d tance to kinking and setting are more important than
ratio for basket hitches is 25. This larger D/d ratio is resistance to abrasion. Since the rope is made up of many
required because the Nominal Splice Efficiency is higher. smaller wire ropes, the slings can bend around smaller
diameters without taking a permanent set or a kink. The
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS are no different from other many small wires are susceptible to abrasion.
slings except care should be taken not to deform or dam-
age the sleeve. The rated capacity adjustment Table 1 for choker hitches
applies to cable-laid slings as well. Note the difference in
Stainless Steel slings which have sleeves made of a differ- the efficiency factor for calculating vertical choker hitch
ent grade or type metal than the rope body may experi- rated capacities.
ence accelerated deterioration due to an electro chemical
reaction between the two metals.This is particularly evi- Rated capacity for a basket hitch is based on a D/d ratio of
dent in salt water or brackish conditions. 10, where “d” is the diameter of the cable-laid fabric.
Tolerances and minimum sling lengths are also figured
ZINC OR RESIN POURED SOCKET using the cable-laid fabric diameter.
TYPE TERMINATIONS
BRAIDED MULTI-PART SLINGS
While some people may debate whether zinc or resin
poured sockets are truly slings, they are generally includ- Multi-part braided slings or Multi-Parts as they are known,
ed in the sling category. This type of termination has tra- are generally hand fabricated slings which are “braided”
ditionally been the method for determining the rope’s from 2, 3, 4 and up to as many as 48 pieces or parts of rope.
actual breaking strength.All other types of end termina- Generally 4, 6, 8 & 9 parts are the more common.They can
tions have been compared to poured sockets. Their effi- be either flat or round and offer the ultimate in flexibility
ciency is therefore established to be 100% for all grades and versatility. These are truly the heavy weights of the
and constructions of rope. lifting industry. This book covers only the round type
slings. They snug up tightly to the load in a choker hitch
Choker hitches are not used as much with poured sock- and resist kinking and setting. Loads in excess of 4000 tons
ets as with the other more general types of slings. When have been lifted with multi-part slings.
such slings are used in a choker hitch, the rated capacity
adjustment table 1 applies. Nominal Splice Efficiency for multi-part slings is 0.70 for
component ropes 3/32” through 2” diameters. For larger
Rope assemblies with poured attachments are generally component rope slings, consult the sling manufacturer
used as a straight tension member where the rope body for splice efficiencies.
does not contact the load and is otherwise kept free from
distortion or physical abuse. In such cases the minimum Because of the multi-rope component construction, multi-
recommended design factor is 3.0. If the assembly is used part slings react differently than standard wire rope slings
as a sling then a design factor of 5.0 should be used to in a choker hitch therefore the nominal splice efficiency
calculate the rated capacity. Rated capacities for these is present in the equation. The adjustment Table 1
slings used in basket hitches are the same as mechanical applies to multi-part slings also.
spliced slings and use the same D/d ratio factors. Rated Capacity for a basket hitch is based on a minimum
Length tolerances for poured attachments can be some- D/d ratio of 25, where “d” = component rope diameter.
what more stringent than other types of slings. The man- Length tolerances for component ropes of 3/8” diameter
ufacturer should be contacted and agreement reached and smaller are plus or minus 10 component rope diame-
before the order is placed. Tolerance as small as plus or ters, or plus or minus 1.5% of the sling length whichever
minus 1/8” is not out of the ordinary for this type of is greater. The legs of matched slings shall be within 5
assembly. Specifications such as type of fitting, pin orien- component rope diameters of each other. For component
tation, whether zinc or resin is to be used and type of rope diameters 7/16” and larger, the tolerance is plus or
application should also be supplied to the manufacturer minus 6 component rope diameters, or plus or minus 1%
when ordering these types of assemblies. Those inexpe- of the sling length whichever is the greater. Legs of
rienced in the socketing process should not try to fabri- matched slings shall be within 3 component rope diame-
cate assemblies without first getting expert training. It is ters of each other.
far better to leave fabrication of this type of assembly to Minimum Sling Length between loops, sockets or sleeves
the experts. The following socketing methods are gener- is recommended to be 40 times the component rope
al in nature and have withstood the test of time. Slight diameter of the braided body.
variations to these methods will produce equal results.
2-5
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
GROMMETS ment to have at least three free rope lays on either side of
Grommets are a unique type of sling. They form a com- the tuck of a hand spliced endless grommet prior to
plete circle and automatically double the number of lift- being bent around a hook or pin five times the body
ing legs. Several types are available, such as strand laid diameter. To eliminate the possibility of confusion, this
hand tucked, strand laid mechanical, cable laid hand requirement was adopted for mechanically spliced end-
less grommets as well. Consult the sling manufacturer for
2 tucked and cable laid mechanical. Grommets work well
in basket and choker hitches and general applications smaller circumferences.
will find them used in this manner. Another unique The same general precautions apply to grommets as
advantage to grommets is that the load contact points apply to all other types of slings. However, it should be
may be rotated or moved around the sling to even out noted that since a grommet is a continuous circle, the
the wear points. The only area that should not come into D/d ratio becomes a very important consideration. The
contact with the load is the splice area. The sling manu- D/d ratio must be applied to the lifting pins as well as to
facturer will usually mark the area of hand tucked grom- the load. Normally the lifting pins will be the smallest
mets with paint to help the user more easily identify the diameter in the system other than the diameter of the
splice area. grommet. No loads should be handled on D/d smaller
Tolerances for grommets are generally plus or minus 1% than 5 times the sling body diameter. If they must, consult
of the circumferential length or 6 body diameters the sling manufacturer. Rated capacities covered in this
whichever is greater. section are based on a D/d ratio of 5.
A minimum circumference of 96 body diameters is rec- STRAND LAID HAND TUCKED GROMMET
ommended. This measurement is normally an inside cir- A Strand Laid Hand Tucked Grommet is made from one
cumferential measurement. The requirement for a mini- continuous length of strand. No sleeves are used to make
mum circumference of 96 times the body diameter for the joint. This results in a very smooth circular sling.
grommets and endless slings was based on the require-
TABLE 6
STRAND LAID TUCKED GROMMETS
1/4 .78 1 3/8 .745
5/16 .78 1 1/2 .735
3/8 .78 1 5/8 .730
7/16 .78 1 3/4 .725
1/2 .78 1 7/8 .720
9/16 .78 2 .715
5/8 .78 2 1/8 .710
3/4 .78 2 1/4 .705
7/8 .78 2 3/8 .700
1 .775 2 1/2 .695
1 1/8 .765 2 3/4 .690
1 1/4 .755 3 .685
2-6
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Because of the sling body construction, grommet slings CABLE LAID HAND TUCKED GROMMET
react differently than standard wire rope slings in a chok- Cable Laid Hand Tucked Grommets are fabricated in the
er type hitch therefore the presence of the nominal same manner as strand laid hand tucked grommets
splice efficiency factor in the equation. Rated capacity except one continuous length of wire rope is used. This
adjustment Table 1 applies. makes for a flexible smooth sling. The body diameters
STRAND LAID MECHANICAL SPLICE GROMMET are somewhat odd sized because the grommet body is
built up from a standard diameter component rope. 2
Strand Laid Mechanical Splice grommets are made from
one continuous length of wire rope joined by pressing or CABLE LAID MECHANICAL SPLICE
swaging one or more sleeves over the rope juncture.This (See Rated Capacity Tables Section)
type of grommet is not as smooth as the hand tucked, but
offers economy and ease of manufacture. An advantage is Cable Laid Mechanical Splice Grommets are fabricated
that the swaged sleeves give clear indication of the splice from one continuous length of cable laid wire rope fabric
area. with the ends joined by one or more mechanical sleeves.
They are similar to strand laid mechanical splice grom-
mets, but offer greater flexibility.
TABLE 7
CABLE LAID HAND TUCKED GROMMETS
3/8 .78 1 11/16 .750
9/16 .78 1 7/8 .745
5/8 .78 2 1/4 .735
3/4 .775 2 5/8 .725
15/16 .770 3 .715
1 1/8 .765 3 3/8 .705
1 1/2 .755
Dependability In Lifting-
Everywhere, Every Time.
You’re in a tough lifting situa- experience and resources to

tion. Valuable equipment and the make your most complex lifting
lives of your workers are on the challenge like just another day at
line. You have to meet deadlines, the office.
observe regulations and stay CERTEX puts its world-wide
within a budget. The slightest network into the hands of local
overlooked detail can put employ- companies who know your needs
ees and valuable equipment in and are close at hand to serve
harm’s way. Are you sure you you.
have every detail covered?
When you’re taking on the
weight of the world, turn to CER-
TEX, the lifting experts, for the Lifting Products and Services
2-7
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
GUIDELINES FOR THE RIGGER
Some Useful Guidelines For the Rigger

On the following pages are some useful tips to help the
rigger do his job more efficiently and safely. Prevailing
work rules and government regulations place full respon-
sibility for proper performance upon the rigger, so it is
2 his duty to be familiar with the condition and capability
of all tools and equipment used, as well as techniques
employed. One basic rule always applies: Always
know…never guess.
Each lift may be divided into three parts, providing a con-
venient plan for proceeding:
1. The Lifting Device—Know its capability and limita-
tions, and its condition. When was it last inspected? If
in doubt about capacity, check the placard.
2. The Hitch—Here is where the rigger can exercise
ingenuity…but it’s also the easiest place to make a
mistake.
3. The Load—The weight must be known. But you must
also protect the load from possible damage by the
slings…and protect the slings from damage by the
load.
Type of Hitch Determines Choice of Sling
Before you select a sling for a specific lift, determine the

most effective hitch to do the job, protect the load, and
protect the sling. One of three basic hitches will usually
do the job.
Is the lifting device adequate? The type of hitch you select may determine the type of
Check the placard on the crane or hoist, and then answer sling body that will best do the job, as well as the length
three questions: of sling that will be needed. Lifting height, overhead clear-
ance and hook travel will affect choice of hitch and
1. Is capacity adequate for this lift? length of sling.
2. Will it lift high enough? Choose a sling body type which will best support the
3. Is horizontal reach adequate? load while providing adequate rated capacity. The proper
choice will provide:
1. Lifting capacity needed.
2. Proper D/d Ratio.
3. Handling characteristics needed for rigging.
4. Minimal damage to the sling.
5. Minimal damage to the load.
Check the hook and reeving.

1. Are sheaves properly rigged? If multi-part reeving, will
it support the load?
2. Is the hook the right size so sling eye won’t be distort-
ed when put over the hook?
3. Check for cracks in bowl of the hook, and for evi-
dence of point loading or bending to one side of 15%
or more.
2-8
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Protect the sling during the lift with blocking or padding Use blocking or padding to protect hollow vessels, loose
at sharp corners or where the sling body would be bent bundles and fragile items from scuffing and bending.
severely. Remember that blocking becomes part of the lift, and
must be added to total weight on the sling.
Use a spreader bar between legs of a sling to prevent

excessive side pressure on the load by the sling during
the lift. When lifting crates or wooden boxes with a basket hitch,
be sure load can withstand side pressure as tension is
applied to sling. Use spreader bars and corner protectors
to prevent damage to contents.
When attaching a sling to eye bolts, always pull on line

with the bolt axis.When hitching to bolts screwed into or
attached to a load, a side pull may break the bolts.
When lifting a bundled load with a single sling near the
center of gravity, a choke is more effective than a basket
hitch to prevent unbalance and slipping of the load in
the sling.
Use a shackle in the sling eye during a choke to protect

sling body against excessive distortion. Always put shack-
le pin through sling eye, rather than against the sling
body—since sliding movement of sling body could rotate
pin, causing it to come loose.
Some riggers will use a double wrap around the load, for
360° gripping of the load, to prevent slippage during the
lift.
A sliding hook choker is superior to a shackle or unpro-

tected eye, since it provides a greater bending radius for
the sling body.
2-9
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
You can reduce the angle of a choke with a wooden Anytime a load is lifted beyond arm’s reach with a single-
block, or blocks, between the hitch and the load This part load line or straight eye-and-eye sling, use a tagline to
also increases the angle between the two legs to improve prevent load rotation. If a wire rope is permitted to
sling efficiency. rotate, the strands may unlay and the rope’s capacity will
be reduced.
2
When rigging two or more straight slings as a bridle,

select identical sling constructions of identical length—
with identical previous loading experience. Normal Two basket hitches can be rigged with two slings to pro-
stretch must be the same for paired slings to avoid over- vide better balance for long loads. Be sure that slings can-
loading individual legs and unbalancing the load during not slide toward one another along the load when the lift
the lift. is made.
Use an equalizing bar with double basket hitches to

reduce tendency of slings to slide together, and to keep
loads level. By adjusting the hook point and using a come-
along or chain block to support the heavy end, the load
Single-part hand-spliced slings must not be permitted to can be kept level during the lift.
rotate when rigged in a straight, vertical hitch. Rotation
can cause the splice to unlay and pull out, resulting in
dropping of the load.
WARNING
Hand-spliced slings should not be used
in lifts where the sling may rotate and
cause the wire rope to unlay.
Proper Use of Cribbing
Incorrect
2-10
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Proper Use of Cribbing To turn from side (A) to (B) in 1 & 2 above, attach on
side (B) above the Center of Gravity and on side (D) at
the Center of Gravity, then lift both hoists equally until
load is suspended. Lower auxiliary until turn is complet-
ed; detach sling at (B) before lowering load completely.
2
Correct
To turn or reposition a load, either one or two lifting

devices may be employed. Always use a choker hitch or
a single-leg direct attachment. Never attempt to turn a
load with a basket, since the load will slide in the hitch, To turn from side (B) to (C) in 3 & 4 above, lift balanced
against the sling body—resulting in damage to both the load at (D) directly above the Center of Gravity; then
sling and the load, and possibly a dropped load. attach auxiliary at (B) and lift to desired position. Lower
both hooks simultaneously until side (C) is in desired
position.
One Hook Load Turning

To turn a load with one hook, attach the sling directly to
the load ABOVE the Center of Gravity. The lifting hook Turning with double choker gives good control, with
must be able to move, or travel, in the direction of the weight always applied against a tight sling body and no
turn to prevent sliding of the pivot edge of the load just movement between sling and load. To rig, place both
as the load leaves the ground. It may be necessary to lift eyes on top of load, pointing opposite direction of turn.
the load clear to reposition it after the turn is completed, Body of sling is then passed under load, through both
and irregular shapes sometimes will require blocking for eyes and over lifting hook. Blocking should be used
support during and after the turn. under load to protect sling and facilitate removal.
Lifting unbalanced loads when exact length slings are not
available can be accomplished by rigging a choke on the
heavy end, as right. Length can be adjusted before weight
applies, but once the load comes onto the sling, the hitch
is locked in position for the lift.
Two-hook turning is employed when it is desired to turn

the load freely in the air. Main and auxiliary hoists of a
crane can often be used, or two cranes can be used.
Center of Gravity of a rectangular object with homoge-

nious characteristics will usually be below the junction of
lines drawn diagonally from opposite corners. When a
rectangular object has weight concentrated at one end,
Center of Gravity will be situated toward that end—away
from the intersection of diagonal lines. To avoid an
unbalanced lift, the lifting hook must be rigged directly
above the Center of Gravity.
2-11
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Kink Eye
Deformation
2
Dogleg
Doglegs, Sets and Kinks

To locate the approximate Center of Gravity of an irregu- When a loop is “pulled through,” it forms a kink which
larly shaped article, visualize it enclosed by a rectangle. permanently deforms a wire rope by freezing or locking
Where diagonals from opposite corners intersect will wires and strands. This prevents them from sliding and
usually provide a lift point near the Center of Gravity. adjusting, and reduces rope strength.
A dogleg is a “set” which occurs when a wire rope sling is
pulled down snug against a load. A dogleg usually can be
“rolled back” or turned inside out, and usefulness of the
sling restored, since strands can still adjust.
Eye deformation is ordinarily not deterimental to sling
strength as long as there are no broken wires or gross
distortion of the lay of strands.An eye has two legs, so
has adequate strength for the load the body can carry. A
sling should be retired when distortion locks the strands
or flattens the rope in the eye so strands cannot move
and adjust.
Rigger’s Check List
1. Analyze and Measure—Determine the total weight to
be moved as well as exactly how far it is to move and
how high it must be lifted.
Overturning a heavy object onto cribbing, using one lift- 2. Determine the Hitch—Decide how the load is to be
ing hook and chainblock. To upend the object, chain- connected to the lifting hook and how the sling will
block “A” and the sling “B” should exchange positions. grip, or be attached to, the load.
3. Select the Sling—In addition to adequate Rated
Capacity for the angles and hitch involved, the sling
body should be of the type and style best suited to
handling this specific load. Select a sling with proper
end attachments or eye protection, as well as attach-
ment hardware such as clevises.
4. Inspect the Sling—Make a good visual check of the
sling you select to determine if it is in good condition
and capable of making the lift. Refer to prevailing
OSHA and ANSI regulations for inspection criteria.
5. Rig Up, Not Down—Always attach the sling to the
load first, then attach it to the hook.
6. Check Everything—Before attempting a lift, take a
light strain on the rigging, checking to see that block-
ing, sling and load protection and all safety devices are
in place.
7. Stand Clear and Lift—Let the lifting device and rigging
do the job—don’t use brute strength to prevent
swinging or movement. Use a tagline, or tether, to con-
trol any movement. Keep all hands and toes out from
under the load when it is suspended.
8. Don’t Jerk!—Lift slowly and with a steady application
of power.
9. Put It Away!—After you’ve completed the job, check
the sling for any damage (If it’s damaged, red tag it
immediately or advise the sling inspector.), then return
it to the sling storage rack for safekeeping until next
usage.
2-12
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
USA Standard Crane Hand Signals
Use Main Hoist.Tap fist on Use Whipline (Auxiliary Raise Boom. Arm extend- Lower Boom. Arm extended,
head; then use regular signals. Hoist). Tap elbow with one ed, fingers closed, thumb fingers closed, thumb pointing
hand, then use regular signals. pointing upward. downward.
Raise the Boom and Lower Lower the Boom and Raise
Hoist.With forearm vertical, Lower.With arm extended the Load.With arm extended, the Load.With arm extended,
forefinger pointing up, move downward, forefinger pointing thumb pointing up, flex fin- thumb pointing down, flex
hand in small horizontal circle. down, move hand in small gers in and out as long as load fingers in and out as long as
horizontal circles. movement is desired. load movement is desired.
Extend Boom (Telescoping Retract Boom (Telescoping

Booms). Both fists in front of body Booms). Both fists in front
Travel. Arm extended for- Swing. Arm extended, point with thumbs pointing outward. of body with thumbs
ward, hand open and slightly with finger in direction of pointing toward each
raised, make pushing motion swing of boom. other.
in direction of travel.
Travel. (One Track). Lock the Travel (Both Tracks). Use both Extend Boom (Telescoping Retract Boom (Telescoping
track on side indicated by fists in front of body, making a Boom). One Hand Signal. One Boom). One Hand Signal. One
raised fist.Travel opposite track circular motion about each fist in front of chest with fist in front of chest, thumb
in direction indicated by circu- other, indicating direction of thumb tapping chest. pointing outward and heel of
lar motion of other fist, rotated travel; forward or backward. fist tapping chest.
vertically in front of body. (For (For crawler cranes only.)
crawler cranes only).
2-13
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Additional Signals for Bridge Cranes
Bridge Travel. Arm extended Trolley Travel. Palm up, fingers

Stop. Arm extended, palm Emergency Stop. Arm forward, hand open and slightly closed, thumb pointing in
down, hold position rigidly. extended, palm down, move raised, make pushing motion in direction of motion, jerk hand
direction of travel. horizontally.
hand rapidly right and left.
Move Slowly. Use one hand to Dog Everything. Clasp Multiple Trolleys. Hold up one Magnet is Disconnected.
give any motion signal and hands in front of body. finger for block marked “1” and Crane Operator spreads both
place other hand motionless two fingers for block marked hands apart palms up.
in front of hand giving the “2”. Regular signals follow.
motion signal. (Hoist slowly
shown as example.)
between regular inspections. A rack will also save time

by allowing larger slings to be picked up and returned by
crane, thereby reducing manhandling.
Effects of Temperature
All wire rope should be protected from extremes of tem-
perature.The accepted rules are: Fiber core slings should
never be exposed to temperature in excess of 200°F.
Steel cored slings should never be used at temperatures
above 400°F, or below minus 60°F.
It is not always easy to detect when wire rope has been
damaged by heat.The most common visual signs are loss
of lubrication and discoloration of wires.
The best practice to follow is that if there is the slightest
suspicion that a sling was subjected to high tempera-
tures, it should be taken out of service immediately. If it is
absolutely necessary to use slings outside of the above
Temperature, Lubrication, Moisture Are Factors In temperature range, the sling manufacturer should be con-
Proper Storage sulted.
Care of Slings Lubrication
The amount of care and proper maintenance a sling Like any other machine, wire rope is thoroughly lubricat-
receives will go a long way in determining its service life. ed at time of manufacture. Normally, for sling use under
Following are guidelines which experience has shown ordinary conditions, no additional lubrication is required.
helpful. However, if a sling is stored outside or in an environment
Storage: Proper storage requires that slings be kept in an which would cause corrosion, lubrication should be
area where they will not be exposed to water, extreme applied during the service life to prevent rusting or cor-
heat, or corrosive fumes, liquids, and sprays, of being run roding.
over or kinked. If relubrication is indicated, the same type lubricant
Slings should never be left beneath loads or lying around applied during manufacture should be used.Your sling
where they may be damaged. All slings, when not in use, manufacturer can provide information on the type of
should be kept on a rack. Use of a rack minimizes acci- lubricant to be used and best method of application.
dental damage and allows easier monitoring of condition
2-14
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
WIRE ROPE SLING INSPECTION & REMOVAL CRITERIA
Basic Inspection Criteria For Wire Rope Slings This sling should then be destroyed as soon as possible by
The goal of a sling inspection is to evaluate remaining cutting the eye and fittings from the rope with a torch. This
strength in a sling which has been used previously to deter- will help assure that an employee will not mistakenly use a
mine if it is suitable for continued use. sling which has been retired from service.
Specific inspection intervals and procedures are required It should also be obvious that a good inspection program
will not only provide safer lifting conditions, but will also
by the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and by
ANSI B30.9 Regulations, and the responsibility for perfor- extend the life of slings and thereby reduce lifting costs. 2
mance of inspections is placed squarely upon the sling user Federal Work Rules Require Specific Inspection
by Federal Legislation. Intervals
As a starting point, the same work practices which apply to Government regulations are also specific on WHEN to
all “working” wire ropes apply to wire rope which has been inspect.
fabricated into a sling.Therefore, a good working knowl- Both ANSI Standard B30.9 and OSHA require that wire rope
edge of wire rope design and construction will be not only slings receive two types of inspections: a DAILY visual
useful but essential in conducting a wire rope sling inspec- inspection, and additional inspections where service condi-
tion. tions warrant.
But because wire rope is a rather complex machine, no Daily visual inspections are intended to detect serious dam-
precise rules can be given to determine exactly when a age or deterioration which would weaken the sling.This
wire rope sling should be replaced. There are many vari- inspection is usually performed by the person using the
ables, and all must be considered. sling in a day-to-day job. He should look for obvious things,
OSHA specifies that a wire rope sling shall be removed such as broken wires, kinks, crushing, broken attachments,
from service immediately if ANY of the following condi- severe corrosion, etc.
tions are present: Additional inspections should be performed at regular
1. Broken Wires: For single-part slings, 10 randomly distrib- intervals based on, (1) frequency of sling use, (2) severity of
uted broken wires in one rope lay, or five broken wires in service conditions, (3) nature of lifts, and (4) prior experi-
one strand of one rope lay. For multi-part slings these ence based on service life of slings used in similar circum-
same criteria apply to each of the component ropes. For stances.
this inspection, a broken wire shall only be counted once; It is required that these additional inspections be carried
that is, each break should have two ends. out by a designated person who must have good knowl-
2. Metal Loss:Wear or scraping of one-third the original edge of wire rope. An accurate WRITTEN and dated record
diameter of outside individual wires.This is quite difficult of all conditions observed should be kept. Any deteriora-
to determine on slings and experience should be gained tion of the sling which could result in appreciable loss of
by the inspector by taking apart old slings and actually original strength should be carefully noted, and determina-
measuring wire diameters. tion made on whether further use would constitute a safety
3. Distortion: Kinking, crushing, birdcaging or other damage hazard.
which distorts the rope structure.The main thing to look How to Inspect
for is wires or strands that are pushed out of their origi-
nal positions in the rope. Slight bends in a rope where Precisely how to make proper, adequate inspections is not
wires or strands are still relatively in their original posi- detailed by OSHA—yet it is in the HOW of inspection that
tions would not be considered serious damage. But good the big difference between a good inspection and some-
judgment is indicated. thing less become apparent.
4. Heat Damage: Any metallic discoloration or loss of inter- Inspection should follow a systematic procedure:
nal lubricant caused by exposure to heat. (1) First, it is necessary that all parts of the sling are
5. Bad End Attachments: Cracked, bent or broken end fit- readily visible. The sling should be laid out so
tings caused by abuse, wear or accident. every part is accessible.
6. Bent Hooks: No more than 15 percent over the normal (2) Next, the sling should be sufficiently cleaned of dirt
throat openings, measured at the narrowest point, or and grease so wires and fittings are easily seen.This
twisting of more than 10 degrees is permissable. can usually be accomplished with a wire brush or
rags.
7. Metal Corrosion: Severe corrosion of the rope or end
attachments which has caused pitting or binding of wires (3) The sling should then be given a thorough, systematic
should be cause for replacing the sling. Light rusting usu- examination throughout its entire length, paying par-
ally does not affect strength of a sling, however. ticular attention to sections showing the most wear.
In addition to these seven conditions specified by OSHA, (4) Special attention should also be paid to fittings and end
the following are also important: attachments, and areas of the sling adjacent to these fit-
tings.
8. Pulled Eye Splices: Any evidence that eye splices have
slipped, tucked strands have moved, or pressed sleeves (5) When the worst section of a sling has been located,
show serious damage may be sufficient cause to reject a this area should then be carefully checked against the
sling. OSHA criteria.
9. Unbalance: A very common cause of damage is the kink (6) Label or identify slings that are inspected.
which results from pulling through a loop while using a (7) Keep records of inspections that include dates and cor-
sling, thus causing wires and strands to be deformed and responding conditions of slings.
pushed out of their original position.This unbalances the (8) Dispose immediately of slings that are rejected.
sling, reducing its strength.
Disposition of Retired Slings: the best inspection program A knowledgeable inspector will also insist on proper stor-
available is of no value if slings which are worn out and have age for out-of-use slings—to make his job easier if not for
been retired are not disposed of properly.When it is deter- the good of the slings. Inspections are much easier—and
mined by the inspector that a sling is worn out or damaged probably more thorough—when slings are available for
beyond use, it should be tagged immediately DO NOT USE. inspection in an orderly arrangement, out of the weather,
away from heat and dirt.
2-15
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Sling Leg Options

Standard End Fitting Combinations
To order sling legs, follow the criteria listed in pages 2-1 to 2-15. Choose the correct size from the tables on
the following pages. Determine the length needed and specify the end fittings required from the list of combinations
shown below.
2
Eye & Eye
Eye and Screw Pin Anchor Shackle
Eye & Thimble
Thimble & Slip-Thru Thimble
Eye & Hook
Eye & Thimble with

Eye and Open Swage Socket Sliding Choker Hook
Eye & Crescent Thimble
Eye and Closed Swage Socket
Eye & Slip-Thru Thimble
Slip-Thru Thimble & Hook
Eye & Eye with

Thimble & Thimble Sliding Choker Hook
Slip-Thru Thimble &

Slip-Thru Thimble
Thimble & Hook
2-16
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
1-PART SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE
Single Leg Slings
EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL IWRC

RATED CAPACITY IN TONS
ROPE BASKET AT DEGREES

CERTEX DIAMETER VERTICAL 30 45 60
Cat. Ref. No. (INCHES) VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET DEGREE DEGREE DEGREE
CX02-0001 1/4 0.65 0.48 1.3 0.65 0.91 1.1
CX02-0002 5/16 1.0 0.74 2.0 1.0 1.4 1.7
CX02-0003 3/8 1.4 1.1 2.9 1.4 2.0 2.5
CX02-0004 7/16 1.9 1.4 3.9 1.9 2.7 3.4
CX02-0005 1/2 2.5 1.9 5.1 2.5 3.6 4.4
CX02-0006 9/16 3.2 2.4 6.4 3.2 4.5 5.5
CX02-0007 5/8 3.9 2.9 7.8 3.9 5.5 6.8
CX02-0008 3/4 5.6 4.1 11 5.6 7.9 9.7
CX02-0009 7/8 7.6 5.6 15 7.6 11 13
CX02-0010 1 9.8 7.2 20 9.8 14 17
CX02-0011 1 1/8 12 9.1 24 12 17 21
CX02-0012 1 1/4 15 11 30 15 21 26
CX02-0013 1 3/8 18 13 36 18 25 31
CX02-0014 1 1/2 21 16 42 21 30 37
CX02-0015 1 5/8 24 18 49 24 35 42
CX02-0016 1 3/4 28 21 57 28 40 49
CX02-0017 1 7/8 32 24 64 32 46 56
CX02-0018 2 37 28 73 37 52 63
CX02-0019 2 1/8 40 31 80 40 56 69
CX02-0020 2 1/4 44 35 89 44 63 77
CX02-0021 2 3/8 49 38 99 49 70 85
CX02-0022 2 1/2 54 42 109 54 77 94
CX02-0023 2 5/8 60 46 119 60 84 103
CX02-0024 2 3/4 65 51 130 65 92 113
CX02-0025 2 7/8 71 55 141 71 100 122
CX02-0026 3 77 60 153 77 108 132
CX02-0027 3 1/8 82 64 165 82 117 143
CX02-0028 3 1/4 89 69 177 89 125 153
CX02-0029 3 3/8 95 74 190 95 135 165
CX02-0030 3 1/2 102 79 203 102 144 176
CX02-0031 4 130 101 260 130 183 224
CX02-0032 4 1/2 160 124 320 160 225 276
.RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25
.RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
.RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
.HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
.Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.
2-17
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
2-Leg Bridle Slings
LE
NG
TH
Standard Style
ROPE 2 LEG BRIDLE

CERTEX DIAMETER 30 45 60
Cat. Ref. No. (INCHES) VERTICAL DEGREE DEGREE DEGREE
CX02-0033 1/4 1.3 0.65 0.91 1.1
CX02-0034 5/16 2.0 1.0 1.4 1.7
CX02-0035 3/8 2.9 1.4 2.0 2.5
CX02-0036 7/16 3.9 1.9 2.7 3.4
CX02-0037 1/2 5.1 2.5 3.6 4.4
CX02-0038 9/16 6.4 3.2 4.5 5.5
CX02-0039 5/8 7.8 3.9 5.5 6.8
CX02-0040 3/4 11 5.6 7.9 9.7
CX02-0041 7/8 15 7.6 11 13
CX02-0042 1 20 9.8 14 17
CX02-0043 1 1/8 24 12 17 21
CX02-0044 1 1/4 30 15 21 26
CX02-0045 1 3/8 36 18 25 31
CX02-0046 1 1/2 42 21 30 37
CX02-0047 1 5/8 49 24 35 42
CX02-0048 1 3/4 57 28 40 49
CX02-0049 1 7/8 64 32 46 56
CX02-0050 2 73 37 52 63
RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON DESIGN FACTOR OF 5
HORIZONTAL SLING ANGLES LESS THAN 30 DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19 and 6x37 classification wire rope.
2-18
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
3-Leg Bridle Slings
LE
NG
TH
Standard Style
ROPE 3 LEG BRIDLE

CERTEX DIAMETER
Cat. Ref. No. (INCHES) VERTICAL 30˚ 45˚ 60˚
CX02-0051 1/4 1.9 0.97 1.4 1.7
CX02-0052 5/16 3.0 1.5 2.1 2.6
CX02-0053 3/8 4.3 2.2 3.0 3.7
CX02-0054 7/16 5.8 2.9 4.1 5.0
CX02-0055 1/2 7.6 3.8 5.4 6.6
CX02-0056 9/16 9.6 4.8 6.8 8.3
CX02-0057 5/8 12 5.9 8.3 10
CX02-0058 3/4 17 8.4 12 15
CX02-0059 7/8 23 11 16 20
CX02-0060 1 29 15 21 26
CX02-0061 1 1/8 36 18 26 31
CX02-0062 1 1/4 44 22 31 38
CX02-0063 1 3/8 53 27 38 46
CX02-0064 1 1/2 63 32 45 55
CX02-0065 1 5/8 73 37 52 63
CX02-0066 1 3/4 85 42 60 74
CX02-0067 1 7/8 97 48 68 84
CX02-0068 2 110 55 78 95
CX02-0600 2 1/8 119 60 84 103
CX02-0601 2 1/4 133 67 94 116
CX02-0602 2 3/8 148 74 105 128
CX02-0603 2 1/2 163 82 115 141
CX02-0604 2 5/8 179 89 126 155
CX02-0605 2 3/4 195 97 138 169
CX02-0606 2 7/8 212 106 150 183
CX02-0607 3 230 115 162 199
CX02-0608 3 1/8 247 124 175 214
CX02-0609 3 1/4 266 133 188 230
CX02-0610 3 3/8 286 143 202 247
CX02-0611 3 1/2 305 152 215 264
2-19
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
4-Leg Bridle Slings
LE
NG
TH
2 Standard Style
ROPE 4 LEG BRIDLE

CERTEX DIAMETER
Cat. Ref. No. (INCHES) VERTICAL 30˚ 45˚ 60˚
CX02-0069 1/4 2.6 1.3 1.8 2.2
CX02-0070 5/16 4.0 2.0 2.8 3.5
CX02-0071 3/8 5.7 2.9 4.1 5.0
CX02-0072 7/16 7.8 3.9 5.5 6.7
CX02-0073 1/2 10 5.1 7.1 8.8
CX02-0074 9/16 13 6.4 9.0 11
CX02-0075 5/8 16 7.8 11 14
CX02-0076 3/4 22 11 16 19
CX02-0077 7/8 30 15 21 26
CX02-0078 1 39 20 28 34
CX02-0079 1 1/8 48 24 34 42
CX02-0080 1 1/4 59 30 42 51
CX02-0081 1 3/8 71 36 50 62
CX02-0082 1 1/2 84 42 60 73
CX02-0083 1 5/8 98 49 69 85
CX02-0084 1 3/4 113 57 80 98
CX02-0085 1 7/8 129 64 91 112
CX02-0086 2 147 73 104 127
CX02-0850 2 1/8 159 80 112 138
CX02-0851 2 1/4 178 89 126 154
CX02-0852 2 3/8 197 99 139 171
CX02-0853 2 1/2 217 109 154 188
CX02-0854 2 5/8 238 119 168 206
CX02-0855 2 3/4 260 130 184 225
CX02-0856 2 7/8 282 141 200 244
CX02-0857 3 306 153 216 265
CX02-0858 3 1/8 330 165 233 286
CX02-0859 3 1/4 354 177 250 307
CX02-0860 3 3/8 381 190 269 330
CX02-0861 3 1/2 406 203 287 352
2-20
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Single Leg Slings
Stainless Steel Type 302 or 304 IWRC

Rated Capacity in Tons
Rated Capacities Shown Apply Only tp 6X19 and 6X36 Classification Wire Rope
CERTEX CERTEX ROPE

Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. DIAMETER VERTICAL
Type 302 Type 304 (INCHES) VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET
CX02-0087 CX02-0107 1/4 0.61 0.38 1.0
CX02-0088 CX02-0108 5/16 0.86 0.58 1.6
CX02-0089 CX02-0109 3/8 1.1 0.82 2.2
CX02-0090 CX02-0110 7/16 1.5 1.1 3.1
CX02-0091 CX02-0111 1/2 2.2 1.6 4.3
CX02-0092 CX02-0112 9/16 2.7 2.0 5.4
CX02-0093 CX02-0113 5/8 3.3 2.5 6.7
CX02-0094 CX02-0114 3/4 4.7 3.5 9.4
CX02-0095 CX02-0115 7/8 6.3 4.7 13
CX02-0096 CX02-0116 1 8.1 6.0 16
CX02-0097 CX02-0117 1 1/8 10 7.4 20
CX02-0098 CX02-0118 1 1/4 12 9.1 24
CX02-0099 CX02-0119 1 3/8 14 11 28
CX02-0100 CX02-0120 1 1/2 17 13 33
CX02-0101 CX02-0121 1 5/8 20 15 40
CX02-0102 CX02-0122 1 3/4 22 17 45
CX02-0103 CX02-0123 1 7/8 25 19 51
CX02-0104 CX02-0124 2 28 21 57
CX02-0105 CX02-0125 2 1/8 32 23 63
CX02-0106 CX02-0126 2 1/4 35 25 69

Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6 x 19 and 6 x 37 classification wire rope.
2-21
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
CABLE LAID SLINGS/MECHANICAL SPLICE
MECHANICAL TYPE SPLICE

RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS
SLING BODY CERTEX CERTEX SINGLE PART SLING CERTEX CERTEX TWO LEG BRIDLE OR BASKET
DIAMETER Cat. Ref. Cat. Ref. VERTICAL Cat. Ref. Cat. Ref. 30˚ 45˚ 60˚
(INCHES) No. No. VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET No. No. DEGREE DEGREE DEGREE
7 x 7 x 7 CONSTRUCTION 7 x 7 x 7 CONSTRUCTION
1/4 CX02-0127 — 0.50 0.34 1.0 CX02-0157 — 0.50 0.71 0.87

3/8 CX02-0128 — 1.1 0.74 2.2 CX02-0158 — 1.1 1.5 1.9
1/2 CX02-0129 — 1.9 1.3 3.7 CX02-0159 — 1.9 2.6 3.2
5/8 CX02-0130 — 2.8 1.9 5.5 CX02-0160 — 2.8 3.9 4.8
3/4 CX02-0131 — 3.8 2.6 7.6 CX02-0161 — 3.8 5.4 6.6
7/8 CX02-0132 — 5.0 3.4 10.0 CX02-0162 — 5.0 7.1 8.7
1 CX02-0133 — 6.4 4.4 13 CX02-0163 — 6.4 9.1 11
7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTION 7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTION
1/2 CX02-0134 — 1.9 1.3 3.8 CX02-0164 — 1.9 2.7 3.3

5/8 CX02-0135 — 2.9 2.0 5.8 CX02-0165 — 2.9 4.1 5.0
3/4 CX02-0136 — 4.1 2.8 8.1 CX02-0166 — 4.1 5.8 7.0
7/8 CX02-0137 — 5.4 3.7 11 CX02-0167 — 5.4 7.6 9.4
1 CX02-0138 — 6.9 4.7 14 CX02-0168 — 6.9 9.7 12
1 1/8 CX02-0139 — 8.3 5.8 17 CX02-0169 — 8.3 12 14
1 1/4 CX02-0140 — 9.9 7.0 20 CX02-0170 — 9.9 14 17
7 x 6 x 19 OR 7 x 6 x 37 CONSTRUCTION 7 x 6 x 19 OR 7 x 6 x 37 CONSTRUCTION
3/4 CX02-0141 CX02-0149 3.8 2.6 7.6 CX02-0171 CX02-0179 3.8 5.4 6.6
7/8 CX02-0142 CX02-0150 5.0 3.4 10 CX02-0172 CX02-0180 5.0 7.1 8.7
1 CX02-0143 CX02-0151 6.4 4.4 13 CX02-0173 CX02-0181 6.4 9.1 11
1 1/8 CX02-0144 CX02-0152 7.7 5.4 15 CX02-0174 CX02-0182 7.7 11 13
1 1/4 CX02-0145 CX02-0153 9.3 6.5 19 CX02-0175 CX02-0183 9.3 13 16
1 3/8 CX02-0146 CX02-0154 11 7.7 22 CX02-0176 CX02-0184 11 15 19
1 1/2 CX02-0147 CX02-0155 13 9.0 26 CX02-0177 CX02-0185 13 18 22
1 5/8 CX02-0148 CX02-0156 15 10 30 CX02-0178 CX02-0186 15 21 26
RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d OF 10 OR GREATER

RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER.
2-22
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
4-PART BRAIDED SLINGS
2
Length Length Length
of of of
Sling Sling Sling
(SL) (SL) (SL)
RATED CAPACITIES BASKET HITCH BASED ON D/d RATIO OF 25 TIMES THE COMPONENT ROPE DIAMETER
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19, 7x19, and 6x37 classification wire rope.
2-23
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Length Length
2
Length

ROPE SINGLE LEG

DIAMETER CERTEX VERTICAL
(INCHES) Cat. Ref. No. VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET
3/16 CX02-0206 1.6 1.4 3.2
1/4 CX02-0207 2.9 2.5 5.7
5/16 CX02-0208 4.4 3.9 8.8
3/8 CX02-0209 6.3 5.5 13
7/16 CX02-0210 8.6 7.5 17
1/2 CX02-0211 11 9.8 22
9/16 CX02-0212 14 12 28
5/8 CX02-0213 17 15 35
3/4 CX02-0214 25 22 49
7/8 CX02-0215 33 29 67
1 CX02-0216 43 38 87
1 1/8 CX02-0217 55 48 109
1 1/4 CX02-0218 67 59 134
1 3/8 CX02-0219 81 71 161
1 1/2 CX02-0220 96 84 191
1 5/8 CX02-0221 111 97 222
1 3/4 CX02-0222 128 112 257
1 7/8 CX02-0223 146 128 292
2 CX02-0224 166 145 332
Rated Capacities shown apply only to 6x19, 7x19, and 6x37 classification wire rope.
2-24
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
2
Rated Capacities shown for 1/8" through 3/8" apply only to 7x19 galvanized wire rope.
Rated Capacities shown for 3/8" apply only to 6x19, and 6x37 classification wire rope.
2-25
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
1-PART SLINGS/POURED SOCKETS
RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS
Open-Open Closed-Closed Open-Closed

ROPE EXTRA IMPROVED
DIAMETER CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX PLOW STEEL IWRC
(INCHES) Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. VERTICAL
1/4 CX02-0392 CX02-0422 CX02-0392 0.68
5/16 CX02-0393 CX02-0423 CX02-0393 1.1
3/8 CX02-0394 CX02-0424 CX02-0394 1.5
7/16 CX02-0395 CX02-0425 CX02-0395 2.0
1/2 CX02-0396 CX02-0426 CX02-0396 2.7
9/16 CX02-0397 CX02-0427 CX02-0397 3.4
5/8 CX02-0398 CX02-0428 CX02-0398 4.1
3/4 CX02-0399 CX02-0429 CX02-0399 5.9
7/8 CX02-0400 CX02-0430 CX02-0400 8.0
1 CX02-0401 CX02-0431 CX02-0401 10
1 1/8 CX02-0402 CX02-0432 CX02-0402 13
1 1/4 CX02-0403 CX02-0433 CX02-0403 16
1 3/8 CX02-0404 CX02-0434 CX02-0404 19
1 1/2 CX02-0405 CX02-0435 CX02-0405 23
1 5/8 CX02-0406 CX02-0436 CX02-0406 26
1 3/4 CX02-0407 CX02-0437 CX02-0407 31
1 7/8 CX02-0408 CX02-0438 CX02-0408 35
2 CX02-0409 CX02-0439 CX02-0409 40
2 1/8 CX02-0410 CX02-0440 CX02-0410 44
2 1/4 CX02-0411 CX02-0441 CX02-0411 49
2 3/8 CX02-0412 CX02-0442 CX02-0412 55
2 1/2 CX02-0413 CX02-0443 CX02-0413 60
2 5/8 CX02-0414 CX02-0444 CX02-0414 66
2 3/4 CX02-0415 CX02-0445 CX02-0415 72
2 7/8 CX02-0416 CX02-0446 CX02-0416 78
3 CX02-0417 CX02-0447 CX02-0417 85
3 1/4 CX02-0418 CX02-0448 CX02-0418 98
3 1/2 CX02-0419 CX02-0449 CX02-0419 113
3 3/4 CX02-0420 CX02-0450 CX02-0420 128
4 CX02-0421 CX02-0451 CX02-0421 144
RATED CAPACITIES BASED ON PIN DIAMETER NO LARGER THAN NATURAL EYE WIDTH OR
LESS THAN THE NOMINAL SLING DIAMETER
2-26
WIRE ROPE SLINGS
1-PART SLINGS/SWAGE SOCKETS
Open-Open Open-Closed Closed-Closed
2
SINGLE ROPE LEGS AND OPEN SINGLE ROPE LEGS AND SINGLE ROPE LEGS AND CLOSED
SWAGED SOCKETS OPEN/CLOSED SWAGED SOCKETS SWAGED SOCKETS
BOOM PENDENTS WITH SWAGED
FITTINGS
Length of Pendant is measured

as indicated on sketches.
Note:When ordering, customer
should specify parallel or right
angle (90°) socket pins.
Rated Capacity in Tons of 2,000 lbs

Rated Capacities Shown Apply Only To 6x19 and 6x36 Classification Wire Rope
Open-Open Open-Closed Closed-Closed Open-Open Open-Closed Closed-Closed

FIBER CORE IWRC
VERTICAL VERTICAL
ROPE DIA. CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX
(IN) Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. EIPS Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. EIPS EEIPS
1/4 CX02-0452 CX02-0496 CX02-0540 0.60 CX02-0474 CX02-0518 CX02-0562 0.68 0.74
5/16 CX02-0453 CX02-0497 CX02-0541 0.94 CX02-0475 CX02-0519 CX02-0563 1.1 1.2
3/8 CX02-0454 CX02-0498 CX02-0542 1.3 CX02-0476 CX02-0520 CX02-0564 1.5 1.7
7/16 CX02-0455 CX02-0499 CX02-0543 1.8 CX02-0477 CX02-0521 CX02-0565 2.0 2.2
1/2 CX02-0456 CX02-0500 CX02-0544 2.4 CX02-0478 CX02-0522 CX02-0566 2.7 2.9
9/16 CX02-0457 CX02-0501 CX02-0545 3.0 CX02-0479 CX02-0523 CX02-0567 3.4 3.7
5/8 CX02-0458 CX02-0502 CX02-0546 3.7 CX02-0480 CX02-0524 CX02-0568 4.1 4.5
3/4 CX02-0459 CX02-0503 CX02-0547 5.2 CX02-0481 CX02-0525 CX02-0569 5.9 6.5
7/8 CX02-0460 CX02-0504 CX02-0548 7.1 CX02-0482 CX02-0526 CX02-0570 8.0 8.8
1 CX02-0461 CX02-0505 CX02-0549 9.2 CX02-0483 CX02-0527 CX02-0571 10 11
1 1/8 CX02-0462 CX02-0506 CX02-0550 12 CX02-0484 CX02-0528 CX02-0572 13 14
1 1/4 CX02-0463 CX02-0507 CX02-0551 14 CX02-0485 CX02-0529 CX02-0573 16 18
1 3/8 CX02-0464 CX02-0508 CX02-0552 17 CX02-0486 CX02-0530 CX02-0574 19 21
1 1/2 CX02-0465 CX02-0509 CX02-0553 20 CX02-0487 CX02-0531 CX02-0575 23 25
1 5/8 CX02-0466 CX02-0510 CX02-0554 24 CX02-0488 CX02-0532 CX02-0576 26 29
1 3/4 CX02-0467 CX02-0511 CX02-0555 27 CX02-0489 CX02-0533 CX02-0577 31 34
1 7/8 CX02-0468 CX02-0512 CX02-0556 31 CX02-0490 CX02-0534 CX02-0578 35 38
2 CX02-0469 CX02-0513 CX02-0557 35 CX02-0491 CX02-0535 CX02-0579 40 43
2 1/8 CX02-0470 CX02-0514 CX02-0558 39 CX02-0492 CX02-0536 CX02-0580 44 49
2 1/4 CX02-0471 CX02-0515 CX02-0559 44 CX02-0493 CX02-0537 CX02-0581 49 54
2 3/8 CX02-0472 CX02-0516 CX02-0560 49 CX02-0494 CX02-0538 CX02-0582 55 60
2 1/2 CX02-0473 CX02-0517 CX02-0561 54 CX02-0495 CX02-0539 CX02-0583 60 66
* Values given apply when pendants are used as slings or sling assemblies.When used in a Boom suspension system, other values
apply; consult rope manufacturer.
2-27
WIRE MESH SLINGS
Cambridge, Inc.
Sling Length Selection
To find overall sling length for CHOKE HITCH — in Column A find sling width selected.Then read across and find
dimensions B & C. Minimum overall sling length equals B plus C plus circumference of load in inches.
Example: You wish to use a 10” wide sling on an 84” circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals 10212⁄ ". (734⁄ +
1034⁄ + 84")
To find overall sling length for BASKET HITCH — in Column A find sling width selected.Then read across and find
dimension E. Multiply dimension E by 2 and add circumference of load in inches to determine minimum overall sling
length.
Example: You wish to use a 10” wide sling on an 84” circumference. Minimum overall sling length equals 86". (1" + 1"
+ 84")
INCHES
FABRIC LBS./FT.
A OF LENGTH
CERTEX WIDTH HOOK WT. 36" 10 12 14
Cat. Ref. No. (NOM.) B C D E F G H DD SIZE SLING GA. GA. GA.
CX03-0001 2 4 6 2 1/2 2 3/4 1 3/4 4 3 3/4 5 TON 5 1 1/4 1 1/8 3/4
CX03-0002 3 5 1/4 7 1/2 3 3/4 3 1/2 2 1/2 5 1/4 5 10 TON 8 1 7/8 1 3/4 1 1/8
CX03-0003 4 5 1/2 7 3/4 4 3/4 3 1/2 2 1/2 6 1/4 5 10 TON 10 2 1/2 2 1/4 1 1/2
CX03-0004 6 6 1/2 9 6 1 4 2 3/4 8 1/2 6 15 TON 15 3 7/8 3 3/8 2 1/4
CX03-0005 8 8 3/4 12 8 1 1/4 5 1/2 4 11 1/4 8 1/2 25 TON 20 5 1/8 4 1/2 3
CX03-0006 10 7 3/4 10 3/4 10 1/4 1 5 3 1/2 12 3/4 7 1/2 25 TON 26 6 3/8 5 5/8 3 3/4
CX03-0007 12 8 11 1/4 12 1/4 1 5 3 1/2 14 3/4 7 1/2 30 TON 33 7 5/8 6 3/4 4 1/2
CX03-0008 14 8 1/4 12 14 1/4 1 1/4 5 3 1/2 17 7 3/4 30 TON 37 8 7/8 7 7/8 5 1/4
CX03-0009 16 8 1/4 12 1/2 16 1/4 1 1/4 5 3 1/2 19 7 3/4 30 TON 44 10 1/8 9 6
CX03-0010 18 8 1/2 13 1/4 18 2 5 4 21 1/4 11 30 TON 51 11 3/8 10 1/8 6 3/4
CX03-0011 20 8 1/2 14 20 2 5 4 23 1/4 11 1/4 30 TON 58 12 3/4 11 1/4 7 1/2
*Accommodates Most Hooks To Listed Size
**Standard Tolerance ± 1/2"
Ref. No. 4667
3-1
WIRE MESH SLINGS
Cambridge, Inc.
Sling Width Selection
How to select sling width according to Capacity, Hitch and Specification:
First, determine the hitch you will use for the gauge selected.Then read down the column under the selected hitch
and gauge to the load weight you wish to lift.Then read across to the first column at left to find sling width required.
Example: You wish to use a G-43 sling in a choke hitch to lift 6,400 pounds. Sling width required is 8".
NOMINAL EFFECT OF ANGLE ON RATED

3 WIDTH OF CAPACITIES IN BASKET HITCH
CERTEX SLING VERTICAL
60¡ 45¡ 30¡
Cat. Ref. No. (INCHES) CHOKER BASKET
CX03-0012 2 1,600 3,200 2,700 2,000 1,600
CX03-0013 3 3,000 6,000 5,100 3,800 2,800
CX03-0014 4 4,400 8,800 7,480 5,600 4,400
CX03-0015 6 6,600 13,200 11,225 8,400 6,600
G-35 CX03-0016 8 8,800 17,600 15,000 11,250 8,800
HEAVY CX03-0017 10 11,000 22,000 18,700 14,000 11,000
DUTY CX03-0018 12 13,200 26,400 22,440 16,800 13,200
CX03-0019 14 15,400 30,800 26,180 19,600 15,400
CX03-0020 16 17,600 35,200 29,920 22,400 17,600
CX03-0021 18 19,800 39,600 33,660 25,200 19,800
CX03-0022 20 22,000 44,000 37,400 28,000 22,000
CX03-0023 2 1,450 2,900 2,320 1,740 1,450
CX03-0024 3 2,175 4,350 3,700 2,700 2,175
CX03-0025 4 2,900 5,800 4,900 3,670 2,900
CX03-0026 6 4,800 9,600 8,150 6,100 4,800
G-48 CX03-0027 8 6,400 12,800 10,880 8,100 6,400
MEDIUM CX03-0028 10 8,000 16,000 13,600 10,200 8,000
DUTY CX03-0029 12 9,600 19,200 16,300 12,000 9,600
CX03-0030 14 11,200 22,400 19,000 14,000 11,200
CX03-0031 16 12,800 25,600 21,700 16,200 12,800
CX03-0032 18 13,500 27,000 22,900 17,000 13,500
CX03-0033 20 15,000 30,000 25,500 19,000 15,000
CX03-0034 2 900 1,800 1,600 1,300 900
CX03-0035 3 1,400 2,800 2,400 2,000 1,400
CX03-0036 4 2,000 4,000 3,500 2,800 2,000
CX03-0037 6 3,000 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000
G-59 CX03-0038 8 4,000 8,000 6,900 5,700 4,000
LIGHT CX03-0039 10 5,000 10,000 8,600 7,100 5,000
DUTY CX03-0040 12 6,000 12,000 10,400 8,500 6,000
CX03-0041 14 7,000 14,000 12,100 9,900 7,000
CX03-0042 16 8,000 16,000 13,900 11,300 8,000
CX03-0043 18 9,000 18,000 15,600 12,700 9,000
CX03-0044 20 10,000 20,000 17,300 14,100 10,000
CAUTION!
Do not exceed rated capacities.
3-2
WIRE ROPE CLIPS
Warnings and Application Instructions For U-Bolt Clips

Efficiency ratings for wire rope end terminations are based
upon the catalog breaking strength of wire rope.The effi-
ciency rating of a properly prepared loop or thimble-eye
termination for clip sizes 1/8˝ through 7/8˝ is 80%, and Figure 5
for sizes 1˝ through 3-1/2˝ is 90%.
The number of clips shown (see Table 1) is based upon
using RRL or RLL wire rope, 6 x 19 or 6 x 37 Class, FC
or IWRC; IPS or XIP. If Seale construction or similar large
outer wire type construction in the 6 x 19 Class is to be Figure 6
used for sizes 1˝ and larger, add one additional clip. If a
pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, 5. WIRE ROPE SPLICING PROCEDURES:
add one additional clip.
The number of clips shown also applies to rotation- The preferred method of splicing two wire ropes together
resistant RRL wire rope, 8 x 19 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes is to use interlocking turnback eyes with thimbles, using
1-1/2˝ and smaller; and to rotation-resistant RRL wire the recommended number of clips on each eye (See
rope, 19 x 7 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 1-3/4 inch and smaller. Figure 5).
For other classes of wire rope not mentioned above, An alternate method is to use twice the number of clips 4
we recommend contacting Crosby Engineering at the as used for a turnback termination. The rope ends are
address or telephone number on the back cover to placed parallel to each other, overlapping by twice the
ensure the desired efficiency rating. turnback amount shown in the application instructions.
The minimum number of clips should be installed on
For elevator, personnel hoist, and scaffold applications, each dead end (See Figure 6). Spacing, installation torque,
refer to ANSI A17.1 and ANSI A10.4. These standards do and other instructions still apply.
not recommend U-Bolt style wire rope clip terminations.
The style wire rope termination used for any application 6. IMPORTANT
is the obligation of the user. Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should
For OSHA (Construction) applications, be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.
see OSHA 1926.251. Next, check and retighten nuts to recommended torque.
In accordance with good rigging and maintenance prac-
tices, the wire rope end termination should be inspected
1. Refer to Table 1 in following Figure 1 periodically for wear, abuse, and general adequacy.
these instructions. Turn back specified amount of rope Table 1
from thimble or loop. Apply first clip one base width
from dead end of rope. Apply U-Bolt over dead end of Clip Rope Minimum Amount of * Torque
Size Size No. of Rope to Turn in
wire rope—live end rests in saddle (Never saddle a dead (Inches) (Inches) Clips Back in Inches Ft. Lbs.
horse!). Tighten nuts evenly, alternate from one nut to 1/8 1/8 2 3-1/4 4.5
the other until reaching the recommended torque. 3/16 3/16 2 3-3/4 7.5
1/4 1/4 2 4-3/4 15
5/16 5/16 2 5-1/4 30
3/8 3/8 2 6-1/2 45
2. When two clips are Figure 2 7/16 7/16 2 7 65

1/2 1/2 3 11-1/2 65
required, apply the second clip as near the loop or 9/16 9/16 3 12 95
thimble as possible. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating 5/8 5/8 3 12 95
until reaching the recommended torque. When more 3/4 3/4 4 18 130
than two clips are required, apply the second clip as 7/8 7/8 4 19 225
near the loop or thimble as possible, turn nuts on sec- 1 1 5 26 225
ond clip firmly, but do not tighten. Proceed to Step 3. 1-1/8 1-1/8 6 34 225
1-1/4 1-1/4 7 44 360
1-3/8 1-3/8 7 44 360
1-1/2 1-1/2 8 54 360
Figure 3 1-5/8 1-5/8 8 58 430
3. When three or more clips 1-3/4 1-3/4 8 61 590
are required, space additional clips equally between first 2 2 8 71 750
two—take up rope slack—tighten nuts on each U-Bolt 2-1/4 2-1/4 8 73 750
evenly, alternating from one nut to the other until reach- 2-1/2 2-1/2 9 84 750
ing recommended torque. 2-3/4 2-3/4 10 100 750
3 3 10 106 1200
3-1/2 3-1/2 12 149 1200
Figure 4 If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add one additional clip. See Figure 4.
4. If a pulley (sheave) is If a greater number of clips are used than shown in the table, the amount of turnback should
be increased proportionately.
used, in place of a thimble *The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry, and free
add one additional clip. of lubrication.
Clip spacing
should be as WARNING
shown. • Failure to read, understand, and follow these instructions may cause death or serious injury.
• Read and understand these instructions before using clips.
• Match the same size clip to the same size wire rope.
• Prepare wire rope end termination only as instructed.
• Do not use with plastic coated wire rope.
• Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be of equal or greater weight than loads
expected in use. Next, check and retighten nuts to recommended torque (See Table 1, this page).
4-1
WIRE ROPE CLIPS
The Crosby Group, Inc.
CROSBY® Clips
• Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for
material traceability, the name CROSBY or “CG,” and a
size forged into it.
• Sizes 1/8˝ through 2-1/2˝ have forged bases.
• Entire Clip—Galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting
action.
• All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper
application instructions and warning information.
• Clip sizes up through 1-1/2˝ have rolled threads.
Crosby Clips, all sizes 1/4˝ and larger, meet the performance requirements of
Federal Specification FF-C-450 TYPE 1 CLASS 1, except for those provisions
required of the contractor.
G-450
Dimensions
Rope Crosby (in.)
Size CERTEX Stock No.
(in) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. A B C D E F G H
*1/8 CX04-0001 1010015 .22 .72 .44 .47 .41 .38 .81 .94
*3/16 CX04-0002 1010033 .25 .97 .56 .59 .50 .44 .94 1.16
1/4 CX04-0003 1010051 .31 1.03 .50 .75 .66 .56 1.19 1.44
5/16 CX04-0004 1010079 .38 1.38 .75 .88 .72 .69 1.31 1.69
3/8 CX04-0005 1010097 .44 1.50 .75 1.00 .91 .75 1.63 1.94
7/16 CX04-0006 1010113 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.03 .88 1.81 2.28
1/2 CX04-0007 1010131 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.13 .88 1.91 2.28
9/16 CX04-0008 1010159 .56 2.25 1.25 1.31 1.22 .94 2.06 2.50
5/8 CX04-0009 1010177 .56 2.38 1.25 1.31 1.34 .94 2.06 2.50
3/4 CX04-0010 1010195 .62 2.75 1.44 1.50 1.41 1.06 2.25 2.84
7/8 CX04-0011 1010211 .75 3.12 1.62 1.75 1.59 1.25 2.44 3.16
1 CX04-0012 1010239 .75 3.50 1.81 1.88 1.78 1.25 2.63 3.47
1-1/8 CX04-0013 1010257 .75 3.88 2.00 2.00 1.91 1.25 2.81 3.59
1-1/4 CX04-0014 1010275 .88 4.25 2.13 2.31 2.19 1.44 3.13 4.13
1-3/8 CX04-0015 1010293 .88 4.63 2.31 2.38 2.31 1.44 3.13 4.19
1-1/2 CX04-0016 1010319 .88 4.94 2.38 2.59 2.44 1.44 3.41 4.44
1-5/8 CX04-0017 1010337 1.00 5.31 2.62 2.75 2.66 1.63 3.63 4.75
1-3/4 CX04-0018 1010355 1.13 5.75 2.75 3.06 2.94 1.81 3.81 5.28
2 CX04-0019 1010373 1.25 6.44 3.00 3.38 3.28 2.00 4.44 5.88
2-1/4 CX04-0020 1010391 1.25 7.13 3.19 3.88 3.19 2.00 4.50 6.38
2-1/2 CX04-0021 1010417 1.25 7.69 3.44 4.13 3.69 2.00 4.05 6.63
2-3/4 CX04-0022 1010435 1.25 8.31 3.56 4.38 4.88 2.00 5.00 6.88
3 CX04-0023 1010453 1.50 9.19 3.88 4.75 4.69 2.38 5.88 7.63
3-1/2 CX04-0024 1010426 1.50 10.75 4.50 5.50 6.00 2.38 6.19 8.38
*Electro-plated U-Bolt and Nuts
† 2-3/4˝ and 3-1/2˝ base is made of cast steel
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
In the beginning of the chapter
4-2
WIRE ROPE CLIPS
The SS-450 “316” Stainless Steel Wire Rope Clips
• Each base has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for
material traceability, the name CROSBY or “CG,” and a
size forged into it.
• Available in sizes 1/8˝ through 5/8˝.
• Entire clip is made from 316 Stainless Steel to resist
corrosive and rusting action.
• All components are Electro-Polished.
All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper
SS-450
4
Dimensions
Rope Crosby (in.)
Size CERTEX Stock
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. No. A B C D E F G H
1/8 CX04-0025 1011250 .22 .72 .44 .47 .41 .38 .81 .94
3/16 CX04-0026 1011261 .25 .97 .56 .59 .50 .44 .94 1.16
1/4 CX04-0027 1011272 .31 1.03 .50 .75 .66 .56 1.19 1.44
3/8 CX04-0028 1011283 .44 1.50 .75 1.00 .91 .75 1.63 1.94
1/2 CX04-0029 1011305 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.13 .88 1.91 2.28
5/8 CX04-0030 1011327 .56 2.38 1.25 1.31 1.34 .94 2.06 2.50
Putting Certainty Into

Everything We Make.
CERTEX provides the rope Using these quality components,

slings, rope terminations and the CERTEX expertise in lifting is
other tailor-made assemblies that applied in our own rigging shops:
allow our customers to tackle the result is customized lifting
their lifting challenges with confi- equipment that will perform in the
dence. At CERTEX, every cus- most critical applications where
tom operation from cutting rope lives and property depend on it.
to applying hooks and shackles With experienced people
to making the most demanding and machinery to produce the
sling, carries out the same assur- lifting equipment that our cus-
ance of safety. tomers specify, CERTEX com-
Safety is built into our products panies everywhere are commit-
at every stage of our fabricating ted to the complete reliability
process. A CERTEX-made prod- of every product that we make.
uct can be trusted because it
starts with components that
meet the highest possible stan-
dards of safety and reliability. Lifting Products and Services
4-3
WIRE ROPE CLIPS
Warnings and Application Instructions For Fistgrip Clips

Efficiency ratings for wire rope end terminations are based
upon the catalog breaking strength of wire rope.The effi-
ciency rating of a properly prepared loop or thimble-eye
termination for clip sizes 1/8˝ through 7/8˝ is 80%, and Figure 5
for sizes 1˝ through 3-1/2˝ is 90%.
The number of clips shown (see Table 1) is based upon
using RRL or RLL wire rope, 6 x 19 or 6 x 37 Class, FC
or IWRC; IPS or XIP. If Seale construction or similar large
outer wire type construction in the 6 x 19 Class is to be
used for sizes 1˝ and larger, add one additional clip. If a
pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, Figure 6
add one additional clip.
The number of clips shown also applies to rotation-resis- 5. WIRE ROPE SPLICING PROCEDURES:
tant RRL wire rope, 8 x 19 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 1-1/2˝ and The preferred method of splicing two wire ropes togeth-
smaller; and to rotation-resistant RRL wire rope, 19 x 7 er is to use interlocking turnback eyes with thimbles,
Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 1-1/2˝ and smaller. using the recommended number of clips on each eye
4 For other classes of wire rope not mentioned above, (See Figure 5).
we recommend contacting Crosby Engineering at the An alternate method is to use twice the number of clips
address or telephone number on the back cover to as used for a turnback termination. The rope ends are
ensure the desired efficiency rating. placed parallel to each other, overlapping by twice the
The style of wire rope termination used for any applica- turnback amount shown in the application instructions.
tion is the obligation of the user. The minimum number of clips should be installed on
each dead end (See Figure 6). Spacing, installation torque,
For OSHA (Construction) applications, see OSHA and other instructions still apply.
1926.251.
6. IMPORTANT
1. Refer to Table 1 in following Figure 1 Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be
these instructions. Turn back specified amount of rope of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.
from thimble or loop. Apply first clip one base width Next, check and retighten nuts to recommended torque.
from dead end of rope. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating In accordance with good rigging and maintenance prac-
from one nut to the other until reaching the recommend- tices, the wire rope end termination should be inspected
ed torque. periodically for wear, abuse, and general adequacy.
Table 1
Figure 2 Clip Rope Minimum Amount of Rope *Torque

2. When two clips are Size
(Inches)
Size
(Inches)
No. of
Clips
to Turn Back in
Inches
in
Ft. Lbs.
required, apply the second clip as near the loop or thim-
3/16 3/16 2 4 30
ble as possible. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating until
reaching the recommended torque. When more than 1/4 1/4 2 4 30
two clips are required, apply the second clip as near the 5/16 5/16 2 5 30
loop or thimble as possible, turn nuts on second clip 3/8 3/8 2 5-1/4 45
firmly, but do not tighten. Proceed to Step 3. 7/16 7/16 2 6-1/2 65
1/2 1/2 3 11 65
9/16 9/16 3 12-3/4 130
5/8 5/8 3 13-1/2 130
3. When three or more clips Figure 3
3/4 3/4 3 16 225
are required, space additional clips equally between first
two—take up rope slack—tighten nuts on all clips, alter- 7/8 7/8 4 26 225
nating from one nut to the other until reaching 1 1 5 37 225
recommended torque. 1-1/8 1-1/8 5 41 360
Figure 4 1-1/4 1-1/4 6 55 360

1-3/8 1-3/8 6 62 500
1-1/2 1-1/2 7 78 500
If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add one additional clip. See Figure 4.
If a greater number of clips are used than show in the table, the amount of turnback
should be increased proportionately.
*The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry,
and free of lubrication.
4. If a pulley (sheave) is WARNING

• Failure to read, understand, and follow these instructions may
used, in place of a thimble cause death or serious injury.
add one additional Fist Grip. • Read and understand these instructions before using clips.
Fist Grip spacing should be • Match the same size clip to the same size wire rope.
as shown. • Prepare wire rope end termination only as instructed.
• Do not use with plastic coated wire rope.
• Apply first load to test the assembly.This load should be of equal
or greater weight than loads expected in use. Next, check and
retighten nuts to recommended torque (See Table 1, this page).
4-4
WIRE ROPE CLIPS
Fist Grip® Clips
G-429 • Bolts are an integral part of the saddle. Nuts can be
installed in such a way as to enable the operator to
swing the wrench in a full arc for fast installation.
• All sizes have forged steel saddles.
• Entire clip is Galvanized to resist corrosive and rusting
action.
• All Clips are individually bagged or tagged with proper
• Assembled with standard heavy hex nuts.
Fist Grip wire clips meet or exceed the performance requirements of Federal
Specification FF-C-450 Type III, Class 1, except for those provisions required of the
contractor.
G-429
Dimensions
Rope (in.)
Size Crosby
(in.) CERTEX Stock No. Approx
Cat. Ref. No. Galv. A B C D E G L M N
3 /16 — 1/4 CX04-0031 1010471 .25 1.25 .34 .94 .38 1.28 1.63 .69 1.47
5/16 CX04-0032 1010499 .31 1.34 .44 1.06 .38 1.47 1.94 .69 1.56
3/8 CX04-0033 1010514 .38 1.59 .50 1.06 .44 1.81 2.38 .75 1.88
7/16 —˚1/2 CX04-0034 1010532 .50 1.88 .56 1.25 .50 2.19 2.75 .88 2.19
9/16 — 5/8 CX04-0035 1010550 .63 2.28 .69 1.50 .63 2.69 3.50 1.06 2.63
3/4 CX04-0036 1010578 .75 2.69 .88 1.81 .75 2.94 3.75 1.25 3.06
7/8 CX04-0037 1010596 .88 2.97 .97 2.13 .75 3.31 4.13 1.25 3.14
1 CX04-0038 1010612 1.00 3.06 1.19 2.25 .75 3.72 4.63 1.25 3.53
1 1/8 CX04-0039 1010630 1.13 3.44 1.28 2.38 .88 4.19 5.25 1.44 3.91
1 1/4 CX04-0040 1010658 1.25 3.56 1.34 2.50 .88 4.25 5.25 1.44 4.03
1-3/8 — 1-1/2 CX04-0041 1010676 1.50 4.13 1.56 3.00 1.00 5.56 7.00 1.63 4.66
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
on previous page
4-5
WEDGE SOCKETS
Warnings and Application Instructions
Right Wrong Wrong
Figure 1 Figure 2
4 * Tail Length
Standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope
A minimum of 6 rope diameters,
but not less than 6.˝
(i.e.—For 1˝ rope:
Tail Length = 1˝x 6 = 6˝)
Rotation Resistant Wire Rope
A minimum of 20 rope diameters,
but not less than 6.˝
(i.e.—For 1˝ rope:
Tail Length = 1˝ x 20 = 20˝)
Important Safety Information — • Secure dead end section of rope. (See Figure 1)
Read and Follow • DO NOT ATTACH DEAD END TO LIVE END.
Inspection/Maintenance Safety (See Figure 2)
• Always inspect socket, wedge and pin before using. • Use a hammer to seat Wedge and Rope as deep into
socket as possible before applying first load.
• Do not use part showing cracks.
• To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope (special
• Do not use modified or substitute parts. wire rope constructions with 8 or more outer strands)
• Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by ensure that the dead end is welded, brazed or seized
lightly grinding until surfaces are smooth. Do not before inserting the wire rope into the wedge socket
reduce original dimension more than 10%. Do not to prevent core slippage or loss of rope lay. The tail
repair by welding. length of the dead end should be a minimum of 20
• Inspect permanent assemblies annually, or more often rope diameters but not less than 6˝ (See Figure 1).
in severe operating conditions. Operating Safety
Assembly Safety • Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope
• Use only with standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope of des- in the socket. This load should be of equal or greater
ignated size. For intermediate size rope, use next larger weight than loads expected in use.
size socket. For example: When using 9/16˝ diameter • Efficiency rating of the Wedge Socket termination is
wire rope use a 5/8˝size Wedge Socket Assembly. based upon the catalog breaking strength of Wire
Welding of the tail on standard wire rope is not recom- Rope. The efficiency of a properly assembled Wedge
mended. The tail length of the dead end should be a Socket is 80%.
minimum of 6 rope diameters but not less than 6.˝ • During use, do not strike the dead end section with any
• Align live end of rope, with center line of pin. other elements of the rigging (Called two-blocking).
(See Figure 1)
WARNING
• Loads may slip or fall if the Wedge Socket is not properly installed.
• A falling load can seriously injure or kill.
• Read and understand these instructions before installing the Wedge
Socket.
• Do not side load the Wedge Socket.
• Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket. This
load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.
4-6
WEDGE SOCKETS
• Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by

lightly grinding until surfaces are smooth. Do not
reduce original dimension more than 10%. Do not
repair by welding.
• Inspect permanent assemblies annually, or more often
in severe operating conditions.
Assembly Safety
• Use only with standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope of des-
ignated size. For intermediate size rope, use next larger
size socket. For example: When using 9/16˝ diameter
wire rope use a 5/8˝size Wedge Socket Assembly.
Welding of the tail on standard wire rope is not recom-
mended. The tail length of the dead end should be a
minimum of 6 rope diameters but not less than 6.̋ (See
NOTE: Existing Crosby S-421 Wedge Sockets Figure 1)
can be retrofitted with the New Terminator Wedge. • To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope (special 4
New QUIC CHECK™ “Go” wire rope constructions with 8 or more outer strands)
and “No-Go” features cast into ensure that the dead end is welded, brazed or seized
wedge.The proper size wire before inserting the wire rope into the wedge socket
rope is determined when the to prevent core slippage or loss of rope lay. The tail
following criteria are met: 1. length of the dead end should be a minimum of 20
The wire rope shall pass thru rope diameters, but not less than 6.̋ (See Figure 1)
the “Go” hole in the wedge. 2.The wire rope shall NOT • Properly match socket, wedge and clip (See Table 1)
pass thru the “No-Go” hole in the wedge. to wire rope size.
• Align live end of rope, with center line of pin. (See
Figure 1)
• Secure dead end section of rope. (See Figure 1)
• Tighten nuts on clip to recommended torque. (Table 1)
• Do not attach dead end to live end or install wedge
backwards. (See Figure 2)
• Use a hammer to seat Wedge and Rope as deep
into socket as possible before applying
first load.
Operating Safety
• Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope
in the socket. This load should be of equal or greater
weight than loads expected in use.
• Efficiency rating of the Wedge Socket termination is
based upon the catalog breaking strength of Wire
Rope. The efficiency of a properly assembled Wedge
Socket is 80%.
TABLE 1 • During use, do not strike the dead end section with any
other elements of the rigging (Called two-blocking).
Rope Size 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8
Clip Size 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8
*Torque Ft./Lbs. 45 65 95 130 225 225 225
*The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean,
dry and free of lubrication.
Important Safety Information —

Read and Follow
Inspection/Maintenance Safety
• Always inspect socket, wedge and pin before using.
• Do not use part showing cracks.
• Do not use modified or substitute parts.
FIGURE 2
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
on previous page
4-7
WEDGE SOCKETS
THE TERMINATOR ™
Crosby’s “New & Improved”Wedge Socket
4 S-421T
U.S. patent 5,553,360 and foreign equivalents
• Basket is cast steel. • Incorporates Crosby’s patented QUIC-CHECK™ “Go”

• Individually magnetic particle inspected. and “No-Go” feature cast into the wedge.The proper
size rope is determined when the following criteria
• Pin diameter and jaw opening allows wedge and sock- are met:
et to be used in conjunction with open swage and
spelter sockets. 1. The wire rope should pass through the “Go” hole in
the wedge.
• Secures the tail or “dead end” of the wire rope to the
wedge, thus eliminates loss or “Punch out” of the 2. The wire rope should NOT pass through the “No-
wedge. Go” hole in the wedge.
• Eliminates the need for an extra piece of rope, and is • Utilizes standard Crosby Red-U-Bolt® wire rope clip.
easily installed. • Generates a minimum efficiency of 80% based on the
• The TERMINATOR ™ wedge eliminates the potential catalog breaking strength of wire rope.
breaking off of the tail due to fatigue. • Standard S-421 wedge sockets can be retrofitted with
• The tail, which is secured by the base of the clip and the new style TERMINATOR ™ wedge.
the wedge, is left undeformed and available for reuse. • Available with Bolt, Nut, and Cotter Pin.
Dimensions
Wire Crosby S-421T Crosby S-421T (In.)
Rope Stock No. Weight Stock No. Weight
Dia. CERTEX Complete Each CERTEX Wedge Each*
(In.) Cat. Ref. No. Assembly* (lbs.) Cat. Ref. No. Only (lbs.) A B C D G H J K L P R S T U V
3/8 CX04-0042 1035000 3.18 CX04-0050 1035555 .50 5.63 2.77 .81 .81 1.38 3.12 7.38 1.60 .88 1.56 .44 2.13 .44 1.25 1.38
1/2 CX04-0043 1035009 6.15 CX04-0051 1035564 1.05 6.81 3.55 1.00 1.00 1.62 3.85 8.75 1.21 1.06 1.94 .50 2.44 .53 1.75 1.88
5/8 CX04-0044 1035018 9.70 CX04-0052 1035573 1.79 8.16 4.36 1.25 1.19 2.12 4.58 10.34 1.64 1.22 2.25 .56 3.13 .69 2.00 2.19
3/4 CX04-0045 1035027 14.50 CX04-0053 1035582 2.60 9.78 4.81 1.50 1.38 2.44 5.37 12.03 2.17 1.40 2.62 .66 3.63 .78 2.34 2.56
7/8 CX04-0046 1035036 21.50 CX04-0054 1035591 4.02 11.16 4.65 1.75 1.63 2.69 6.28 14.00 2.22 1.66 3.12 .75 4.19 .88 2.69 2.94
1 CX04-0047 1035045 30.75 CX04-0055 1035600 5.37 12.75 5.08 2.00 2.00 2.56 7.02 15.86 2.71 2.00 3.75 .88 4.63 1.03 2.88 3.28
1-1/8 CX04-0048 1035054 45.30 CX04-0056 1035609 7.84 14.38 5.51 2.25 2.25 3.31 7.76 17.70 2.50 2.25 4.25 1.00 5.38 1.19 3.13 3.56
**1-1/4 CX04-0049 1040448 57.50 CX04-0057 1040607 6.81 16.00 7.94 2.50 2.50 3.56 N/A N/A 3.39 2.50 4.75 1.12 5.81 1.31 3.38 3.81
* Terminator Assembly includes Socket, Wedge, Pin, and Wire Rope Clip.
** 1-1/4 not available inTERMINATOR™ style.
† Nominal.
†† Weight of socket, wedge, and pin.
Wedge socket meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification RR-S-550D Type C, except those provisions required of the contractor.
‡ For intermediate wire rope sizes use next larger size socket.
WARNING
• Loads may slip or fall if the Wedge Socket is not properly installed.
• A falling load can seriously injure or kill.
• Read and understand these instructions before installing the Wedge
Socket.
• Do not side load the Wedge Socket.
• Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in the socket. This
load should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.
4-8
SPELTER SOCKETS
General Guidelines
Figure 8. Figure 9.
ZINC-POURED SPELTER SOCKETING CAUTION: Breathing the vapor of this solvent is harmful;
1. Measure the Rope Ends to be Socketed it should only be used in a well-ventilated area. Be sure to
follow the solvent manufacturer’s instructions, and care-
The rope end should be of sufficient length so that the fully observe all instructions printed on the label.
ends of the unlaid wires (from the strands) will be at the
top of the socket basket. (Fig. 8) Swish the broomed-out rope end in the solvent, then
brush vigorously to remove all grease and dirt—making
2. Apply Serving at Base of Socket certain that the wires are clean to the very bottom of the
Apply a tight wire serving band, at the point where the broom up the serving band (Fig. 11). Additionally, a solu-
socket base will be, for a length of two rope diameters. tion of muriatic acid may also be used. If acid is used, the
(Figs. 9 & 10) broomed-out ends should be rinsed in a solution of bicar-
3. Broom Out Strand Wires bonate of soda so as to neutralize any acid that may re-
main on the rope. Care should be exercised to prevent
Unlay and Straighten the individual rope strands and acid from entering the core; this is particularly important
spread them evenly so that they form an included angle if the rope has a fiber core. Where it is feasible, the best
of approximately 60 degrees. Unlay the wires of each and preferred cleaning method for rope ends prior to
individual strand for the full length of the rope end— socketing is ultrasonic cleaning. After this cleaning step,
being careful not to disturb or change the lay of the place the broomed-out end pointing downward, allowing
wires and strands under the serving band. Unlay the it to remain until all solvent has evaporated and the wires
wires of the independent wire rope core (IWRC) in are dry.
the same manner. A fiber core should be cut out and
removed as close to the serving band as possible. (Fig. 9) Solvent should never be permitted to remain on the rope
or on the serving band since it will run down the wires
4. Clean the Broomed-Out Ends when the rope is turned upright.
A suggested cleaning solvent for this step is SC-5 Methyl
Chloroform or equivalent solvent. These are known
under the names Chlorothane VG, 1-1-1 Trichlorethane,
Perchloroethane, and Perchloroethylene.
4-9
SPELTER SOCKETS
General Guidelines
4
Figure 10. Figure 11. Figure 12.
Figure 13. Figure 14.
5. Dip the Broomed-Out Rope Ends in Flux Seal the socket base with fire clay or putty but make cer-
Prepare a hot solution of zinc-ammonium chloride flux tain the material does not penetrate into the socket base.
comparable to Zaclon K. Use a concentration of 1 lb. of Should this occur, it could prevent the zinc from pene-
zinc-ammonium chloride to 1 gallon of water; maintain trating the full length of the socket basket thereby creat-
the solution at a temperature of 180 degrees to 200 ing a void that would collect moisture after the socket is
degrees F. Swish the broomed-out end in the flux solu- placed in service (Fig. 14).
tion, then point the rope end downward until such time 7. Pour the Zinc
as the wires have dried thoroughly (Fig. 12). The zinc used should meet ASTM Specification designa-
6. Close Rope Ends and Place Socket tion B6-49 Grade (1) Prime Western or better, and
Use clean seizing wire to compress the broomed-end into Federal Specification QQ-Z-351-a Amendment 1, interim
a tight bundle which will permit the socket to be slipped Amendment 2. Pour the zinc at a temperature of 950
easily over the wires (Fig. 13). Before placing the socket degrees to 1000 degrees F (Fig. 15). A word of caution:
on the rope, make certain the socket is clean and no Overheating of the zinc may affect its bonding proper-
moisture is present inside the bowl of the socket. Heating ties. The zinc temperature may be measured with a
the socket will dispel any residual moisture and will also portable pyrometer or a Tempilstik. Remove all dross
prevent the zinc from freezing or cooling prematurely. from the top of the zinc pool before pouring. Pour the
A word of caution: Never heat a socket after it is placed zinc in one continuous stream until it reaches the top
on the rope. To do so may cause damage to the rope. of the basket and all wire ends are covered; there should
be no “capping” of the socket.
After the socket is on the rope, the wires should be dis-
tributed evenly in the socket basket so the zinc can sur- 8. Remove Serving
round each wire. Use extreme care in aligning the socket After the zinc and socket have cooled remove the serving
with the rope’s centerline, and in making certain there band from the socket base and check to make certain
is a minimum vertical length of rope extending from the that the zinc has penetrated to the socket base (Fig. 16).
socket equal to about 30 rope diameters. This vertical 9. Lubricate the Rope
length is necessary for rope balance. Premature wire
breaks at the socket can occur if the rope is not balanced Apply wire rope lubricant to the rope at the base of the
at pouring. socket and on any rope section where the original lubri-
cant may have been removed.
4-10
SPELTER SOCKETS
General Guidelines
Figure 15. Figure 16.
Thermo-Set Resin Socketing Swish the broomed-out rope end in the solvent, then
Before proceeding with a thermo-set resin socketing pro- brush vigorously to remove all grease and dirt—making
cedure, check the resin manufacturer’s instructions care- certain that the wires are clean to the very bottom of the
fully. Each resin system has specific procedures and steps broom up to the serving band (Fig. 11). The use of acid
which must be followed in the order specified for the sys- to etch the wires before resin socketing is unnecessary
tem to give the desired results. Since any thermo-set resin and not recommended. Also, the use of flux on the
system depends upon chemical reaction, the procedure wires before pouring resin should be avoided since this
becomes critically important. Give particular attention to adversely affects resin bonding to the steel wires. Where
selecting sockets designed for resin socketing. The fol- it is feasible, the best and preferred cleaning method for
lowing steps give a general outline to follow for resin rope ends prior to socketing is ultrasonic cleaning. After
socketing, they should not be used as a substitute for this cleaning step, place the broomed-out end pointing
detailed instructions supplied by the resin manufacturer. downward allowing it to remain until all solvent has
evaporated and the wires are dry.
1. Measure the Rope Ends to be Socketed
Solvent should never be permitted to remain on the rope
The rope end should be of sufficient length so the ends or on the serving band since it will run down the wires
of the unlaid wires (from the strands) will be at the top when the rope is turned upright.
of the socket basket. (Fig. 8)
5. Close Rope Ends and Place Socket
2. Apply Serving at Base of Socket
Place rope in a vertical position with the broom end up.
Apply a tight wire serving band, at the point where the Close and compact the broom to permit insertion of the
socket base will be, for a length of two rope diameters. broomed end into the base of the socketing. Slip the
(Figs. 9 & 10) socket on, removing any temporary banding or seizing
3. Broom Out Strand Wires as required. Make certain the broomed wires are uni-
Unlay and straighten the individual rope strands and formly spaced in the basket, with the wire ends slightly
spread them evenly so that they form an included angle below the top edge of the basket, and the axis of the
of approximately 60 degrees. Unlay the wires of each rope and the fitting are aligned. Seal the annular space
individual strand for the full length of the rope end— between the base of the socket and the rope to prevent
being careful not to disturb or change the lay of the leakage of the resin from the basket. In addition to nor-
wires and strands under the serving band. Unlay the mal sealing materials, non-hardening butyl rubber-base
wires of the independent wire rope core (IWRC) in sealant or latex glazing compounds are satisfactory for
the same manner. A fiber core should be cut out and this purpose. Make sure the sealant does not enter the
removed as close to the serving band as possible. (Fig. 9) base of the socket so the resin will be able to fill the
complete depth of the socket basket.
4. Clean the Broomed-Out Ends
6. Pouring the Resin
A suggested cleaning solvent for this step is SC-5 Methyl
Chloroform or equivalent solvent. It is also known under Mix and pour the resin in strict accordance with the
the names Chlorothane VG, 1-1-1 Trichlorethane, resin manufacturer’s instructions.
Perchlorothane, and Perchloroethylene. 7. Lubrication After Socket Attachment
CAUTION: Breathing the vapor of this solvent is harmful; After the resin has cured, re-lubricate the wire rope at the
it should only be used in a well-ventilated area. Be sure to base of the socket to replace any lubricant that may have
follow the solvent manufacturer’s instructions, and care- been removed during the cleaning operation.
fully observe all instructions printed on the label.
4-11
SPELTER SOCKETS
General Guidelines
8.Acceptable Resin Types 4) Pot Life and Cure Time
Properties of commerically available resins vary consider- After mixing, the resin-catalyst blend should be
ably. It is next to impossible to establish general rules to pourable for approximately eight minutes and should
cover all available resins. It is extremely important to harden within 30 minutes. Heating the blend in the
refer to the individual resin manufacturer’s instructions socket should be permissible to obtain the cure.
before using any one type. If the resin manufacturer has B. Properties of the Cured Resin
no data as to how his resin system preforms with wire
rope socketing, tests should be conducted before the 1) Socket Performance
system is used for field applications. The resin shall exhibit sufficient bonding to the sol-
When properly formulated, most thermoset resins are vent-washed wires in a wire rope end socket to devel-
acceptable for socketing. These formulations, when op the breaking strength of all types, constructions and
mixed, form a pourable material which will harden at grades of wire rope. No slippage of individual wires is
ambient temperature, or upon the application of moder- permissible when testing resin socketed rope assem-
ate heat. No open flame or molten metal hazards exist blies in tension. After testing, however, some “seating”
with resin socketing since heat-curing when necessary, of the resin cone may be apparent and is acceptable.
requires a relatively low temperature (250-300 degrees F) The resin/wire bond within the cone or basket must be
4 obtainable by electric resistance heating. Since resin sock- capable of withstanding tensile-shock loading encoun-
eting is so much simpler than zinc socketing, care must tered in normal field usage.
be taken not to become lax in following the recommend- 2) Compressive Strength
ed procedures. The minimum allowable compressive strength for fully
Tests have demonstrated that satisfactory wire rope sock- cured resin is 12000 psi.
eting performance can be obtained with resins having 3) Shrinkage
characteristics and properties as follows: Maximum allowable shrinkage is 2%. To control
The resin shall be a liquid thermoset material that will shrinkage, an inert filler may be used in the resin pro-
harden after being mixed with the correct proportion of vided that the viscosity requirements are met. This
catalyst or curing agent. (Hardener) filler material should always be formulated into the
resin system by the resin manufacturer, not field
A. Properties of Liquid (Uncured) Material mixed by the user.
Resin and catalyst are normally supplied in two separate 4) Hardness
containers. After thoroughly mixing the two components The desired hardness of the cured resin system is in
together, the liquid can be poured into the socket basket. the range of Barcol 40-55.
For ease of handling, liquid resins and catalysts should
have the following properties: C. Performance of Resin Socketed Assemblies
1) Viscosity of the resin-catalyst mixture should be 30- Resin socketed assemblies may be moved after the resin
40,000 CPS at 75 degrees F immediately after mixing. has hardened. If the resin manufacturer’s directions are
The viscosity will increase at lower ambient tempera- followed, resin sockets should develop the breaking
ture and the resin may require warming prior to mixing strength of the rope, and have the capability to with-
with the catalyst if ambient temperatures are too low. stand shock loading to a degree sufficient to break
2) Flash Point the rope, without the resin cone cracking or breaking.
Both resin and catalyst should have a minimum flash One final note: resin technology is changing almost daily.
point of 100 degrees F. Characteristics of these products vary significantly and
3) Shelf Life each must be handled differently. The resin manufacturer
Unmixed resin and catalyst should have a maximum should supply specific data as to fitness of their system
shelf life specified by the resin manufacturer. for wire rope socketing.
4-12
SPELTER SOCKETS
Grooved Open Spelter Sockets
G-416
• Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2,̋ cast alloy steel 1-5/8˝
thru 4.˝
• Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating Note: Above drawing illustrates one groove used on sockets 4
of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope. 1/4˝ thru 3/4.˝ Sizes 7/8˝ thru 1-1/2˝ use 2 grooves. Sizes 1-
Ratings are based on recommended use with 6 x 7, 5/8˝ and larger use 3 grooves.
6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or EIP, EEIP, RRL, FC, or IWRC
wire rope.
Open Grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification
RR-S-550D, Type A, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
Dimensions (in.)
Structural Crosby Crosby
Strand CERTEX Stock No. CERTEX Stock No. Weight
Rope Dia. Dia. Cat. Ref. G-416 Cat. Ref. S-416 Each
(in.) (in.) No. Galv. No. S.C. (lbs.) A C D F G H J L M N
1/4 CX04-0058 1039619 CX04-0078 1039628 1.10 4.56 .75 .69 .38 .69 1.56 2.25 1.56 1.31 .31
5/16 —˚3/8 CX04-0059 1039637 CX04-0079 1039646 1.30 4.84 .81 .81 .50 .81 1.69 2.25 1.75 1.50 .44
7/16 —˚1/2 CX04-0060 1039655 CX04-0080 1039664 2.25 5.56 1.00 1.00 .56 .94 1.88 2.50 2.00 1.88 .50
9/16 — 5/8 1/2 CX04-0061 1039673 CX04-0081 1039682 3.60 6.75 1.25 1.19 .69 1.13 2.25 3.00 2.50 2.25 .56
3/4 9/16 — 5/8 CX04-0062 1039691 CX04-0082 1039708 5.83 7.94 1.50 1.38 .81 1.25 2.62 3.50 3.00 2.62 .62
7/8 11/16 — 3/4 CX04-0063 1039717 CX04-0083 1039726 9.65 9.25 1.75 1.63 .94 1.50 3.25 4.00 3.50 3.13 .80
1 13/16 — 7/8 CX04-0064 1039735 CX04-0084 1039744 15.50 10.56 2.00 2.00 1.13 1.75 3.75 4.50 4.00 3.75 .88
1-1/8 15/16 — 1 CX04-0065 1039753 CX04-0085 1039762 21.50 11.81 2.25 2.25 1.25 2.00 4.12 5.00 4.62 4.12 1.00
1-1/4 — 1-3/8 1-1/16 — 1-1/8 CX04-0066 1039771 CX04-0086 1039780 31.00 13.19 2.50 2.50 1.50 2.25 4.75 5.50 5.00 4.75 1.13
1-1/2 1-13/16 — 1-1/4 CX04-0067 1039799 CX04-0087 1039806 47.25 15.12 3.00 2.75 1.63 2.75 5.25 6.00 6.00 5.38 1.19
1-5/8 1-5/16 — 1-3/8 CX04-0068 1039815 CX04-0088 1039824 55.00 16.25 3.00 3.00 1.75 3.00 5.50 6.50 6.50 5.75 1.31
1-3/4 — 1-7/8 1-7/16 — 1-5/8 CX04-0069 1039833 CX04-0089 1039842 82.00 18.25 3.50 3.50 2.00 3.13 6.38 7.50 7.00 6.50 1.56
2 — 2-1/8 1-11/16 — 1-3/4 CX04-0070 1039851 CX04-0090 1039860 129.00 21.50 4.00 3.75 2.25 3.75 7.38 8.50 9.00 7.00 1.81
2-1/4 — 2-3/8 1-13/16 — 1-7/8 CX04-0071 1039879 CX04-0091 1039888 167.00 23.50 4.50 4.25 2.50 4.00 8.25 9.00 10.00 7.75 2.13
2-1/2 — 2-5/8 1-15/16 — 2-1/8 CX04-0072 1041633 CX04-0092 1041642 252.00 25.50 5.00 4.75 2.88 4.50 9.25 9.75 10.75 8.50 2.38
2-3/4 — 2-7/8 2-3/16 — 2-7/16 CX04-0073 1041651 CX04-0093 1041660 315.00 27.25 5.25 5.00 3.12 4.88 10.50 11.00 11.00 9.00 2.88
3 — 3-1/8 2-1/2 — 2-5/8 CX04-0074 1041679 CX04-0094 1041688 380.00 29.00 5.75 5.25 3.38 5.25 11.12 12.00 11.25 9.50 3.00
3-1/4 — 3-3/8 2-3/4 — 2-7/8 CX04-0075 1041697 CX04-0095 1041704 434.00 30.88 6.25 5.50 3.62 5.75 11.88 13.00 11.75 10.00 3.12
3-1/2 — 3-5/8 3 — 3-1/8 CX04-0076 1041713 CX04-0096 1041722 563.00 33.25 6.75 6.00 3.88 6.50 12.38 14.00 12.50 10.75 3.25
3-3/4 — 4 CX04-0077 1041731 CX04-0097 1041740 783.00 36.25 7.50 7.00 4.25 7.25 13.62 15.00 13.50 12.50 3.50
4-13
SPELTER SOCKETS
Grooved Closed Spelter Sockets
G-417
• Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2,˝ cast alloy steel 1-5/8˝
thru 4.˝
• Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating
of 100%, based on the catalog strength of wire rope.
Ratings are based on the recommended use with
6 x 7, 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or EIP, EEIP, RRL, FC or
4 IWRC wire rope. Note: Above drawing illustrates one groove used on sockets
1/4˝ thru 3/4.˝ Sizes 7/8˝ thru 1-1/2˝ use 2 grooves. Sizes 1-5/8˝
Closed grooved Sockets meet the performance requirements of Federal Specification
RR-S-550D,Type B, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
and larger use 3 grooves.
Crosby Crosby Dimensions

Structural Stock No. Stock No. (in.)
Rope Strand CERTEX G-417 CERTEX S-417 Weight
Dia. Dia. Cat. Ref. Galv. Cat. Ref. S.C. Each
(in.) (in.) No. No. (lbs.) A B C D F G H J K L
1/4 CX04-0098 1039897 CX04-0118 1039904 .50 4.50 .50 1.50 .88 .38 .69 1.56 2.25 .50 1.75
5/16 — 3/8 CX04-0099 1039913 CX04-0119 1039922 .75 4.88 .62 1.69 .97 .50 .81 1.69 2.25 .69 2.00
7/16 — 1/2 CX04-0100 1039931 CX04-0120 1039940 1.50 5.44 .69 2.00 1.16 .56 .94 1.88 2.50 .88 2.25
9/16 — 5/8 1/2 CX04-0101 1039959 CX04-0121 1039968 2.50 6.31 .81 2.63 1.41 .69 1.12 2.38 3.00 1.00 2.50
3/4 9/16 — 5/8 CX04-0102 1039977 CX04-0122 1039986 4.25 7.56 1.06 3.00 1.66 .81 1.25 2.75 3.56 1.25 3.00
7/8 11/16 — 3/4 CX04-0103 1039995 CX04-0123 1040000 7.25 8.75 1.25 3.63 1.88 .94 1.50 3.25 4.00 1.50 3.50
1 13/16 — 7/8 CX04-0104 1040019 CX04-0124 1040028 10.50 9.88 1.38 4.13 2.30 1.13 1.75 3.75 4.44 1.75 4.00
1-1/8 15/16 — 1 CX04-0105 1040037 CX04-0125 1040046 14.25 11.00 1.50 4.50 2.56 1.25 2.00 4.13 5.00 2.00 4.50
1-1/4 — 1-3/8 1-1/16 — 1-1/8 CX04-0106 1040055 CX04-0126 1040064 19.75 12.12 1.63 5.30 2.81 1.50 2.25 4.75 5.50 2.25 5.00
1-1/2 1-3/16 — 1-1/4 CX04-0107 1040073 CX04-0127 1040082 29.20 13.94 1.94 5.33 3.19 1.63 2.75 5.25 6.00 2.50 6.00
1-5/8 1-5/16 — 1-3/8 CX04-0108 1040091 CX04-0128 1040108 36.00 15.13 2.13 5.75 3.25 1.75 3.00 5.50 6.50 2.75 6.50
1-3/4 — 1-7/8 1-7/16 — 1-5/8 CX04-0109 1040117 CX04-0129 1040126 57.25 17.25 2.19 6.75 3.75 2.00 3.13 6.38 7.50 3.00 7.56
2 — 2-1/8 1-11/16 — 1-3/4 CX04-0110 1040135 CX04-0130 1040144 79.00 19.50 2.44 7.63 4.38 2.25 3.75 7.38 8.50 3.25 8.56
2-1/4 — 2-3/8 1-13/16 — 1-7/8 CX04-0111 1040153 CX04-0131 1040162 105.00 21.13 2.63 8.50 5.00 2.50 4.00 8.25 9.00 3.63 9.50
2-1/2 — 2-5/8 1-15/16 — 2-1/8 CX04-0112 1041759 CX04-0132 1041768 140.00 23.50 3.12 9.50 5.50 2.88 4.50 9.25 9.75 4.00 10.62
2-3/4 — 2-7/8 2-3/16 — 2-7/16 CX04-0113 1041777 CX04-0133 1041786 220.00 25.38 3.12 10.75 6.25 3.12 4.88 10.19 11.00 4.88 11.25
3 — 3-1/8 2-1/2 — 2-5/8 CX04-0114 1041795 CX04-0134 1041802 276.00 27.00 3.25 11.50 6.75 3.38 5.25 11.50 12.00 5.25 11.75
3-1/4 — 3-3/8 2-3/4 — 2-7/8 CX04-0115 1041811 CX04-0135 1041820 313.00 29.25 4.00 12.25 7.25 3.62 5.75 12.25 13.00 5.75 12.25
3-1/2 — 3-5/8 3 — 3-1/8 CX04-0116 1041839 CX04-0136 1041848 400.00 31.00 4.00 13.00 7.75 3.88 6.50 13.00 14.00 6.25 13.00
3-3/4 — 4 CX04-0117 1041857 CX04-0137 1041866 542.00 33.25 4.25 14.25 8.50 4.25 7.25 14.25 15.00 7.00 14.00
4-14
RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS
Wirelock®
STEP 3 – BROOMING
1. Unlay the strands of the wire rope and IWRC as far as
the seizing.
2. Cut out any fiber core.
3. Unlay the individual wires from each strand, including
the IWRC, completely, down to the seizing.
4. Remove any plastic material from broomed area.
Strand Wire Rope

* = 5D or 50d (d= Diameter of the largest wire) WHICHEVER IS 4
GREATER.
The following simplified, step-by-step instructions should

be used only as a guide for experienced users. For full
information, consult our document WIRELOCK® TECH-
NICAL DATA MANUAL, WIRE ROPE USER MANUAL
by AISI and WIRE ROPE MANUFACTURERS CATA-
LOGS.
STEP 1 – SOCKET SELECTION Strand Wire Rope
1. WIRELOCK® is recommended for use with Crosby
416 - 417 Spelter Sockets.
2. For use with sockets other than Crosby 416 - 417 con- STEP 4 – CLEANING
sult the socket manufacturer or Crosby Engineering. 1. The method of cleaning will depend on the lubricant
3. Sockets used with WIRELOCK® shall comply with and/ or coating on the wire.
Federal or International (CEN, ISO) Standards. 2. The methods and materials used for cleaning should
4. WIRELOCK®, as with all socketing media, depends comply with the current EPA regulations.
upon the wedging action of the cone within the sock- 3. Consult the Wire Rope Technical Board, your Wire
et basket to develop full efficiency. A rough finish Rope supplier or the Wire Rope Manufacturer for rec-
inside the socket may increase the load at which seat- ommended materials and methods.
ing will occur. Seating is required to develop the 4 The currently recommended Trichlorethane does not
wedging action. comply with the “Clean Air Act of 1990, Section 611,
STEP 2 – SEIZING Ozone Depletion Substances.”
Seize the wire rope or strand as shown using soft
annealed iron wire.
WARNING
• Incorrect use of WIRELOCK® can result in an unsafe termination
which may lead to serious injury, death, or property damage.
• Do not use WIRELOCK® with stainless steel rope in salt water envi-
ronment applications.
• Use only soft annealed iron wire for seizing.
• Do not use any other wire (copper, brass, stainless, etc.) for seizing.
• Never use an assembly until the WIRELOCK® has gelled and cured.
• Remove any non-metallic coating from the broomed area.e
• Sockets with large grooves need to have those grooves filled before
use with WIRELOCK®.
• Read, understand, and follow these instructions and those on prod-
uct containers before using WIRELOCK®.
4-15
Wirelock®
STEP 5 – POSITIONING OF SOCKET STEP 8 – MIXING AND POURING
1. Position socket over the broom until the wires are 1. Mix and pour WIRELOCK® within the temperature
LEVEL with the top of the socket basket or to a mini- range of 48 degrees to 110 degrees F. Booster kits are
mum embedded length as shown. available for reduced temperatures.
2. Clamp rope and socket vertically ensuring alignment 2. Pour all the resin into a container containing all the
of their axes. granular compound and mix thoroughly for two (2)
3. CAUTION: DO NOT USE OVERSIZED SOCKETS minutes with a flat paddle.
FOR WIRE ROPE. 3. Immediately after mixing, slowly pour the mixture
down one side of the socket until the socket basket
is full.
Wire Rope Strand

STEP 9 – CURING
* = 5D or 50d (d = Diameter of the largest wire)
WHICHEVER IS GREATER. 1. WIRELOCK® will gel in approximately 15 minutes, in
a temperature range 65 degrees F. to 75 degrees F.
STEP 6 – SEAL SOCKET 2. The socket must remain in the vertical position for an
additional ten (10) minutes after gel is complete.
Seal the base of the socket with putty or plasticine to
prevent leakage of the WIRELOCK®. 3 The socket will be ready for service 60 minutes after
gelling.
4. Never heat sockets to accelerate gel or curing.
STEP 7 – WIRELOCK® KITS

1. WIRELOCK® kits are pre-measured and consist of two
(2) containers – one (1) with resin and one (1) with STEP 10 – RE-LUBRICATION
granular compound.
Re-lubricate wire rope as required.
2. Use the complete kit – NEVER MIX LESS THAN
THE TOTAL CONTENTS OF BOTH CONTAINERS. STEP 11 – PROOF LOADING
3. Each kit has a shelf life clearly marked on each con- Whenever possible, the assembly should be proof loaded.
tainer and this must be observed. NEVER USE OUT All slings with poured sockets, in accordance with ASME
OF DATE KITS. B30.9, shall be Proof Loaded.
CAUTION
• WIRELOCK® resin, in liquid state, is flammable.
• Chemicals used in this product can give off toxic fumes and
can burn eyes and skin.
• Never use out-of-date material.
• Use only in well-ventilated work areas.
• Never breathe fumes directly or for extended time.
• Always wear safety glasses to protect eyes.
• Always wear gloves to protect hands.
• Avoid direct contact with skin anywhere.
4-16
WIRELOCK® W416-7
Socket Compound
Approvals
• 100% termination efficiency. • Lloyds Register of Shipping
• Temperature operating range is -65° F to +240° F. • Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
• Ideal for on site applications. • United States Coast Guard 4
• No hazardous molten metal. • Registro Italiano Navale
• Improved fatigue life. • Gemanischer Lloyd
• Pouring temperature without booster pack is 48° F
to 110° F. NATO Numbers:
• One booster pack if pouring temperature is 35° F 100cc 8030-21-902-1823
to 48° F. 250cc 8030-21-902-1824
• Two booster packs if pouring temperature is 27° F 500cc 8030-21-902-1825
to 35° F. 1000cc 8030-21-902-1826
• Refer to Wirelock® Technical Manual for more Witnessed and tested by American Bureau of Shipping
information. (ABS)
Note: For use on 416 & 417 spelter sockets only.
Approximate U.S. Measurements:
250cc’s Kit 1 Cup
500cc’s Kit 1 Pint
1000cc’s Kit 1 Quart
W416-7 Kits Booster Guide to amount of WIRELOCK® Required

Pack
Crosby Weight Wire Rope WIRELOCK® Wire Rope WIRELOCK®
Kit Kits CERTEX Stock Each Stock Size Required Size Required
Size Per Case Cat. Ref. No. No. (lbs.) No. (in.) (cc) (in.) (cc)
100 cc 20 CX04-0138 1039602 .62 1039603
1/4 9 1-3/4 700
250 cc 12 CX04-0139 1039604 1.25 1039605
5/16 17 1-7/8 700
500 cc 12 CX04-0140 1039606 2.54 1039607
3/8 17 2 1265
1000 cc 12 CX04-0141 1039608 4.59 1039609
2000 cc 6 CX04-0142 1039610 9.00 1039611 7/16 35 2-1/8 1265
1/2 35 2-1/4 1410
9/16 52 2-3/8 1410
5/8 52 2-1/2 1830
3/4 86 2-5/8 1830
7/8 125 2-3/4 2250
1 160 3 3160
1-1/8 210 3-1/4 3795
1-1/4 350 3-1/2 4920
1-3/8 350 3-3/4 5980
1-1/2 420 4 7730
1-5/8 495
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
4-17
SWAGE SOCKETS
S-501 Open Swage Socket
4 Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of • Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable
the shank which is equivalent to the proper after Swage for cold forming.
dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious • Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing.
visual difference in the shank diameter. After swaging, • Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating
a uniform shank diameter is created allowing for a QUIC of 100% based on the catalog strength of wire rope.
CHECK™ and permanent visual inspection opportunity.
• Stamp for identification after swaging without
Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has concern for fractures (as per directions in National
been through the swaging operation and assist in field Swaging Brochure).
inspections, it does not eliminate the need to perform
standard production inspections which include gauging NOTE: S-501 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or 6 x 37, IPS or
XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL, FC or IWRC wire rope.
for the proper after swage dimensions or proof loading. In accordance with ANSI B30.9, all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be
U.S. Patent 5,152,630 and foreign equivalents. proof loaded.*
S-501 Open Socket Specifications
Before Swage Dimensions

Max.
After
CERTEX Crosby Rope Weight Swage
Cat. Ref. Stock Size Each Dim.
No. No. (in.) (lbs.) A B C D E F H L M N (in.)
CX04-0143 1039021 1/4 .52 4.81 .50 1.38 .69 .27 2.13 .69 4.00 .38 1.50 .46
CX04-0144 1039049 5/16 1.12 6.25 .77 1.62 .81 .34 3.19 .81 5.31 .47 1.75 .71
CX04-0145 1039067 3/8 1.30 6.25 .77 1.62 .81 .41 3.19 .81 5.31 .47 1.75 .71
CX04-0146 1039085 7/16 2.08 7.81 .98 2.00 1.00 .48 4.25 1.00 6.69 .56 2.00 .91
CX04-0147 1039101 1/2 2.08 7.81 .98 2.00 1.00 .55 4.25 1.00 6.69 .56 2.00 .9
CX04-0148 1039129 9/16 4.67 9.50 1.25 2.38 1.19 .61 5.31 1.25 8.13 .66 2.25 1.16
CX04-0149 1039147 5/8 4.51 9.50 1.25 2.38 1.19 .67 5.31 1.25 8.13 .66 2.25 1.16
CX04-0150 1039165 3/4 7.97 11.56 1.55 2.75 1.38 .80 6.38 1.50 10.00 .68 2.75 1.42
CX04-0151 1039183 7/8 11.52 13.41 1.70 3.13 1.62 .94 7.44 1.75 11.63 .75 3.25 1.55
CX04-0152 1039209 1 17.80 15.47 1.98 3.69 2.00 1.06 8.50 2.00 13.38 .88 3.75 1.80
CX04-0153 1039227 1-1/8 25.25 17.31 2.25 4.06 2.25 1.19 9.56 2.25 15.00 1.00 4.25 2.05
CX04-0154 1039245 1-1/4 35.56 19.06 2.53 4.50 2.50 1.33 10.63 2.50 16.50 1.13 4.75 2.30
CX04-0155 1039263 1-3/8 43.75 20.94 2.80 5.00 2.50 1.45 11.69 2.50 18.13 1.13 5.25 2.56
CX04-0156 1039281 1-1/2 58.50 22.88 3.08 5.50 2.75 1.58 12.75 3.00 19.75 1.19 5.75 2.81
CX04-0157 1039307 1-3/4 88.75 26.63 3.39 6.69 3.50 1.86 14.88 3.50 23.00 1.56 6.75 3.06
CX04-0158 1042767 2 146.25 31.44 3.94 8.00 3.75 2.11 17.00 4.00 26.88 1.56 8.00 3.56
* Maximum Proof Load shall not exceed 40% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.
4-18
SWAGE SOCKETS
S-502 Closed Swage Socket
Swage sockets incorporate a reduced machined area of

the shank which is equivalent to the proper after Swage • Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable
dimension. Before swaging, this provides for an obvious for cold forming.
visual difference in the shank diameter. After swaging, a
uniform shank diameter is created allowing for a QUIC
• Hardness controlled by spheroidize annealing. 4
• Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating of
CHECK™ and permanent visual inspection opportunity. 100% based on the catalog strength of wire rope.
Designed to quickly determine whether the socket has • Stamp for identification after swaging without concern
been through the swaging operation and assist in field for fractures (as per directions in National Swaging
inspections, it does not eliminate the need to perform Brochure).
standard production inspections which include gauging
for the proper after swage dimensions or proof loading. NOTE: S-502 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19 or
6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), XXIP (EEIP), RRL, FC or IWRC wire rope.
U.S. Patent 5,152,630 and foreign equivalents. In accordance with ANSI B30.9, all slings terminated with swage sockets shall be
proof loaded.*
S-502 Closed Socket Specifications
Before Swage Dimensions

Max.
After
CERTEX Crosby Rope Weight Swage
Cat. Ref. Stock Size Each Dim.
No. No. (in.) (lbs.) A B C D E F H L (in.)
CX04-0184 1039325 1/4 .33 4.31 .50 1.38 .75 .27 2.12 .50 3.50 .46
CX04-0185 1039343 5/16 .75 5.44 .77 1.62 .88 .34 3.19 .67 4.50 .71
CX04-0186 1039361 3/8 .72 5.44 .77 1.62 .88 .41 3.19 .67 4.50 .71
CX04-0187 1039389 7/16 1.42 6.91 .98 2.00 1.06 .48 4.25 .86 5.75 .91
CX04-0188 1039405 1/2 1.42 6.91 .98 2.00 1.06 .55 4.25 .86 5.75 .91
CX04-0189 1039423 9/16 2.92 8.66 1.25 2.38 1.25 .61 5.31 1.13 7.25 1.16
CX04-0190 1039441 5/8 2.85 8.66 1.25 2.38 1.25 .67 5.31 1.13 7.25 1.16
CX04-0191 1039469 3/4 5.00 10.28 1.55 2.88 1.44 .80 6.38 1.31 8.63 1.42
CX04-0192 1039487 7/8 6.80 11.94 1.70 3.12 1.69 .94 7.44 1.50 10.13 1.55
CX04-0193 1039502 1 10.40 13.56 1.98 3.63 2.06 1.06 8.50 1.75 11.50 1.80
CX04-0194 1039520 1-1/8 14.82 15.03 2.25 4.00 2.31 1.19 9.56 2.00 12.75 2.05
CX04-0195 1039548 1-1/4 21.57 16.94 2.53 4.50 2.56 1.33 10.63 2.25 14.38 2.30
CX04-0196 1039566 1-3/8 28.54 18.63 2.80 5.00 2.56 1.45 11.69 2.25 15.75 2.56
CX04-0197 1039584 1-1/2 38.06 20.12 3.08 5.50 2.81 1.58 12.75 2.50 17.00 2.81
CX04-0198 1039600 1-3/4 51.00 23.56 3.39 6.25 3.56 1.86 14.88 3.00 20.00 3.06
CX04-0199 1042589 2 89.25 27.62 3.94 7.25 3.81 2.11 17.00 3.25 23.00 3.56
* Maximun Proof Load shall not exceed 40% of XXIP rope catalog breaking strength.
4-19
FIELD INSTALLABLE TERMINATIONS
Esmet, Inc.
General Information
TYPICAL ASSEMBLY Electroline fittings are the first real advance in connect-
ing practices since the development of wire rope.These
fittings are remarkably compact assemblies of three
basic units:
1. The sleeve, which slips over the end of the rope.
2. The plug, (see inset photo) which is inserted to
separate and hold the rope strands in the sleeve.
3. The covering socket.
The combination of these three units literally locks
the rope into a strong, solid assembly.
Strand passed through sleeve. Wire rope passed through sleeve and strands fanned out
for inspection of fluted plug.
SLEEVE
SLEEVE PLUG
Plug driven in and strands closed to apply socket. Socket applied showing twisted strands and
completed assembly. Inspection
Hole
SLEEVE PLUG SOCKET

CUTAWAY ASSEMBLY
Working loads many different types of ropes with which our termina-
Electroline terminations, when properly assembled, will tion may be used, the safe working load is dependent
hold the “normal” or “rated” breaking strength of the IPS upon the type of rope and the usage.
wire rope. They are certified by the “Underwriters Electroline terminations are designed to have a break-
Laboratory, Inc.” (Safety Appliance No. 799) to hold no ing strength greater than 6x19 IPS IWRC wire rope of
less than 85% of the rated breaking strength of the rope. the corresponding size. Our safety factor is 1.3 for the
Fittings are designed for linear loads only. machined fittings and 2.0 for the forged types. How-
Electroline terminations are NOT marked with a safe ever, the rope is the weakest component of the assem-
working load (SWL) as the termination is a component bly, and these safety factors cannot be used to deter-
of an assembly which includes the wire rope. Due to the mine the SWL of the assembly.
4-20
FIELD INSTALLABLE TERMINATIONS
Esmet, Inc.
Clevis Assemblies
Forged Series: Clevis Socket Assembly

Self-Colored Steel Galvanized Steel Dimensions (inches)
Rope CERTEX Esmet CERTEX Esmet

Size Cat. Ref. No. Cat. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. No. A B C D E F
1/4 CX04-0480 GD-125-N CX04-0492 GD-125-X 11/16 1-1/4 4-1/2 1-23/32 17/32 1/2
5/16 CX04-0481 GD-131-N CX04-0493 GD-131-X 13/16 1-1/2 5-3/8 2-1/32 11/16 9/16
3/8 CX04-0482 GD-137-N CX04-0494 GD-137-X 13/16 1-1/2 5-1/2 2-5/32 11/16 5/8
7/16 CX04-0483 GD-143-N CX04-0495 GD-143-X 1-1/16 2 7-3/16 2-29/32 1 3/4
1/2 CX04-0484 GD-150-N CX04-0496 GD-150-X 1-1/16 2 7-3/16 2-31/32 1 7/8
9/16 CX04-0485 GD-156-N CX04-0497 GD-156-X 1-1/4 2-1/2 8-5/8 3-7/16 1-1/4 1
5/8 CX04-0486 GD-162-N CX04-0498 GD-162-X 1-1/4 2-1/2 8-5/8 3-7/16 1-1/4 1
3/4 CX04-0487 GD-175-N CX04-0499 GD-175-X 1-7/16 3 10-3/16 4 1-1/2 1-1/8
7/8 CX04-0488 GD-187-N CX04-0500 GD-187-X 1-5/8 2-5/8 11 4-3/8 1-9/16 1-1/4 4
1 CX04-0489 GD-199-N CX04-0501 GD-199-X 1-15/16 2-7/8 12-11/16 4-7/8 1-7/8 1-1/2
1-1/8 CX04-0490 GD-1112-N CX04-0502 GD-1112-X 2-3/16 3-5/16 16-1/4 5-1/2 1-15/16 1-3/4
1-1/4 CX04-0491 GD-1125-N CX04-0503 GD-1125-X 2-3/16 3-5/16 17 5-5/8 1-15/16 1-13/16
Machined Series: Clevis Socket Assembly

Self-Colored Steel Cad. Plated Steel Stainless Steel Bronze Dimensions (inches)
Rope Cat. Ref. Esmet Cat. Ref. Esmet Cat. Ref. Esmet Cat. Ref. Esmet
Size No. Cat. No. No. Cat. No. No. Cat. No. No. Cat. No. A B C D E F G
1/16 CX04-0504 ID-106-N CX04-0521 ID-106-V CX04-0538 IS-106 CX04-0555 IZ-106 17/64 3/8 2-1/16 43/64 3/16 3/16 1/2
7/32 CX04-0509 ID-121-N CX04-0526 ID-121-V CX04-0543 IS-121 CX04-0560 IZ-121 15/32 3/4 3-23/32 1-9/64 3/8 3/8 15/16
1/4 CX04-0510 ID-125-N CX04-0527 ID-125-V CX04-0544 IS-125 CX04-0561 IZ-125 15/32 3/4 3-23/32 1-9/64 3/8 3/8 15/16
9/32 CX04-0511 ID-128-N CX04-0528 ID-128-V CX04-0545 IS-128 CX04-0562 IZ-128 17/32 7/8 4-1/4 1-19/64 3/8 7/16 1-1/16
5/16 CX04-0512 ID-131-N CX04-0529 ID-131-V CX04-0546 IS-131 CX04-0563 IZ-131 17/32 7/8 4-1/4 1-19/64 3/8 7/16 1-1/16
3/8 CX04-0513 ID-137-N CX04-0530 ID-137-V CX04-0547 IS-137 CX04-0564 IZ-137 5/8 1 4-27/32 1-31/64 7/16 1/2 1-3/16
7/16 CX04-0514 ID-143-N CX04-0531 ID-143-V CX04-0548 IS-143 CX04-0565 IZ-143 23/32 1-1/4 5-5/8 1-11/16 7/16 5/8 1-3/8
1/2 CX04-0515 ID-150-N CX04-0532 ID-150-V CX04-0549 IS-150 CX04-0566 IZ-150 51/64 1-3/8 6-11/32 1-59/64 1/2 11/16 1-9/16
9/16 CX04-0516 ID-156-N CX04-0533 ID-156-V CX04-0550 IS-156 CX04-0567 IZ-156 1-3/64 1-17/32 7-19/32 2-5/32 11/16 15/16 2
5/8 CX04-0517 ID-162-N CX04-0534 ID-162-V CX04-0551 IS-162 CX04-0568 IZ-162 1-3/64 1-17/32 7-19/32 2-5/32 11/16 15/16 2
3/4 CX04-0518 ID-175-N CX04-0535 ID-175-V CX04-0552 IS-175 CX04-0569 IZ-175 1-15/64 1-27/32 8-29/32 2-7/16 3/4 1-1/8 2-5/16
7/8 CX04-0519 ID-187-N CX04-0536 ID-187-V CX04-0553 IS-187 CX04-0570 IZ-187 1-7/16 1-7/8 10-3/16 2-47/64 13/16 1-1/4 2-5/8
1 CX04-0520 ID-199-N CX04-0537 ID-199-V CX04-0554 IS-199 CX04-0571 IZ-199 1-3/4 2-1/4 12 3-7/64 15/16 1-1/2 3
Extra Strength Series: Clevis Socket with Pin and Cotter Pin
Self-Colored Steel Galvanized Steel Dimensions (inches)
Rope CERTEX Cat. Esmet CERTEX Esmet

Size Ref. No. Cat. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. No. A B C D E F
7/16 CX04-0572 PD-143-N CX04-0579 PD-143-X 1-1/16 2 7-3/16 2-19/32 1 1
1/2 CX04-0573 PD-150-N CX04-0580 PD-150-X 1-1/16 2 7-3/16 2-19/32 1 1
9/16 CX04-0574 PD-156-N CX04-0581 PD-156-X 1-1/4 2-1/2 8-5/8 3-11/64 1-1/4 1-3/16
5/8 CX04-0575 PD-162-N CX04-0582 PD-162-X 1-1/4 2-1/2 8-5/8 3-11/64 1-1/4 1-3/16
3/4 CX04-0576 PD-175-N CX04-0583 PD-175-X 1-7/16 3 10-3/16 3-11/16 1-1/2 1-3/8
7/8 CX04-0577 PD-187-N CX04-0584 PD-187-X 1-15/16 2-7/8 12-5/8 4-7/8 1-7/8 1-1/2
1 CX04-0578 PD-199-N CX04-0585 PD-199-X 2-3/16 3-5/16 15-1/2 5-5/8 1-7/8 1-13/16
NOTE: Extra Strength Fittings rated at 100% RBS of Extra-Improved Plow Steel Wire Rope.
Larger sizes available.
4-21
HAND SWAGING TOOLS
Nicopress®
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1100

No. 000-WCI Hand Swager
Small, compact, can be carried in your pocket. Swages 1/32”, 3/64”, and
1/16” oval and stop sleeves. Has built in cable cutter. Packaged in plastic
pouch. 9” long, wt. 12 oz.

00-2-3SC Hand Swager, ECONOMY MODEL.
5-function tool, swages 1/16” and 3/32” oval and stop sleeves, plus 1/8” stop
4 sleeves. 14” long, wt. 2 lbs.
Also available in three hole tool No. 000-1.5-3, swages sizes listed above
plus 3/64” oval and stop sleeves.

No. 0-SC Hand Swagers.
Single compression die for oval and stop sleeve swaging.
No. 0-3/64SC—swages 3/64” oval and stop sleeves, plus 3/64” and 1/16”
stainless steel oval sleeves.
No. 0-1/16SC—swages 1/16” oval and stop sleeves, plus 3/32” stainless
steel oval sleeves.
No. 0-3/32SC—swages 3/32” oval and 3/32”, 1/8” stop sleeves, plus 1/8”
stainless steel oval sleeves.
No. 0-1/8SC—swages 1/8” oval and 5/32”, 3/16”, 7/32” stop sleeves.
No. 0-5/32SC—swages 5/32” oval sleeves.
No. 03-16SC—swages 3/16” oval sleeves.
All No. 0-SC tools—20” long, wt. 4.2 lbs.

No. 0 Hand Swagers.
Single compression die for oval and stop sleeve swaging.
No. 0-7/32 — swages 7/32” oval sleeves.
No. 0-1/4 — swages 1/4” oval and 1/4”, 9/32”, 5/16” stop sleeves.
All No. 0 tools — 28” long, wt. 5 lbs.
4-22
HAND SWAGING TOOLS
Nicopress®

No. 32-VC: VG Tool
Tool Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 1/2˝
Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . .2-1/2 pounds
A small hand tool with two sleeves
pressing grooves in the head. It is used
for splicing with Nicopress Oval and Stop
Sleeves having “C” or “G” letters in their
Stock Numbers.

No. 51 Tool
Tool Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18-1/4˝
Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . .5-1/4 pounds
Each tool has a single sleeve pressing
groove for the size of cable. Range
accommodated—3/64˝ through 7/32.˝
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1106 and CX04-1107

Types Nos. 63 and 64 Tools
Tool Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20˝
Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . . . . .6 pounds
These are multiple sleeve-pressing
groove hand tools. The No. 63V-XPM
has three grooves and is used only with
Oval Sleeves. For cable sizes 1/8,˝ 5/32˝
and 3/16.˝
The No. 64-CGMP has four grooves and is
used for Oval Sleeves in the range of cable
sizes from 1/16” through 5/32.˝ The “C”
groove is also used for the No. 871-1-C
Stop Sleeve.
4-23
HAND SWAGING TOOLS
Nicopress®
Copper Oval Sleeves
Nicopress Oval Sleeve Finished Eye Splice

Oval Sleeve Stock No. Approx. Sleeve Sleeve
Plain Copper Zinc-Plated Copper Hand Tool Weight Length Length
per 1000 Before After
Cable CERTEX Nicopress CERTEX Nicopress CERTEX Nicopress Sleeves Compressed Compressed
Size Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Lbs. Approx. Approx.
1/32" CX04-0796 17-1-B CX04-0811 27-1-B CX04-0826 *17-BA 0.6 1/4" 5/16"
3/64" CX04-0797 18-11-B4 CX04-0812 28-11-B4 CX04-0827 51-B4-887 2 3/8" 7/16"
1/16" CX04-0798 18-1-C CX04-0813 28-1-C CX04-0828 51-C-887 3 3/8" 7/16"
4 3/32"
1/8"
CX04-0799
CX04-0800
18-2-G
18-3-M
CX04-0814
CX04-0815
28-2-G
28-3-M
CX04-0829
CX04-0830
51-G-887
51-M-850
5
17
3/8"
9/16"
7/16"
3/4"
5/32" CX04-0801 18-4-P CX04-0816 28-4-P CX04-0831 51-P-850 23 5/8" 7/8"
3/16" CX04-0802 18-6-X CX04-0817 28-6-X CX04-0832 51-X-850 49 15/16" 1-3/16"
7/32" CX04-0803 18-8-F2 CX04-0818 28-8-F2 CX04-0833 51-F2-850 56 7/8" 1-1/16"
1/4" CX04-0804 18-10-F6 CX04-0819 28-10-F6 CX04-0834 3-F6-950 80 1-1/8" 1-1/2"
5/16" CX04-0805 18-13-G9 CX04-0820 28-13-G9 CX04-0835 3-G9-950 114 1-1/16" 1-3/8"
NO. 635 Hydraulic Tool Dies
3/8" CX04-0806 18-23-H5 CX04-0821 28-23-H5 CX04-0836 Oval H5 153 1-1/4" 1-5/8"
7/16" CX04-0807 18-24-J8 CX04-0822 28-24-J8 CX04-0837 Oval J8 302 1-3/4" 2-5/16"
1/2" CX04-0808 18-25-K8 CX04-0823 28-25-K8 CX04-0838 Oval K8 410 1-7/8" 2-1/12"
9/16" CX04-0809 18-27-M1 CX04-0824 28-27-M1 CX04-0839 Oval M1 551 2" 2-5/8"
5/8" CX04-0810 18-28-N5 CX04-0825 28-28-N5 CX04-0840 Oval N5 802 2-3/8" 3-1/8"
*Formerly 17:1 Tool
Copper Stop Sleeves
Nicopress Stop Sleeve Finished Stop

Approx. Sleeve **Typical
Weight Length Holding
Nicopress Nicopress Outside per 1000 Before Strength of
Cable CERTEX Stop Sleeve CERTEX Hand Tool Diameter Sleeves Compressed Stop Sleeve
Size Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. of Sleeve Lbs. Approx. Lbs.
1/32" CX04-0841 871-32-B CX04-0853 *17-BA 1/8" 3/4 1/4" 120
3/64" CX04-0842 871-12-B4 CX04-0854 51-B4-887 11/64" 1-1/2 7/32" 240
1/16" CX04-0843 871-1-C CX04-0855 51-C-887 13/64" 2 7/32" 430
1/16" CX04-0844 ***871-1-Q CX04-0856 51-Q-929 1/4" 2 5/32" 425
3/32" CX04-0845 871-17-J CX04-0857 51-MJ 21/64" 8 5/16" 600
(Yellow)
3/32" CX04-0846 ***871-3-Q CX04-0858 51-Q-929 1/4" 2 5/32" 550
1/8" CX04-0847 871-18-J CX04-0859 51-MJ 21/64" 8 5/16" 900
(Red)
5/32" CX04-0848 871-19-M CX04-0860 51-MJ 27/64" 13 5/16" 1,200
3/16" CX04-0849 871-20-M CX04-0861 51-MJ 27/64" 12 5/16" 1,600
(Black)
7/32" CX04-0850 871-22-M CX04-0862 51-MJ 7/16" 20 5/8" 2,500
1/4" CX04-0851 871-23-F6 CX04-0863 3-F6-950 21/32" 60 11/16" 3,500
5/16" CX04-0852 871-26-F6 CX04-0864 3-F6-950 21/32" 60 11/16" 4,000
*Formerly 17:1 Tool.
**Holding strengths shown are based on use of galvanized aircraft cable.
***Electro Galvanized Steel Sleeves.
4-24
SWAGING SLEEVES
Nicopress®
Tin Plated Copper Oval Sleeves for Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable
*NICOPRESS TOOLS
Nicopress Weight Sleeve Sleeve
Oval Nicopress Nicopress Nicopress (lbs.) Length Length
Sleeve Single Groove Multi-Groove Number 635 per 1000 Before After
Cable CERTEX Stock CERTEX Hand Tool CERTEX Hand Tool CERTEX Hydraulic Sleeves Compression Compression
Size Cat. Ref. No. Number Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Tool Die Approx. Approx. Approx.
3/64" CX04-0865 428-1.5-VB4 CX04-0879 51-B4-887 CX04-0888 33V-CGB4 CX04-0898 OVAL B4 2 3/8" 7/16"
CX04-0888 33V-CGB4
1/16" CX04-0866 428-2-VC CX04-0880 51-C-887 CX04-0899 OVAL C 3 3/8" 7/16"
CX04-0890 64-CGMP
CX04-0888 33V-CGB4
3/32" CX04-0867 428-3-VG CX04-0881 51-G-887 CX04-0900 OVAL G 6 3/8" 7/16"
CX04-0890 64-CGMP
CX04-0890 64-CGMP
1/8" CX04-0868 428-4-VM CX04-0882 51-M-850 CX04-0901 OVAL M 17 9/16" 3/4"
CX04-0894 63-XPM
CX04-0890 64-CGMP
5/32" CX04-0869 428-5-VP CX04-0883 51-P-850 CX04-0902 OVAL P 23 5/8" 7/8"
CX04-0894 63-XPM
3/16" CX04-0870 428-6-VX CX04-0884 51-X-850 CX04-0894 63-XPM CX04-0903 OVAL X 49 15/16" 1-3/16"
7/32" CX04-0871 428-7-VF2 CX04-0885 51-F2-850 CX04-0904 OVAL F2 59 7/8" 1-1/16"

4
1/4" CX04-0872 428-8-VF6 CX04-0886 3-F6-950 CX04-0905 OVAL F6 81 1" 1-3/8"
5/16" CX04-0873 428-10-VG9 CX04-0887 3-G9-950 CX04-0906 OVAL G9 120 1-1/16" 1-3/8"
3/8" CX04-0874 428-12-VH5 CX04-0907 OVAL H5 155 1-3/16" 1-1/2"
7/16" CX04-0875 428-14-VJ8 CX04-0908 OVAL J8 310 1-3/4" 2-5/16"
1/2" CX04-0876 428-16-VK8 CX04-0909 OVAL K8 420 1-7/8" 2-9/16"
9/16" CX04-0877 428-18-VM1 CX04-0910 OVAL M1 565 2" 2-13/16"
5/8" CX04-0878 428-20-VN5 CX04-0911 OVAL N5 822 2-3/8" 3-1/4"
The 428 Series oval sleeves are made from special materials and are specifically designed for use with stainless steel aircraft cable.
The tin plating gives this Nicopress sleeve a distinctive appearance.
Stainless Steel Oval Sleeves

NICOPRESS OVAL SLEEVES NICOPRESS TOOL SELECTION
APPROX. Nicopress Nicopress

Nicopress WEIGHT APPROX. HAND NUMBER
CERTEX SLEEVE (LBS) LENGTH CERTEX TOOL CERTEX 635
CABLE Cat. Ref. STOCK PER 1000 BEFORE Cat. Ref. STOCK Cat. Ref. HYDRAULIC
SIZE No. NUMBER SLEEVES COMPRESSION No. NO. No. TOOL DIE
1/32" CX04-0912 168-1-VB 1/2 1/4" CX04-0921 31-B
3/64" CX04-0913 168-1.5-VB4 1-1/2 3/8" CX04-0922 51-B4-887 CX04-0928 OVAL B4
1/16" CX04-0914 168-2-VB4 1-1/2 3/8" CX04-0923 51-B4-887 CX04-0929 OVAL B4
3/32" CX04-0915 168-3-VC 2-1/4 3/8" CX04-0924 51-C-887 CX04-0930 OVAL C
1/8" CX04-0916 168-4-VG 3-3/4 3/8" CX04-0925 51-G-887 CX04-0931 OVAL G
5/32" CX04-0917 168-5-VM 14 23/32" CX04-0926 51-M-850 CX04-0932 OVAL M
3/16" CX04-0918 168-6-VP 17 3/4" CX04-0927 51-P-850 CX04-0933 OVAL P
7/32" CX04-0919 168-7-VX 31 7/8" CX04-0934 OVAL X
1/4" CX04-0920 168-8-VF2 44 1-1/8" CX04-0935 OVAL F2
Conform to military standard (MS-51844)
*Information on power press dies for high speed production will be furnished upon request.
4-25
SWAGING SLEEVES
ESCO® Corporation
Stainless Steel Swage Sleeves Duplex sleeves

High initial ductility allows ESCO stainless steel to flow ESCO Stainless Steel Duplex Sleeves allow for easy
evenly around the wire rope during swaging, for total adjustment of eye size. Make grommets, plain eyes, and
gripping strength plus extremely high crack and frac- tight thumbled eyes quickly and precisely every time. No
ture resistance. splicing. No die changes.
During swaging, ESCO stainless steel work-hardens more All ESCO Stainless Steel Sleeves swage in two to three
than any other swaging steel to provide toughness and pressings, each sleeve in open-channel dies.
on-the-job durability. • Use one-piece sleeves for 1/8˝ to 1˝ wire rope
Plus, stainless steel is corrosion-resistant. • Use two-piece sleeves for 1/2˝ to 2-1/2˝ wire rope.
WARNING!
All ESCO swage sleeves are designed for use with 6x19 class or 6x37 class, right
regular lay, E.I.P., I.W.R.C. wire rope manufactured to U.S. specifications. If other
4 constructions of wire rope are used with these fittings, the fabricator should
make up and test sample assemblies to make sure they will perform adequately
in the entended application. For complete instructions on how to install and
swage ESCO Sleeves, refer to ESCO Swage Instructions, Manual No. 219.
One-piece Duplex Sleeves
Rope CERTEX Weight Before Swage After Swage Die

Size Cat. Ref. No. Each Length (L) Width (A) Height (B) Length Diameter Description
1/8" CX04-1108 1/2 oz. 7/16" 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 0.25" 1/8" OC
3/16" CX04-1109 1/2 oz. 1/2" 3/8" 9/16" 9/16" 0.38" 3/16" OC
1/4" CX04-1110 1/2 oz. 7/8" 9/16" 3/4" 1" 0.52" 1/4" OC
5/16" CX04-1111 0.15 lb. 1-3/8" 3/4" 1-1/8" 1-9/16" 0.75" 3/8" OC
3/8" CX04-1112 0.15 lb. 1-1/2" 3/4" 1-1/8" 1-7/8" 0.75" 3/8" OC
7/16" CX04-1113 0.30 lb. 1-3/4" 1" 1-7/16" 1-15/16" 1.00" 1/2" OC
1/2" CX04-1114 0.32 lb. 2" 1" 1-7/16" 2-1/4" 1.00" 1/2" OC
9/16" CX04-1115 0.60 lb. 2-1/4" 1-3/16" 1-3/4" 2-1/2" 1.26" 5/8" OC
5/8" CX04-1116 0.50 lb. 2-3/8" 1-1/4" 1-13/16" 2-5/8" 1.26" 5/8" OC
3/4" CX04-1117 1.00 lb. 3-1/16" 1-7/16" 2-1/8" 3-3/8" 1.52" 3/4" OC
7/8" CX04-1118 1.50 lbs. 3-5/16" 1-5/8" 2-1/2" 3-3/4" 1.75" 7/8" OC
1" CX04-1119 2.10 lbs. 3-3/8" 1-7/8" 2-7/8" 3-13/16" 2.03" 1" OC
OC = Open Channel Die
WARNING
Never exceed the Working Load Limit
stated by the wire rope manufacturer.
4-26
SWAGING SLEEVES
ESCO® Corporation
Stainless Steel Sleeves for Duplex Eyes
Two-piece Duplex Sleeves
Rope
Size
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
Weight
Each
Before Swage After Swage Die
Description
4
Length (L) Width (A) Height (B) Length Diameter
1/2" CX04-1120 0.14 lb. 1" 15/16" 1-3/8" 1-1/8" 1.00" 1/2" OC
9/16" CX04-1121 0.32 lb. 1-1/4" 1-3/16" 1-11/16" 1-7/16" 1.26" 5/8" OC
5/8" CX04-1122 0.28 lb. 1" 1-5/16" 1-13/16" 1-3/16" 1.26" 5/8" OC
3/4" CX04-1123 0.44 lb. 1-3/16" 1-3/8" 2-1/8" 1-7/16" 1.52" 3/4" OC
7/8" CX04-1124 0.68 lb. 1-3/8" 1-11/16" 2-1/2" 1-5/8" 1.75" 7/8" OC
1" CX04-1125 0.96 lb. 1-9/16" 1-3/4" 2-3/4" 1-13/16" 2.03" 1" OC
1-1/8" CX04-1126 1.5 lbs. 1-7/8" 2" 3-3/16" 2-1/8" 2.25" 1-1/8" OC
1-1/4" CX04-1127 2 lbs. 2-1/8" 2-3/8" 3-5/16" 2-1/2" 2.50" 1-1/4" OC
1-3/8" CX04-1128 2 lbs. 2-1/8" 2-5/16" 3-9/16" 2-1/2" 2.50" 1-1/4" OC
1-1/2" CX04-1129 2 lbs. 2-1/4" 2-1/2" 3-7/8" 2-5/8" 2.69" 1-1/2" OC
1-5/8" CX04-1130 3 lbs. 2-3/8" 2-13/16" 4-5/16" 2-3/4" 3.06" 1-3/4" OC
1-3/4" CX04-1131 3 lbs. 2-1/2" 2-13/16" 4-7/16" 2-7/8" 3.06" 1-3/4" OC
2" CX04-1132 4.3 lbs. 2-7/8" 3-3/16" 5" 3-1/4" 3.50" 2" OC
2-1/4" CX04-1133 6.5 lbs. 3-1/8" 3-3/4" 5-11/16" 3-5/8" 4.00" 2-1/4" OC
2-1/2" CX04-1134 7.5 lbs. 3-1/8" 4" 6-3/8" 3-5/8" 4.38" 2-1/2" OC
OC = Open Channel Die
WARNING
Never exceed the Working Load Limit
stated by the wire rope manufacturer.
4-27
WIRE ROPE CUTTERS
Loos & Co.

Type C-108
Type C-108 — Simple construction, all parts protected against rust and salt water. Designed as an indispensable part
of boat equipment. Especially suited for quick easy cutting of shrouds, stays, halyards, and other rigging of hi-tensile
wire rope or cable up to 5/16˝ diameter. Inexpensive insurance for that rare time when a mast breaks. The C-108
will cut virtually any material including steel rods up to 5/16˝ diameter and tempered steel spring wires up to 1/4˝
diameter. Weight: 4.5 lbs. Length: 22˝
4 IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to
nip these out.Types C-108 and C-112 are particularly recommended for this kind of work.

Type C-108Type C-112
Type C-112 — Like the C-108, this cutter also has maximum force transmission which applies the maximum leverage
just at the right moment. This coupled with Swiss precision blades make the C-112 and the C-108 amazingly easy to
use. The C-112 will handle a maximum capacity of 1/2˝ hi-tensile strands. Weight: 8.25 lbs. Length: 29˝
IMPORTANT: It is possible to cut larger diameter than those mentioned above by separating the individual strands of the rope by using the triangular cutting action to
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1137 / Type C-108Type C-12

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1138 / Type C-108Type C-16
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1139 / Type C-108Type C-16E
Type C-12 — Capacity: 3/8˝ diameter and smaller. Length: 19.˝ Weight: 3 lbs.
Type C-16 — Capacity: 5/8˝ diameter and smaller. Length: 23.˝ Weight: 5 lbs.
Type C-16E Electrical Cable Cutter — Cuts ACSR cable up to 3/4.˝ Length: 23.˝ Weight: 5 lbs.

Type C-108CB Base
CB Base for Bench Mounting C-12 and C-16 Cutters — Simply remove one handle from your C-12 or C-16 Cutter,
bolt on our base and your portable cutter has been converted to a stationary bench mounted cutter.
4-28
WIRE ROPE CUTTERS
Morse-Starrett Products Co.
Impact Type (Hammer Action)

Model 2
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1142 CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1141
Model 1A Model 1
SPECIFICATIONS:All are portable. Firm base required for operation.
Actuated by striking with a hammer, they are simple to For Cutting Wire Rope:
operate, and do a superior cutting job with only a few Up to 3/4˝ — Model 1 designed for occasional on-the-
blows. These cutters are precision engineered to deliver job-cutting.
a cut without affecting the original roundness of the wire
rope. The blades and dies are made of the best tool steel Up to 1-1/16˝ — use Model 1A.
available, heat treated and ground to close tolerances. Up to 1-1/2˝ — use Model 2.
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. Model Capacity Height Base Weight

CX04-1141 1 3/4" 6" 3-1/2" 7 lbs.
CX04-1142 1A 1-1/16" 7" 6-1/4" 15 lbs.
CX04-1143 2 1-1/2" 9" 7-3/4" 28 lbs.
4-29
WIRE ROPE CUTTERS
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1141 / Model No. 1

4
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1142 / Model No. 1A
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX04-1143 / Model No. 2
WARNING
Wear safety goggles, use cable bands and
read instruction sheet before using this tool.
4-30
WIRE ROPE CUTTERS
Model No. 1 Model No. 1A
(Light Duty) (Heavy Duty)
CERTEX Morse CERTEX Morse

Cat. Ref. Part Packed Cat. Ref. Part Packed
Description No. No. Weight Description No. No. Weight
Cutter Complete CX04-0936 101 8 lbs. Cutter Complete CX04-0945 121 17 lbs.
Casting Base CX04-0937 102 4 lbs. Casting Base CX04-0946 122 12 lbs.
Plunger CX04-0938 103 3 lbs. Plunger CX04-0947 123 4 lbs.
Die (Set) CX04-0939 104 4 oz. Die (Set) CX04-0948 124 7 oz.
Blade (With Pin) CX04-0940 105 2 oz. Blade (With Pin) CX04-0949 125 2 oz.
Blade Pin Only CX04-0941 106 1 oz. Blade Pin Only CX04-0950 126 1 oz.
Plunger Guide Pin CX04-0942 107 1 oz. Plunger Guide Pin CX04-0951 127 1 oz.
Guard CX04-0943 108 1 oz. Guard CX04-0952 128 2 oz. 4
Warning Decals CX04-0944 109 Warning Decals CX04-0953 129
Model No. 2
(Extra Heavy Duty)
Morse
CERTEX Part Packed
Description Cat. Ref. No. No. Weight
Cutter Complete CX04-0954 131 28 lbs.
Casting Base CX04-0955 132 21 lbs.
Plunger CX04-0956 133 7 lbs.
Die (Set) CX04-0957 134 10 oz.
Blade (With Pin) CX04-0958 135 5 oz.
Blade Pin Only CX04-0959 136 1 oz.
Plunger Guide Pin CX04-0960 137 1 oz.
Guard CX04-0961 138 3 oz.
Warning Decals CX04-0962 139
Morse-Starrett Cable Bands Designed for use with the Morse-Starrett cutter. The
band is a sheet of pliable but very tough steel indented
with a groove and lock seam at one edge and is made
in lengths and sizes to fit various sized cable up to
1-1/2 inches in diameter.
Application of the band is simple, requires no special
tools; and may be made in 20 seconds with an ordinary
pair of pliers.
Note: Each size rope requires a band of corresponding
size. All bands packed and sold in boxes of 50 of a single
size only.
CABLE BANDS: Steel, Galvanized

CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX
Cat. Ref. Cat. Ref. Cat. Ref. Cat. Ref. Cat. Ref. Cat. Ref.
No. No. No. No. No. No.
CX04-1144 3/16" CX04-1147 1/4" CX04-1150 5/16" CX04-1153 3/8" CX04-1156 7/16" CX04-1159 1/2"
CX04-1145 9/16" CX04-1148 5/8" CX04-1151 11/16" CX04-1154 3/4" CX04-1157 13/16" CX04-1160 7/8"
CX04-1146 15/16" CX04-1149 1" CX04-1152 1-1/8" CX04-1155 1-1/4" CX04-1158 1-3/8" CX04-1161 1-1/2"
4-31
WIRE ROPE CUTTERS
Hydraulic Type (Manually Operated)
Lift latch to open.
Insert wire rope. Close latch. Pump handle

This efficient, portable Hydrashear is a self-contained hydraulic cable cutter recommended by wire rope manufactur-
ers, and used by industries throughout the world.
This tool is precision engineered to give a good, clean cut with minimum effort. Just pump the handle {78} no outside
power needed. It can be easily carried to the job, and placed anywhere to do its work.
The blades and shear blades are made of the finest tool steel available, heat treated and ground to close tolerances,
which means long life, as well as superior performance. Three models available.
Hydrashears are used by earth-moving and construction contractors, factory warehouses, rigging lofts, elevator repair-
men. All models will operate underwater.
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. Model Capacity Dimensions Weight
CX04-1162 W 3/4" 12" x 3-5/8" x 6" high 21 lbs.
CX04-1163 P 1-1/8" 14" x 4-1/8" x 7" high 34 lbs.
CX04-1164 C 1-3/4" 18-1/2" x 5" x 8" high 66 lbs.
4-32
WIRE ROPE CUTTERS
Hydraulic Type (Manually Operated)
Model W P C
HYDRASHEAR REPLACEMENT PARTS
PART CERTEX MODEL CERTEX MODEL CERTEX MODEL

NO. DESCRIPTION Cat. Ref. No. W Cat. Ref. No. P Cat. Ref. No. C
1. Die Set CX04-0963 W1 CX04-0978 P1 CX04-0994 C1
4. Blade CX04-0964 W4 CX04-0979 P4 CX04-0995 C4
5. Blade Pin CX04-0965 W5 CX04-0980 P5 CX04-0996 C5
6. Hinge Pin CX04-0966 W6 CX04-0981 P6 CX04-0997 C6
7. Ram CX04-0967 W7 CX04-0982 P7 CX04-0998 C7
8. Ram Collar CX04-0968 W8 CX04-0983 P8 CX04-0999 C8
10. Ram Retracting Spring CX04-0969 W10 CX04-0984 P10 CX04-1000 C10
11. Cover Plate CX04-0970 W11 CX04-0985 P11 CX04-1001 C11
15. Ram Cup Leather Retainer CX04-0971 W15 CX04-0986 P15 CX04-1002 C15
33. Latch CX04-0972 W33 CX04-0987 P33 CX04-1003 C33
36. Pump Handle CX04-0973 W36 CX04-0988 P36 CX04-1004 C36
38. Latch Pin CX04-0974 W38 CX04-0989 P38 CX04-1005 C38
43. Shear Blade Holder CX04-0975 W43 CX04-0990 P43 CX04-1006 C43
60. Bypass Valve N/A CX04-0991 P60 CX04-1007 C60
61. Standard Repair Kit CX04-0976 W61 CX04-0992 P61 CX04-1008 C61
62. Overhaul Kit CX04-0977 W62 CX04-0993 P62 CX04-1009 C62
Items listed in the Standard Repair Kit and Overhaul Kit must be purchased in kit form only.

#61 STANDARD REPAIR KIT includes:
14. Ram Cup Leather 21. Ball Suction Valve 27. Plunger
17. Check Valve Gasket 22. Suction Valve Spring 28. Plunger Packing Set
18. Check Valve Spring 23. Suction Valve Gasket 32. Release Valve
19. Ball Check Valve 24. Plunger Packing Screw 44. Cover Gasket
20. Packing Nut 26. Plunger End Packing 47. Packing Nut Wrench
#62 OVERHAUL KIT includes #61 Standard Repair Kit and all parts listed below:
12. Cover Plate Screws (3) 31. Release Valve Retainer 40. Guard Screws (2)
13. Ram Retainer Screw 34. Handle Grip 42. Guard Plate
16. Check Valve Plug 35. Ram Collar Screws (3) 46. Lock Nut
24. Suction Valve Plug 37. Bail 50. Air Vent Valve
30. Handle Hinge Bolt 39. Snap Rings (4) 61. Standard Repair Kit
4-33
HOIST HOOKS
Zone A: Repair Not Required Side Load Back Load Tip Load
Zone B: 10% of Original Dimension Wrong
Zone C: 5% of Original Dimension Figure 2
Zone D: See Minimum Thread Size Chart
Figure 1
Right Wrong
Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5
Important Safety Information— • Never side load, back load, or tip load a hook. (See
Read and Follow Figure 2.)
• A visual periodic inspection for cracks, nicks, wear, • Eye hooks, shank hooks and swivel hooks are designed
gouges and deformation as part of a comprehensive to be used with wire rope or chain. Efficiency of
documented inspection program, should be conducted assembly may be reduced when used with synthetic
by trained personnel in compliance with the schedule material.
in ANSI B30. 10. • Do not swivel the S-322 swivel hook while it is sup-
• For hooks used in frequent load cycles or pulsating porting a load.
loads, the hook and threads should be periodically • The use of a latch may be mandatory by regulations or
inspected by Magnetic Particle or Dye Penetrant. safety codes; e.g., OSHA, MSHA, ANSI/ASME B30,
(Note: Some disassembly may be required.) Insurance, etc. (Note: When using latches, see instruc-
• Never use a hook whose throat opening has been tions in “Understanding: The Crosby Group Warnings”
increased, or whose tip has been bent more than 10 for further information.)
degrees out of plane from the hook body, or is in any • Always make sure the hook supports the load. (See
other way distorted or bent. Note: A latch will not Figure 3). The latch must never support the load (See
work properly on a hook with a bent or worn tip. Figure 4).
• Never use a hook that is worn beyond the limits • When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the
shown in Figure 1. angle from the vertical to the outermost leg is not
• Remove from service any hook with a crack, nick, or greater than 45 degrees, and the included angle
gouge. Hooks with a crack, nick, or gouge shall be between the legs does not exceed 90 degrees* (See
repaired by grinding lengthwise, following the contour Figure 5).
of the hook, provided that the reduced dimension is • See ANSI/ASME B30.10 “Hooks” for additional informa-
within the limits shown in Figure 1. tion.
• Never repair, alter, rework, or reshape a hook by weld- * For angles greater than 90 degrees, or more than (2) legs, a master link or bolt
ing, heating, burning, or bending. type anchor shackle should be used to attach the legs of the sling to the hook.
WARNING
• Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed.
• A falling load may cause serious injury or death.
• See OSHA Rule 1926.550(g) for personnel hoisting by cranes or derricks. A Crosby 319,
320, or 322 hook with a PL Latch attached (when secured with bolt, nut and pin) may
be used for lifting personnel. A Crosby S-320N Hook with a S-4320 Latch attached
(when secured with cotter pin or bolt, nut and pin) may be used for lifting personnel.
• Threads may corrode and/or strip and drop the load.
• Hook must always support the load. The load must never be supported by the latch.
• Never apply more force than the hook’s assigned Working Load Limit (WLL) rating.
• Read and understand these instructions before using hook.
5-1
HOIST HOOKS
Basic Machining and Thread Information
Minimum Thread Size
Maximum Shank Diameter
• Wrong thread and/or shank size can cause stripping and loss of load.
• The maximum diameter is the largest diameter, after cleanup, that could be expected after allowing for straightness,
5 pits, etc.
• All threads must be Class 2 or better.
• The minimum thread length engaged in the nut should not be less than (1) thread diameter.
• Hook shanks are not intended to be swaged on wire rope or rod.
• Hook shanks are not intended to be drilled and internally threaded.
• Crosby cannot assume responsibility for, (A) the quality of machining, (B) the type of application, or (C) the means
of attachment to the power source or load.
• Consult the Crosby Hook Identification & Working Load Limit Chart (See below) for the minimum thread size for
assigned Working Load Limits (WLL).†
• Remove from service any Hook which has threads corroded more than 20% of the nut engaged length.
Crosby Hook Identification & Working Load Limit Chart†

Hook Identification Working Load Limit Maximum Minimum Thread Size
(tons) Shank
319-C 319-A 319-C 319-A Diameter
320-CN 320-AN 320-CN 320-AN after
320-C 320-A 320-C 320-A Machining 319-C 319-A (Alloy)
322-C 322-A 319-B 322-C 322-A 319-B (in.) (Carbon) 319-B (Bronze)
DC DA DB .75 1 .5 .53 1/2-13 unc 1/2-13 unc
FC FA FB 1 1.5 .6 .62 5/8-11 unc 5/8-11 unc
GC GA GB 1.5 2 1 .66 5/8-11 unc 5/8-11 unc
HC HA HB 2 3 1.4 .81 3/4-10 unc 3/4-10 unc
IC IA IB 3 *4.5/5 2.0 1.03 7/8-9 unc 7/8-9 unc
JC JA JB 5 7 3.5 1.27 1 1/8-7 unc 1 1/8-7 unc
KC KA KB 7.5 11 5.0 1.52 1 1/4-7 unc 1 3/8-6 unc
LC LA LB 10 15 6.5 1.75 1 5/8-8 un 1 5/8-8 un
NC NA NB 15 22 10 2.00 2-8 un 2-8 un
OC OA OB 20 30 13 2.50 2 1/4-8 un 2 1/4-8 un
PC PA — 25 37 — 3.50 2 3/4-8 un 2 3/4-8 un
SC SA — 30 45 — 3.50 3-8 un 3-8 un
TC TA — 40 60 — 4.00 3 1/4-8 un 3 1/2-8 un
UC UA — 50 75 — 4.50 3 3/4-8 un 4-4 unc
— WA — — 100 — 6.12 — 4 1/2-8 un
— XA — — 150 — 6.38 — 5 1/2-8 un
— YA — — 200 — 7.00 — 6 1/4-8 un
— ZA — — 300 — 8.62 — 7 1/2-8 un
* 320-AN is rated at 5 tons
† Working Load Limit—The maximum mass or force which the product is authorized to support in general service when the pull is applied in-line, unless noted
otherwise, with respect to the centerline of the product. The term is used interchangeably with the followiing terms:
1. WLL 2. Rated Load Value 3. SWL 4. Safe Working Load 5. Resultant Safe Working Load.
5-2
HOIST HOOKS
Shank Hooks
Patented trademark indicates Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into

QUIC-CHECK™ product. the product which address two (2) QUIC-
CHECK™ features:
Deformation Indicators—Two strategically
placed marks, one just below the shank or eye
and the other on the hook tip, which allows
for a QUIC-CHECK™ measurement to deter-
mine if the throat opening has changed, thus
indicating abuse or overload.
To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape
S-319 measure) to measure the distance between
the marks.The marks should align to either an
inch or half-inch increment on the measuring
device. If the measurement does not meet this
S-319 N criteria, the hook should be inspected further
for possible damage.
Angle Indicators—Indicates the maximum included angle

which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook.These
indicators also provide the opportunity to approximate other
included angles between two sling legs.
5
Working Load Limit* Hook Identification Shank Hooks

(tons) Code Stock No.
319-C 319-A Crosby Crosby
319CN 319AN Carbon Alloy Crosby
320-C 320-A S-319-C S-319-A Bronze Shank** Weight
320-CN 320AN CERTEX S-319CN CERTEX S-319AN CERTEX S-319-B Length Each
Carbon Alloy Bronze 322-C 322-A 319-BN Cat. Ref. No. S.C. Cat. Ref. No. S.C. Cat. Ref. No. S.C. Type (lbs.)
3/4 1 .5 DC DA DB CX05-0001 †1028505 CX05-0020 †1028701 CX05-0044 †1028900 Std. .50
1 1-1/2 .6 FC FA FB CX05-0002 †1028514 CX05-0021 †1028710 CX05-0045 †1028909 Std. .75
1-1/2 2 1 GC GA GB CX05-0003 †1028523 CX05-0022 †1028723 CX05-0046 †1028918 Std. 1.00
2 3 1.4 HC HA HB CX05-0004 †1028532 CX05-0023 †1028732 CX05-0047 †1028927 Std. 1.82
3 5 2 IC IA IB CX05-0005 †1028541 CX05-0024 †1028741 CX05-0048 †1028936 Std. 3.69
5 7 3-1/2 JC JA JB CX05-0006 †1028550 CX05-0025 †1028750 CX05-0049 †1028945 Std. 7.25
7-1/2 11 5 KC KA KB CX05-0007 †1028563 CX05-0026 †1028765 CX05-0050 †1028954 Std. 13.49
10 15 6-1/2 LC LA LB CX05-0008 †1028572 CX05-0027 †1028774 CX05-0051 †1028963 Std. 18.00
15 22 10 NC NA NB CX05-0009 †1028581 CX05-0028 †1028783 CX05-0052 †1028972 Std. 35.33
20 30 — OC OA — CX05-0010 1024386 CX05-0029 1024803 — — Std. 72.00
20 30 — OC OA — CX05-0011 1024402 CX05-0030 1024821 — — Long 85.50
25 37 — PC PA — CX05-0012 1024420 CX05-0031 1024849 — — Std. 134.00
25 37 — PC PA — CX05-0013 1024448 CX05-0032 1024867 — — Long 172.00
30 45 — SC SA — CX05-0014 1024466 CX05-0033 1024885 — — Std. 182.00
30 45 — SC SA — CX05-0015 1024484 CX05-0034 1024901 — — Long 214.00
40 60 — TC TA — CX05-0016 1024509 CX05-0035 1024929 — — Std. 268.00
40 60 — TC TA — CX05-0017 1024545 CX05-0036 1024965 — — Long 312.00
50 75 — UC UA — CX05-0018 1024563 CX05-0037 1024983 — — Std. 390.00
50 75 — UC UA — CX05-0019 1024581 CX05-0038 1025009 — — Long 426.00
— 100 — — WA — — — CX05-0039 1025027 — — Std. 610.00
— 100 — — WA — — — CX05-0040 1025045 — — Long 675.00
— 150 — — XA — — — CX05-0041 1025063 — — Std. 735.00
— 200 — — YA — — — CX05-0042 1025081 — — Std. 1020.00
— 300 — — ZA — — — CX05-0043 1025090 — — Std. 1390.00
** See column "Y" on next page for actual length. † New 319N Style Hook.
Hook I.D. Codes: A—Alloy Steel, B—Bronze High Strength, C—Carbon Steel.
* NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through
22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons—average straightening load (ultimate load) is
4.5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy Shank Hooks 1 ton thru 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy Shank hooks 30
ton through 300 ton ultimate load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit. All Bronze hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
5-3
HOIST HOOKS
Shank Hooks
• The most complete line of

shank hoist hooks. Available
3/4 to 300 tons.
• Available in carbon steel, alloy
steel, and bronze.
• Quenched and Tempered.
• Proper design, careful forging,
and precision controlled
quench and tempering give
maximum strength without
excessive weight and bulk.
• Every Crosby Shank Hook has
a pre-drilled cam which can
be equipped with a latch.
Simply purchase the latch
assemblies listed and shown
on following pages. Even
years after purchase of the
5 original hook, latch asemblies
can be added.
• Load Rating code stamped on
each hook.
Shank Hook dimension
with PL Latch Assembled
Dimensions
(in.)
Hook Deformation
I.D. Indicator
Code D F G H J K L M O P R T X†† Y Z AA
D 2.86 1.25 .73 .81 .93 .63 5.14 .63 † .93 1.96 2.35 .97 .59 2.06 .69 1.50
F 3.16 1.38 .84 .94 .97 .71 5.68 .71 † .97 2.22 2.59 .97 .66 2.25 .78 2.00
G 3.59 1.50 1.00 1.16 1.06 .88 6.35 .88 † 1.06 2.44 2.76 1.03 .72 2.59 .88 2.00
H 4.00 1.62 1.14 1.31 1.19 .94 7.14 .94 † 1.16 2.78 3.16 1.16 .88 2.84 1.00 2.00
I 4.84 2.00 1.44 1.63 1.50 1.31 8.63 1.13 † 1.41 3.47 3.85 1.53 1.16 3.34 1.25 2.50
J 6.28 2.50 1.82 2.06 1.78 1.66 10.43 1.44 † 1.69 4.59 4.77 1.94 1.41 3.84 1.56 3.00
K 7.54 3.00 2.26 2.63 2.41 1.88 12.52 1.63 † 2.22 5.25 5.88 2.46 1.81 4.38 1.94 4.00
L 8.34 3.25 2.60 2.94 2.62 2.19 13.47 1.94 † 2.41 5.96 6.37 2.59 2.00 4.50 2.19 4.00
N 10.34 4.25 3.01 3.50 3.41 2.69 16.65 2.38 † 3.19 6.88 8.14 2.81 2.56 5.50 2.63 5.00
O 13.62 5.00 3.62 4.62 4.00 3.00 23.09 — 3.25 8.78 9.44 3.44 3.12 10.00 3.12 6.50
O 13.62 5.00 3.62 4.62 4.00 3.00 31.09 — 3.25 8.78 9.44 3.44 3.12 18.00 3.12 6.50
P 14.06 5.38 4.56 5.00 4.25 3.62 32.12 — 3.00 11.38 12.56 3.88 4.00 15.00 4.00 7.00
P 14.06 5.38 4.56 5.00 4.25 3.62 41.12 — 3.00 11.38 12.56 3.88 4.00 24.00 4.00 7.00
S 15.44 6.00 5.06 5.50 4.75 3.72 34.12 — 3.38 12.63 14.00 4.75 4.00 15.00 4.00 8.00
S 15.44 6.00 5.06 5.50 4.75 3.72 43.12 — 3.38 12.63 14.00 4.75 4.00 24.00 4.00 8.00
T 18.50 7.00 6.00 6.50 5.75 4.44 36.06 — 4.12 14.81 15.50 5.69 4.50 14.50 4.50 10.00
T 18.50 7.00 6.00 6.50 5.75 4.44 47.56 — 4.12 14.81 15.50 5.69 4.50 26.00 4.50 10.00
U 20.62 7.75 6.69 7.25 6.50 4.81 41.16 — 5.38 16.53 19.38 6.00 5.00 15.00 5.00 11.50
U 20.62 7.75 6.69 7.25 6.50 4.81 49.16 — 5.38 16.53 19.38 6.00 5.00 23.00 5.00 11.50
W 23.00 6.81 8.59 9.88 5.88 5.50 42.12 — 4.50 17.38 18.41 7.00 7.00 15.00 7.00 12.00
W 23.00 6.81 8.59 9.88 5.88 5.50 48.12 — 4.50 17.38 18.41 7.00 7.00 21.00 7.00 12.00
X 24.38 6.75 9.12 10.94 6.00 6.00 45.75 — 4.50 18.00 18.38 7.00 7.25 18.00 7.25 13.00
Y 26.69 7.50 9.75 11.81 6.60 7.00 50.50 — 5.00 19.25 20.50 8.00 8.00 20.00 8.00 13.00
Z 30.12 9.50 10.62 12.94 8.00 7.25 54.69 — 6.25 22.69 23.50 8.25 9.50 20.00 9.50 15.00
† Dimensions shown are for S-4320 Latch kits. Dimensions for sizes 20 ton carbon and larger are for PL Latch Kits.
†† Dimension before machining (as forged).
* NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through
22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons—average straightening load (ultimate load) is
4.5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy Shank Hooks 1 ton thru 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy Shank hooks 30
ton through 300 ton ultimate load is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit. All Bronze hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
5-4
HOIST HOOKS
Eye Hooks
OLD
NEW
The 320N has a new cross section that S-320N S-320

enhances overall performance
Eye Hook dimensions with

PL Latch Assembled
All Crosby 320 Eye Hoist Hooks incorporate the follow- • High cycle, long life spring.
ing features: • When secured with proper cotter pin through the hole
• Designed with a 5:1 Design Factor. in the tip of hook, meets the intent of OSHA Rule
• Every Crosby Eye Hook has a pre-drilled cam which 1926.550 (g) for personnel hoisting.
can be equipped with a latch. Even years after pur- Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the prod-
chase of the original hook, latch assemblies can be uct which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK™ features:
added. Deformation Indicators —Two strategically placed marks,
• Eye hooks are load rated. one just below the shank or eye and the other on the
• Available in carbon steel and alloy steel. hook tip, which allows for a QUIC-CHECK™ measure-
ment to determine if the throat opening has changed,
QUIC-CHECK™: Hoist hooks incorporate two types of thus indicating abuse or overload.
strategically placed markings forged into the product To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to
which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK™ features: they are
Deformation Indicators and Angle Indicators measure the distance between the marks.The marks
should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on
The following additional features have been incorporated the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet
into the new Crosby S-320N Eye Hoist Hooks. (Sizes 3/4 this criteria, the hook should be inspected further for
ton Carbon thru 22 ton Alloy.) possible damage.
• A new cross section design (see inset drawing) that Angle Indicators—Indicates the maximum included angle
enhances the overall performance. which is allowed between two (2) sling legs in the hook.
• Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at These indicators also provide the opportunity to approxi-
20,000 cycles. mate other included angles between two sling legs.
• Can be proof tested to 2-1/2 times the Working Load NOTE: Eye Hooks (3/4 TC–22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye
Limit. Hooks (20 TC–60 TA), Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit.All carbon hooks -
average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.Alloy eye
• Can be Metric Rated at 5:1 Design Factor. hooks 1 ton through 22 ton—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times
• Low profile hook tip. Working Load Limit.Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons—average straighten-
ing load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit.All Alloy shank hooks -
• New integrated latch (S-4320) meets the World class average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit.All
standard for lifting. Bronze hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load
Limit.
• Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip.
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
5-5
HOIST HOOKS
Eye Hooks
Working Load Hook

Limit* (tons) Identification Code Stock No.
Crosby Crosby Crosby

Carbon Carbon Alloy Weight
S-320C S-320A CERTEX S-320-C CERTEX G-320-C CERTEX S-320-A Each
Carbon Alloy Carbon Alloy Cat. Ref. No. S.C. Cat. Ref. No. Galv. Cat. Ref. No. S.C. (lbs.)
3/4† 1† DC DA CX05-0053 1022200 CX05-0066 1022208 CX05-0075 1022375 .61
1† 1-1/2† FC FA CX05-0054 1022211 CX05-0067 1022219 CX05-0076 1022386 .89
1-1/2† 2† GC GA CX05-0055 1022222 CX05-0068 1022230 CX05-0077 1022397 1.44
2† 3† HC HA CX05-0056 1022233 CX05-0069 1022241 CX05-0078 1022406 2.07
3† 5† IC IA CX05-0057 1022244 CX05-0070 1022249 CX05-0079 1022419 4.30
5† 7† JC JA CX05-0058 1022255 CX05-0071 1022262 CX05-0080 1022430 8.30
7-1/2† 11† KC KA CX05-0059 1022264 CX05-0072 1022274 CX05-0081 1022441 15.00
10† 15† LC LA CX05-0060 1022277 CX05-0073 1022285 CX05-0082 1022452 21.60
15† 22† NC NA CX05-0061 1022288 CX05-0074 1022296 CX05-0083 1022465 39.50
20 30 OC OA CX05-0062 1023289 — — CX05-0084 1023546 60.00
25 37 PC PA CX05-0063 1023305 — — CX05-0085 1023564 105.00
5 30
40
45
60
SC
TC
SA
TA
CX05-0064
CX05-0065
1023323
1023341
—
—
—
—
CX05-0086
CX05-0087
1023582
1023608
148.00
228.00
† New 320N Style Hook. Utilizes S-4320 Latch Kit only.
* See NOTE at end of product.
Working Load Dimensions

Limit* (in.) Deformation
(tons) Indicator
Carbon Alloy A B C D F G H J K M O P Q T AA
3/4 † 1† 4.42 1.47 3.34 2.83 1.25 .73 .81 .90 .63 .56 .89 2.00 .75 .87 1.50
1† 1-1/2 † 5.07 1.75 3.81 3.11 1.38 .84 .94 .93 .71 .63 .91 2.24 .91 .98 2.00
1-1/2 † 2† 5.64 2.13 4.14 3.53 1.50 1.00 1.16 1.00 .88 .75 1.00 2.50 1.13 1.03 2.00
2† 3† 6.39 2.41 4.69 3.97 1.63 1.13 1.32 1.13 .94 .85 1.09 2.82 1.25 1.16 2.00
3† 5† 7.90 2.94 5.77 4.81 2.00 1.44 1.63 1.47 1.31 1.13 1.36 3.51 1.56 1.53 2.50
5† 7† 10.09 3.81 7.37 6.27 2.50 1.81 2.06 1.75 1.66 1.38 1.61 4.52 2.00 1.96 3.00
7-1/2 † 11 † 12.43 4.66 9.07 7.45 3.00 2.25 2.63 2.29 1.88 1.63 2.08 5.40 2.44 2.47 4.00
10 † 15 † 13.94 5.38 10.08 8.30 3.25 2.59 2.94 2.50 2.19 1.94 2.27 6.00 2.84 2.62 4.00
15 † 22 † 17.09 6.63 12.53 10.30 4.25 3.00 3.50 3.30 2.69 2.38 3.02 6.93 3.50 2.83 5.00
20 †† 30 †† 19.47 7.00 14.06 13.62 5.00 3.62 4.62 4.00 3.00 — 3.25 8.78 3.50 3.44 6.50
25 †† 37 †† 24.81 8.50 18.19 14.06 5.38 4.56 5.00 4.25 3.62 — 3.00 11.38 4.50 3.88 7.00
30 †† 45 †† 27.44 9.31 20.12 15.44 6.00 5.06 5.50 4.75 3.72 — 3.38 12.63 4.94 4.75 8.00
40 †† 60 †† 32.31 10.75 23.72 18.50 7.00 6.00 6.50 5.75 4.44 — 4.12 14.81 5.69 5.69 10.00
† New 320N Style Hook.
†† S-320 Style Hook.
5-6
HOIST HOOKS
Swivel Hooks
Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product

which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK™ features:
Deformation Indicators—
Two strategically placed
marks, one just below the
shank or eye and the other
S-322 on the hook tip, which
allows for a QUIC-CHECK™
measurement to determine
if the throat opening has
changed, thus indicating
Patented abuse or overload.
trademark To check, use a measuring
indicates device (i.e., tape measure)
QUIC-CHECK™ to measure the distance • Proper design, careful forging, and
product. between marks. The marks
should align to either an precision controlled quench and tem- 5
inch or half-inch increment pering gives maximum strength with-
on the measuring device. If out excessive weight and bulk.
the measurement does not • Every Crosby Swivel hoist hook has a
meet this criteria, the hook pre-drilled cam which can be equip-
should be inspected further ped with a latch. Simply purchase the
for possible damage. latch assemblies listed and shown
• Forged—Quenched and beginning on page 5-17. Even years
Tempered. after purchase of the original hook,
latch assemblies can be added.
• Load rating codes stamped on each
Angle Indicators—Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed hook. 322 Swivel Hooks use the same
between two (2) sling legs in the hook.These indicators also provide the load rating code as 319 Shank Hooks,
opportunity to approximate other included angles between two sling legs. see page 5-3 for proper Hook
Identification Codes.
U.S. Patents 5,381,650 & 5,193,480 & 5,103,755 and foreign equivalents.
Working
Load Limit* Dimensions
(Tons) (in.)
Crosby Crosby Weight Deformation
CERTEX 322 CN CERTEX 322 AN Each Indicator
322C 322A Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. (lbs.) A B C D F G H J K L M O† R S AA
3/4 1 CX05-0088 1048600 CX05-0096 1048804 .75 2.00 .82 1.25 2.86 1.25 .75 .81 .93 .63 5.66 .56 .89 4.53 .38 1.50
1 1-1/2 CX05-0089 1048609 CX05-0097 1048813 1.25 2.50 1.25 1.50 3.15 1.38 .84 .94 .97 .71 6.71 .63 .91 5.37 .50 2.00
1-1/2 2 CX05-0090 1048618 CX05-0098 1048822 2.25 3.00 1.50 1.75 3.59 1.50 1.00 1.16 1.06 .88 7.75 .75 1.00 6.12 .63 2.00
2 3 CX05-0091 1048627 CX05-0099 1048831 2.30 3.00 1.50 1.75 3.99 1.62 1.13 1.31 1.19 .94 8.25 .85 1.09 6.50 .63 2.00
3 4-1/2 CX05-0092 1048636 CX05-0100 1048837 4.96 3.50 1.64 2.00 4.84 2.00 1.44 1.63 1.50 1.31 9.69 1.13 1.36 7.50 .75 2.50
5 7 CX05-0093 1048645 CX05-0101 1048854 10.29 4.50 2.29 2.50 6.27 2.50 1.81 2.06 1.78 1.66 12.47 1.38 1.61 9.66 1.00 3.00
7-1/2 11 CX05-0094 1048654 CX05-0102 1048865 16.18 5.00 2.37 2.75 7.54 3.00 2.25 2.63 2.41 1.88 14.54 1.63 2.08 11.16 1.13 4.00
10 15 CX05-0095 1048663 CX05-0103 1048877 23.25 5.62 2.48 3.12 8.33 3.25 2.59 2.94 2.62 2.19 16.09 1.94 2.27 12.00 1.25 4.00
15 22 CX05-0653 1048672 CX05-0104 1048886 47.00 7.10 3.76 4.10 10.38 4.25 3.00 3.50 3.41 2.69 21.22 2.38 3.02 16.59 1.50 5.00
— 30 — — CX05-0105 1025688 70.50 7.00 3.75 4.00 13.62 – 3.66 – 4.00 2.86 23.22 2.86 3.25 18.06 1.50 6.50
322C—Carbon Steel 322A—Hook and Bail-Alloy Steel.

† Dimensions for hooks 3/4-ton carbon thru 22-ton alloy are for 4320 latch kit. Dimensions for hooks 30-ton alloy and larger are for PL latch kit.
* NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon swivel hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.
All Alloy swivel hooks—average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.5 times the Working Load Limit.
This hook is a positioning device and is not intended to rotate under load. For swivel hooks designed to rotate under load see page 5-29.
Use in salt water requires shank and nut inspection in accordance with A.S.M.E., B30.10–1.2.1(b)(2)(c) 1996.
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
5-7
HOIST HOOKS
• Positive Lock Latch is Self-Locking when

hook is loaded.
• Forged Alloy Steel — Quenched and
Tempered.
• Eye Style rated for both Wire Rope and
Grade 80/100 Chain.
• Meets ASTM A-952-96 and proposed
Euronorm standards for Grade 80 & 100
chain fittings.
• Fatigue rated.
• The SHUR-LOC® hook, if properly
installed and locked, can be used for
personnel lifting applications and meet
the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) (4) (iv) (B).
• G-414 Heavy Thimble should be used
with wire rope slings.
• Individually Proof Tested at 2 1/2 time
the Working Load Limit with certification.
• Trigger repair Kit available (S-4316).
Consist of spring, roll pin, and trigger.
5 • Designed with “Engineered Flat” to
connect to
Grade 8 chain fittings.
Wire Rope XIP IWRC

Chain Size Mechanical Splice
Grade 100 Alloy Chain
Working Load Limit * Working Load Limit * Weight
Certex S-1316 A (lbs.) Size (lbs.) Each
(In.) (mm) Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. 4:1 (in.) 5:1 (lbs.)
-- 6 CX05 - 0849 1022896 3200 5/16 2000 0.85
1/4 - 5/16 7-8 CX05 - 0850 1022914 5700 7/16 3800 1.81
3/8 10 CX05 - 0851 1022923 8800 1/2 5000 3.24
1/2 13 CX05 - 0852 1022932 15000 5/8 7800 5.96
5/8 16 CX05 - 0853 1022941 22600 7/8 15200 12.75
Chain Dimensions Engineered

Size (in.) Flat Size
Certex S-1316 A for S-325A
(In.) (mm) Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. A C D E J L (in.) - (mm)
-- 6 CX05 - 0849 1022896 .79 3.95 .79 2.60 .63 1.16 --
1/4-5/16",
1/4 - 5/16 7-8 CX05 - 0850 1022914 1.08 5.31 1.10 3.51 0.81 1.48 7-8mm
3/8 10 CX05 - 0851 1022923 1.30 6.51 1.17 4.39 0.94 2.21 3/8" , 10mm
1/2 13 CX05 - 0852 1022932 1.65 8.23 1.67 5.49 1.16 2.22 1/2" , 13mm
5/8 16 CX05 - 0853 1022941 2.20 10.06 2.04 6.55 1.50 2.65 5/8" , 16mm
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
5-8
OTHER HOOKS
NEWCO Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Sliding Choker Hooks
NEWCO sliding hooks afford faster handling on factory made slings for handling pipe, logging, machinery, and in steve- 5
doring. Its free movement permits rapid adjustment of the sling to varying sized loads.“Saddle is rounded to minimize
wear” Hook opening is large enough to take a galvanized plow steel thimble the same size as hook size.
All Choker Hooks manufactured by Newco Mfg. Co., Inc., used in any other way than the Choker Configuration, will not be warranteed.
Flat or Braided Sliding Hooks
CERTEX HOOK 6 WT. 8

Cat. Ref. No. NO. PARTS LBS. PARTS W.L.L. A B C D E F G H
CX05-0106 0 3/32 1 1/16 1,500 9/16 9/16 1/2 1 3/4 3/8 5/8 2 3/4 3 3/4
CX05-0107 1 1/8 1.4 3/32 2,600 11/16 11/16 5/8 2 7/16 11/16 3 1/8 4 1/4
CX05-0108 2 3/16 1.75 1/8 3,400 13/16 15/16 7/8 2 1/8 17/32 3/4 3 11/32 4 11/16
CX05-0109 3 — 3.25 3/16 5,100 1 3/16 1 1/4 1 1/16 2 3/4 5/8 15/16 3 31/32 5 5/8
CX05-0110 4 1/4 5 1/4 7,000 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 5/32 3 5/8 1 1/8 4 5/8 6 1/4
CX05-0111 5 5/16 6.5 5/16 13,000 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 7/16 3 1/8 3/4 1 3/8 5 1/16 7 3/16
CX05-0112 6 3/8 11 3/8 15,000 2 2 1 17/32 4 1/4 7/8 1 9/16 6 5/16 8 5/8
CX05-0113 7 7/16 26 7/16 23,000 2 5/16 2 5/16 1 3/4 5 5/8 1 1 3/4 8 11/16 11 5/8
CX05-0114 8 1/2-9/16 50 1/2 30,000 2 13/16 2 13/16 2 3/16 7 1 1/4 2 10 5/8 14 1/2
* Manganese Bronze Alloy
Round or Regular Sliding Hooks
CERTEX HOOK ROPE WT. THIMBLE

Cat. Ref. No. NO. SIZE LBS. W.L.L. SIZE A B C D E F G H
CX05-0115 1/4-5/16 1/4-5/16 1 1,500 1/4-5/16 9/16 9/16 1/2 1 3/4 3/8 5/8 2 3/4 3 3/4
CX05-0116 3/8 3/8 1.4 2,600 3/8 11/16 11/16 5/8 2 7/16 11/16 3 1/8 4 1/4
CX05-0117 1/2 1/2 1.85 3,400 1/2 3/4 3/4 7/8 2 1/8 1/2 3/4 3 5/8 4 13/16
CX05-0118 5/8 5/8 4 5,100 5/8 7/8 7/8 1 1/8 2 3/4 9/16 15/16 4 7/16 5 15/16
CX05-0119 3/4 3/4 4.5 8,000 3/4 1 1 1 1/8 3 1/8 11/16 1 1/4 4 11/16 6 7/16
CX05-0120 7/8-1 7/8-1 10 15,000 7/8-1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 4 1/4 7/8 1 9/16 6 1/16 8 1/8
CX05-0121 1 1/8-1 1/4 1 1/8-1 1/4 26 23,000 1 1/8-1 1/4 2 5/16 2 5/16 1 3/4 5 5/8 1 1 3/4 8 11/16 11 5/8
CX05-0122 1 3/8-1 1/2 1 3/8-1 1/2 50 30,000 1 3/8-1 1/2 2 13/16 2 13/16 2 3/8 7 1 1/4 2 10 5/8 14 1/2
* Manganese Bronze Alloy
5-9
OTHER HOOKS
Sliding Latch Type Choker Hooks
This hook is designed to choke a secure hold on a load in position.A latch prevents the eye of the sling from disen-
gaging from the hook.
Sizes available 3/8” thru 3/4”.
Latch Kits Available
CERTEX HOOK ROPE WT. THIMBLE

5 Cat. Ref. No.
CX05-0123
NO.
S 3/8
SIZE
3/8
LBS.
1 1/4
W.W.L.
2,600
SIZE
3/8
A
11/16
B
11/16
C
5/8
D
2
E
7/16
R
11/16
F G
3 1/8
H
4 1/4
CX05-0124 S 1/2 1/2 1 3/4 3,400 1/2 3/4 3/4 7/8 2 1/8 1/2 3/4 3 5/8 4 13/16
CX05-0125 S 5/8 5/8 3 1/4 5,100 5/8 7/8 7/8 1 1/8 2 3/4 9/16 15/16 4 7/16 5 15/16
CX05-0126 S 3/4 3/4 5 8,000 3/4 1 1 1 1/8 3 1/8 11/16 1 1/4 4 11/16 6 7/16
Crosby
Sliding Choker Hooks
A-350
• Forged Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered.
Single Eight Crosby Dimensions

Part Part A-350 Working (in.)
Rope Rope Stock Load Weight
Size Size No. Limit* Each
(in.) (in.) CERTEX S.C. (lbs.) (lbs.)
Cat. Ref. No. A B C D E F G H L P R
3/8 — CX05-0127 1028042 2500 .77 2.06 1.13 .63 2.41 .63 .38 .84 .91 4.28 2.59 .63
1/2 1/8 CX05-0128 1028060 3300 1.19 2.25 1.31 .75 2.97 .78 .50 .97 1.06 4.97 3.09 .75
† 5/8 3/16 CX05-0129 1028088 5000 2.89 3.06 1.63 .75 3.56 .94 .56 1.13 1.31 6.38 3.88 1.00
† 5/8 3/16 CX05-0130 1028104 5000 2.70 3.06 1.63 1.00 3.56 .94 .56 1.13 1.31 6.38 4.00 1.13
† 3/4 1/4 CX05-0131 1028122 8000 2.95 3.38 2.13 1.00 4.25 1.16 .63 1.44 1.63 7.66 4.56 1.13
† 3/4 1/4 CX05-0132 1028140 8000 5.00 3.38 2.13 1.44 4.25 1.16 .63 1.44 1.63 7.66 4.78 1.13
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

† When ordering, EYE diameter "C" should be specified.
5-10
OTHER HOOKS
Snap Hooks
G-3315
• Forged Carbon Steel — Quenched and Tempered.

• Pressed steel latches and stainless steel springs, bolts and nuts.
• For replacement latch kit, order Stock No. 9900299.
5
Crosby
G-3315 Working Dimensions
Hook Stock Load Weight (in.)
Size CERTEX No. Limit* Each
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.)
A B C D E F L R
7/16 CX05-0133 1023056 750 .23 .25 .75 .75 .44 2.25 .75 3.94 3.25
9/16 CX05-0134 1023074 1000 .52 .34 1.12 .81 .56 2.69 .88 4.75 3.84
Round Reverse Eye
1210
• Forged Carbon Steel — Galvanized.
Crosby Working Weight Dimensions

Size Stock No. Load Limit Each (in.)
CERTEX
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) Latch No. A B C D E F G H J R
1/2 CX05-0135 919019 300 0.4 1090027 .81 1.38 .28 .50 1.62 4.00 .75 2.25 .97 .47
5/8 CX05-0136 919037 400 0.6 1090027 .94 1.56 .31 .62 2.00 4.50 .94 2.75 1.22 .59
3/4 CX05-0137 919055 700 1.1 1090045 1.12 1.88 .38 .75 2.25 5.25 1.06 3.00 1.44 .69
7/8 CX05-0138 919073 1200 1.6 1090063 1.19 2.06 .44 .88 3.00 6.50 1.25 3.38 1.63 .75
1 - 1 1/8 CX05-0139 919091 1800 2.0 1090081 1.50 2.75 .62 1.12 3.50 8.00 1.50 4.38 2.00 .94
1 1/4 - 1 3/8 CX05-0140 919135 2700 5.5 1090081 1.88 3.50 .81 1.38 4.00 9.12 1.62 5.00 2.38 1.06
5-11
OTHER HOOKS
Barrel Hooks
• Forged Carbon Steel
Meets the performance requirements of Federal
Specification RR-C-271D,Type V, Class 6, except for those
provisions required of the contractor.
S-377
Crosby
Stock No. Working Dimensions
(Per Pair) Load Limit* Weight Each (in.)
S-377 Per Pair Per Pair
CERTEX S.C. (tons) (lbs.) I.D. O.D. Overall Width
Cat. Ref. No. of Eye of Eye Length of Lip
CX05-0141 1028248 1 3.56 1.56 2.81 5.00 2.88
5 * Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
Sorting Hook
• Forged Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered.
• Deep straight throat permits efficient handling of flat
plates or large cylindrical shapes.
• The long tapered point allows easy grab in rings, pear
links, eye bolts or lifting holes.
A-378
Working Working Dimensions

Load Limit* Load Limit* Crosby (in.)
at tip of at bottom of A-378 Weight Opening Radius at
Hook Hook CERTEX Stock No. Each I.D. Overall at top of bottom of
(tons) (tons) Cat. Ref. No. S.C. (lbs.) of Eye Length Hook Hook
2 7 1/2 CX05-0142 1028024 6.42 1.38 9.69 2.81 .625
* Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
5-12
HOOK LATCHES
S-4320 Hook Latch Kit
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4
Important — Instructions for Assembling S-4320 Latch on Crosby 320N Hooks
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Steps 4, 5, & 6 Step 7 — For Personnel

Place hook at approxi- Position coils of spring Position latch to side of 4. Line up holes in Lifting
mately a 45 degree over cam with legs of hook points. Slide latch latch with hook cam. With latch in closed
angle with the cam up. spring pointing toward onto spring legs 5. Insert bolt through position and rigging
point of hook and loop between lockplate and latch, spring, and cam. resting in bowl of
of spring positioned latch body until latch is 6.Tighten self-locking hook, insert cotter pin
down and lying against partially over hook nut on one end of bolt. through hook tip and
the hook. cam.Then depress latch secure by bending
and spring until latch prongs.
clears point of hook.
WARNING
• Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not
followed.
• Hook must always support the load.The load must never be
supported by the latch.
• See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) for personnel hoisting by crane
or Derricks.A Crosby S-320N Hook with a S-4320 latch
attached (When secured with cotter pin) may be used for
lifting personnel.
• A S-4320 Latch is only to be used with a Crosby S-320N Hook.
• Read and understand these instructions before using hook
and latch.
5-13
HOOK LATCHES
S-4320 Hook Latch Kit
(For Crosby 319N, 320N, and 322N Hooks) • Latches are intended to retain loose sling or devices
under slack conditions.
• Latches are not intended to be an anti-fouling device.
Read & Follow
• When using latch for personnel lifting, select proper
• Always inspect cotter pin (See Figure 5). See Step 7 below for proper
hook and latch installation instructions.
before using.
• Never reuse a bent cotter pin.
• Never use a latch
that is distorted or • Never use a cotter pin with a smaller diameter or
bent. different length than recommended in Figure 5.
• Always make sure • Never use a nail, a welding rod, wire, etc., in place
spring will force of recommended cotter pin.
the latch against • Always ensure cotter pin is bent so as not to inter-
the tip of the hook. fere with sling operation.
• Always make sure hook supports the load. The latch • Periodically inspect cotter pin for corrosion and
must never support the load. (See Figure 1 & 2.) general adequacy.
• When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the Hook Working Hook Recommended
angle between the legs is less than 90° and if the hook Load Limit† Identification Cotter Pin Dimensions
or load is tilted, nothing bears against the bottom of
5 this latch. (See Figure 3 & 4.) Carbon
(tons)
Alloy Carbon
Code
Alloy Diameter
(in.)
Length
3/4 1 DC DA 1/8 3/4
1 1 1/2 FC FA 1/8 3/4
1 1/2 2 GC GA 1/8 1
2 3 HC HA 3/16 1 1/4
3 5 IC IA 1/4 1 1/2
5 7 JC JA 5/16 2
7 1/2 11 KC KA 5/16 2
10 15 LC LA 3/8 3
15 22 NC NA 3/8 3
† The current SS-4055 latch kit and the PL latch will not fit new 319N, 320N,
or 322N hooks. They will continue to be offered in both styles to service
existing hooks. Important – The new S4320 latch kit will not fit the old 319,
320, or 322 hooks.
Figure 5
IMPORTANT — Instructions for Assembling S-4320 Latch on Crosby 320N Hooks
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Steps 4, 5 & 6 Step 7 —

Place hook at approxi- Position coils of spring Position latch to side of 4. Line up holes in latch For Personnell Lifting
mately a 45 degree angle over cam with legs of hook points. Slide latch with hook cam. With latch in closed posi-
with the cam up. spring pointing toward onto spring legs between 5. Insert bolt through tion and rigging resting
point of hook and loop lockplate and latch body latch, spring, and cam. in bowl of hook, insert
of spring positioned until latch is partially over cotter pin through hook
down and lying against hook cam. Then depress 6. Tighten self-locking nut
on one end of bolt. tip and secure by bend-
the hook. latch and spring until ing prongs.
latch clears point of hook.
WARNING
• Loads may disengage from hook if proper procedures are not followed.
• Hook must always support the load. The load must never be supported by the latch.
• See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) for personnel hoisting by crane or Derricks. A Crosby S-319N, S-320N, S-322N
Hook with an S-4320 latch attached (When secured with cotter pin) may be used for lifting personnel.
• An S-4320 Latch is only to be used with a Crosby S-319N, S-320N and S-322N Hook.
• DO NOT use this latch in applications requiring non sparking.
• Read and understand these instructions before using hook and latch.
5-14
HOOK LATCHES
Crosby S-4320 Latch Kit
S-4320
Latch Kits shipped unassembled and individually packaged with
instructions.
Replacement Latch Kit for New 320N Hooks

• Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip. 5
• High cycle, long life spring.
• Can be made into a “Positive Locking” Hook when proper cotter pin is utilized.
IMPORTANT: The new S-4320 Latch Kit will not fit the old style 320 and 319 hooks.
Crosby
Hook Size CERTEX S-4320 Weight Dimensions
(Tons) Cat. Ref. Stock Each (in.)
Carbon Alloy No. No. (lbs.) A B C D E
3/4 1 CX05-0143 1096325 .03 .94 .50 .20 .15 1.44
1 1 1/2 CX05-0144 1096374 .04 1.00 .54 .22 .17 1.56
1 1/2 2 CX05-0145 1096421 .04 1.09 .63 .23 .17 1.66
2 3 CX05-0146 1096468 .06 1.21 .66 .28 .17 1.91
3 5 CX05-0147 1096515 .10 1.53 .83 .35 .20 2.31
5 7 CX05-0148 1096562 .15 1.88 1.04 .44 .20 2.88
7 1/2 11 CX05-0149 1096609 .28 2.38 1.25 .53 .27 3.44
10 15 CX05-0150 1096657 .33 2.62 1.35 .59 .27 3.81
15 22 CX05-0151 1096704 .84 3.44 1.66 .66 .39 5.18
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
5-15
HOOK LATCHES
Crosby Model PL Hook Latch Kit
Right Wrong Right Wrong

IMPORTANT – Instructions for Assembling Model PL Latch on Crosby or McKissick Hooks
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Steps 4, 5, & 6 Step 7 — For Personnel

Place hook at approxi- Position coils of spring Position latch to side of 4. Line up holes in Lifting
mately a 45 degree over cam with legs of hook points. Slide latch latch with hook cam. With latch in closed
angle with the cam up. spring pointing toward onto spring legs 5. Insert bolt through position and rigging
point of hook and loop between lockplate and latch, spring, and cam. resting in bowl of
of spring positioned latch body until latch is 6.Tighten self-locking hook, insert bolt
down and lying against partially over hook nut on one end of bolt. through latch and
the hook. cam.Then depress latch secure with nut and
and spring until latch cotter pin.When bolt,
clears point of hook. nut and cotter pin are
not being used, store
them in a designated
place upon the person-
nel platform.
Read & Follow
• Always inspect hook and latch before using.
• Never use a latch that is distorted or bent.
• Always make sure spring will force the latch against the tip of the hook.
• Always make sure hook supports the load.The latch must never support the load. (See Figure 1 & 2.)
• When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the angle between the legs is less than 90° and if the hook or
load is tilted, nothing bears against the bottom of this latch. (See Figure 3 & 4.)
• Latches are intended to retain loose sling or devices under slack conditions.
* The Model PL Latch Replaces Model G-5066
WARNING
followed.
• See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) for Personnel Hoisting by Cranes
or Derricks.A Crosby or McKissick Hook with a positive
Locked PL or S-4320 Latch may be used to Lift Personnel.
and latch.
5-16
HOOK LATCHES
Positive Locking Flapper Latch
PL Latch
(Patented in U.S.A. & Canada)
Latch Ordering Instructions

1. Specify PL latch kit stock number from chart below. 5
2. Specify capacity of hook to which latch will be assembled.
3. Specify hook material (carbon or alloy).
• Heavy duty latch with easy operating features.
• Hot Dip galvanized.
• Flapper lever indicates locked or unlocked position.
• Assembly instructions included with each latch.
• Meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) (when secured with the bolt, nut and pin) for lifting personnel.
* NOTE:The PL latch will not work on 320N Hooks.
Hook Size Crosby Weight Dimensions

(tons) PL Latch Kit Each (in.)
CERTEX
Carbon Alloy Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. (lbs.) A B C D E F
3 4 1/2 CX05-0152 1093711 .54 2.57 2.34 1.94 .56 1.13 2.00
5 7 CX05-0153 1093712 .66 3.00 2.34 2.00 .63 1.38 2.22
7 1/2 11 CX05-0154 1093713 1.00 3.63 2.77 2.38 .63 1.63 2.38
10 15 CX05-0155 1093714 1.25 4.00 3.22 2.69 .63 1.88 3.38
15 22 CX05-0156 1093715 2.96 5.31 4.00 2.91 .84 2.38 3.44
20 30 CX05-0157 1093716 4.05 6.00 4.44 3.19 1.06 2.88 4.25
25 37 CX05-0158 1093717 8.63 7.00 6.63 4.06 2.24 4.50 6.12
30 45 CX05-0159 1093718 10.00 6.75 7.00 4.03 2.24 4.75 6.38
40 60 CX05-0160 1093719 14.30 8.00 7.66 4.38 3.46 5.50 7.25
50 75 CX05-0161 1093720 27.00 9.88 8.19 5.13 3.38 6.50 8.88
— 100 - 150 CX05-0162 1093721 33.25 10.88 11.06 6.38 3.38 7.50 10.00
— 200 CX05-0163 1093723 45.00 11.88 11.19 6.38 3.38 8.75 11.25
— 300 CX05-0164 1093724 55.00 12.50 12.19 8.00 3.38 9.75 13.00
Patented in USA & Canada
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
5-17
HOOK LATCHES
Hook Latch Kit
Right Wrong Right Wrong

IMPORTANT – Instructions for Assembling SS-4055 Latch on Crosby Hooks
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Steps 4, 5, & 6

Place hook at approximately a Position coils of spring over Position latch over tines of 4. Line up holes in latch with
45 degree angle with a cam up. cam with tines of spring spring with ears partially over hook cam.
pointing toward point of hook hook cam. Swing latch to one 5. Insert bolt through latch,
and loop of spring positioned side of hook, point and spring, and cam.
down and lying against the depress latch and spring until 6.Tighten self-locking nut on
hook. latch clears point of hook. one end of bolt.

Read and Follow
• Always inspect hook and latch before using.
• Never use a latch that is distorted or bent.
• Always make sure spring will force the latch against the tip of the hook.
• Always make sure hook supports the load.The latch must never support the load. (See Figure 1 & 2)
• When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the angle between legs is small enough and the legs are not tilt-
ed so that nothing bears against the bottom of the latch. (See Figure 3 & 4)
• Latches are intended to retain loose sling or devices under slack conditions.
WARNING
followed.
• See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g)(4)(iv)(B).A hook and this style
latch must not be used for lifting personnel.
and latch.
5-18
HOOK LATCHES
Crosby Latch Kit
SS-4055
• Stainless steel construction with cadmium plated steel nuts.

• Shipped packaged and unassembled.
• Instructions included for easy field assembly. 5
LATCH ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS
1. Specify latch kit stock number.
2. Specify capacity of hook to which latch will be assembled.
3. Specify hook material (carbon or alloy).
* NOTE: These latches will not work on 320N Hooks
Crosby
Hook Size CERTEX SS-4055 Weight Dimensions
(tons) Cat. Ref. Stock Each (in.)
Carbon Alloy Bronze No. No. (lbs.) A B C D
3/4 1 .5 CX05-0165 1090027 .02 .38 .16 1.44 .59
1 1 1/2 .6 CX05-0166 1090045 .02 .38 .16 1.60 .59
1 1/2 - 2 2-3 1.0 - 1.4 CX05-0167 1090063 .03 .47 .19 1.84 .82
3 4 1/2 2.0 CX05-0168 1090081 .06 .56 .17 2.41 1.00
5 7 3.5 CX05-0169 1090107 .11 .58 .20 2.97 1.21
7 1/2 -10 11 - 15 5.0 - 6.5 CX05-0170 1090125 .17 .59 .27 3.66 1.50
15 22 10.0 CX05-0171 1090143 .39 .83 .39 4.94 1.90
20 30 — CX05-0172 1090161 .63 .94 .52 5.88 2.56
25 - 30 37 - 45 — CX05-0173 1090189 1.12 2.19 .39 6.50 3.84
40 60 — CX05-0174 1090205 1.77 3.31 .52 7.88 4.12
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
5-19
HOOK LATCHES
Alloy Hook Latch Kit
S-4088
To be used on A-327 and A-339 Grade 8 Sling Hooks
Hook Crosby Dimensions

Chain CERTEX S-4088 Weight (in.)
5 Size Cat. Ref.
No.
Stock Each
A B C D
(in.) No. (lbs.)
9/32 (1/4) CX05-0175 1090250 .06 .78 .16 2.03 .94
3/8 CX05-0176 1090251 .14 1.06 .19 2.62 1.25
1/2 CX05-0177 1090252 .15 1.06 .19 2.94 1.25
5/8 CX05-0178 1090253 .15 1.06 .19 3.09 1.25
3/4 CX05-0179 1090254 .15 1.31 .26 4.12 1.62
7/8 CX05-0180 1090255 .15 1.56 .26 4.56 1.75
Latch Kits shipped unassembled and individually packaged with instructions.
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
5-20
ANGULAR CONTACT BEARING SWIVELS
AS-1 Jaw & Hook
AS-1
• Angular contact bearings maximize efficiency, reliabili-

ty and service life of swivel and extend the life of the Thimble Insert
wire rope. When terminating with wire rope clips, we recom-
• Designed for high rotation speed: Lower torque mend the use of the Thimble Insert.The result will
required to initiate rotation. be extended wire rope life.
• Individually Proof Tested to 2 times the Working Load • Allows standard swivel to be used in application
Limit with certification. requiring a thimble fitting.
• Hook models utilize genuine Crosby hooks which are • For use with our Bullet Style (AS-7) and Jaw Style
forged alloy steel, Quenched and Tempered and con- (AS-1,AS-2,AS-3 & AS-4) swivels.
tain the patented QUIC-CHECK™ markings. • Machined from carbon steel.
• Design Factor of 5 to 1. • Zinc plated.
• Entire swivel is Zinc plated to resist corrosion.
Wire Rope CERTEX AS-20
Size (in.) Cat. Ref. No. Stock No.
1/2 CX05-0700 1038200
5/8 CX05-0701 1038209
3/4 CX05-0702 1038218
7/8 - 1 CX05-0703 1038227
1 1/8 -1 1/4 CX05-0704 1038236
1 1/2 CX05-0705 1038245
AS-1 JAW & HOOK Dimensions

(in.)
Working Wire Crosby

Load Line AS-1 Weight Deformation
Limit* Size CERTEX Stock Each Indicator
(tons) (in.) Cat. Ref. No. No. (lbs.) A B C D E F G H I AA
.45 1/8 CX05-0181 1016001 .7 .88 .25 .25 .38 .41 4.25 2.88 .88 .75 1.50
.75 1/4 CX05-0182 1016010 1.5 1.31 .38 .31 .44 .56 5.38 3.19 .97 .84 1.50
1.5 3/8 CX05-0183 1016025 2.5 1.63 .50 .50 .69 .78 6.25 4.09 1.13 1.13 1.50
3.0 1/2 CX05-0184 1016026 6.0 2.00 .75 .75 .94 1.19 8.63 4.94 1.06 1.44 2.50
5.0 5/8 CX05-0185 1016040 11.8 2.50 .88 1.00 1.13 1.53 10.69 6.50 1.81 1.81 3.00
8.5 3/4 CX05-0186 1016045 24.0 3.00 1.19 1.56 1.34 2.09 13.69 8.69 1.91 2.59 4.00
10 7/8 CX05-0187 1016056 53.0 4.00 1.50 1.75 1.75 3.50 17.75 11.00 2.75 3.00 5.00
15 1 CX05-0188 1016064 53.0 4.00 1.50 1.75 1.75 3.50 17.75 11.00 2.75 3.00 5.00
25 1 1/4 CX05-0189 1016075 97.0 5.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 3.69 20.88 13.63 3.38 3.63 6.50
35 1 1/2 CX05-0190 1016082 140.0 5.00 2.00 2.00 2.38 3.69 24.00 14.06 3.00 4.56 7.00
5-21
AS-2 Jaw & Jaw
AS-2
AS-2 JAW & JAW Dimensions

(in.)
Working Wire Crosby

Load Line AS-2 Weight
Limit* Size CERTEX Stock Each
(tons) (in.) Cat. Ref. No. No. (lbs.) A B C D E F G H
.45 1/8 CX05-0191 1016103 .5 .88 2.38 3.13 .38 .25 .25 .19 .41
5 .75 1/4 CX05-0192 1016114 1.0 1.31 3.56 4.44 .44 .31 .38 .22 .56
1.5 3/8 CX05-0193 1016122 2.0 1.63 4.06 5.44 .69 .50 .50 .28 .78
3.0 1/2 CX05-0194 1016131 4.5 2.00 6.25 8.13 .94 .75 .75 .38 1.19
5.0 5/8 CX05-0195 1016139 9.5 2.50 7.75 10.63 1.13 1.00 .88 .53 1.53
8.5 3/4 CX05-0196 1016148 15.0 3.00 9.63 12.31 1.34 1.56 1.19 .56 2.09
10 7/8 CX05-0197 1016157 40.0 4.00 14.00 17.50 1.75 1.75 1.50 .81 3.50
15 1 CX05-0198 1016166 40.0 4.00 14.00 17.50 1.75 1.75 1.50 .81 3.50
25 1 1/4 CX05-0199 1016175 78.0 5.00 15.94 20.69 2.38 2.00 2.03 1.13 3.69
35 1 1/2 CX05-0200 1016184 78.0 5.00 15.94 20.69 2.38 2.00 2.03 1.13 3.69
AS-3 Jaw & Eye
AS-3
AS-3 JAW & EYE Dimensions

(in.)
Working Wire Crosby

(tons) (in.) Cat. Ref. No. No. (lbs.) A B C D E F G H I J K L
.45 1/8 CX05-0201 1016205 .5 .88 2.50 3.25 .25 .19 .25 .38 .41 .25 .25 .38 .84
.75 1/4 CX05-0202 1016216 1.0 1.31 3.69 4.56 .31 .22 .38 .44 .56 .31 .38 .44 .88
1.5 3/8 CX05-0203 1016224 2.0 1.63 4.19 5.44 .50 .28 .50 .69 .78 .50 .66 .63 1.38
3.0 1/2 CX05-0204 1016232 4.0 2.00 6.19 8.13 .75 .38 .75 .94 1.19 .75 .91 1.00 2.00
5.0 5/8 CX05-0205 1016243 9.0 2.50 7.88 10.19 1.00 .53 .88 1.13 1.50 1.00 1.25 1.19 2.63
8.5 3/4 CX05-0206 1016250 15.0 3.00 9.50 12.25 1.56 .56 1.25 1.34 2.09 1.25 1.41 1.50 3.13
10 7/8 CX05-0207 1016259 40.0 4.00 13.75 17.31 1.75 .81 1.50 1.75 3.50 2.00 1.63 1.81 4.69
15 1 CX05-0208 1016268 40.0 4.00 13.44 17.31 1.75 .81 1.50 1.75 3.50 2.00 2.00 2.13 4.69
25 1 1/4 CX05-0209 1016277 75.0 5.00 16.00 20.75 2.00 1.13 2.00 2.38 3.69 2.25 2.31 2.38 5.25
35 1 1/2 CX05-0210 1016286 75.0 5.00 16.00 20.75 2.00 1.13 2.00 2.38 3.69 2.25 2.31 2.38 5.25
5-22
AS-4 Eye & Jaw
AS-4
AS-4 EYE & JAW Dimensions

(in.)
Working Wire Crosby

(tons) (in.) Cat. Ref. No. No. (lbs.) A B C D E F G H I J K L
.45 1/8 CX05-0211 1016306 .5 .88 2.50 3.25 .25 .19 .25 .38 .41 .25 .25 .38 .81
.75 1/4 CX05-0212 1016314 1.0 1.31 3.63 4.56 .31 .22 .38 .44 .56 .31 .38 .44 .88 5
1.5 3/8 CX05-0213 1016325 2.0 1.63 4.19 5.50 .50 .28 .50 .69 .78 .50 .66 .63 1.34
3.0 1/2 CX05-0214 1016332 4.3 2.00 6.19 8.13 .75 .38 .75 .94 1.19 .75 .91 1.00 2.00
5.0 5/8 CX05-0215 1016343 9.0 2.50 7.88 10.19 1.00 .53 .88 1.13 1.44 1.00 1.25 1.19 2.63
8.5 3/4 CX05-0216 1016352 15.0 3.00 9.44 12.25 1.56 .56 1.19 1.34 2.09 1.25 1.41 1.50 3.13
10 7/8 CX05-0217 1016361 39.0 4.00 14.13 17.75 1.75 .81 1.50 1.75 3.50 1.72 1.66 1.81 4.69
15 1 CX05-0218 1016370 40.0 4.00 13.81 17.75 1.75 .81 1.50 1.75 3.50 2.00 2.03 2.13 4.69
25 1 1/4 CX05-0219 1016375 75.0 5.00 15.94 20.75 2.00 1.13 2.31 2.38 3.69 2.25 2.31 2.38 5.25
35 1 1/2 CX05-0220 1016379 75.0 5.00 15.94 20.75 2.00 1.13 2.31 2.38 3.69 2.25 2.31 2.38 5.25
AS-5 Eye & Eye
AS-5
AS-5 EYE & EYE Dimensions

(in.)
Working Wire Crosby
(tons) (in.) Cat. Ref. No. No. (lbs.) A B C D E F G
.45 1/8 CX05-0221 1016409 .5 .88 2.63 3.38 .38 .25 .25 .81
.75 1/4 CX05-0222 1016418 1.0 1.31 3.75 4.63 .44 .31 .38 .88
1.5 3/8 CX05-0223 1016427 2.0 1.63 4.31 5.56 .63 .50 .66 1.34
3.0 1/2 CX05-0224 1016436 4.0 2.00 6.13 8.13 1.00 .75 .91 2.00
5.0 5/8 CX05-0225 1016445 8.5 2.50 7.75 10.63 1.19 1.00 1.25 2.63
8.5 3/4 CX05-0226 1016454 15.0 3.00 9.31 12.31 1.50 1.25 1.41 3.13
10 7/8 CX05-0227 1016463 37.0 4.00 13.88 17.50 1.81 1.72 1.63 4.69
15 1 CX05-0228 1016472 39.0 4.00 13.25 17.50 2.13 2.00 2.13 4.69
25 1 1/4 CX05-0229 1016481 72.0 5.00 16.00 20.75 2.38 2.25 2.31 5.25
35 1 1/2 CX05-0230 1016490 72.0 5.00 18.00 20.75 2.38 2.25 2.31 5.25
5-23
AS-6 Eye & Hook
AS-6
AS-6 EYE & HOOK Dimensions

(in.)
Working Wire Crosby
Load Line AS-6 Weight Deformation
Limit* Size CERTEX Stock Each Indicator
(tons) (in.) Cat. Ref. No. No. (lbs.) A B C D E F G H AA
.45 1/8 CX05-0231 1016502 1.0 .88 4.31 2.88 .88 .25 .81 .25 .75 1.50
5 .75 1/4 CX05-0232 1016513 1.5 1.31 5.50 3.19 .97 .38 .88 .31 .84 1.50
1.5 3/8 CX05-0233 1016520 2.0 1.63 6.13 4.09 1.13 .66 1.34 .50 1.13 1.50
3.0 1/2 CX05-0234 1016529 6.0 2.00 8.56 4.94 1.06 .91 2.00 .75 1.44 2.50
5.0 5/8 CX05-0235 1016538 11.5 2.50 10.75 6.50 1.81 1.25 2.63 1.00 1.81 3.00
8.5 3/4 CX05-0236 1016547 23.5 3.00 13.56 8.69 1.90 1.40 3.13 1.25 2.59 4.00
10 7/8 CX05-0237 1016556 52.0 4.00 17.88 11.00 2.75 1.66 4.69 1.72 3.00 5.00
15 1 CX05-0238 1016565 53.0 4.00 17.44 11.00 2.75 2.03 4.69 2.00 3.00 5.00
25 1 1/4 CX05-0239 1016574 94.0 5.00 20.88 13.63 3.38 2.34 5.25 2.25 3.63 6.50
35 1 1/2 CX05-0240 1016583 138.0 5.00 24.00 14.06 3.00 2.34 5.25 2.25 4.63 7.00
AS-7 Bullet Style Jaw & Jaw
AS-7
AS-7 BULLET STYLE Dimensions

JAW & JAW (in.)
Working Wire Crosby
(tons) (in.) Cat. Ref. No. No. (lbs.) A B C D E F G
.45 1/8 CX05-0241 1016604 .5 .88 2.38 3.13 .38 .25 .31 .40
.75 1/4 CX05-0242 1016611 1.0 1.31 3.56 4.44 .44 .31 .38 .56
1.5 3/8 CX05-0243 1016622 2.0 1.63 4.06 5.19 .56 .50 .44 .81
3.0 1/2 CX05-0244 1016631 4.0 2.00 5.44 7.06 .81 .75 .63 .94
5.0 5/8 CX05-0245 1016640 8.0 2.50 7.75 10.06 1.13 1.00 .88 1.56
8.5 3/4 CX05-0246 1016649 14.5 3.00 9.88 12.38 1.25 1.31 1.00 2.13
10 7/8 CX05-0247 1016652 40.0 4.00 13.13 16.75 1.75 1.75 1.50 3.25
15 1 CX05-0248 1016658 40.0 4.00 13.13 16.75 1.75 1.75 1.50 3.25
25 1 1/4 CX05-0249 1016662 84.0 5.00 15.94 20.75 2.38 2.00 2.00 3.69
35 1 1/2 CX05-0250 1016667 84.0 5.00 15.94 20.75 2.38 2.00 2.00 3.69
5-24
SWIVELS
Equipped with Tapered Roller Thrust Bearing
(For swiveling under loads)
Crosby Working Load Wire Rope

Swivel Number CERTEX Stock No. Limit* Size Weight Each
(type) Cat. Ref. No. S.C. (metric tons) (in.) (lbs.)
3-S-1 CX05-0251 297011 3 1/2 9.81
3-S-2 CX05-0252 297020 3 1/2 9.63
3-S-3 CX05-0253 297039 3 1/2 9.12
3-S-4 CX05-0254 297048 3 1/2 9.00
3-S-5 CX05-0255 297057 3 1/2 8.50
3-S-6 CX05-0256 297066 3 1/2 9.32
5-S-1 CX05-0257 297217 5 5/8 15.51
5-S-2 CX05-0258 297226 5 5/8 13.69
5-S-3 CX05-0259 297235 5 5/8 13.50
5-S-4 CX05-0260 297244 5 5/8 12.33
5-S-5 CX05-0261 297253 5 5/8 11.30
5-S-6 CX05-0262 297262 5 5/8 14.24
8 1/2-S-1 CX05-0263 297413 8 1/2 3/4 29.42
8 1/2-S-2 CX05-0264 297422 8 1/2 3/4 26.16
S-1
8 1/2-S-3
8 1/2-S-4
CX05-0265
CX05-0266
297431
297440
8 1/2
8 1/2
3/4
3/4
24.90
29.00
S-2
JAW & JAW
5
JAW & HOOK
8 1/2-S-5 CX05-0267 297459 8 1/2 3/4 29.25
8 1/2-S-6 CX05-0268 297468 8 1/2 3/4 32.00
10-S-1 CX05-0269 297618 10 7/8 46.75
10-S-2 CX05-0270 297627 10 7/8 45.75
10-S-3 CX05-0271 297636 10 7/8 43.50
10-S-4 CX05-0272 297645 10 7/8 44.00
10-S-5 CX05-0273 297654 10 7/8 42.00
10-S-6 CX05-0274 297663 10 7/8 45.50
15-S-1 CX05-0275 297814 15 1 73.75
15-S-2 CX05-0276 297823 15 1 62.75
15-S-3 CX05-0277 297832 15 1 61.00
15-S-4 CX05-0278 297841 15 1 61.00
15-S-5 CX05-0279 297850 15 1 49.00
15-S-6 CX05-0280 297869 15 1 63.00
25-S-1 CX05-0281 298118 25 — 140.00
25-S-2 CX05-0282 298127 25 — 140.00
25-S-3 CX05-0283 298136 25 — 135.00
25-S-4 CX05-0284 298145 25 — 135.00
S-4
S-3 25-S-5 CX05-0285 298154 25 — 130.00
EYE & JAW
JAW & EYE 25-S-6 CX05-0286 298163 25 — 135.00
35-S-1 CX05-0287 298216 35 — 220.00
35-S-2 CX05-0288 298225 35 — 155.00
35-S-3 CX05-0289 298234 35 — 150.00
35-S-4 CX05-0290 298243 35 — 150.00
35-S-5 CX05-0291 298252 35 — 145.00
35-S-6 CX05-0292 298261 35 — 215.00
45-S-1 CX05-0293 298314 45 — 251.00
45-S-2 CX05-0294 298323 45 — 235.00
45-S-3 CX05-0295 298332 45 — 225.00
45-S-4 CX05-0296 298341 45 — 225.00
45-S-5 CX05-0297 298350 45 — 215.00
45-S-6 CX05-0298 298369 45 — 270.00
* Individually Proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load
Limit.
S-6
S-5 EYE & HOOK
EYE & EYE
SWIVEL
5-25
SWIVELS
Equipped with Tapered Roller Thrust Bearing
S-1 S-2 S-3

JAW & HOOK JAW & JAW JAW & EYE
S-4 S-5 S-6

EYE & JAW EYE & EYE EYE & HOOK
• Designed to swivel under load.

• All swivels individually proof tested with certification.
• All hooks furnished with latches assembled.
• All jaws complete with bolts, nuts and cotter pins.
• Pressure lube fitting provided.
• NOT TO BE USED ON DEMOLITION (WRECKING) BALLS.
• Other types and capacities up to 600 tons, available to meet your requirements.
Working Dimensions
Load Limit* (in.)
(metric tons)
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T V O
3 11.38 9.28 9.34 9.41 11.44 4.94 2.75 .75 .88 1.62 1.38 1.34 1.31 1.44 .75 1.03 1.12 1.25 1.12 1.00
5 13.31 10.31 10.06 9.81 13.06 6.50 3.00 .88 1.00 2.25 1.78 1.69 1.62 1.81 1.00 1.28 1.25 1.25 1.38 1.12
8 1/2 16.44 12.62 12.25 11.88 16.06 7.56 4.00 1.00 1.56 2.81 2.12 2.06 2.12 2.25 1.25 1.41 1.62 1.50 1.62 1.38
10 19.72 16.75 16.12 15.50 19.09 8.69 4.50 1.50 1.75 3.38 2.56 2.25 3.50 2.59 1.69 1.69 2.75 1.88 1.94 1.75
15 22.00 17.12 16.75 16.38 21.62 11.00 5.00 1.50 1.75 3.38 2.88 3.00 3.50 3.00 1.94 2.03 2.75 2.12 2.38 1.75
25 26.78 20.75 21.50 22.25 27.53 13.62 6.00 2.00 2.00 4.62 3.44 3.62 3.69 3.66 2.25 2.31 3.88 2.38 3.00 2.38
35 29.94 20.75 21.50 22.25 30.69 14.06 6.50 2.00 2.00 4.62 3.88 3.75 3.69 4.56 2.25 2.31 3.88 2.38 3.19 2.38
45 35.06 25.25 25.88 26.50 35.69 15.44 7.00 2.25 2.50 5.00 4.75 4.25 4.00 5.06 2.50 2.53 4.00 3.00 3.25 3.00
* Individually Proof tested to 2 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
IMPORTANT – Crosby Swivels should only be used with the recommend-

ed wire rope. Contact the wire rope manufacturer for the proper wire rope to
be used with Crosby Swivels.
5-26
SWIVELS
Chain Swivels
G-401
Hot Dip Galvanized Quenched & Tempered
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications RR-C-271D,Type VII, Class 1 except for those provisions required of the contractor.
Crosby Dimensions
G-401 Working (in.)
Stock Load Weight
Size CERTEX No. Limit * Each
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) A B C D E G J M R T U V
1/4 CX05-0299 1016233 850 .13 1.25 .69 .75 .62 1.12 .25 .69 .31 2.25 2.75 1.69 1.25 5
5/16 CX05-0300 1016251 1250 .25 1.63 .81 1.00 .75 1.38 .31 .81 .38 2.72 3.34 2.06 1.47
3/8 CX05-0301 1016279 2500 .54 2.00 .94 1.25 1.00 1.75 .38 1.00 .50 3.44 4.19 2.50 1.88
1/2 CX05-0302 1016297 3600 1.12 2.50 1.31 1.50 1.25 2.25 .50 1.31 .63 4.25 5.25 3.19 2.44
5/8 CX05-0303 1016313 5200 2.09 3.00 1.56 1.75 1.50 2.75 .62 1.50 .75 5.13 6.31 3.88 2.94
3/4 CX05-0304 1016331 7200 3.09 3.50 1.75 2.00 1.75 3.25 .75 1.88 .88 5.78 7.22 4.94 3.46
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit
Regular Swivels
G-402
Hot Dip Galvanized
Quenched & Tempered
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications RR-C-271D,Type VII, Class 2, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
Crosby Dimensions
G-402 Working (in.)
Stock Load Weight
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) A B C D J M R S T
1/4 CX05-0305 1016019 850 .21 1.25 .69 .75 1.06 .69 .31 2.94 1.69 3.44
5/16 CX05-0306 1016037 1250 .39 1.63 .81 1.00 1.25 .81 .38 3.56 2.06 4.19
3/8 CX05-0307 1016055 2250 .71 2.00 .94 1.25 1.50 1.00 .50 4.31 2.50 5.06
1/2 CX05-0308 1016073 3600 1.32 2.50 1.31 1.50 2.00 1.31 .63 5.44 3.19 6.44
5/8 CX05-0309 1016091 5200 2.49 3.00 1.56 1.75 2.38 1.50 .75 6.56 3.88 7.81
3/4 CX05-0310 1016117 7200 4.02 3.50 1.75 2.00 2.63 1.88 .88 7.19 4.31 8.69
7/8 CX05-0311 1016135 10000 6.25 4.00 2.06 2.25 3.06 2.13 1.00 8.38 5.00 10.13
1 CX05-0312 1016153 12500 8.95 4.50 2.31 2.50 3.50 2.38 1.13 9.63 5.75 11.63
1 1/4 CX05-0313 1016199 18000 16.37 5.63 2.69 3.13 3.69 3.00 1.38 11.13 6.75 13.36
1 1/2 CX05-0314 1016215 45200 45.79 7.00 4.19 4.00 4.19 4.00 2.25 17.13 10.00 20.13
5-27
SWIVELS
The Crosby Group, Inc
Jaw End Swivels
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications RR-C-271D,Type

VII, Class 3, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
401, 402 and 403 swivels are positioning devices and are not intended to rotate G-403
under load. Hot Dip Galvanized
U.S. Patent 5,381,650 and foreign equivalents Quenched & Tempered
5 Crosby
G-403 Working
Dimensions
(in.)
Stock Load Weight
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) A B C G J K L M N P R T U V
1/4 CX05-0315 1016395 850 .21 1.25 .69 .75 .69 .69 .47 1.03 .31 .88 .25 2.63 3.38 1.69 1.69
5/16 CX05-0316 1016411 1250 .34 1.63 .81 1.00 .81 .81 .50 1.13 .38 .88 .31 2.94 3.88 2.06 1.81
3/8 CX05-0317 1016439 2250 .66 2.00 .94 1.25 1.00 1.00 .63 1.41 .50 1.06 .38 3.63 4.75 2.50 2.25
1/2 CX05-0318 1016457 3600 1.34 2.50 1.31 1.50 1.31 1.31 .75 1.75 .63 1.31 .50 4.50 6.06 3.19 2.88
5/8 CX05-0319 1016475 5200 2.48 3.00 1.56 1.75 1.63 1.50 .94 2.06 .75 1.50 .63 5.31 7.31 3.88 3.44
3/4 CX05-0320 1016493 7200 3.88 3.50 1.75 2.00 1.88 1.88 1.13 2.53 .88 1.75 .75 6.06 8.31 4.31 4.00
7/8 CX05-0321 1016518 10000 5.87 4.00 2.06 2.25 2.13 2.13 1.19 2.75 1.00 2.06 .88 7.00 9.53 5.00 4.53
1 CX05-0322 1016536 12500 9.84 4.50 2.31 2.50 2.63 2.38 1.75 3.72 1.13 2.81 1.13 8.56 11.69 5.75 5.94
1 1/4 CX05-0323 1016572 18000 15.75 5.69 2.69 3.13 3.13 3.00 2.06 4.31 1.50 2.81 1.38 9.44 13.13 6.75 6.38
1 1/2 CX05-0324 1016590 45200 54.75 7.00 4.19 4.00 5.63 4.00 2.88 6.00 2.25 4.44 2.25 14.74 20.84 10.00 10.84
5-28
WIRE ROPE THIMBLES
Standard Wire Rope Thimbles
G-411
Standard
• Recommended for light duty service.
• Hot Dip galvanized Steel.
G-411 meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-T-276b Type II, except for those provisions
Crosby
Rope G-411 Weight Dimensions
Dia Stock No. Per 100 (in.)
CERTEX
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) A B C D E F G H
1/8 CX05-0325 1037256 3.50 1.94 1.31 1.06 .69 .25 .16 .05 .13
3/16
1/4
CX05-0326
CX05-0327
1037274
1037292
3.50
3.50
1.94
1.94
1.31
1.31
1.06
1.06
.69
.69
.31
.38
.22
.28
.05
.05
.13
.13
5
5/16 CX05-0328 1037318 4.00 2.13 1.50 1.25 .81 .44 .34 .05 .13
3/8 CX05-0329 1037336 6.70 2.38 1.63 1.47 .94 .53 .41 .06 .16
1/2 CX05-0330 1037354 12.50 2.75 1.88 1.75 1.13 .69 .53 .08 .19
5/8 CX05-0331 1037372 34.50 3.50 2.25 2.38 1.38 .91 .66 .13 .34
3/4 CX05-0332 1037390 47.10 3.75 2.50 2.69 1.63 1.08 .78 .14 .34
7/8 CX05-0333 1037416 84.60 5.00 3.50 3.19 1.88 1.27 .94 .16 .44
1 CX05-0334 1037434 97.50 5.69 4.25 3.75 2.50 1.39 1.06 .16 .41
1 1/8 - 1 1/4 CX05-0335 1037452 175.00 6.25 4.50 4.31 2.75 1.75 1.31 .22 .50
Extra Heavy Wire Rope Thimbles
G-414 and SS-414
• A rugged rope thimble recommended for heavy duty service.

• Available in Hot Dip galvanized or Stainless Steel.
G-414 meets the performance requirements of Federal Specification FF-T-276b Type III, except for those provisions
Stock No. Dimensions

(in.)
Rope Crosby Crosby Weight

Dia. CERTEX G-414 CERTEX SS-414 Per 100
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. Cat. Ref. No. Stainless (lbs.) A B C D E F G H
* 1/4 CX05-0336 1037639 CX05-0353 1037960 6.50 2.19 1.63 1.50 .88 .41 .28 .06 .23
* 5/16 CX05-0337 1037657 CX05-0354 1037988 11.80 2.50 1.88 1.81 1.06 .50 .34 .08 .28
* 3/8 CX05-0338 1037675 CX05-0355 1038004 21.60 2.88 2.13 2.13 1.13 .63 .41 .11 .34
7/16 CX05-0339 1037693 — — 34.70 3.25 2.38 2.38 1.25 .72 .47 .13 .38
* 1/2 CX05-0340 1037719 CX05-0356 1038022 51.00 3.63 2.75 2.75 1.50 .81 .53 .14 .41
9/16 CX05-0341 1037737 — — 51.00 3.63 2.75 2.69 1.50 .88 .59 .14 .41
* 5/8 CX05-0342 1037755 CX05-0357 1038040 75.70 4.25 3.25 3.13 1.75 .97 .66 .16 .50
* 3/4 CX05-0343 1037773 CX05-0655 1038068 158.10 5.00 3.75 3.81 2.00 1.22 .78 .22 .66
7/8 CX05-0344 1037791 — — 177.80 5.50 4.25 4.25 2.25 1.38 .94 .22 .75
*1 CX05-0345 1037817 — — 313.90 6.13 4.50 4.94 2.50 1.56 1.06 .25 .88
1 1/8 -1 1/4 CX05-0346 1037835 — — 400.00 7.00 5.13 5.88 2.88 1.81 1.31 .25 1.13
1 1/4 - 1 3/8 CX05-0347 1037853 — — 811.00 9.06 6.50 6.81 3.50 2.19 1.44 .38 1.13
1 3/8 - 1 1/2 CX05-0348 1037871 — — 1294.80 9.00 6.25 7.13 3.50 2.56 1.56 .50 1.13
1 5/8 CX05-0349 1037899 — — 1700.00 11.25 8.00 8.13 4.00 2.72 1.72 .50 1.38
1 3/4 CX05-0350 1037915 — — 1775.00 12.19 9.00 8.50 4.50 2.84 1.84 .50 1.31
1 7/8 - 2 CX05-0351 1037933 — — 2775.00 15.13 12.00 10.38 6.00 3.09 2.09 .50 1.50
2 1/4 CX05-0352 1037951 — — 3950.00 17.13 14.00 11.88 7.00 3.63 2.38 .63 1.63
* SS-414 sizes available in stainless steel type 304.
5-29
WIRE ROPE THIMBLES
Solid Wire Rope Thimbles
• Fits pin for open wire rope socket, boom pendant clevis and wedge socket.
Rope Crosby Weight Dimensions
Dia. S-412 Each (in.)
(in.) CERTEX S.C. (lbs.)
Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. A B C D E F G H J K L
† 1/2 CX05-0358 1037121 .61 2.81 1.75 .25 1.06 .75 .56 .28 .88 2.13 1.63 1.56
† 5/8 CX05-0359 1037149 2.21 4.69 3.00 .38 1.31 1.06 .81 .41 1.13 3.38 2.25 2.56
† 3/4 CX05-0360 1037167 2.32 4.69 3.00 .38 1.50 1.06 .81 .41 1.38 3.38 2.25 2.56
† 7/8 CX05-0361 1037185 5.45 6.06 3.81 .50 1.75 1.38 1.06 .53 1.63 4.50 3.25 3.44
† 1 CX05-0362 1037201 5.25 6.06 3.81 .50 2.13 1.38 1.06 .53 1.81 4.50 3.25 3.44
† 1 1/8 CX05-0363 1037229 9.29 7.25 4.56 .63 2.38 1.75 1.31 .66 2.06 5.38 3.88 4.06
† 1 1/4 - 1 3/8 CX05-0364 1037247 9.81 7.25 4.56 .63 2.63 1.94 1.53 .78 2.31 5.38 3.88 4.13
5 † Cast Ductile Iron.

Slip-Thru Thimble
NEWCO SLIP-THRU THIMBLES are designed to allow pas-

sage of an identical thimble through its eye.This is a neces-
sity when a regular sling is used as a choker sling. SLIP-
THRU THIMBLES also prevent the eye of the sling from
mashing together and the top of the eye wearing excessive-
ly.The generous inside Dimensions allow the thimbles to fit
large crane hooks. Rope retention ears are tapered so they
can be bent or peened over wire rope.
DIMENSIONS & DATA

CERTEX NEWCO SLING SIZE DIMENSIONS WT.
Cat. Ref. No. NO. SINGLE 8 PTS. 6 PTS. A B C D E F G LBS.
CX05-0365 W-2 5/16-3/8 3/32-1/8 3/32-1/8 2 1/8 4 1/8 7/16 13/16 9/16 3 1/4 5 1/4 1.3
CX05-0366 W-3 1/2-9/16 3/16 3/16 2 3/8 4 3/8 5/8 1 5/8 4 6 1.5
CX05-0367 W-4 5/8-3/4 1/4 1/4-5/16 3 3/8 6 5/8 13/16 1 5/16 5/8 5 3/8 8 1/2 3.11
CX05-0368 W-5 7/8-1 5/16 3/8 3 3/4 7 1/8 1 1/8 1 5/8 7/8 6 1/4 9 3/8 5.5
CX05-0369 W-6 1 1/8-1 1/4 3/8 7/16 4 3/8 8 3/8 1 3/8 1 7/8 1 7 1/8 11 8.6
CX05-0370 W-7 1 3/8-1 1/2 7/16-1/2 1/2 5 9 1/2 1 5/8 2 1/8 1 1/4 8 1/8 12 1/2 10
CX05-0371 W-8 1 5/8-1 3/4 9/16 5/8 6 3/4 11 3/4 1 13/16 2 9/16 1 7/16 9 3/8 14 3/4 17.6
CX05-0372 W-9 1 7/8-2 5/8 3/4 8 14 1/2 2 1/8 3 1/4 1 7/8 13 19 1/4 53
CX05-0373 W-10 2 1/8-2 1/4 3/4 7/8-1 8 1/2 15 1/2 2 1/2 3 3/4 2 13 20 3/8 66
CX05-0374 W-11 2 1/2-3 7/8-1 1 1/8 9 18 1/2 3 3/16 4 11/16 2 1/2 15 3/4 24 3/4 126
Casing and Choker Thimbles

The No. 83 Casing Thimble has been designed for the oil industry.The Choker
Thimbles, No. 82, No. 84, No. 85, No. 86 and No. 87 are designed especially for braided
choker slings.The ears can be peened over to retain wire rope.
DIMENSIONS & DATA

CERTEX NEWCO SLING SIZE FITS CHOKER WT.
Cat. Ref. No. NO. 6PT 8PT HOOK A B C D E F G HR LBS.
CX05-0375 82 1/8 1/8 #2 1/2 7/8 1 1/4 2 1/8 3 1/4 1/4 3/8 5/16 .7
CX05-0376 *83 1/4 3/16 #3 5/8 1 1 1/2 2 1/2 3 7/8 1/4 1/2 3/8 1.1
CX05-0377 84 5/16 1/4 #4 13/16 1 5/16 1 3/4 2 7/8 4 7/16 5/16 5/8 7/16 1.8
CX05-0378 85 3/8 5/16 #5 15/16 1 7/16 2 3 1/4 5 5/16 3/4 1/2 2.2
CX05-0379 86 7/16 3/8 #6 1 1/8 1 11/16 2 1/4 3 5/8 5 3/4 3/8 7/8 9/16 3.3
CX05-0380 87 1/2 7/16 #7 1 3/8 1 15/16 2 3/4 4 1/16 6 3/8 3/8 1 11/16 4.7
5-30
MASTER LINK
A-342 Master Link
• Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered.

• Individually proof tested to 2 times Working Load Limit
MASTER LINK
with certification unless otherwise noted.
• Sizes from 1/2” to 2” are drop forged.
Crosby Working Dimensions

Stock Load Weight (in.)
Size CERTEX No. Limit† Proof Load Each Deformation
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. S.C. (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) A B C D E Indicator
**1/2 CX05-0706 1014262 7000 14000 .89 .50 2.50 5.00 3.50 6.00 3.00
**5/8 CX05-0707 1014280 9000 18000 1.63 .63 3.00 6.00 4.25 7.25 3.50
**3/4 CX05-0708 1014306 12300 28400 2.25 .75 2.75 5.50 4.25 7.00 3.50
**7/8 CX05-0709 1014315 14000 28000 3.40 .88 3.75 6.38 5.50 8.14 4.50
**1 CX05-0710 1014324 24360 48700 5.00 1.00 3.50 7.00 5.50 9.00 4.50
**1-1/4 CX05-0711 1014342 36000 72400 9.75 1.25 4.38 8.75 6.88 11.25 5.50
**1-1/2 CX05-0712 1014360 54300 113200 17.12 1.50 5.25 10.50 8.25 13.50 6.50
**1-3/4 CX05-0713 1014388 84900 169800 26.12 1.75 6.00 12.00 9.50 15.50 7.50
**2 CX05-0714 1014404 102600 205200 41.12 2.00 7.00 14.00 11.00 18.00 9.00
**††2-1/4 CX05-0715 1014422 143100 289200 54.80 2.25 8.00 16.00 12.50 20.50 —
A-342 5
††2-1/2 CX05-0716 1014468 147300 — 71.60 2.50 8.00 16.00 13.00 21.00 —
**††2-3/4 CX05-0717 1014440 216900 433800 87.70 2.75 9.50 16.00 15.00 21.50 —
†† 3 CX05-0718 1014486 228000 — 115.00 3.00 9.00 18.00 15.00 24.00 —
††3-1/4 CX05-0719 1014501 262200 — 145.00 3.25 10.00 20.00 16.50 26.50 —
††3-1/2 CX05-0720 1014529 279000 — 194.00 3.50 12.00 24.00 19.00 31.00 —
††3-3/4 CX05-0721 1015051 336000 — 198.00 3.75 10.00 20.00 17.50 27.50 —
†† 4 CX05-0722 1015060 373000 — 228.00 4.00 10.00 20.00 18.00 28.00 —
††4-1/4 CX05-0723 1015067 354000 — 302.00 4.25 12.00 24.00 20.50 32.50 —
††4-1/2 CX05-0724 1015079 360000 — 342.00 4.50 14.00 28.00 23.00 37.00 —
††4-3/4 CX05-0725 1015088 389000 — 436.00 4.75 14.00 28.00 23.50 37.50 —
†† 5 CX05-0726 1015094 395000 — 516.00 5.00 15.00 30.00 25.00 40.00 —
* Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

** Proof test load equals or exceeds the requirement of ASTM A957(8.1) and ASME B30.9-1.4
† Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on multiple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120 degrees.
† Welded Master Link.
A-342 and A-345 Master Links incorporate markings

forged into the product which address
two (2) QUIC-CHECK® features:
Deformation Indicators — Two strategically placed
marks one on each side of the link, which allows for a
QUIC-CHECK® measurement to determine if the link
dimensions have changed, thus indicating abuse or over-
load.
To check, use a measuring device (i.e., tape measure) to
measure the distance between the marks.The marks
should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on
the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet
this criteria, the Master Link should be inspected further
for possible damage.
A-342
Angle Indicators — Forged at 45

degree angles at each end of the
link, they are utilized to quickly
check the approximate included
angles between two sling legs.
5-31
TURNBUCKLES
5 HG-223 HG-225 HG-226 HG-227 HG-228

Hook & Hook Hook & Eye Eye & Eye Jaw & Eye Jaw & Jaw
Meets the performance Meets the performance Meets the performance Meets the performance Meets the performance
requirements of Federal requirements of Federal requirements of Federal requirements of Federal requirements of Federal
Specifications FF-T791b, Specifications FF-T791b, Specifications FF-T791b, Specifications FF-T791b, Specifications FF-T791b,
Type 1, Form 1 — Class Type 1, Form 1 — Class Type 1, Form 1 — Class Type 1, Form 1 — Class Type 1, Form 1 — Class
5, except for those pro- 6, except for those pro- 4, except for those pro- 8, except for those pro- 7, except for those pro-
visions required of the visions required of the visions required of the visions required of the visions required of the
contractor. contractor. contractor. contractor. contractor.

• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.
• Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties.
• Modified UNJ thread for improved fatigue properties.
• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in the
eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4” through 2 1/2”, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts on sizes 1/4” through 5/8”, and pins and cotters on sizes 3/4” through
2 3/4”.
• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.
• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.
• Crosby’s Quenched and Tempered end fittings and normalized bodies have enhanced impact properties for greater
toughness at all temperatures.
• Typical hardness levels,Tensile Strengths and Ductility Properties are available for all sizes.
• Turnbuckles can be furnished proof tested or magnaflux inspected with certificates if requested at time of order.
• Turnbuckle assembly combinations include: Eye and Eye, Hook and Hook, Hook and Eye, Jaw and Jaw, Jaw and Eye.
5-32
TURNBUCKLES
HG-223 Hook & Hook
5
• Hot Dip galvanized steel.
• Hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties.
• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULLS ONLY.
Thread Crosby Working Dimensions

Diameter & Stock Load Weight (in.)
Take Up CERTEX No. Limit* Each E J K M N
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) A D Closed F Open Closed Open Closed BB
1/4 x 4 CX05-0423 1030011 400 .30 .25 .45 1.59 1.27 11.12 7.12 11.94 7.94 4.00
5/16 x 4 1/2 CX05-0424 1030039 700 .47 .31 .50 1.94 1.50 12.81 8.31 13.81 9.31 4.50
3/8 x 6 CX05-0425 1030057 1000 .78 .38 .56 2.30 1.77 16.50 10.50 17.72 11.72 6.00
1/2 x 6 CX05-0426 1030075 1500 1.60 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 17.82 11.82 19.38 13.38 6.00
1/2 x 9 CX05-0427 1030093 1500 1.83 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 23.82 14.82 25.38 16.38 9.00
1/2 x 12 CX05-0428 1030119 1500 2.28 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 29.82 17.82 31.38 19.38 12.00
5/8 x 6 CX05-0429 1030137 2250 2.75 .63 .84 3.69 2.81 19.25 13.25 21.25 15.25 6.00
5/8 x 9 CX05-0430 1030155 2250 3.38 .63 .84 3.69 2.81 25.25 16.25 27.25 18.25 9.00
5/8 x 12 CX05-0431 1030173 2250 3.50 .63 .84 3.69 2.81 31.25 19.25 33.25 21.25 12.00
3/4 x 6 CX05-0432 1030191 3000 3.89 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 20.88 14.88 23.28 17.28 6.00
3/4 x 9 CX05-0433 1030217 3000 5.28 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 26.88 17.88 29.28 20.28 9.00
3/4 x 12 CX05-0434 1030235 3000 5.43 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 32.88 20.88 35.28 23.28 12.00
3/4 x 18 CX05-0435 1030253 3000 6.33 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 44.88 26.88 47.28 29.28 18.00
7/8 x 12 CX05-0436 1030271 4000 8.10 .88 1.13 5.19 3.78 34.25 22.25 37.00 25.00 12.00
7/8 x 18 CX05-0437 1030299 4000 9.95 .88 1.13 5.19 3.78 46.25 28.25 49.00 31.00 18.00
1x6 CX05-0438 1030315 5000 9.33 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 23.63 17.63 26.69 20.69 6.00
1 x 12 CX05-0439 1030333 5000 11.93 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 35.63 23.63 38.69 26.69 12.00
1 x 18 CX05-0440 1030351 5000 14.00 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 47.63 29.63 50.69 32.69 18.00
1 x 24 CX05-0441 1030379 5000 17.25 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 59.63 35.63 62.69 38.69 24.00
1 1/4 x 12 CX05-0442 1030397 6500 20.58 1.25 1.50 7.22 5.13 37.94 25.94 41.56 29.56 12.00
1 1/4 x 18 CX05-0443 1030413 6500 23.00 1.25 1.50 7.22 5.13 49.94 31.94 53.56 35.56 18.00
1 1/4 x 24 CX05-0444 1030431 6500 27.00 1.25 1.50 7.22 5.13 61.94 37.94 65.56 41.56 24.00
1 1/2 x 12 CX05-0445 1030459 7500 27.50 1.50 1.88 8.34 5.75 40.94 28.94 44.44 32.44 12.00
1 1/2 x 18 CX05-0446 1030477 7500 31.00 1.50 1.88 8.34 5.75 52.96 34.94 56.44 38.44 18.00
1 1/2 x 24 CX05-0447 1030495 7500 37.50 1.50 1.88 8.34 5.75 64.94 40.94 68.44 44.44 24.00
* Proof Load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Ultimate load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1 Form 1 — CLASS 5, except for those provisions required of the contractor.
5-33
TURNBUCKLES
HG-225 Hook & Eye
5 • Hot Dip galvanized steel.

eye. For turnbuckles sizes 1/4” through 2 1/2”, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
• Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a stronger hook with better fatigue
properties.
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1 — CLASS 6, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Take Up CERTEX No. Limit* Each E J K M N X
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) A D Closed F Open Closed Open Closed R S Closed BB
1/4 x 4 CX05-0448 1030636 400 .29 .25 .45 1.59 1.27 11.46 7.46 12.09 8.09 .78 .34 1.75 4.00
5/16 x 4 1/2 CX05-0449 1030654 700 .49 .31 .50 1.94 1.50 13.19 8.69 13.47 9.47 .94 .44 2.09 4.50
3/8 x 6 CX05-0450 1030672 1000 .78 .38 .56 2.30 1.77 16.98 10.98 17.94 11.94 1.12 .53 2.52 6.00
1/2 x 6 CX05-0451 1030690 1500 1.61 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 18.45 12.45 19.67 13.67 1.44 .72 3.23 6.00
1/2 x 9 CX05-0452 1030716 1500 1.85 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 24.45 15.45 25.67 16.67 1.44 .72 3.23 9.00
1/2 x 12 CX05-0453 1030734 1500 2.26 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 30.45 18.45 31.67 19.67 1.44 .72 3.23 12.00
5/8 x 6 CX05-0454 1030752 2250 2.70 .63 .84 3.69 2.81 19.96 13.96 21.47 15.47 1.75 .88 3.90 6.00
5/8 x 9 CX05-0455 1030770 2250 3.13 .63 .84 3.69 2.81 25.96 16.96 27.47 18.47 1.75 .88 3.90 9.00
5/8 x 12 CX05-0456 1030798 2250 3.78 .63 .84 3.69 2.81 31.96 19.96 33.47 21.47 1.75 .88 3.90 12.00
3/4 x 6 CX05-0457 1030814 3000 3.89 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 21.63 15.63 23.45 17.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.00
3/4 x 9 CX05-0458 1030832 3000 4.61 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 27.63 18.63 29.45 20.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 9.00
3/4 x 12 CX05-0459 1030850 3000 5.83 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 33.63 21.63 35.45 23.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.00
3/4 x 18 CX05-0460 1030878 3000 6.33 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 45.63 27.63 47.45 29.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.00
7/8 x 12 CX05-0461 1030896 4000 8.10 .88 1.13 5.19 3.78 34.78 22.78 36.91 24.91 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.00
7/8 x 18 CX05-0462 1030912 4000 9.95 .88 1.13 5.19 3.78 46.78 28.78 48.91 30.91 2.38 1.25 5.10 18.00
1x6 CX05-0463 1030930 5000 9.33 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 24.80 18.80 27.20 21.20 3.00 1.44 6.36 6.00
1 x 12 CX05-0464 1030958 5000 11.93 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 36.80 24.80 39.20 27.20 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.00
1 x 18 CX05-0465 1030976 5000 14.00 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 48.80 30.80 51.20 33.20 3.00 1.44 6.36 18.00
1 x 24 CX05-0466 1030994 5000 17.25 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 60.80 36.80 63.20 39.20 3.00 1.44 6.36 24.00
1 1/4 x 12 CX05-0467 1031010 6500 19.00 1.25 1.50 7.22 5.13 39.13 27.13 42.06 30.06 3.56 1.81 7.72 12.00
1 1/4 x18 CX05-0468 1031038 6500 23.00 1.25 1.50 7.22 5.13 51.13 33.13 54.06 36.06 3.56 1.81 7.72 18.00
1 1/4 x 24 CX05-0469 1031056 6500 24.00 1.25 1.50 7.22 5.13 63.13 39.13 66.06 42.06 3.56 1.81 7.72 24.00
1 1/2 x 12 CX05-0470 1031074 7500 27.50 1.50 1.88 8.34 5.75 41.72 29.72 44.72 32.72 4.06 2.12 8.62 12.00
1 1/2 x 18 CX05-0471 1031092 7500 31.00 1.50 1.88 8.34 5.75 53.72 35.72 56.72 38.72 4.06 2.12 8.62 18.00
1 1/2 x 24 CX05-0472 1031118 7500 37.50 1.50 1.88 8.34 5.75 65.72 41.72 68.72 44.72 4.06 2.12 8.62 24.00
5-34
TURNBUCKLES
HG-226 Eye & Eye
5
eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4” through 2 1/2”, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1 — CLASS 4, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Diameter & CERTEX Stock Load Weight (in.)
Take Up No Limit* Each J K M N X
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) A Open Closed Open Closed R S Closed BB
1/4 x 4 CX05-0473 1031252 500 .26 .25 11.80 7.80 12.25 8.25 .78 .34 1.75 4.00
5/16 x 4 1/2 CX05-0474 1031270 800 .45 .31 13.56 9.06 14.12 9.62 .94 .44 2.09 4.50
3/8 x 6 CX05-0475 1031298 1200 .76 .38 17.47 11.47 18.16 12.16 1.12 .53 2.52 6.00
1/2 x 6 CX05-0476 1031314 2200 1.54 .50 19.08 13.08 19.96 13.96 1.44 .72 3.23 6.00
1/2 x 9 CX05-0477 1031332 2200 1.13 .50 25.08 16.08 25.96 16.96 1.44 .72 3.23 9.00
1/2 x 12 CX05-0478 1031350 2200 2.14 .50 31.08 19.08 31.96 19.96 1.44 .72 3.23 12.00
5/8 x 6 CX05-0479 1031378 3500 3.28 .63 20.68 14.68 21.68 15.68 1.75 .88 3.90 6.00
5/8 x 9 CX05-0480 1031396 3500 2.83 .63 26.68 17.68 27.68 18.68 1.75 .88 3.90 9.00
5/8 x 12 CX05-0481 1031412 3500 3.42 .63 32.68 20.68 33.68 21.68 1.75 .88 3.90 12.00
3/4 x 6 CX05-0482 1031430 5200 3.79 .75 22.38 16.38 23.62 17.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.00
3/4 x 9 CX05-0483 1031458 5200 4.61 .75 28.38 19.38 29.62 20.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 9.00
3/4 x 12 CX05-0484 1031476 5200 5.48 .75 34.38 22.38 35.62 23.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.00
3/4 x 18 CX05-0485 1031494 5200 7.19 .75 46.38 28.38 47.62 29.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.00
7/8 x 12 CX05-0486 1031519 7200 7.22 .88 35.32 23.32 36.82 24.82 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.00
7/8 x 18 CX05-0487 1031537 7200 9.95 .88 47.32 29.32 48.82 30.82 2.38 1.25 5.10 18.00
1x6 CX05-0488 1031555 10000 9.04 1.00 25.97 19.97 27.72 21.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 6.00
1 x 12 CX05-0489 1031573 10000 11.50 1.00 37.97 25.97 39.97 27.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.00
1 x 18 CX05-0490 1031591 10000 14.00 1.00 49.97 31.97 51.72 33.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 18.00
1 x 24 CX05-0491 1031617 10000 17.25 1.00 61.97 37.97 63.72 39.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 24.00
1 1/4 x 12 CX05-0492 1031635 15200 19.00 1.25 40.31 28.31 42.56 30.56 3.56 1.81 7.72 12.00
1 1/4 x 18 CX05-0493 1031653 15200 23.00 1.25 52.31 34.31 54.56 36.56 3.56 1.81 7.72 18.00
1 1/4 x 24 CX05-0494 1031671 15200 27.00 1.25 64.31 40.31 66.56 42.56 3.56 1.81 7.72 24.00
1 1/2 x 12 CX05-0495 1031699 21400 27.50 1.50 42.50 30.50 45.00 33.00 4.06 2.12 8.62 12.00
1 1/2 x 18 CX05-0496 1031715 21400 31.00 1.50 54.50 36.50 57.00 39.00 4.06 2.12 8.62 18.00
1 1/2 x 24 CX05-0497 1031733 21400 37.50 1.50 66.50 42.50 69.00 45.00 4.06 2.12 8.62 24.00
1 3/4 x 18 CX05-0498 1031779 28000 52.50 1.75 57.38 39.38 60.38 42.38 4.62 2.38 10.00 18.00
1 3/4 x 24 CX05-0499 1031797 28000 58.00 1.75 69.38 45.38 72.38 48.38 4.62 2.38 10.00 24.00
2 x 24 CX05-0500 1031813 37000 85.25 2.00 75.69 51.69 79.19 55.19 5.75 2.69 13.09 24.00
2 1/2 x 24 CX05-0501 1031831 60000 144.25 2.50 78.62 54.62 82.62 58.62 6.50 3.12 13.78 24.00
2 3/4 x 24 CX05-0502 1031859 75000 194.00 2.75 81.00 57.00 85.50 61.50 7.00 3.25 15.22 24.00
* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
5-35
TURNBUCKLES
HG-227 Jaw & Eye
5 • Hot Dip galvanized steel.

• Turnbuckle eyes are forged and elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in system and minimize stress in
the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4” through 2 1/2”, a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.
• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4” through 5/8”, and pins and cotters on 3/4” through 2 3/4”
sizes.
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1—CLASS 8, except for those provisions required of the contractor.

Diameter CERTEX Stock Load Weight (in.)
& Take No. Limit* Each A B E G J K M N X
Up (in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) Closed Open Closed Open Closed R S Closed BB
1/4 x 4 CX05-0503 1031877 500 .30 .25 .41 1.58 .62 11.35 7.35 12.07 8.07 .78 .34 1.75 4.00
5/16 x 4 1/2 CX05-0504 1031895 800 .50 .31 .47 1.98 .87 13.71 8.71 14.01 9.51 .94 .44 2.09 4.50
3/8 x 6 CX05-0505 1031911 1200 .80 .38 .50 2.12 .87 16.81 10.81 17.77 11.77 1.12 .53 2.52 6.00
1/2 x 6 CX05-0506 1031939 2200 1.51 .50 .63 2.75 1.06 18.29 12.29 19.48 13.48 1.44 .72 3.23 6.00
1/2 x 9 CX05-0507 1031957 2200 1.71 .50 .63 2.75 1.06 24.29 15.29 25.48 16.48 1.44 .72 3.23 9.00
1/2 x 12 CX05-0508 1031975 2200 2.08 .50 .63 2.75 1.06 30.29 18.29 31.48 19.48 1.44 .72 3.23 12.00
5/8 x 6 CX05-0509 1031993 3500 2.35 .63 .75 3.50 1.31 19.74 13.74 21.28 15.28 1.75 .88 3.90 6.00
5/8 x 9 CX05-0510 1032019 3500 3.17 .63 .75 3.50 1.31 25.74 16.74 27.28 18.28 1.75 .88 3.90 9.00
5/8 x 12 CX05-0511 1032037 3500 3.61 .63 .75 3.50 1.31 31.74 19.74 33.28 21.28 1.75 .88 3.90 12.00
3/4 x 6 CX05-0512 1032055 5200 4.00 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 21.19 15.19 23.11 17.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.00
3/4 x 9 CX05-0513 1032073 5200 4.75 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 27.19 18.19 29.11 20.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 9.00
3/4 x 12 CX05-0514 1032091 5200 5.93 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 33.19 21.19 35.11 23.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.00
3/4 x 18 CX05-0515 1032117 5200 7.00 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 45.19 27.19 47.11 29.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.00
7/8 x 12 CX05-0516 1032135 7200 8.36 .88 1.13 4.85 1.75 34.34 22.34 36.57 24.57 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.00
7/8 x 18 CX05-0517 1032153 7200 9.75 .88 1.13 4.85 1.75 46.34 28.34 48.57 30.57 2.38 1.25 5.10 18.00
1x6 CX05-0518 1032171 10000 8.92 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 24.34 18.34 26.89 20.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 6.00
1 x 12 CX05-0519 1032199 10000 11.20 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 36.34 24.34 38.89 26.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.00
1 x 18 CX05-0520 1032215 10000 13.30 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 48.34 30.34 50.89 32.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 18.00
1 x 24 CX05-0521 1032233 10000 17.00 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 60.34 36.34 62.89 38.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 24.00
1 1/4 x 12 CX05-0522 1032251 15200 19.42 1.25 1.75 7.21 2.81 38.82 26.82 42.05 30.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 12.00
1 1/4 x 18 CX05-0523 1032279 15200 24.18 1.25 1.75 7.21 2.81 50.82 32.82 54.05 36.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 18.00
1 1/4 x 24 CX05-0524 1032297 15200 28.50 1.25 1.75 7.21 2.81 62.82 38.82 66.05 42.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 24.00
1 1/2 x 12 CX05-0525 1032313 21400 28.99 1.50 2.06 7.88 2.81 40.50 28.50 44.25 32.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 12.00
1 1/2 x 18 CX05-0526 1032331 21400 35.00 1.50 2.06 7.88 2.81 52.50 34.50 56.25 38.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 18.00
1 1/2 x 24 CX05-0527 1032359 21400 39.18 1.50 2.06 7.88 2.81 64.50 40.50 68.25 44.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 24.00
1 3/4 x 18 CX05-0528 1032395 28000 53.75 1.75 2.38 9.40 3.38 55.38 37.38 59.78 41.78 4.62 2.38 10.00 18.00
1 3/4 x 24 CX05-0529 1032411 28000 60.68 1.75 2.38 9.40 3.38 67.38 43.38 71.78 47.78 4.62 2.38 10.00 24.00
2 x 24 CX05-0530 1032439 37000 89.00 2.00 2.50 11.86 3.69 72.62 48.62 77.95 53.95 5.75 2.69 13.09 24.00
2 1/2 x 24 CX05-0531 1032457 60000 150.00 2.50 2.88 13.56 4.44 75.80 51.80 82.40 58.40 6.50 3.12 13.78 24.00
2 3/4 x 24 CX05-0532 1032475 75000 183.00 2.75 3.50 15.22 4.19 77.88 53.88 85.50 61.50 7.00 3.25 15.22 24.00
* Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.
5-36
TURNBUCKLES
HG-228 Jaw & Jaw

• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4” through 5/8”, and pins and cotters on 3/4” through 2 3/4”
sizes.
5
Meets the performance requirements of Federal Specifications FF-T-791b,Type 1, Form 1—CLASS 7, except for those provisions required for the contractor.

Take Up CERTEX No. Limit* Each E J K M N
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) A B Closed G Open Closed Open Closed BB
1/4 x 4 CX05-0533 1032493 500 .36 .25 .41 1.58 .62 10.90 6.90 11.90 7.90 4.00
5/16 x 4 1/2 CX05-0534 1032518 800 .52 .31 .47 1.98 .87 12.36 8.36 13.90 9.40 4.50
3/8 x 6 CX05-0535 1032536 1200 .81 .38 .50 2.12 .87 16.14 10.14 17.38 11.38 6.00
1/2 x 6 CX05-0536 1032554 2200 1.56 .50 .63 2.75 1.06 17.50 11.50 19.00 13.00 6.00
1/2 x 9 CX05-0537 1032572 2200 1.74 .50 .63 2.75 1.06 23.50 14.50 25.00 16.00 9.00
1/2 x 12 CX05-0538 1032590 2200 2.40 .50 .63 2.75 1.06 29.50 17.50 31.00 19.00 12.00
5/8 x 6 CX05-0539 1032616 3500 2.72 .63 .75 3.50 1.31 18.80 12.80 20.88 14.88 6.00
5/8 x 9 CX05-0540 1032634 3500 3.43 .63 .75 3.50 1.31 24.80 15.80 26.88 17.88 9.00
5/8 x 12 CX05-0541 1032652 3500 3.91 .63 .75 3.50 1.31 30.80 18.80 32.88 20.88 12.00
3/4 x 6 CX05-0542 1032670 5200 4.11 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 20.00 14.00 22.60 16.60 6.00
3/4 x 9 CX05-0543 1032698 5200 5.46 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 26.00 17.00 28.60 19.60 9.00
3/4 x 12 CX05-0544 1032714 5200 6.43 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 32.00 20.00 34.60 22.60 12.00
3/4 x 18 CX05-0545 1032732 5200 8.07 .75 .94 4.18 1.50 44.00 26.00 46.60 28.60 18.00
7/8 x 12 CX05-0546 1032750 7200 8.17 .88 1.13 4.85 1.75 33.36 21.36 36.32 24.32 12.00
7/8 x 18 CX05-0547 1032778 7200 10.78 .88 1.13 4.85 1.75 45.36 27.36 48.32 30.32 18.00
1x6 CX05-0548 1032796 10000 10.18 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 22.72 16.72 26.06 20.06 6.00
1 x 12 CX05-0549 1032812 10000 12.52 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 34.72 22.72 38.06 26.06 12.00
1 x 18 CX05-0550 1032830 10000 15.14 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 46.72 28.72 50.06 32.06 18.00
1 x 24 CX05-0551 1032858 10000 18.08 1.00 1.19 5.53 2.06 58.72 34.72 62.06 38.06 24.00
1 1/4 x 12 CX05-0552 1032876 15200 20.59 1.25 1.75 7.21 2.81 37.34 25.34 41.54 29.54 12.00
1 1/4 x 18 CX05-0553 1032894 15200 24.68 1.25 1.75 7.21 2.81 49.34 31.34 53.54 35.54 18.00
1 1/4 x 24 CX05-0554 1032910 15200 28.20 1.25 1.75 7.21 2.81 61.34 37.34 65.54 41.54 24.00
1 1/2 x 12 CX05-0555 1032938 21400 30.69 1.50 2.06 7.88 2.81 38.50 26.50 43.50 31.50 12.00
1 1/2 x 18 CX05-0556 1032956 21400 36.75 1.50 2.06 7.88 2.81 50.50 32.50 55.50 37.50 18.00
1 1/2 x 24 CX05-0557 1032974 21400 40.67 1.50 2.06 7.88 2.81 62.50 38.50 67.50 43.50 24.00
1 3/4 x 18 CX05-0558 1033018 28000 54.00 1.75 2.38 9.40 3.38 53.38 38.38 59.18 41.18 18.00
1 3/4 x 24 CX05-0559 1033036 28000 63.36 1.75 2.38 9.40 3.38 65.38 41.38 71.18 47.18 24.00
2 x 24 CX05-0560 1033054 37000 94.25 2.00 2.50 11.86 3.69 69.54 45.54 76.72 52.72 24.00
2 1/2 x 24 CX05-0561 1033072 60000 165.00 2.50 2.88 13.56 4.44 72.98 48.98 82.18 58.18 24.00
2 3/4 x 24 CX05-0562 1033090 75000 198.00 2.75 3.50 15.22 4.19 74.75 50.75 85.50 61.50 24.00
5-37
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Klein Tools, Inc.
Grips for PVC-Covered Conductors
The serpentine jaws of this grip series are specially
machined to allow insertion of insulated conductor
through the jaws, which reduces danger of slippage
which might result in insulation damage. Eliminates
necessity of stripping insulation from conductor. Round
inside-jaw contour.
Inside Jaw Contour
Minimum Maximum Maximum Approx. Jaw

CERTEX Klein Conductor – Conductor – Safe Load – Weight Each – Length –
Cat. Ref. No. Cat. No. inches (mm) inches (mm) lbs (kg) lbs (kg) inches (cm)
CX05-0563 1659-20 .20 (5.08) .42 (10.67) 4500 (2041) 3 (1.36) 4 (10.2)
CX05-0564 1659-30 .31 (7.87) .50 (12.70) 4500 (2041) 3 3/4 (1.70) 4 3/4 (12.1)
CX05-0565 1659-40 .49 (12.45) .79 (20.07) 8000 (3629) 7 3/4 (3.52) 5 1/2 (14.0)
CX05-0566 1659-50 .79 (20.07) 1.01 (25.65) 8000 (3629) 7 3/4 (3.52) 5 1/2 (14.0)
Grips for Extra-High-Strength Cables, Messenger, Guy Strand and Conductors

5 A family of grips for cable sizes from .12” (3.10 mm) to
1.0” (25.4 mm). Double “V” grooves give four-point con-
tact, reducing chance of slipping and providing proper
alignment. For larger conductors, see our grips with
round inside-jaw contour.
Inside Jaw Contour

CERTEX Klein Cable Size – Cable Size – Safe Load – Weight Each – Length –
CX05-0567 1613-40 .12 (3.05) .37 (9.40) 4500 (2041) 3 (1.36) 4 (10.2)
CX05-0568 1684-5 .218 (5.54) .55 (13.97) 8000 (3629) 6 1/4 (2.83) 5 (12.7)
CX05-0569 1684-5F* .16 (4.06) .55 (13.97) 8000 (3629) 6 1/4 (2.83) 5 (12.7)
CX05-0570 1628-16 .31 (7.87) .62 (15.75) 15,000 (6804) 15 1/2 (7.03) 7 1/4 (18.4)
CX05-0571 1628-17 .50 (12.70) .75 (19.05) 15,000 (6804) 17 (7.71) 7 1/4 (18.4)
CX05-0572 1628-18 .75 (19.05) 1.00 (25.40) 15,000 (6804) 17 (7.71) 7 1/4 (18.4)
* Similar to No. 1684-5 above except with a file inserted in jaw for extra gripping power. Replacement file No. 578 and screws
No. 573 are also available.
Parallel-Jaw Grips
1685-20 Inside Jaw Contour 1685-30

These lightweight, compact grips pull an exceptionally wide range of cable sizes and types. Each grip is designed with
round inside-jaw contours.The lower jaw is serrated to firmly grip insulated cables and conductors.The design
includes a latch that prevents the grip from falling in case of jaw disengagement from the cable, plus a large-diameter
eye that accommodates large hooks on hoists, winches and tackle blocks.

CERTEX Klein Cable Size – Cable Size – Safe Load – Weight Each – Length –
CX05-0573 1685-20 .157 (4) .844 (22) 4500 (2041) 3 (1.3) 2.36 (6.0)
CX05-0574 1685-30 .625 (16) 1.250 (32) 6600 (2994) 5 (2.3) 4.5 (11.43)
5-38
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Klein Tools, Inc.
Klein “Haven” Grips
Minimum Maximum Maximum Approx.

CERTEX Klein Cable Size – Cable Size – Safe Load – Weight Each –
Cat. Ref. No. Cat. No. inches (mm) inches (mm) lbs (kg) lbs. (kg)
CX05-0575 1604-10 14 B&S .06 (1.52) 2 B&S .25 (6.35) 2500 (1134) 1 (.45)
CX05-0576 1604-20 8 B&S .125 (3.18) Steel Strand .50 (12.70) 5000 (2268) 2 1/2 (1.13)

CX05-0577 1604-20L 8 B&S .125 (3.18) Steel Strand .50 (12.70) 5000 (2268) 2 1/2 (1.13)

CX05-0578 1625-20 1 B&S .28 (7.11) Wire Rope .75 (19.05) 8000 (3629) 3 1/2 (1.59)
CX05-0579 1625-20 7/8 1 B&S .38 (9.65) Wire Rope .88 (22.35) 8000 (3629) 3 1/2 (1.59)
CX05-0580 1625-20 1 1 B&S .50 (12.70) Wire Rope 1.00 (25.40) 8000 (3629) 3 1/2 (1.59)
Designed for use when light, compact grip is desired and where conductor damage is not a factor. Gripping pressure
of the knurled jaw is applied to 1/4” (6.35 mm) cable area.
1604-20L and 1625 series have a swing latch to help hold cable in the jaw.
OSHA Information
OSHA requires that all hand tools and equipment be maintained in good working order and that they be free from
damage caused by wear or abuse (OSHA Part 1910, Subpart P, Section 1910.242).
In addition, OSHA Part 1926, Subpart V, Section 1926.955, paragraph 7 (ii) and 8 specifically state that:
“The manufacturer’s load rating shall not be exceeded for stringing lines, pulling line sock connections, and all load-
bearing hardware and accessories.
“Conductor grips shall not be used on wire rope unless designed for this application.”
5-39
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Klein Tools, Inc.
Klein “Haven” Grips
AWG/B&S Wire Gauges
Diameters of American (AWG) or
Brown & Sharpe (B&S) Wire Gauges
American American
(AWG or (AWG or
Brown & Brown &
No. of Sharpe No. of Sharpe
Wire (B&S) – Wire (B&S) –
Gauge inches Gauge inches
0000 .460 21 .028462
000 .40964 22 .025347
00 .3648 23 .022571
0 .32486 24 .0201
25 .0179
1 .2893
2 .25763 26 .01594
3 .22942 27 .014195
5 4 .20431 28 .012641
5 .18194 29 .011257
30 .010025
6 .16202
7 .14428 31 .008928
8 .12849 32 .00795
9 .11443 33 .00708
10 .10189 34 .006304
35 .005614
11 .090742
12 .080808 36 .005
13 .071961 37 .004453
14 .064084 38 .003965
15 .057068 39 .003531
40 .003144
16 .05082
17 .045257
18 .040303
19 .03589
20 .031961
5-40
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Lewis Mfg. Co.
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0581 Model SE
Single lifting eye with dual topside opening.
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0582 Model DLE
5
Dual list with suspension lift eyes.
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0583 Model TSO
Topside multiple openings with single lift steel reinforced eye.
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0584 Model U
Single bail top opening for bus drops and suspension. (#A-U-SW-18 R.E.A.Approv.)
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. CX05-0585 Model O
For stringing overhead synthetic ropes or swivel lines where no swivel is required, or to join conductor or rope splice.
Used in reaving conductor and/or rope.
5-41
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Lewis Mfg. Co.
Model J Double Weave — 6 3/4” to 8”
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. SIZE WORK LOAD WEIGHT WEAVE MESH LENGTH EYE
CX05-0586 6 3/4"-8" 9,100 lbs. 9.4 lbs. Double 58" 6" Braided
CX05-0587 10,100 lbs. 10.2 lbs. 64"
Lewis Snake Grips
The Lewis Snake Grip expands or contracts to grip different or identical cable and/or rope sizes as per the customer’s
needs.
SAVE time stringing up, changing and unstringing because the snake requires no special tools.The swivel and swing
link go smoothly through blocks and prevent line twisting.
INSTALL new cable by using old existing cable as pulling line.Always seize the ends of the grips by banding or taping.
LEWIS TYPE LSG WIRE ROPE SNAKES

CERTEX Cat. Ref. No SIZE UTS WK. LD.
REGULAR SIZE SNAKES
CX05-0588 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/4" - 1/2" 4,486 1,200
CX05-0589 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/2" - 1" 7,500 2,500
CX05-0590 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1" - 1 1/2" 10,000 3,500
CX05-0591 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1 1/2" - 2" 12,000 4,000
CX05-0592 LEWIS TYPE LSG 2" - 2 3/4" 16,000 5,000
CX05-0593 LEWIS TYPE LSG 2 3/4" - 3 1/2" 20,000 6,500
CX05-0594 LEWIS TYPE LSG 3 1/2" - 4 1/4" 24,000 8,000
SPECIAL SIZE SNAKES
CX05-0595 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/4" - 1 1/2" 4,486/7,500 1,200/2,500
CX05-0596 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/2" - 1 1/2" 7,500/10,000 2,500/3,500
CX05-0597 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1/2" - 2" 7,500/12,000 2,500/4,000
CX05-0598 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1" - 2" 10,000/12,000 3,500/4,000
CX05-0599 LEWIS TYPE LSG 1 1/2" - 2 1/2" 12,000/16,000 4,000/5,000
5-42
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Lewis Mfg. Co.
The XS, X, and X-HDFE were designed to simplify the 4. The X and X Heavy Duty feature metal shoulders
process of selecting a pulling grip.The entire X series is installed beneath the bail.These shoulders allow the
unique for several reasons: grip to be pulled through the most abrasive conduit or
1. X model grips can be used overhead or for under- other rough environments, and still be used time after
ground pulls. time.These shoulders are color coded to ensure the
correct grip size is selected when making a pull.
2. X model grips incorporate a single wire bail which,
when put under pressure, conforms to even the tight- When a friction swivel is needed for the X-Series Pulling
est clearances.The single wire bail also connects easily Grips or any other Lewis Pulling Grip, please refer to the
with either ball bearing swivels or drop forged friction following chart.To order a swivel built into a grip add,
swivels. “W/S” to the end of the grip part number.
3. The reverse weave of all X models insures that the
grip and cable will pass smoothly through even the
tightest blocks, sheaves, bullwheels, etc.
X or XS Swivel X or XS Swivel
Models Size Models Size
A 5/16" F 3/8"
B 3/8" G 1/2"
C 3/8" H 1/2"
D 3/8" I 1/2"
E 3/8" J 1/2"
5
X-Series Grip
The X-Series Grips are color coded for quick identifica- model grip also offers a backwards weave that (1) adds
tion and organized storage.They are plastic-coated which pulling surface to the grip itself, and (2) allows the grip
increases the life of the grip, provides a more effective to pass through even the tightest of clearances.The X
gripping surface, and reduces injuries due to frayed or series features metal sleeves near the top of the grip to
mangled wire in the pulling grip itself. eliminate wear when pulling through clay conduit, gravel,
This grip is designed with the ball bearing swivel user in or other abrasive pulling environments.This series is con-
mind.The single wire eye allows a swivel to be attached structed with galvanized wire, but can be ordered with
to the grip easily, and helps to alleviate any binding that stainless steel at additional cost.
may occur in the throat of the swivel during a pull. The X
CERTEX Lewis Color Ultimate

Cat. Ref. No. Part # Range Code Wk. Ld. Tensile Mesh Eye
CX05-0600 X-A-SW-18" 3/4-1 1/4" 3000 3000 18 5
CX05-0601 X-A-DW-18" 3/4-1 1/4" Lt. Blue 1500 3500 18 5
CX05-0602 X-A-SW-24" 3/4-1 1/4" 1700 3400 24 5
CX05-0603 X-A-DW-24" 3/4-1 1/4" 2000 6000 24 5
CX05-0604 X-B-TW-26" 1 1/4-2" Red 2500 7500 26 6
CX05-0605 X-B-TW-32" 1 1/4-2" 2500 7500 32 6
CX05-0606 X-C-TW-32" 2-2 3/4" 3500 10500 32 7
CX05-0607 X-C-TW-38" 2-2 3/4" Purple 4500 13500 38 7
CX05-0608 X-D-TW-38" 2 3/4-3 1/2" 4500 13500 38 7
CX05-0609 X-D-TW-46" 2 3/4-3 1/2" Orange 5500 16500 46 7
CX05-0610 X-E-TW-46" 3 1/2-4 1/4" Green 5500 16500 46 8
CX05-0611 X-E-TW-52" 3 1/2-4 1/4" 6500 19500 52 8
CX05-0612 X-F-TW-52" 4 1/4-4 7/8" Black 6000 18000 52 9
CX05-0613 X-F-TW-58" 4 1/4-4 7/8" 7000 21000 58 9
CX05-0614 X-G-TW-58" 4 7/8-5 1/2" Yellow 15000 30000 58 10
CX05-0615 X-G-TW-64" 4 7/8-5 1/2" 15000 30000 64 10
CX05-0616 X-H-TW-58" 5 1/2-6" Brown 15000 30000 58 10
CX05-0617 X-H-TW-64" 5 1/2-6" 15000 30000 64 10
CX05-0618 X-I-TW-58" 6-6 3/4" Turquoise 15000 30000 58 10
CX05-0619 X-I-TW-64" 6-6 3/4" 15000 30000 64 10
CX05-0620 X-J-TW-58" 6 3/4-8" Aluminum 16500 33000 58 10
CX05-0621 X-J-TW-64" 6 3/4-8" 16500 33000 64 10
5-43
WIRE ROPE GRIPS
Lewis Mfg. Co.
XS-Series Grip
These grips feature coated galvanized cable, reverse weave, and a single wire bail but will not have metal shoulders. XS
series grip are identified by tags beneath the heavy duty clear tubing.The XS series is designed for normal working
conditions.
CERTEX Lewis Ultimate

Cat. Ref. No. Part # Range Wk. Ld. Tensile Mesh Eye
CX05-0622 XS-A-SW-18" 3/4-1 1/4" 3000 3000 18 5
CX05-0623 XS-A-DW-18" 3/4-1 1/4" 1500 3500 18 5
CX05-0624 XS-A-SW-24" 3/4-1 1/4" 1700 3400 24 5
CX05-0625 XS-A-DW-24" 3/4-1 1/4" 2000 6000 24 5
CX05-0626 XS-B-TW-26" 1 1/4-2" 2500 7500 26 6
5 CX05-0627 XS-B-TW-32" 1 1/4-2" 2500 7500 32 6
CX05-0628 XS-C-TW-32" 2-2 3/4" 3500 10500 32 7
CX05-0629 XS-C-TW-38" 2-2 3/4" 4500 13500 38 7
CX05-0630 XS-D-TW-38" 2 3/4-3 1/2" 4500 13500 38 7
CX05-0631 XS-D-TW-46" 2 3/4-3 1/2" 5500 16500 46 7
CX05-0632 XS-E-TW-46" 3 1/2-4 1/4" 5500 16500 46 8
CX05-0633 XS-E-TW-52" 3 1/2-4 1/4" 6500 19500 52 8
CX05-0634 XS-F-TW-52" 4 1/4-4 7/8" 6000 18000 52 9
CX05-0635 XS-F-TW-58" 4 1/4-4 7/8" 7000 21000 58 9
CX05-0636 XS-G-TW-58" 4 7/8-5 1/2" 15000 30000 58 10
CX05-0637 XS-G-TW-64" 4 7/8-5 1/2" 15000 30000 64 10
CX05-0638 XS-H-TW-58" 5 1/2-6" 15000 30000 58 10
CX05-0639 XS-H-TW-64" 5 1/2-6" 15000 30000 64 10
CX05-0640 XS-I-TW-58" 6-6 3/4" 15000 30000 58 10
CX05-0641 XS-I-TW-64" 6-6 3/4" 15000 30000 64 10
CX05-0642 XS-J-TW-58" 6 3/4-8" 16500 33000 58 10
CX05-0643 XS-J-TW-64" 6 3/4-8" 16500 33000 64 10
Heavy Duty X Model Grip
These grips are designed for large work loads and rugged conditions.The following heavy duty X models incorporate
the use of exceptionally strong mesh, reverse weave, single wire bail and abrasion-resistant metal shoulders. Heavy
Duty X models are constructed of uncoated aircraft strand galvanized wire.
CERTEX Lewis Color Ultimate

Cat. Ref. No. Part # Code Wk. Ld. Tensile Mesh Eye
CX05-0644 X-HDFE-1/4-1/2" Brown 1200 6000 22 6
CX05-0645 X-HDFE-1/2-7/8" Yellow 2400 12000 42 8
CX05-0646 X-HDFE-7/8-1 3/8" Black 5700 28800 48 9
CX05-0647 X-HDFE-1 3/8-2" Green 9600 48000 50 9
CX05-0648 X-HDFE-2-2 3/4" Orange 11500 56600 52 9
CX05-0649 X-HDFE-2 3/4-3 1/2" Purple 13500 67200 54 9
CX05-0650 X-HDFE-3 1/2-4 1/4" Red 15300 76800 56 9
CX05-0651 X-HDFE-4 1/4-5" Lt. Blue 17900 86400 58 9
5-44
WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION
FOR Tower Cranes, Mobile Cranes, Dockside FOR Offshore Cranes, Rigging, Mooring & Towing
Cranes, Fishing Ropes Cables, Fishing Ropes
BRILUBE 30-a semi-dry thin film lubricant with excellent BRILUBE 70-a medium thixotropic gel lubricant with sta-
penetration and corrosion resisting properties. ble properties over a wide temperature range offering
Formulated for frequent use in harsh working conditions, corrosion protection against marine working conditions.
whilst minimising lubricant build-up and abrasive particle Formulated for long life on static or dynamic ropes in
contamination. highly aggressive environments.
BRILUBE 30 is recommended for general outdoor use BRILUBE 70 is recommended for use in off-shore and
where corrosion is a major contribution to rope deterio- other hostile environments where effective lubricant and
ration. optimum corrosion protection are vital.
FOR Lifts and Elevators, Friction Hoists FOR Offshore Installations, Lake and River Ferries,
BRILUBE 40-a synthetic lubricant which deposits a slip- Dock Facilities, Water Treatment Operations
resistant film on the wire surfaces. BRILUBE 90-a BIODEGRADABLE heavy duty, Marine
Formulated for use where frictional grip is vital, it pro- Quality wire rope lubricant, developed by BRIDON to
vides internal lubrication whilst avoiding excessive build- meet the needs of wire ropes working in highly aggres-
up with repeated applications. sive conditions and the demand for environmental
acceptability.
BRILUBE 40 is recommended for use on lifts, elevators
and similar friction driven rope installations. Formulated for heavy duty applications in environmental-
ly sensitive environments.
FOR Indoor Cranes, Piling Applications, Small
Excavators
BRILUBE 90 is recommended for use wherever rope
lubrication is a problem due to environmental concerns.
5
BRILUBE 50-an oil based lubricant with additives to The BRILUBE range can be applied by dipping, brushing,
increase adherence and enhance corrosion protection. It spraying and BRILUBE 60, 70 and 90 are particularly suit-
has excellent penetration and lubrication properties for able for use with High Pressure lubricators due to their
working ropes in normal industrial environments. good pumping characteristics and non-drying nature.
BRILUBE 50 is recommended for overhead cranes, hoist BRIDON recommends the MASTO High Pressure lubrica-
ropes and similar working ropes, where fatigue is the tor, an effective, reliable and economical system, ensuring
major factor in rope deterioration. maximum penetration of lubricant with simultaneous
FOR Excavators, Guy Ropes, Winch Ropes removal of most contaminants.
BRILUBE 60-a medium thixotropic gel lubricant with MASTO systems are available from all BRILUBE stockists
excellent corrosion protection and stable properties over for ropes up to 3 ins diameter, and will lubricate up to
a wide temperature range. 150 feet per minute, minimising downtime and waste,
while maximising the proven benefits of in-service lubri-
Formulated for long life on standing or dynamic ropes. cation.
BRILUBE 60 is recommended for outdoor use providing The BRILUBE range of advanced wire rope lubricants has
effective lubrication and corrosion protection where only been developed to promote longer safe-working life
infrequent lubrication is possible. through effective lubrication and corrosion protection.
5-45
WIRE ROPE LUBRICATION
BRILUBE® APPLICATION SYSTEMS

The BRILUBE range can be applied by dipping, brushing, spraying or pumping, and a range of application equipment
is available to enable effective treatment under most conditions.
PORTABLE PRESSURIZED SPRAYER
BRILUBE 30, 40 and 50 can be applied by simple trigger sprays or the BRILUBE portable pressurised sprayer.
This handy pressurised spraying unit consists of a pressure-tested galvanised steel vessel with pressure-gauge, pump,
relief valve, 2 metres of reinforced hose and 350mm lance with trigger control and built-in filter.All seals are of solvent
resistant nitrile material.
The special funnel shaped head ensures easy filling and protects the gauge and valve.
The unit can be carried by either the handle or the shoulder strap and operates at up to 80 p.s.i. (5.47 bar) for maxi-
mum penetration of the dressing, making the unit ideal for the application of BRILUBE onto winches or crane drums.
All units are supplied complete with operating and maintenance instructions and a full list of spares which are readily
available.
MASTO™ POWERED APPLICATION SYSTEMS
BRILUBE 60 and 70 can be pressure applied using in-line application systems which are available to suit a wide range
of rope sizes and constructions.
These systems operate by forcing the dressing into the rope under high pressure, while simultaneously cleaning the
rope and removing moisture, residual dressing and contaminants.
The MASTO system, approved by BRIDON, is suitable for ropes from 4mm to 35mm, and 36mm to 76mm diameter.
The pressure heads are light in weight, easy to attach and effective in use with most rope constructions.The low cost
seals are easy to replace and have long operational lives.
5-46
CHAIN SLINGS
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division
Recommended Chain Sling Use
Follow these Recommendations for Safer Chain 6. Slings should not be shortened with knots, bolts or
Sling Use other makeshift devices.
1.Visually examine the sling before each use. Look for
stretched, gouged, bent or damaged links and compo-
nents, including hooks, with opened throats, cracks or
distortion. If damaged, remove from service.
7. Protect chain with padding when lifting sharp edged

loads.
2. Know the load — determine the weight, center of

gravity, angle of lift and select the proper size and 8. Lift and lower loads smoothly, do not jerk.
type of sling.
3. Never overload the sling — check the working load 9. Hands and fingers should not be placed between the
limit on the identification tag. Always consider the sling and load while sling is being tightened around
effect of Angle of Lift — the tension on each leg of the load. When lifted, the load should not be pushed
the sling is increased as the angle of lift, from horizon- or guided by employee’s hands directly on the load.
tal, decreases. Use the charts in this catalog or in the
Acco Chain Sling User’s Manual for this purpose.
4. Do not point load hooks — load should bear on the 10. Do not expose A8A alloy chain or slings to tempera-
bowl of hook. tures above 500°F. (See Table next page.)
11. Protect chain slings from corrosion during storage.
5. Make sure chain is not twisted, knotted or kinked

before lifting the load.
DO NOT
TWIST
CHAIN
12. Store slings properly on an A-Frame.
6-1
CHAIN SLINGS
Chain Sling Inspection
Daily Inspection — as shown in No. 1 of the Acco 3. Make a link-by-link inspection of the chain slings for:
Recommendations — should be conducted by a compe- a. Excessive wear — If the wear on any portion of any
tent person designated by the employer. link exceeds the allowable wear shown in Table of
Periodic Inspection — OSHA specifies that all alloy steel Wear remove from service.
chain slings shall have a thorough periodic inspection, by b. Twisted, bent, gouged, nicked, worn or elongated
a competent person, at least once every 12 months. links.
These inspections must be recorded and maintained for
each individual sling. c. Cracks in the weld area of any portion of the link.
Transverse markings are the most dangerous.
The inspection schedule should be based on frequency of
sling use, severity of service conditions, nature of lifts d. Severe corrosion.
being made and experience gained on service life of
slings used in similar circumstances.
Inspection —
1. Clean chain prior to inspection, to more easily see
damage or defects.
2. Hang chain vertically if practical, for preliminary

inspection. Measure reach accurately (bearing point of
master link to bearing point of hook). Check this
length against reach shown on tag. If present length is 4. Check master links and hooks for all of the above faults
greater than that shown on tag, there is a possibility — hooks especially for excessive throat opening.
that the sling has been subjected to overloading or Slings showing any of the faults described above
excessive wear. should immediately be removed from service and
returned to the manufacturer for repair.
Acco offers a chain sling inspection service per-

formed by our own qualified inspectors.
6-2
CHAIN SLINGS
GRADE 80 Chain Sling Inspection
Table of Wear
Specifications
Size Minimum Safe
of Dimension at Worn
Chain Part of Link
mm C
In.
7 mm ( .276) .239
10mm (.394) .342
13mm (.513) .443
16mm (.630) .546
20mm (.787) .682
22mm (.866) .750
26mm (1.023) .886
32mm (1.259) 1.090
Effect of High Temperature on Working

Load Limits of Alloy Chain
Temperature* Percentage of
of Chain Permanent Reduction
in Working
(Degrees F) (Degrees C) Load Limit**
500
600
260
315
None
None
6
700 370 5%
800 425 15%
900 482 20%
1000 540 30%
* Acco does not recommend the use of Alloy A8A chain at temperatures above 500°F.
** When chain is used at room temperature after being heated to temperatures
shown in first column.
6-3
CHAIN SLINGS
Types of Chain Slings
How to Order
The following information should be given on orders or inquiries for chain slings.
1. SIZE:This is specified by the size of the material from which the chain is made, determined by working load limit
required.
2. REACH:This is the length, including attachments, measured from bearing point to bearing point.
3. TYPE: Select and specify proper type of sling from list shown. EXAMPLES: S—single, O—oblong link, S—sling hook.
6 4. ATTACHMENTS: Unless otherwise specified standard master links and hooks as given herein will be used. When
other than standard master links or hooks are required, we should be given a complete description or a drawing of
the requested substitute.
Hot dip galvanized Accoloy chain is available. When hot galvanizing is specified our recommended working load lim-
its must be reduced 15%. Please refer all such inquiries to the manager of chain customer services,York, PA.
Single Chain Slings

Attachments
Type One End Opposite End
SG Plain Grab Hook
SOS Oblong Link Single Hook
SOG Oblong Link Grab Hook
SGS Grab Hook Sling Hook
SGG Grab Hook Grab Hook
SSS Sling Hook Sling Hook
SOF Oblong Link Foundry Hook
CO Oblong Link Oblong Link
Double Chain Slings
DOS Oblong Link Sling Hooks
DOG Oblong Link Grab Hooks
DOF Oblong Link Foundry Hooks
DOP Oblong Link Plate Hooks
Triple Chain Slings
TOS Oblong Link Sling Hooks
TOG Oblong Link Grab Hooks
TOF Oblong Link Foundry Hooks
Quadruple Chain Slings
QOS ObgLink
n
lo Sin
leHooks
g
QOG Ob gLink
n
lo GrabHooks
QOF Obg nLink
lo Fo
ryHooks
d
n
u
WARNING
Failure to read, understand and follow the instruc-
tions, working load limits and specifications in this
and other Acco publications could result in serious
injury or property damage.
6-4
CHAIN SLINGS
Observe These Five Safety Tips When Slinging With Kuplex II
1. Selecting the proper chain size for your Kuplex II
Chain Sling is of utmost importance. The Working
Load Limit Chart on following page defines load limits
of 9/32” through 2”Accoloy Chain in 1, 2, 3 and 4 leg
styles for Grades 63 and 80.You may determine the
correct chain size and sling style for the job by work-
ing from this handy table.
2. Should repairs ever be necessary on a Kuplex II Sling, it
is recommended that only Kuplex II Sling Distributors 4. To disassemble, drive the retaining pins out with a
be allowed to handle the repairs. A trained staff and an drive pin. Retaining pins and load pins are reusable.
adequate stock of Kuplex II proof tested components
parts are available to give you fast repair service.
3. To insure compatability of attachments with Accoloy
Chain, Kuplex II components, identified by the distinc-
tive Acco orange color, should be used to make up a
Kuplex II Sling or to repair an old sling. Should the
body chain of a Kuplex II Sling become badly damaged
or broken — replace the entire leg with Accoloy Chain.
4. Kuplex II components will fit most chain manufac-
tured domestically; however, for engineered uniformity
and quality control only Accoloy is recommended.
5. Because of link dimension differences,A8A chain
should not be mixed with any other chain when
assembling a multi-leg sling. Reach
Bearing Point to Bearing Point
Assembly Instructions
Kuplex II assembles and disassembles quickly with sim- Important: Use only genuine Kuplex load and retaining 6
ple, readily available tools. pins when assembling slings. Never use rods, bolts or
other objects of questionable strength and metallurgy.
1. Select the Kuplex II components to be attached to the Failure could cause serious injury or damage to property.
matching size chain.
Information For Calculating

Chain Length
Single Leg Type — If the measurement comes within the
link, the following link is cut. Reach given should be mini-
mum.
2 Leg Type — The required chain length is measured and
2. Insert the end link of the chain into the slot of the cut† (same as single leg). The first and last links should
Kuplex II component. Pass the load pin through the lie in opposite planes — this allows hooks and attach-
component and chain link so that the grooves in the ments to point away from the load as shown.
load pin are in line with the retaining pin holes. Cut the second leg with the same number of links.
(Grooves in load pin should point toward body of 3 and 4 Leg Type — The cutting† length is measured and
components.) number of links counted. Must be an odd number of links
(due to secondary links on Master Link Assembly) so
hooks hang on correct plane, pointing out. Chain lengths
for additional legs are cut with this same number of links.
If the reach is over five feet (1.52m), add the difference
to the figures in “Cut Chain Length Needed for 5’ (1.52m)
Reach” column found on following pages. If reach is
under five’ (1.52m), subtract the difference. A metal tag
showing the sling reach will be attached to the sling.
3. Drive the Spirol® * retaining pins into the Kuplex II EXAMPLE
component until flush with surface.
Required reach — 8 ft. (2.44m)
Sling type and size — CO 9/32” (7mm) chain
• Add 3 feet (0.92m) (reach over 5’ (1.52m)) to figure
shown on chart under Type SOO — 9/32” (7mm) chain
is 3’9” (1.14m).
• 6’9” (2.06m) = cut chain length for 8’ (2.44m) reach.
* Registered TM of Spirol International.
WARNING
Extreme caution should be used when cutting chain with
a torch to avoid heating adjacent links.ACCO recom-
mends the use of mechanical or plasma cutting devices.
6-5
CHAIN SLINGS
Grade 80 Chain
To determine which chain size and leg style are best suited to your requirements — use this working load limit table
as a guide. The table gives the working load limits of 9/32” through 1-1/4”Accoloy Chain in 1, 2, 3, and 4 leg styles.
You know the maximum load (or loads) you will lift and the angle of lift involved — working to the left from these
loads and angles gives you the proper chain size for your sling. Working Load Limits of the chain and components is
established as pounds applied at the indicated degrees from horizontal.
Specifications Inches Every link embossed A8A Matte Grey Finish with Rust Inhibiter
Acco Chain
Stock Size Working Nominal Nominal Weight
Fibre Load Inside Inside Per Feet
CERTEX Drum** Limits* Length Width 100-Ft. Per
Cat. Ref. No. Number In. mm Lbs.* Inches Inches Lbs. Drum
CX06-0093 5116-10402 9/32 7 3,500 .846 .405 67 800
CX06-0094 5116-10602 3/8 10 7,100 1.209 .567 144 500
CX06-0095 5116-10802 1/2 13 12,000 1.571 .736 243 300
CX06-0096 5116-11002 5/8 16 18,100 1.937 .906 372 200
CX06-0097 5116-11202 3/4 20 28,300 2.417 1.134 581 100
CX06-0098 5116-11402 7/8 22 34,200 2.661 1.248 699 100
CX06-0099 5105-11602 1 26 47,700 2.900 1.400 996 75
CX06-0100 5105-12002 1-1/4 32 72,300 3.710 1.670 1575 60
** The last digit of the stock number changes to "0" if a non-standard quantity is ordered.
Specifications Metric
Acco Chain
Stock Size Working Nominal Nominal Weight
6 CERTEX
Number
Fibre
Load
Limits*
Inside
Length
Inside
Width
Per
Meter
Meters
Per
Cat. Ref. No. Drum** mm In. kgs. mm mm kgs. Drum
CX06-0093 5116-10402 7 9/32 1,600 21.5 10.3 9.26 243.9
CX06-0094 5116-10602 10 3/8 3,200 30.7 14.4 19.91 152.4
CX06-0095 5116-10802 13 1/2 5,400 39.9 18.7 33.60 91.5
CX06-0096 5116-11002 16 5/8 8,200 49.2 23.0 51.44 61.0
CX06-0097 5116-11202 20 3/4 12,800 61.4 28.8 80.34 30.5
CX06-0098 5116-11402 22 7/8 15,500 67.6 31.7 96.66 30.5
CX06-0099 5105-11602 26 1 21,600 73.7 35.6 139.73 22.9
CX06-0100 5105-12002 32 1-1/4 32,800 94.3 42.5 217.80 18.3
** The last digit of the stock number changes to "0" if a non-standard quantity is ordered.
Working Load Limits* Pounds

Size Single
of Chain Double Chain Slings/Lbs. Triple and Quad Chain Slings/Lbs.
Chain at 90¡ Type D Type T and Type Q
In. mm Lbs. 60¡ 45¡ 30¡ 60¡ 45¡ 30¡
9/32 7 3,500 6,100 4,900 3,500 9,100 7,400 5,200
3/8 10 7,100 12,300 10,000 7,100 18,400 15,100 10,600
1/2 13 12,000 20,800 17,000 12,000 31,200 25,500 18,000
5/8 16 18,100 31,300 25,600 18,100 47,000 38,400 27,100
3/4 20 28,300 49,000 40,000 28,300 73,500 60,000 42,400
7/8 22 34,200 59,200 48,400 34,200 88,900 72,500 51,300
1 26 47,700 82,600 67,400 47,700 123,900 101,200 71,500
1-1/4 32 72,300 125,200 102,200 72,300 187,800 153,400 108,400
1-1/2 38 100,000 173,200 141,400 100,000 259,800 212,100 150,000
1-3/4 45 131,250 227,300 185,600 131,250 341,000 278,400 196,900
2 51 175,000 303,100 247,500 175,000 454,600 371,200 262,500
Meets ASTM A906 specifications.
* WARNING
Working Load Limits should
not be exceeded.
6-6
CHAIN SLINGS
Welded Single Chain Slings
Oblong Link Sling Hook** Grab Hook Foundry Hook Grab Hook
Specifications
Accology Oblong Links
Size Grade 80 A B C
of Working Dia.- Inside Inside
Chain Load Limits* Mtl. Width Length
In. mm Lbs. at 90¡ In. In. In.
9/32 7 3,500 5/8 3 6
3/8 10 7,100 3/4 3 6
1/2 13 12,000 1 3-1/2 7
5/8 16 18,100 1 3-1/2 7
3/4 20 28,300 1-1/4 4 8
7/8 22 34,200 1-1/2 6 12
1 26 47,700 1-3/4 6 12
1-1/4 32 72,300 2 7 14
6
Mechanical Single Chain Slings
Plain
End
CO SOS** or SOSH SOG SOF Choke Hook SG

Note: Not limited
to Single Chain
Sling Applications
Illustrations shown here utilize Kuplex II Master Kuplinks. If plain Master Links are preferred Kuplex II Kuplers or
Kuplocks must be used to attach chain.
Specifications
Size SOS Sling Hooks SOG SOF SOCH
of SOO/CO SOSH Safety Hook Grab Hooks Foundry Hooks Choke Hook
Chain
Accoloy
Working Cut Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain Choke Choke
CERTEX Load Limits* Needed for Needed for Needed for Needed for Hook Link
Cat. Ref. No. In. mm Lbs. at 90¡ Kuplink 5’ Reach No. 5’ Reach No. 5’ Reach No. 5’ Reach No. No.
CX06-0117 9/32 7 3,500 K-11 3 ’-9 " K-80 4 ’-1 " K-72 4 ’-2 " K-498 4 ’-0 " K-710 KCL-7
CX06-0118 3/8 10 7,100 K-12 3 ’-8 " K-81 3 ’-11 " K-73 4 ’-1 " K-499 3 ’-11 " K-710 KCL-10
CX06-0119 1/2 13 12,000 K-13 3 ’-7 " K-82 3 ’-10 " K-75 4 ’-0 " K-500 3 ’-8 "
CX06-0120 5/8 16 18,100 K-14 3 ’-1 " K-83 3 ’-8 " K-76 3 ’-7 " K-501 3 ’-4 "
CX06-0121 3/4 20 28,300 K-15 3 ’-1 " K-84 3 ’-5 " K-77 3 ’-7 " K-502 3 ’-4 "
CX06-0122 7/8 22 34,200 K-16 2 ’-4 " K-85 2 ’-11 " K-78 3 ’-2 " K-503 2 ’-10 "
CX06-0123 1 26 47,700 K-6 3 ’-0 " K-86 2 ’-10 " K-504 2 ’-5 "
† Assemble with Kuplok/Mechanical connectors only.
* WARNING
Working Load Limits should not be
exceeded. Do not point load hooks.
6-7
CHAIN SLINGS
Welded Double Chain Slings
Sling Hooks Grab Hooks Foundry Hooks
Specifications
Oblong Links
Size Accoloy A B C
of Working Dia. Inside Inside
Chain Load Limits* Master Mtl. Width Length
In. mm Lbs. at 60¡ Link In. In. In.
9/32 7 6,100 K-1 5/8 3 6
3/8 10 12,300 K-2 3/4 3 6
1/2 13 20,800 K-3 1 3-1/2 7
5/8 16 31,300 K-4 1-1/4 4 8
3/4 20 49,000 K-5 1-1/2 6 12
7/8 22 59,200 K-6 1-3/4 6 12
6 1 26 82,600 – 2 7 14
1-1/4 32 125,200 – 2-1/4 8 16
Mechanical Double Chain Slings
Use Kuplok
as Alternate
Method
DOSH or DOS DOF
Specifications
Size Accoloy DOSH DOG Grab Hooks DOF Foundry Hooks
of Working Cut Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain
Chain Load Limits* Master Needed for Needed for Needed for
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. In. mm Lbs. at 60¡ Link Kuplok Kupler No. 5’ Reach No. 5’ Reach No. 5’ Reach
CX06-0132 9/32 7 6,100 K-1 9/32 K-20 K-80 4 ’-1 " K-72 4 ’-2 " K-498 4 ’-0 "
CX06-0133 3/8 10 12,300 K-2 3/8 K-21 K-81 3 ’-11 " K-73 4 ’-1 " K-499 3 ’-11 "
CX06-0134 1/2 13 20,800 K-3 1/2 K-22 K-82 3 ’-9 " K-75 3 ’-11 " K-500 3 ’-8 "
CX06-0135 5/8 16 31,300 K-4 5/8 K-23 K-83 3 ’-6 " K-76 3 ’-8 " K-501 3 ’-5 "
CX06-0136 3/4 20 49,000 K-5 3/4 K-24 K-84 3 ’-1 " K-77 3 ’-3 " K-502 3 ’-0 "
CX06-0137 7/8 22 59,200 K-6 7/8 K-25 K-85 2 ’-11 " K-78 3 ’-2 " K-503 2 ’-10 "
CX06-0138 1 26 82,600 2x7x14 1 K-86 2 ’-8 " K-504 2 ’-6 "
* WARNING
6-8
CHAIN SLINGS
Welded Triple Chain Slings
TOS TOF
Sling Hooks Foundry Hooks

TOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)
Specifications
Oblong Links
Size Accoloy A B C D E F
of Working Dia. Inside Inside Dia. Inside Inside
Chain Load Limits* Master Mtl. Width Length Mtl. Width Length
In. mm Lbs. at 60¡ Link In. In. In. In. In. In.
9/32 7 9,100 K-2 3/4 3 6 5/8 1-5/32 2-3/16
3/8 10 18,400 K-3 1 3-1/2 7 3/4 1-1/2 3
1/2 13 31,200 K-4 1-1/4 4 8 1-1/32 2 4
5/8 16 47,000 K-5 1-1/2 6 12 1-1/8 2-1/4 4-9/16
3/4 20 73,500 K-6 1-3/4 6 12 1-1/2 2-1/2 5-1/4 6
7/8 22 88,900 – 2 7 14 1-3/4 3 6-1/2
1 26 123,900 – 2-1/4 8 16 1-3/4 3 6-1/2
1-1/4 32 187,800 – 2-3/4 9 16 2 3-1/2 7
Mechanical Triple Chain Slings
TOSH or TOS TOF

TOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)
Quad TOSH TOG Grab Hooks TOF Foundary

Size Master Hooks
of Accoloy Assy.
Chain Working for Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain
CERTEX Load Limits* Size Needed for Needed for Needed for
Cat. Ref. No. In. mm Lbs. at 60¡ In. Kuplok Kupler No. 5’ Reach No. 5’ Reach No. 5’ Reach
CX06-0147 9/32 7 9,100 9/32 9/32 K-20 K-80 3’-11" K-72 4’-0" K-498 3’-10"
CX06-0148 3/8 10 18,400 3/8 3/8 K-21 K-81 3’-8" K-73 3’-10" K-499 3’-8"
CX06-0149 1/2 13 31,200 1/2 1/2 K-22 K-82 3’-4" K-75 3’-6" K-500 3’-4"
CX06-0150 5/8 16 47,000 5/8 5/8 K-23 K-83 2’-9" K-76 2’-11" K-501 2’-9"
CX06-0151 3/4 20 73,500 3/4 3/4 K-24 K-84 2’-8" K-77 2’-10" K-502 2’-8"
CX06-0152 7/8 22 88,900 7/8 7/8 K-25 K-85 2’-4" K-78 2’-7" K-503 2’-4"
CX06-0153 1 26 123,900 1 1 K-86 2’-2" K-504 2’-0"
* WARNING
6-9
CHAIN SLINGS
Welded Quadruple Chain Slings
QOS QOF
Sling Hooks Foundry Hooks

QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks) QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)
Specifications
Oblong Links
Size Accoloy A B C D E F
of Working Dia. Inside Inside Dia. Inside Inside
Chain Load Limits* Mtl. Width Length Mtl. Width Length
In. mm Lbs. at 60¡ In. In. In. In. In. In.
9/32 7 9,100 3/4 3 6 5/8 1-5/32 2-3/16
3/8 10 18,400 1 3-1/2 7 3/4 1-1/2 3
1/2 13 31,200 1-1/4 4 8 1-1/32 2 4
5/8 16 47,000 1-1/2 6 12 1-1/8 2-1/4 4-9/16
3/4 20 73,500 1-3/4 6 12 1-1/2 2-1/2 5-1/4
6 7/8
1
22
26
88,900
123,900
2
2-1/4
7
8
14
16
1-3/4
1-3/4
3
3
6
6
1-1/4 32 187,800 2-3/4 9 16 2 3-1/2 7
Mechanical Quadruple Chain Slings
QOSH or QOS QOF

QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks) QOG (same as above with Grab Hooks)
Specifications
Quad QOF Foundary
Size Master QOSH QOG Grab Hooks
of Accoloy Assy. Hooks
Chain Working for Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain Cut Chain
CERTEX Load Limits* Size Needed for Needed for Needed for
Cat. Ref. No. In. mm Lbs. at 60¡ In. Kuplok Kupler No. 5’ Reach No. 5’ Reach No. 5’ Reach
CX06-0162 9/32 7 9,100 9/32 9/32 K-20 K-80 3’-11" K-72 4’-0" K-498 3’-10"
CX06-0163 3/8 10 18,400 3/8 3/8 K-21 K-81 3’-8" K-73 3’-10" K-499 3’-8"
CX06-0164 1/2 13 31,200 1/2 1/2 K-22 K-82 3’-4" K-75 3’-6" K-500 3-4"
CX06-0165 5/8 16 47,000 5/8 5/8 K-23 K-83 2’-9" K-76 2’-11" K-501 2’-9"
CX06-0166 3/4 20 73,500 3/4 3/4 K-24 K-84 2’-8" K-77 2’-10" K-502 2’-8"
CX06-0167 7/8 22 88,900 7/8 7/8 K-25 K-85 2’-4" K-78 2’-7" K-503 2’-4"
CX06-0168 1 26 123,900 1 1 K-86 2’-2" K-504 2’-0"
* WARNING
6-10
CHAIN SLINGS
Welded Adjustable Single Slings
Style 1 Style 2
Grab Hook
Grab Hook
Sling Hook Sling Hook

SOS SOS
Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook.
Specifications
Oblong Links
Size Accoloy A B C
9/32 7 3,500 5/8 3 6
3/8 10 7,100 3/4 3 6
1/2 13 12,000 1 3-1/2 7
5/8 16 18,100 1 3-1/2 7
3/4 20 28,300 1-1/4 4 8 6
7/8 22 34,200 1-1/2 6 12
1 26 47,700 1-3/4 6 12
1-1/4 32 72,300 2 7 14
Mechanical Adjustable Single Slings

Style 1 Style 2
Grab Hook Grab Hook
Sling Hook** Sling Hook**

SOS SOS
Specifications
Accoloy
Size Working
of Load Limits* Cut Chain
Chain Lbs. Kupler Needed for
CERTEX Master Grab Sling
Cat. Ref. No. In. mm at 90¡ Link No. Kuplok No. Hook No. Hook No. 5’ Reach
CX06-0177 9/32 7 3,500 K-1 9/32 K-20 K-72 K-80 4’-1"
CX06-0178 3/8 10 7,100 K-2 3/8 K-21 K-73 K-81 3’-11"
CX06-0179 1/2 13 12,000 K-3 1/2 K-22 K-75 K-82 3’-8"
CX06-0180 5/8 16 18,100 K-3 5/8 K-23 K-76 K-83 3’-7"
CX06-0181 3/4 20 28,300 K-4 3/4 K-24 K-77 K-84 3’-1"
CX06-0182 7/8 22 34,200 K-5 7/8 K-25 K-78 K-85 2’-11"
* WARNING
6-11
CHAIN SLINGS
Welded Adjustable Double Slings
DOS
Grab Hook
Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. Sling Hooks
Specifications
Oblong Links
Size Accoloy A B C
9/32 7 6,100 5/8 3 6
3/8 10 12,300 3/4 3 6
1/2 13 20,800 1 3-1/2 7
5/8 16 31,300 1-1/4 4 8
3/4 20 49,000 1-1/2 6 12
6 7/8 22 59,200 1-3/4 6 12
1 26 82,600 2 7 14
1-1/4 32 125,200 2-1/4 8 16
Mechanical Adjustable Double Slings

DOS
Grab Hook
Short leg(s) has one foot of chain and a Grab Hook. Sling Hooks
Specifications
Accoloy
Size Working
of Load Limits*
Chain Lbs. Quad Grab Sling Cut Chain
at Master Hook Hook Needed for
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. In. mm 60¡ Link Kuplok Kupler No. No. No. 5’ Reach
CX06-0191 9/32 7 6,100 9/32 9/32 K-20 K-72 K-80 4’-0"
CX06-0192 3/8 10 12,300 3/8 3/8 K-21 K-73 K-81 3’-8"
CX06-0193 1/2 13 20,800 1/2 1/2 K-22 K-75 K-82 3’-7"
CX06-0194 5/8 16 31,300 5/8 5/8 K-23 K-76 K-83 3’-3"
CX06-0195 3/4 20 49,000 3/4 3/4 K-24 K-77 K-84 3’-1"
CX06-0196 7/8 22 59,200 7/8 7/8 K-25 K-78 K-85 2’-7"
* WARNING
6-12
CHAIN SLINGS
Welded Adjustable Single Loop Slings
Specifications
Master Link
Size Accoloy A B C
9/32 7 6,100 5/8 3 6
3/8 10 12,300 3/4 3 6
1/2 13 20,800 1 3-1/2 7
5/8 16 31,300 1-1/4 4 8
3/4 20 49,000 1-1/2 6 12
7/8
1
22
26
59,200
82,600
1-3/4
2
6
7
12
14
6
1-1/4 32 125,200 2-1/4 8 16
Mechanical Adjustable Single Loop Slings
Specifications
Accoloy
Working
Size Load Limits*
of Lbs. Master Grab Cut Chain
CERTEX Chain at Link Hook Needed for
Cat. Ref. No. In. mm 60¡ No. Kuplok Kupler No. No. 5’ Reach
CX06-1008 9/32 7 6,100 K-1 9/32 K-20 K-72 4’-2"
CX06-1009 3/8 10 12,300 K-2 3/8 K-21 K-73 4’-1"
CX06-1010 1/2 13 20,800 K-3 1/2 K-22 K-75 3’-10"
CX06-1011 5/8 16 31,300 K-4 5/8 K-23 K-76 3’-8"
CX06-1012 3/4 20 49,000 K-5 3/4 K-24 K-77 3’-3"
CX06-1013 7/8 22 59,200 K-6 7/8 K-25 K-78 3’-2"
* WARNING
6-13
CHAIN SLINGS
Welded Adjustable Double Loop Slings
Specifications
Master Link
Size Accoloy A B C
9/32 7 9,100 3/4 3 6
3/8 10 18,400 1 3-1/2 7
1/2 13 31,200 1-1/4 4 8
5/8 16 47,000 1-1/2 6 12
3/4 20 73,500 1-3/4 6 12
6 7/8 22 88,900 2 7 14
1 26 123,900 2-1/4 8 16
1-1/4 32 187,800 2-3/4 9 16
Mechanical Adjustable Double Loop Slings
Specifications
Accoloy
Size Working
of Load Limits*
Chain Lbs. Quad Grab Cut Chain
at Assy. Hook Needed for
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. In. mm 60¡ In. Kuplok Kupler No. No. 5’ Reach
CX06-0205 9/32 7 9,100 9/32 9/32 K-20 K-72 4’-1"
CX06-0206 3/8 10 18,400 3/8 3/8 K-21 K-73 3’-10"
CX06-0207 1/2 13 31,200 1/2 1/2 K-22 K-75 3’-8"
CX06-0208 5/8 16 47,000 5/8 5/8 K-23 K-76 3’-1"
CX06-0209 3/4 20 73,500 3/4 3/4 K-24 K-77 2’-10"
CX06-0210 7/8 22 88,900 7/8 7/8 K-25 K-78 2’-8"
* WARNING
6-14
CHAIN SLINGS
Single & Double Endless Basket Slings
Specifications
Single Double Oblong Links
Size Chain Chain Single Double
of at 90¡ at 60¡ A B C A B C
Chain Working Working Dia. Inside Inside Dia. Inside Inside
CERTEX Load Limit* Load Limit* Mtl. Width Length Mtl. Width Length
Cat. Ref. No. In. mm Lbs. Lbs. In. In. In. In. In. In.
CX06-0231 9/32 7 3,500 6,100 5/8 3 6 5/8 3 6
CX06-0232 3/8 10 7,100 12,300 3/4 3 6 3/4 3 6
CX06-0233 1/2 13 12,000 20,800 1 3-1/2 7 1 3-1/2 7
CX06-0234 5/8 16 18,100 31,300 1 3-1/2 7 1-1/4 4 8
CX06-0235 3/4 20 28,300 49,000 1-1/4 4 8 1-1/2 6 12
CX06-0236 7/8 22 34,200 59,200 1-1/2 6 12 1-3/4 6 12
CX06-0237 1 26 47,700 82,600 1-3/4 6 12 2 7 14
CX06-0238 1-1/4 32 72,300 125,200 2 7 14 2-1/4 8 16
Welded Double Sling With Oblong Link On Each End

Master Link Specifications
Double Standard
Size Chain Master Link Oblong End Link
of at 60¡ A B C A B C
Chain Working Dia. Inside Inside Dia. Inside Inside
Load Limit* Mtl. Width Length Mtl. Width Length
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. Lbs. In. In. In. In. In. In.
CX06-0239
In.
9/32
mm
7 6,100 5/8 3 6 5/8 3 6
6
CX06-0240 3/8 10 12,300 3/4 3 6 3/4 3 6
CX06-0241 1/2 13 20,800 1 3-1/2 7 1 3-1/2 7
CX06-0242 5/8 16 31,300 1-1/4 4 8 1 3-1/2 7
CX06-0243 3/4 20 49,000 1-1/2 6 12 1-1/4 4 8
CX06-0244 7/8 22 59,200 1-3/4 6 12 1-1/2 6 12
CX06-0245 1 26 82,600 2 7 14 1-3/4 6 12
CX06-0246 1-1/4 32 125,200 2-1/4 8 16 2 7 14
End Link
Endless Chain
Specifications
Size Single Chain
of at 90¡
Chain Working
Load Limit*
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. In. mm Lbs.
CX06-0247 9/32 7 3,500
CX06-0248 3/8 10 7,100
CX06-0249 1/2 13 12,000
CX06-0250 5/8 1 18,100
CX06-0251 3/4 20 28,300
CX06-0252 7/8 22 34,200
CX06-0253 1 26 47,700
CX06-0254 1-1/4 32 72,300
* WARNING
not be exceeded.
6-15
CHAIN SLINGS
Steady-Lift Magnet Chains (3-Point Suspension)
Eliminates Costly Down Time With Lift After Lift, Built-In Dependability
• Ease of Use — Designed so bail stands up while chain rests on floor, there is no
wrestling with the bail for hook-up.
• Balanced Loading — Three point suspension offers superior stability.
• Wearability — Engineered and built for increased service life, with heat treated
bail, pins, alloy chain and end links.
• Less Down Time — Easy inspection, replaceable pins, legs and bail mean more
time on the job and fewer off-site repairs.
Replacement Parts
Magnet CERTEX Acco CERTEX Acco CERTEX Acco
Chain Size Cat. Ref. No. Pin Cat. Ref. No. Leg Cat. Ref. No. Yoke
1 CX06-0255 5371-01630 CX06-0257 5371-01620 CX06-0259 5371-01610
1-1/4 CX06-0256 5371-02030 CX06-0258 5371-02020 CX06-0260 5371-02010
Specifications
A B C D E F G Comp. Chain Pin
6 Acco
Stock
Size
of
Accoloy No.
*W.L.L. of Mtl. Yoke Yoke Vert.
End
Link
End
Link
End
Link
Assy.
Wt.
Yoke
Wt.
Leg.
Wt.
Wt.
Lbs.
Magnet
Diameter
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. No. Chain Lbs. Links Dia. Wth. Lgh. Reach Wth. Lgh. Dia. Lbs. Lbs. Lbs. Ea. In.
CX06-0261 5371-01600 1 100,000 5 2-1/4 7 12 3’ -7" 2-5/8 7 1-1/4 220 110 31 5.0 up to 60
CX06-0262 5371-02000 1-1/4 150,000 7 2-1/2 7 12 4’ -7" 2-3/4 7 1-1/2 350 155 60 5.5 60 and over
Standard Magnet Chains

Standard ‘D’
Master Link
Main Chain
Oblong Link
Pear Shape Master Link Optional Handles Optional
Specifications
Accoloy Master Link Oblong Link
Chain Working A B C A B C
Acco Size Load Limit* Dia. Inside Inside Dia. Inside Inside 5 Link Magnet
CERTEX Stock Lbs. Mtl. Width Length Mtl. Width Length Reach Diameter
Cat. Ref. No. Number In. mm at 60¡ In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In.
CX06-0263 5373-01000 5/8 16 47,000 1-3/4 6 10-1/2 3/4 2-1/8 6 32-1/2 up to 40/
CX06-0264 5373-01200 3/4 20 73,500 2 6 10-1/2 7/8 2-1/8 6 35 up to 45
CX06-0265 5373-01400 7/8 22 88,900 2-1/8 6 10-1/2 1 2-1/8 6 36 up to 48
CX06-0266 5373-01600 1 26 123,900 2-1/4 6-1/2 11-1/4 1-1/4 2-3/4 7 40 up to 60
CX06-0267 5373-02000 1-1/4 32 187,800 2-1/2 6-1/2 12-3/4 1-1/2 2-3/4 7 45-1/2 60 and over
† Values shown are grade 63, embossed 'AS'.
* WARNING
not be exceeded.
6-16
CHAIN SLING FITTINGS
Columbus McKinnon Corporation
Oblong Master Link—Proof Tested
Link size (inches) Type & size of chain sling on which used
Working Diameter Inside Inside Single Double Triple Quad Weight
load limit CERTEX material width length type type type type each
(lbs.)* Cat. Ref. No. A B C S&C D T Q (lbs.)
3,600 CX06-0268 13/32 1 1/2 3 7/32 7/32 – – .33
6,100 CX06-0269 1/2 2 1/2 5 9/32 9/32 7/32 7/32 .8
12,300 CX06-0270 3/4 2 3/4 5 1/2 3/8 3/8 9/32 9/32 2.1
20,800 CX06-0271 1 3 1/2 7 1/2 or 5/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 4.6
31,300 CX06-0272 1 1/4 4 3/8 8 3/4 3/4 5/8 1/2 1/2 9.2
49,000 CX06-0273 1 1/2 5 1/4 10 1/2 7/8 3/4 5/8 5/8 15.7
73,500 CX06-0274 1 3/4 6 12 1 7/8 3/4 3/4 24.5
88,900 CX06-0275 2 7 14 1 1/4 1 7/8 7/8 37.3
125,200 CX06-0276 2 1/4 8 16 – 1 1/4 1 1 54.0
187,800 CX06-0277 2 3/4 9 16 – – 1 1/4 1 1/4 84.8
† Working load limit of master link only.
Oblong Master Link Sub-Assembly**—Proof Tested

For triple and quad branch chain slings
Oblong master Master coupling
link size link size HA
(inches)
CERTEX
(inches) Weight
(lbs.)
chain
(in.)
6
A B C Cat. Ref. No. D E F
1/2 2 1/2 5 CX06-0278 11/32 5/8 1 1/8 1.0 7/32
3/4 2 3/4 5 1/2 CX06-0279 15/32 7/8 1 9/16 2.6 9/32
1 3 1/2 7 CX06-0280 21/32 1 1/4 2 1/4 6.1 3/8
1 1/4 4 3/8 8 3/4 CX06-0281 29/32 1 3/4 3 1/8 13.3 1/2
1 1/2 5 1/4 10 1/2 CX06-0282 1 5/32 2 1/4 4 24.3 5/8
1 3/4 6 12 CX06-0283 1 9/32 2 3/8 4 3/8 36.1 3/4
2 7 14 CX06-0284 1 17/32 2 3/4 5 1/4 57.4 7/8
2 1/4 8 16 CX06-0285 1 25/32 3 6 83.9 1
** Consisting of oblong master link and two 2 3/4 9 16 CX06-0286 2 1/32 3 1/2 7 129.7 1 1/4
welded master coupling links.
Master Ring—Proof Tested

Ring size (inches) Type & size of chain sling on which used
Working Diameter Inside Single Double Triple Quad Weight
load limit CERTEX material dia. of ring type type type type each
(lbs.)* Cat. Ref. No. K L S&C D T Q (lbs.)
3,500 CX06-0287 1/2 2 1/2 9/32 – – – .5
6,100 CX06-0288 5/8 3 – 9/32 – – 1.0
9,100 CX06-0289 3/4 4 3/8 – 9/32 9/32 1.8
12,300 CX06-0290 7/8 4 – 3/8 – – 2.6
18,400 CX06-0291 1 4 1/2 – 3/8 3/8 3.4
20,800 CX06-0292 1 1/4 5 5/8 or 3/4 1/2 – – 6.9
31,300 CX06-0293 1 1/2 6 7/8 5/8 1/2 1/2 11.7
49,000 CX06-0294 1 3/4 7 1 3/4 5/8 5/8 18.6
73,500 CX06-0295 2 8 – 7/8 3/4 3/4 27.9
88,900 CX06-0296 2 1/4 9 1 1/4 1 7/8 7/8 39.9
† Working load limit of master link only.
* WARNING
• Do not exceed working load limit.
• Use only alloy chain and attachments
for overhead lifting.
6-17
Pear-Shaped Master Link—Proof Tested

Type & size of
Link size (inches) chain sling on
which used
Diameter Inside widths Inside Single Double
CERTEX material length type type
Cat. Ref. No. G H I J S&C D
CX06-0297 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/2 5 5/16 9/32 9/32
CX06-0298 3/4 2 2 3/4 5 5/8 3/8 3/8
CX06-0299 1 2 5/8 3 1/2 7 1/4 1/2 or 5/8 1/2
CX06-0300 1 1/4 3 1/4 4 5/8 8 3/4 3/4 5/8
CX06-0301 1 1/2 3 7/8 5 1/4 10 1/2 7/8 3/4
CX06-0302 1 3/4 4 1/2 6 12 1 7/8
CX06-0303 2 3 1/2 7 14 1 1/4 1
CX06-0304 2 1/4 6 8 16 1 1/4
Welded Coupling Link—Proof Tested

Link size (inches)
Chain Diameter Inside Inside
CERTEX size material width length
6 Cat. Ref. No. (in.) D E F
CX06-0305 9/32 11/32 5/8 1 1/8
CX06-0306 3/8 15/32 7/8 1 9/16
CX06-0307 1/2 21/32 1 1/4 2 1/4
CX06-0308 5/8 25/32 1 1/2 2 5/8
CX06-0309 3/4 29/32 1 3/4 3 1/8
CX06-0310 7/8 1 1/32 2 3 1/2
CX06-0311 1 1 5/32 2 1/4 4
CX06-0312 1 1/8** 1 9/32 2 3/8 4 3/8
CX06-0313 1 1/4 1 17/32 2 3/4 5 1/4
CX06-0314 1 1/2** 1 25/32 3 6
CX06-0315 – 1 25/32 3 1/2 7
CX06-0316 – 2 1/32 3 1/2 7
** Non-stock item.
Grab Link—Proof Tested

Link size (inches) For
chain
CERTEX size
Cat. Ref. No. A B C D (in.)
CX06-0317 1/2 5 1/2 2 1/2 7/16 9/32
CX06-0318 3/4 6 1/16 2 3/4 5/8 3/8
CX06-0319 1 7 5/8 3 1/2 3/4 1/2
CX06-0320 1 1/4 9 1/4 4 3/8 1 5/8
CX06-0321 1 3/8 11 1/4 6 1 1/8 3/4
CX06-0322 1 1/2 11 3/4 5 1/4 1 3/8 7/8
CX06-0323 1 3/4 13 3/4 7 1 1/2 1
CX06-0324 2 1/4 17 1/2 9 2 1/4 1 1/4
* WARNING
6-18
S Hook
Working Dimensions (inches)
load Weight
CERTEX Size limits each
Cat. Ref. No. A (lbs.)* B C D R (lbs.)
CX06-0325 9/32 210 4 1/2 1 1/8 1 1/8 9/16 .15
CX06-0326 3/8 410 6 1 1/2 1 1/2 3/4 .35
CX06-0327 1/2 870 7 1/2 2 2 1 .82
CX06-0328 5/8 1,120 9 2 1/2 2 1/2 1 1/4 1.6
CX06-0329 3/4 1,730 10 1/2 3 3 1 1/2 2.6
CX06-0330 7/8 2,370 12 3 1/2 3 1/2 1 3/4 4.2
CX06-0331 1 2,920 13 4 4 2 6.0
CX06-0332 1 5/32 3,150 15 4 1/2 4 1/2 2 1/4 9.3
CX06-0333 1 1/4 4,450 16 5 5 2 1/2 11.7
CX06-0334 1 3/8 6,100 17 5 1/2 5 1/2 2 3/4 15.4
CX06-0335 1 1/2 6,250 18 6 6 3 19.5
Plate Hook
Chain Working Dimensions (inches) Weight

CERTEX size load limit each
Cat. Ref. No. (in.) (lbs.)* A B C D L M N T R W (lbs.)
CX06-0336
CX06-0337
9/32
3/8
3,600
7,050
2
2 5/8
1 3/4
3
2 1/2
4 5/16
15/16
1 3/16
1
1 1/8
3 11/16
6 3/8
1/8
3/16
5/8
3/4
5/16
3/8
2 1/2
2 3/4
2.8
5.7 6
CX06-0338 1/2 11,400 3 1/2 4 4 3/8 1 1/2 1 1/2 7 3/8 1/4 1 1/2 3 1/2 13
CX06-0339 5/8 17,800 4 3/8 5 5 7/16 1 7/8 1 7/8 9 1/4 5/16 1 1/4 5/8 5 26.5
CX06-0340 3/4 25,600 5 3/16 6 6 1/2 2 3/8 2 1/4 10 7/8 3/8 1 1/2 3/4 5 3/4 42
CX06-0341 7/8 34,900 6 7 7 5/8 2 1/2 2 5/8 13 1/16 7/16 1 3/4 1 6 65
Latchlok® Hook—Proof Tested

For simplified rigging and more secure load
attachment. Recessed push button thumb release
will not open accidentally, even if chain slacks;
eliminates danger of an open hook snagging on a
projection. Large eye accepts wire rope thimbles.
Chain size Working Dimensions (inches) Weight

load limit each
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. (in.) (mm) (lbs.)* B D E G H I J K L M N O P (lbs.)
CX06-0342 9/32 7 3,500 2 3/16 3 7/16 1 3/8 6 11/16 1/2 15/16 13/16 1 3/16 1 3/16 5 3/16 1 3/8 1 5/16 1 1.28
CX06-0343 3/8 10 7,100 2 13/16 4 1/16 1 3/4 8 11/32 11/16 1 1/8 5/8 1 7/16 1 7/16 6 1/2 1 3/4 1 19/32 1 9/64 2.08
CX06-0344 1/2 13 12,000 3 5/8 4 3/4 2 1/4 10 9/16 7/8 1 11/16 1 3/8 1 7/8 1 7/8 8 9/32 2 3/16 1 21/32 1 3/8 4.12
CX06-0345 5/8-3/4 16/20 28,300 5 1/16 5 3/4 2 7/16 13 1/2 1 1/4 2 1/16 1 3/4 2 9/16 2 9/16 10 1/2 2 5/8 2 3/8 1 3/4 10.34
* WARNING
6-19
Clevlok® Sling Hook Without Latch**—Proof Tested
Chain size Working Dimensions (inches) Weight

CERTEX load limit each
Cat. Ref. No. (in.) (mm) (lbs.)* D E G H I K L M N O P (lbs.)
CX06-0346 9/32 7 3,500 3.500 1.500 5.156 0.328 0.734 1.594 0.357 3.437 1.187 1.203 1.051 0.64
CX06-0347 3/8 10 7,100 4.343 1.875 6.672 0.453 0.953 2.187 0.507 4.468 1.437 1.453 1.281 1.91
CX06-0348 1/2 13 12,000 5.500 2.250 8.000 0.593 1.172 2.562 0.625 5.265 1.781 1.938 1.656 4.33
6 CX06-0349 5/8 16 18,100 6.281 2.625 9.687 0.750 1.438 2.281 0.750 6.078 2.031 2.375 2.188 5.20
CX06-0350 3/4 20 28,300 7.827 3.000 11.688 0.875 1.688 3.437 0.906 7.344 2.500 2.828 2.563 11.40
** Latches available either as an option or in kit form.
User must determine whether latch is required on the hook.
Clevlok® Sling Hook With Latch—Proof Tested
Working Weight
Chain size Dimensions (inches)
CERTEX load limit each
Cat. Ref. No. (in.) (mm) (lbs.)* D G H I L M O P R (lbs.)
CX06-0351 9/32 7 3,500 3.500 5.156 0.328 0.734 0.357 3.437 1.203 1.051 1.062 0.80
CX06-0352 3/8 10 7,100 4.343 6.672 0.453 0.953 0.507 4.468 1.453 1.281 1.312 2.03
CX06-0353 1/2 13 12,000 5.500 8.000 0.593 1.172 0.625 5.265 1.938 1.656 1.562 4.50
CX06-0354 5/8 16 18,100 6.281 9.687 0.750 1.438 0.750 6.078 2.375 2.188 1.750 6.50
CX06-0355 3/4 20 28,300 7.827 11.688 0.875 1.688 0.906 7.344 2.828 2.563 2.187 11.80
* WARNING
6-20
Cradle Grab® Hook— Proof Tested
Working
Chain size Dimensions (inches)
load Weight
limit each
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. (in.) (mm) (lbs.)* B D E G H I K L M P (lbs.)
CX06-0356 7/32 5.5 2,100 1.19 1.75 0.36 2.69 0.38 1.19 0.96 0.63 1.63 .70 0.35
CX06-0357 9/32 7 3,500 1.38 1.81 0.36 3.44 0.38 1.19 0.99 0.63 2.36 .70 0.40
CX06-0358 3/8 10 7,100 1.78 2.63 0.45 4.67 0.50 1.75 1.48 0.78 3.11 1.06 1.06
CX06-0359 1/2 13 12,000 2.28 3.34 0.59 5.86 0.63 1.88 1.98 1.03 3.94 1.30 2.26
CX06-0360 5/8 16 18,100 2.75 4.08 0.75 7.13 0.75 2.25 2.63 1.25 4.78 1.59 4.36
CX06-0361 3/4 20 28,300 3.19 4.88 0.88 8.25 0.88 2.88 3.06 1.44 5.50 1.88 6.70
CX06-0362 7/8 22 34,200 3.75 5.69 1.00 9.63 1.00 3.00 3.75 1.75 6.50 2.12 10.40
CX06-0363 1 26 47,700 4.31 7.00 1.19 12.44 1.22 3.88 4.31 1.88 8.09 3.12 20.90
CX06-0364 1 1/4 32 72,300 5.38 8.25 1.50 15.56 1.56 2.50 5.50 2.25 10.50 3.50 40.00 6
† Not cradle type.
Sling Hook** Without Latch—Proof Tested
Working
Chain size load Dimensions (inches) Weight
limit each
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. (in.) (mm) (lbs.)* B D E G H I K L M N O P (lbs.)
CX06-0365 7/32 5.5 2,100 3.31 1.44 4.30 0.38 0.78 1.25 0.75 3.06 1.25 1.00 0.86 0.7
CX06-0366 9/32 7 3,500 1.62 3.50 1.50 5.25 0.44 0.73 1.59 0.75 3.75 1.19 1.20 1.05 1.1
CX06-0367 3/8 10 7,100 2.06 4.34 1.88 6.64 0.56 0.95 2.19 0.94 4.78 1.44 1.45 1.28 1.9
CX06-0368 1/2 13 12,000 2.63 5.50 2.25 8.16 0.75 1.17 2.56 1.13 5.69 1.78 1.94 1.66 4.5
CX06-0369 5/8 16 18,100 3.06 6.34 2.63 9.66 0.88 1.44 2.63 1.31 6.50 2.03 2.38 2.19 7.3
CX06-0370 3/4 20 28,300 3.50 7.83 3.00 11.38 1.00 1.69 3.44 1.50 7.81 2.50 2.83 2.51 11.4
CX06-0371 7/8 22 34,200 3.88 8.59 3.38 12.72 1.09 1.94 3.88 1.69 8.75 2.78 3.22 2.84 18.1
CX06-0372 1 26 47,700 4.31 9.59 4.00 14.23 1.22 2.14 4.25 1.88 9.88 3.13 3.55 3.09 22.6
CX06-0373 1 1/4 32 72,300 5.31 11.56 4.66 17.00 1.50 2.62 4.64 2.31 11.50 3.88 4.25 3.89 36.0
** Available from stock with/without latch.
Replacement latch kits are also available.
User must determine if latch is required on the hook.
* WARNING
6-21
Sling Hook With Latch—Proof Tested
Working
limit each
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. (in.) (mm) (lbs.)* B D E G H I K L M N O P R (lbs.)
CX06-0374 7/32 5.5 2,100 3.31 1.44 4.30 0.38 0.78 1.25 0.75 3.06 1.25 1.00 0.86 1.11 0.7
CX06-0375 9/32 7 3,500 1.63 3.50 1.50 5.25 0.44 0.73 1.59 0.75 3.75 1.19 1.20 1.05 1.06 1.1
CX06-0376 3/8 10 7,100 2.06 4.34 1.88 6.64 0.56 0.95 2.19 0.94 4.78 1.44 1.45 1.28 1.31 1.9
CX06-0377 1/2 13 12,000 2.63 5.50 2.25 8.16 0.75 1.17 2.56 1.13 5.69 1.78 1.94 1.66 1.56 4.5
CX06-0378 5/8 16 18,100 3.06 6.34 2.63 9.66 0.88 1.44 2.63 1.31 6.50 2.03 2.38 2.19 1.75 7.3
CX06-0379 3/4 20 28,300 3.50 7.83 3.00 11.38 1.00 1.69 3.44 1.50 7.81 2.50 2.83 2.51 2.19 11.4
6 CX06-0380 7/8 22 34,200 3.88 8.59 3.38 12.72 1.09 1.94 3.88 1.69 8.75 2.78 3.22 2.84 2.38 18.1
CX06-0381 1 26 47,700 4.31 9.59 4.00 14.23 1.22 2.14 4.25 1.88 9.88 3.13 3.55 3.09 2.78 22.6
CX06-0382 1 1/4 32 72,300 5.31 11.28 4.66 17.00 1.50 2.62 4.64 2.31 11.50 3.88 4.25 3.89 3.41 36.0
Foundry Hook—Proof Tested

Foundry Hook—Proof Tested
Working
limit each
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. (in.) (mm) (lbs.)* B D E G H I K L M N O R (lbs.)
CX06-0383 9/32 7 3,500 1.56 4.75 2.50 6.45 0.47 1.00 1.56 0.63 4.75 2.50 1.23 0.25 2.4
CX06-0384 3/8 10 7,100 2.00 5.75 3.00 7.88 0.63 1.27 1.88 0.75 5.75 3.00 1.50 0.31 4.5
CX06-0385 1/2 13 12,000 2.50 6.75 3.50 9.38 0.75 1.50 2.22 1.00 6.88 3.50 1.75 0.37 7.1
CX06-0386 5/8 16 18,100 3.00 7.81 4.00 10.97 0.88 1.81 2.63 1.25 8.06 4.00 2.03 0.43 11.6
CX06-0387 3/4 20 28,300 3.50 9.13 4.50 12.81 1.00 2.20 3.00 1.50 9.25 4.50 2.56 0.50 20.0
CX06-0388 7/8 22 34,200 4.00 10.14 5.00 14.23 1.13 2.25 3.38 1.75 10.38 5.00 2.78 0.56 26.0
CX06-0389 1 26 47,700 4.50 11.13 5.50 15.84 1.25 2.59 3.75 2.13 11.56 5.50 3.03 0.62 36.8
CX06-0390 1 1/4 32 72,300 5.13 12.84 6.00 18.03 1.38 3.17 4.25 2.38 12.88 6.00 3.81 0.75 58.4
* WARNING
6-22
Quad. Master Assemblies
A quadruple Master Assembly was designed to construct a triple or quadruple chain sling assembly by attaching
three (3) or four (4) single leg assemblies thus eliminating the cumbersome connections created by attaching all to
a common Master Link.
Acco Quad Master Assemblies are fabricated from premium fine grain alloy steel subjected to the high quality heat
treatment and quality control associated with the other Acco Products.
Specifications
Oblong Link
Size
of Accoloy
Chain Working A B C D E F
Acco Load Mtl. Ins. Ins. Mtl. Ins. Ins. Approx.
CERTEX Stock Limits* Dia. Wid. Len. Dia. Wid. Len. Wt. Ea.
Cat. Ref. No. Number In. mm Lbs. In. In. In. In. In. In. Lbs.
CX06-0418 5994-00401 9/32 7 9,100 3/4 3 6 5/8 1-5/32 2-3/16 3.8
CX06-0419 5994-00601 3/8 10 18,500 1 3-1/2 7 3/4 1-1/2 3 7.2 6
CX06-0420 5994-00801 1/2 13 31,300 1-1/4 4 8 1-1/32 2 4 15.0
CX06-0421 5994-01001 5/8 16 47,000 1-1/2 6 12 1-1/8 2-1/4 4-9/16 26.2
CX06-0422 5994-01201 3/4 20 73,500 1-3/4 6 12 1-1/2 2-1/2 5-1/4 42.3
CX06-0423 5994-01401 7/8 22 88,900 2 7 14 1-3/4 3 6 65.5
CX06-0424 5994-01601 1 26 123,900 2-1/4 8 16 1-7/8 5 10 102.6
CX06-0425 5994-02001 1-1/4 32 187,800 2-3/4 9 16 2-1/4 5 10 160.0
Kuplok®
Kuplok mechanical coupling links, an essential component of mechanically coupled slings, are used to assemble chain
legs to the master link and/or attach eye type fittings.
Specifications
Size Accoloy A B C D E
of Working Max. Dia. Hole Inside Largest
Acco Chain Load Width to Accept Wt. Qty. Dia. Inside Inside Length Mtl. Diam.
CERTEX Stock Limits* of Link Male Leg Each Per Mtl. Width Length O.A. to be used
Cat. Ref. No. Number In. mm Lbs. In. In. Lbs. Box In. In. In. In. w/Kuplok
CX06-0426 5942-00400 9/32 7 3,500 1-11/16 35/64 .23 5 3/8 5/8 5/8 1-13/16 1/2
CX06-0427 5942-00601 3/8 10 7,100 2-1/4 47/64 .59 5 1/2 1 3/4 2-1/2 3/4
CX06-0428 5942-00801 1/2 13 12,000 3-1/4 59/64 1.40 5 5/8 1-1/4 1 3-3/8 1
CX06-0429 5942-01001 5/8 16 18,100 3-5/8 1-1/16 2.40 1 3/4 1-1/2 1-1/4 4 1-1/4
CX06-0430 5942-01201 3/4 20 28,300 4-1/4 1-1/4 3.80 1 15/16 1-3/4 1-1/2 4-5/8 1-1/2
CX06-0431 5990-11401 7/8 22 34,200 5.55 1 1-1/64 1-13/16 2-1/8 5-5/8 1-3/4
CX06-0432 5990-11601 1 26 47,700 9.77 1 1-3/16 2-9/32 1-59/64 4-29/32 2
CX06-0433 5990-12001 1-1/4 32 72,300 17.85 1 1-29/64 2-5/8 2-15/64 6-55/64 2-3/4
* WARNING
not be exceeded.
6-23
Kuplers
Kuplers act as a connection device between Master Links and Chain on all multiple leg Kuplex II Chain Slings. On sin-
gle leg assemblies they can be used in lieu of the popular Kuplex II Kuplink. Resembling a shackle in appearance the
Kuplers provide a high strength, high integrity connection when used to connect a special attachment to the alloy
chain assembly.
Specifications
Size Accoloy
of Working
Acco Chain Load
CERTEX Stock Kupler Limits* A B C D E G H I J Weight
Cat. Ref. No. Number No. In. mm Lbs. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. Lbs.
6 CX06-0434 5981-00020 K-20 9/32 7 3,500 7/16 13/16 1-5/16 5/16 1/8 23/32 13/32 11/32 5/8 .2
CX06-0435 5981-00021 K-21 3/8 10 7,100 19/32 1-1/16 1-7/8 7/16 5/32 15/16 9/16 15/32 7/8 .5
CX06-0436 5981-00022 K-22 1/2 13 12,000 3/4 1-5/16 2-9/16 9/16 3/16 1-3/32 3/4 21/32 1-1/8 1.1
CX06-0437 5981-00023 K-23 5/8 16 18,100 15/16 1-5/8 3 11/16 1/4 1-11/32 15/16 13/16 1-1/2 2.0
CX06-0438 5981-00024 K-24 3/4 20 28,300 1 1-15/16 3-13/32 13/16 5/16 1-19/32 1-7/32 1 1-3/4 3.2
CX06-0439 5981-00025 K-25 7/8 22 34,200 1-1/8 2-1/4 3-7/8 15/16 3/8 1-27/32 1-9/32 1-1/16 2 4.7
CX06-0440 5991-00026 K-26 1 26 35,900 1-1/4 2-3/4 4-3/8 1-1/32 NA 2 1-1/4 1-1/8 2-3/8 6.6
CX06-0441 5991-00028 K-28 1-1/4 32 56,100 1-1/2 3-1/2 5-1/8 1-5/16 NA 2 9/32 1-1/2 1-7/16 2-7/8 11.6
† Values shown for these sizes are grade 63.
Master Kuplinks
Most chain slings used today are single branch chain slings. Typical single branch construction are
Types CO, SOG, SOS, SOF, etc. Master Kuplinks are the optimum of chain to master link connec-
tions. In addition to the streamline characteristics of the Kuplink, there is a definite advantage to
field assembly since other coupling devices are unnecessary.
Specifications
Size Accoloy
Acco of Working
CERTEX Stock Kuplink Chain Load Limits* A B C D E F G H I J Weight
Cat. Ref. No. Number No. In. mm Lbs. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. In. Lbs.
CX06-0442 5983-00011 K-11 9/32 7 3,500 3/4 3 6 1/2 7-1/4 1/8 3/8 13/32 11/32 5/8 1.9
CX06-0443 5983-00012 K-12 3/8 10 7,100 3/4 3 6 1/2 7-7/32 5/32 1/2 9/16 15/32 7/8 2.1
CX06-0444 5983-00013 K-13 1/2 13 12,000 15/16 3 6 11/16 7-9/16 3/16 5/8 3/4 21/32 1-1/8 3.9
CX06-0445 5983-00014 K-14 5/8 16 18,100 1-1/8 4 8 7/8 9-15/16 1/4 3/4 15/16 13/16 1-1/2 7.4
CX06-0446 5983-00015 K-15 3/4 20 28,300 1-1/4 4 8 7/8 10-3/16 5/16 7/8 1-7/32 1 1-3/4 9.8
CX06-0447 5983-00016 K-16 7/8 22 34,200 1-1/2 6 12 1-1/8 14-5/8 3/8 1 1-9/32 1-1/16 2 20.0
* WARNING
not be exceeded.
6-24
Load Pins & Spirol®† Pins
All Accoloy A8A Kuplex II components derive their high integrity connection
from the special Kuplex II Load Pins and Spirol Pins.
The load pins are made from alloy steel heat treated to obtain optimum rated per-
formance properties. The load pins are specially shaped to develop strength char-
acteristics and resistance to bending under rated load. The oval shape presents a
greater force area than conventional round pins.
Important: Use only genuine Kuplex load and retaining pins when assembling slings. Never use rods, bolts or other
objects of questionable strength and metallurgy. Failure could cause serious injury or damage to property.
Specifications
Size Hooks, Kuplinks & Choke Hood Links Kuplers Spirol Retaining Pin
of
Chain Acco Acco
In. Stock No. Stock No. Qty.
H I K CERTEX Load Pin K CERTEX Load Pin CERTEX Acco Per
In. In. In. Cat. Ref. No. Set In. Cat. Ref. No. Set Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Ctn.
9/32 13/32 5/16 1-5/32 CX06-0448 5989-00232 1-17/32 CX06-0454 5989-00132 CX06-0460 5989-00332 100
3/8 9/16 15/32 1-21/32 CX06-0449 5989-00233 2-3/32 CX06-0455 5989-00133 CX06-0461 5989-00333 50
1/2 23/32 5/8 2-7/32 CX06-0450 5989-00234 2-23/32 CX06-0456 5989-00134 CX06-0462 5989-00334 50
5/8 59/64 25/32 2-19/32 CX06-0451 5989-00235 3-7/32 CX06-0457 5989-00135 CX06-0463 5989-00335 25
3/4 1-3/16 1 3-7/32 CX06-0452 5989-00236 3-15/16 CX06-0458 5989-00136 CX06-0464 5989-00336 10
7/8 1-1/4 1-1/16 3-21/32 CX06-0453 5989-00237 4-17/32 CX06-0459 5989-00137 CX06-0465 5989-00337 Bulk
All dimensions are shown in inches.

† One Load Pin and two Spirol Pins are skin packed; one set per card, five cards per master carton on 9/32", 3/8", 1/2" size, two cards per master carton on 5/8", 3/4" size,
bulk on 7/8" size.
There is an occasional need for replacement of Spirol and Load Pins. The same load pins cannot be use in both Kuplers and Hooks. When ordering these parts separate-
ly, be sure to specify whether they are for Kuplers or Hooks and also specify Kupler Number or the Hook Number with which they are to be used. 6
Latch Assembly
For use w/both Accoloy Eye Type & Kuplex II Clevis Type sling hooks.
Specifications
Acco To be Size
Stock No. used with of
CERTEX Latch Assy. Hook E Chain
Cat. Ref. No. Only Number In. In. mm
CX06-0466 5999-00402 K-80 1 9/32 7
CX06-0467 5999-00403 K-81 1-3/8 3/8 10
CX06-0468 5999-00404 K-82 1-5/8 1/2 13
CX06-0469 5999-00405 K-83 2-1/8 5/8 16
CX06-0470 5999-00406 K-84 2-7/16 3/4 20
CX06-0471 5999-00407 K-85 2-5/8 7/8 22
CX06-0472 5999-00408 K-86 3-1/4 1 26
CX06-0473 5999-00410 K-88 3-3/4 1-1/4 32
As you will note we have given you the "E Dimension" (throat opening) with the latch
completely depressed; the balance of sling hook dimension remains the same.
* WARNING
not be exceeded.
6-25
Eye Type Sling Hooks
†† Handle Optional
Specifications
Size Accoloy
of Working
Acco Chain Load Wt.
CERTEX Stock Limits* Each D E F G H I K
Cat. Ref. No. Number In. mm Lbs. Lbs. In. In. In. In. In. In. In.
CX06-0474 5923-03080 9/32 7 3,500 1.00 3-3/4 1-7/32 5/8 11/16 5-3/16 3-3/16 1-1/16
CX06-0475 5923-03081 3/8 10 7,100 2.60 5-3/8 1-5/8 13/16 15/16 7-3/8 4-13/16 1-3/8
CX06-0476 5923-03082 1/2 13 12,000 5.30 6-3/4 2 1-1/32 1-3/16 9-1/8 6-1/16 1-13/16
CX06-0477 5923-03083 5/8 16 18,100 7.90 7-9/16 2-7/16 1-1/4 1-5/16 10-9/16 7-5/32 2-1/8
6 CX06-0478 5923-03084 3/4 20 28,300 11.20 8-7/8 2-11/16 1-1/2 1-1/2 11-15/16 7-7/8 2-5/16
CX06-0479 5923-03085 7/8 22 34,200 17.10 10-1/8 3 1-3/4 1-3/4 13-13/16 8-25/32 2-3/4
CX06-0480 5923-03086 1 26 47,700 21.80 10-13/16 3-3/8 2 1-7/8 15-5/16 10-1/16 3
CX06-0481 5923-03088 1-1/4 32 72,300 44.40 12-15/16 4-1/16 2-1/4 2-5/16 18-1/2 2-5/16 3-3/4
†† Price available on request.
Clevis Type Sling Hooks

Kuplex II Hooks are engineered to make a rapid, high integrity chain to hook connections
with these major advantages:
No bulky connection link is required — this permits easy withdrawal of the hook from
beneath the load.
Hooks are drop forged, rated at Grade 80 (except 1” and 1-1/4”, which are Grade 63).
All hooks are color coded Acco orange to provide maximum visibility.
Specifications
Size Accoloy
of Working
Acco Chain Load
CERTEX Stock Hook Limits* A B C D E F G H I J Weight
CX06-0482 5988-00080 K-80 9/32 7 3,500 1 1-1/2 3-3/8 3-5/8 1-7/32 1/8 3/8 13/32 11/32 5/8 1.1
CX06-0483 5988-00081 K-81 3/8 10 7,100 1-9/32 2-1/32 5-7/8 4-13/16 1-5/8 5/32 1/2 9/16 15/32 7/8 2.6
CX06-0484 5988-00082 K-82 1/2 13 12,000 1-11/16 2-7/16 6-1/8 6-1/8 2 3/16 5/8 3/4 21/32 1-1/8 5.8
CX06-0485 5988-00083 K-83 5/8 16 18,100 1-15/16 2-13/16 6-13/16 7-7/32 2-7/16 1/4 3/4 15/16 13/16 1-1/2 9.8
CX06-0486 5988-00084 K-84 3/4 20 28,300 2-3/8 3-1/4 8-17/32 8-3/16 2-11/16 5/16 7/8 1-7/32 1 1-3/4 15.3
CX06-0487 5988-00085 K-85 7/8 22 34,200 2-3/4 3-21/32 9-5/8 9-15/32 3 3/8 1 1-9/32 1-1/16 2 24.9
CX06-0488 5998-00086 K-86 1 26 35,900 3.0 4.1 10.0 10.0 3.4 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.9 21.6
* WARNING
6-26
Eye Type Grab Hooks
Specifications
Size Accoloy
of Working
Acco Chain Load Wt.
CERTEX Stock Limits* Each D E F G H I
Cat. Ref. No. Number In. mm Lbs. Lbs. In. In. In. In. In. In.
CX06-0489 5922-02072 9/32 7 3,500 .73 2-11/16 13/32 5/8 29/64 4-1/16 2-3/8
CX06-0490 5922-02073 3/8 10 7,100 1.17 3-3/8 31/64 13/16 47/64 4-29/32 2-13/16
CX06-0491 5922-02075 1/2 13 12,000 2.64 4-1/4 41/64 1-1/32 31/32 6-15/32 3-23/32
CX06-0492 5922-02076 5/8 16 18,100 4.79 5-1/4 25/32 1-1/4 1-3/16 7-15/16 4-9/16
CX06-0493 5922-02077 3/4 20 28,300 8.20 6-1/4 15/16 1-1/2 1-13/32 9-7/16 5-15/32
CX06-0494
CX06-0495
5922-02078
5922-02079
7/8
1
22
26
34,200
47,700
12.26
18.18
7-1/4
8-3/16
1-3/32
1-15/64
1-3/4
2
1-5/8
1-27/32
11
12-13/32
6-3/8
6-7/32
6
CX06-0496 5922-02051 1-1/4 32 72,300 40.00 10-1/8 1-1/2 2-1/4 2-1/4 15-5/8 9-1/4
Clevis Type Grab Hooks
Kuplex II Grab Hooks provide a chain to grab hook connection method that
completely eliminates the necessity for cumbersome mechanical connection
devices. The Kuplex II Grab Hook needs no more clearance than the chain with
which it is used when being pulled from beneath a load.
The Kuplex II Grab Hook is identified by hook number and chain size, permit-
ting the selection of the proper hook for the chain being used.
Accoloy Kuplex II Grab Hooks are made from premium alloy steel which is drop
forged to precise tolerances.
Specifications
Size Accoloy
of Working
Acco Chain Load
CX06-0497 5987-00072 K-72 9/32 7 3,500 11/16 1-1/8 2-1/8 2-1/8 13/32 1/8 3/8 13/32 11/32 5/8 .5
CX06-0498 5987-00073 K-73 3/8 10 7,100 1-1/32 1-1/2 2-7/8 2-5/8 1/2 5/32 1/2 9/16 15/32 7/8 1.3
CX06-0499 5987-00075 K-75 1/2 13 12,000 1-1/4 2 3-1/2 3-11/32 5/8 3/16 5/8 3/4 21/32 1-1/8 2.8
CX06-0500 5987-00076 K-76 5/8 16 18,100 1-1/2 2-3/8 4-3/8 4-1/4 25/32 1/4 3/4 15/16 13/16 1-1/2 5.3
CX06-0501 5987-00077 K-77 3/4 20 28,300 1-7/8 2-15/16 5-1/8 5 7/8 5/16 7/8 1-7/32 1 1-3/4 8.9
CX06-0502 5987-00078 K-78 7/8 22 34,200 2-1/8 3-1/2 6 6-1/16 1-1/8 3/8 1 1-9/32 1-1/16 2 13.7
* WARNING
6-27
Eye Type Foundry Hooks
Specifications
Size Accoloy
of Working Spheri-
Acco Chain Load Wt. cal
CERTEX Stock Limits* Each D E F G J K Radius
Cat. Ref. No. Number In. mm Lbs. Lbs. In. In. In. In. In. In. In.
CX06-0503 5924-04498 9/32 7 3,500 2.00 4-3/4 2-5/8 5/8 1 1-9/16 1-1/8 1/4
CX06-0504 5924-04499 3/8 10 7,100 4.50 5-3/4 3-1/8 13/16 1-1/4 1-7/8 1-3/8 5/16
CX06-0505 5924-04500 1/2 13 12,000 7.00 6-7/8 3-3/4 1-1/32 1-1/2 2-1/4 1-5/8 3/8
CX06-0506 5924-04501 5/8 16 18,100 11.00 8-1/16 4-1/4 1-1/4 1-3/4 2-5/8 1-7/8 7/16
CX06-0507 5924-04502 3/4 20 28,300 15.00 9-1/4 4-3/4 1-1/2 2 3 2-1/8 1/2
6 CX06-0508
CX06-0509
5924-04503
5924-04504
7/8
1
22
26
34,200
47,700
22.00
31.00
10-3/8
11-9/16
5-1/4
5-3/4
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3-3/8
3-3/4
2-3/8
2-3/4
9/16
5/8
CX06-0510 5924-04505 1-1/4 32 72,300 46.00 12-3/4 6-3/8 2-1/4 3 4-1/4 3-1/4 3/4
Clevis Type Foundry Hooks

Kuplex II Foundry Hooks when properly used are designed for maximum service
such as those applications encountered in foundry work. The throat of the hook is
designed to accommodate standard trunnions. The tip of the hook is designed for
ease of insertion into holes in the casting.
Specifications
Size Accoloy
of Working
Acco Chain Load
CX06-0511 5982-00498 K-498 9/32 7 3,500 1-1/8 1-9/16 4-3/8 4-7/8 2-1/2 1/8 3/8 13/32 11/32 7/8 2.1
CX06-0512 5982-00499 K-499 3/8 10 7,100 1-3/8 1-7/8 5-1/2 5-7/8 3 5/32 1/2 9/16 15/32 1-1/8 3.9
CX06-0513 5982-00500 K-500 1/2 13 12,000 1-5/8 2-1/4 6-5/8 7 3-1/2 3/16 5/8 3/4 21/32 1-1/2 7.6
CX06-0514 5982-00501 K-501 5/8 16 18,100 2-3/16 2-5/8 7-3/4 8-9/32 4 1/4 3/4 15/16 13/16 1-3/4 13.5
CX06-0515 5982-00502 K-502 3/4 20 28,300 2-5/8 3-1/8 8-7/8 9-5/8 4-5/8 5/16 7/8 1-7/32 1 2 23.2
CX06-0516 5982-00503 K-503 7/8 22 34,200 2-7/8 3-1/2 10-1/16 10-3/4 5-1/4 3/8 1 1-9/32 1-1/16 2-1/4 32.1
CX06-0517 5992-00504 K-504 1 26 47,700 2.8 3.8 11.6 11.0 5.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 2.5 35.0
* WARNING
6-28
Metal Identification Tags
Forged Stamped
Specifications
CERTEX Acco A B
Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Description Finish In. In.
CX06-0525 4409-00009 Forged I.D. Tag w/wire rope & sleeve conn.
CX06-0526 4409-00005 Forged I.D. Tag with ring Self Colored 4-1/8 1-3/8
CX06-0527 4409-00003 Forged I.D. Tag only
CX06-0528 5999-20003 Stamped I.D. Tag w/wire rope & sleeve conn. Bright Zinc 3-5/8 1-1/2
CX06-0529 3419-00300 Aluminum Sleeve
CX06-0530 3584-00310 Wire Rope
† 50 piece minimum per bulk packaging
6
Plate Hook
Accoloy Plate Hooks are designed for the most pop-
ular chain sizes — 9/32”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, and
7/8”. They are proof tested to the same values as the
corresponding chain — therefore, the same working
load limit applies.
Fabricated from alloy steel, Plate Hooks can be fur-
nished on Registered Slings as well as with various
chain assemblies.
Accoloy Plate Hooks are intended for use in han-
dling plates, flats, and structurals.
Custom Sizes Available
Specifications
Size Accoloy
of Working Dimensions Inches
Chain Load Weight
CERTEX Stock Limits* Each
Cat. Ref. No. Number In. mm Lbs. Lbs. L M N O P T U
CX06-0531 5934-00400 9/32 7 3,500 2.40 2 2 1-1/2 13/16 7/8 3/4 2
CX06-0532 5934-00600 3/8 10 7,100 4.60 2-5/8 3 1-7/8 1-1/16 1-1/8 3/4 2-1/4
CX06-0533 5934-00800 1/2 13 12,000 10.60 3-1/2 4 2-1/2 1-3/8 1-1/2 1 3
CX06-0534 5934-01000 5/8 16 18,100 20.72 4-3/8 5 3-1/8 1-3/4 1-7/8 1-1/4 3-3/4
CX06-0535 5934-01200 3/4 20 28,300 36.72 5-3/16 6 3-3/4 2-1/8 2-1/2 1-1/2 4-1/2
CX06-0536 5934-01400 7/8 22 34,200 52.60 6 7 4-1/2 2-7/16 2-5/8 1-3/4 5-1/4
WARNING
*Working Load Limits should not be
6-29
Gunnebo-Johnson Corp
Alloy BK Safety Hooks
Safety Hooks (Eye Type)
Latch closes auto-
matically under
load. Hook will not
open under load. The release trigger
will only operate
when hook is
unloaded.
All three hooks are

equipped with
Stainless Steel springs.
Heat number inden-
tification allows full
product traceability.
BK
Gunnebo- Working Dimensions Weight

CERTEX Johnson Chain Load Limit (Inches) Each
Cat. Ref. No. Code Size *(Lbs) L B E F G H (Lbs)
CX06-0537 BK-5/6-8 7/32 2,100 4.3 1.1 .87 .39 .55 .75 .9
CX06-0538 BK-7/8-8 9/32 3,500 5.4 1.4 .99 .43 .67 .91 1.6
CX06-0539 BK-10-8 3/8 7,100 6.6 1.7 1.3 .51 .98 1.1 3.3
CX06-0540 BK-13-8 1/2 12,000 8.2 2.1 1.6 .63 1.1 1.5 5.9
6 CX06-0541 BK-16-8 5/8 18,100 10.0 2.5 2.0 .79 1.5 1.9 12.0
CX06-0542 BK-18/20-8 3/4 28,300 12.6 3.1 2.8 .95 1.9 2.4 25.0
CX06-0543 BK-22-8 7/8 34,200 12.6 3.1 2.8 .95 1.9 2.4 25.0
CX06-0544 BK-26-8 1 47,700 13.6 3.9 3.1 1.0 2.0 2.7 32.0
CX06-0545 BK-28-8 1 1/8 55,100 15.8 4.7 3.5 1.1 2.4 3.2 48.0
* Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified.
Safety Hooks With Grip Latch (Eye Type)

Latch is protected and
will act as a gauge to
signal an gauge to sig-
Grip latch locks into nal an unsafe bent hook
point of hook. or latch.
All three hooks are

equipped with
Stainless Steel springs. Heat number identi-
fication allows full
OBK product traceability.

Cat. Ref. No. Code Size *(Lbs) L B E F G H (Lbs)
CX06-0546 OBK-7/8-8 9/32 3,500 5.1 1.3 .99 .39 .67 .79 1.5
CX06-0547 OBK-10-8 3/8 7,100 6.4 1.7 1.3 .49 .83 .97 2.7
CX06-0548 OBK-13-8 1/2 12,000 7.7 2.0 1.6 .59 1.0 1.2 4.5
CX06-0549 OBK-16-8 5/8 18,100 9.3 2.4 2.0 .75 1.2 1.5 7.7
CX06-0550 OBK-18/20-8 3/4 28,300 11.5 2.8 2.3 1.1 1.4 1.9 10.2
WARNING
Never exceed published
working load limit
6-30
Safety Hooks With Bronze Bushings (Swivel Eye Type)
Bushing allows hook
to swivel when load
is applied. The release trigger
will only operate
Latch closes when hook is
automatically unloaded.
under load.
Hook will not
open under
load.
Heat number identi-

BKL
Cat. Ref. No. Code Size *(Lbs) L B C E F G H (Lbs)
CX06-0551 BKL-5/6-8 7/32 2,100 5.9 1.1 .91 1.3 .43 .55 .75 1.4
CX06-0552 BKL-7/8-8 9/32 3,500 7.2 1.4 1.1 1.4 .47 .67 .91 2.4
CX06-0553 BKL-10-8 3/8 7,100 8.6 1.7 1.5 1.7 .59 .99 1.1 4.4
CX06-0554 BKL-13-8 1/2 12,000 10.9 2.1 1.7 1.9 .75 1.1 1.5 8.4 6
CX06-0555 BKL-16-8 5/8 18,100 13.2 2.5 2.3 2.4 .87 1.5 1.9 15.0
Safety Hooks With Ball Bearings (Swivel Eye Type)

Ball bearing allows
the hook to swivel
under load. The release trigger
will only operate
when hook is
Latch closes auto- unloaded.
matically under
load. Hook will not
open under load.
Heat number identi-
All three hooks are product traceability.
equipped with
Stainless Steel springs.
BKLK

Cat. Ref. No. Code Size *(Lbs) L B C E F G H (Lbs)
CX06-0556 BKLK-5/6-8 7/32 2,100 5.8 1.1 .87 1.3 .43 .55 .75 1.5
CX06-0557 BKLK-7/8-8 1/4 3,500 7.2 1.4 1.1 1.4 .47 .67 .91 2.4
CX06-0558 BKLK-10-8 3/8 7,100 8.5 1.7 1.3 1.6 .59 .99 1.1 4.2
CX06-0559 BKLK-13-8 1/2 12,000 10.9 2.1 1.6 1.9 .75 1.1 1.5 8.4
CX06-0560 BKLK-16-8 5/8 18,100 13.2 2.5 2.0 2.4 .87 1.5 1.9 15.9
WARNING
working load limit
6-31
Alloy BK Safety Hooks
Safety Hooks (Clevis Type)
Clevis prevents
hook to chain
size mismatch.
Release trigger will Latch closes auto-

only operate when matically under load.
hook is unloaded. Hook will not open
under load.
Heat number identi-

Cat. Ref. No. Code Size *(Lbs) L B G H (Lbs)
CX06-0561 BKG-7/8-8 1/4 3,500 4.7 1.4 .67 .91 1.7
CX06-0562 BKG-10-8 3/8 7,100 5.6 1.7 .99 1.1 3.3
CX06-0563 BKG-13-8 1/2 12,000 7.1 2.1 1.1 1.5 6.2
6 CX06-0564 BKG-16-8 5/8 18,100 8.5 2.5 1.5 1.9 11.0
Safety Hooks With Grip Latch (Clevis Type)

Clevis prevents Release trigger will
hook to chain only operate when
size mismatch. hook is unloaded.
Latch closes auto-
matically under
load. Hook will not Latch is protected
open under load. and will act as a
guage to signal
unsafe bent hook
or latch.
Heat number identi-

Cat. Ref. No. Code Size *(Lbs) L B G H (Lbs)
CX06-0565 GBK-7/8-8 1/4 3,500 4.4 1.3 .67 .79 1.3
CX06-0566 GBK-10-8 3/8 7,100 5.4 1.7 .83 .97 2.4
CX06-0567 GBK-13-8 1/2 12,000 6.6 2.0 1.0 1.2 4.4
* Design factor 4:1 Proof tested and certified
WARNING
working load limit
6-32
Alloy Specialty Products
Alloy Weld-On Hooks
The spring
loaded latch is
the strongest
available.
Heat number
identification
allows full
product
Heat number traceability.
identification Welding
allows full instructions
product supplied with
traceability. each hook.
UKN SHB

CERTEX Johnson Load Limit (Inches) Each
Cat. Ref. No. Code *(Tons) B C G H K L S a (Lbs)
CX06-0568 UKN-1** 1.0 .83 2.8 .67 .99 .99 3.7 .24 .16 1.2
CX06-0569 UKN-3 3.0 1.1 4.1 .91 1.2 1.4 5.2 .39 .24 2.2
CX06-0570 UKN-4 4.0 1.1 4.4 1.1 1.5 1.7 5.5 .43 .28 4.2
CX06-0571 UKN-5 5.0 1.3 5.1 1.2 1.8 1.8 6.5 .47 .32 4.6
CX06-0572 UKN-8 8.0 1.3 5.2 1.5 2.0 2.0 6.8 .51 .35 8.2
CX06-0573 UKN-10 10.0 1.9 6.6 1.7 2.3 2.2 8.7 .55 .35 11.0
CX06-0574 SHB-14 14.0 2.0 8.8 1.7 2.4 2.4 8.3 .79 .31 19.0
Baseplate of hook is 1024C steel (use electrode AWS/ASTM E7018-1, ISO E51 5 B120 20H). Welding is to be done by a qualified welder.
Hook latch is alloy.
** Welding plate on UKN 1 is slightly curved.
WARNING
working load limit
6-33
CARBON CHAIN
Chain Definitions
The Low Carbon chains and attachments shown in this • Disfigurement

catalog are designed for general purpose applications and • Deterioration of chain or component by wear, usage or
are not to be used for lifting or hoisting purposes or corrosion.
where chain failure is likely to cause injury to persons or
damage to property. • Jerking or the sudden impact of a load multiplies the
stress on the chain very rapidly.
For lifting or hoisting applications,Accoloy® chain and
attachments should be used. • Use other than that for which the chain or component
was intended.
Instructions and Cautions Governing the Purchase and
Use of Chain Caution: Chain and component assemblies should be
rated according to the working load limit of the weakest
6 Working Load Limit: component.
The “working load limit” is the maximum load in pounds Instructions Regarding Attachments: Care should be taken
which at any time or under any condition should ever be to select attachments of the same type, grade, size and
applied to chain or a sling component, even when chain working load limit as the chain. Follow Acco’s recom-
is new and in the same condition it was when it left the mended attachment procedure for best results. Misuse or
factory, and when the load is evenly applied in direct ten- abuse of chain and attachments may result in serious per-
sion to a straight length of chain. sonal injury.
The following factors or abuses will lessen the load that All dimensions shown are nominal and all weights are
the chain assembly will withstand and should be avoided: approximate. See individual pages for working load limits
• Tip loading of hooks
• Twisting of the chain
WARNING
Failure to read, understand and follow these
instructions and working load limits may cause
serious physical injury and property damage.
6-34
CARBON CHAIN
Chain Assemblies
Grade 40 High Test Tiedown Chain
Truck Tiedown — Grade 40 Farm Tractor Tow Chain. Packed 25 per drum, Grab 40 Clevis Grab hook each end.
Grade 40 High Test Tiedown Chain

Self Colored
Working
Wt. Load Acco Acco
Each Limit CERTEX Welded Hooks CERTEX Clevis Hooks
Size Lbs. Lbs.* Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No.
3/8 x 14 23 5,400 CX06-0695 5069-10614 CX06-0699 5069-11614
3/8 x 16 26 5,400 CX06-0696 5069-10616 CX06-0700 5069-11616
3/8 x 20 32 5,400 CX06-0697 5069-10620 CX06-0701 5069-11620
3/8 x 25 40 5,400 CX06-0698 5069-10625 CX06-0702 5069-11625
5/16 x 20 228 3,900 CX06-0703 5069-11520
† The values for working load limits shown here shall be used only for calculating the number of chain tiedown assemblies
required to secure an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations 393,102(b).
Grade 70 Transport Tiedown Chain 6
Assemblies have Grade 70 Clevis Grab Hook each end. Packed 25 per drum.
Grade 70 Transport Tiedown Chain

Clevis Hook
Working Acco
Wt. Load Stock No. Acco
Each Limit CERTEX Matte Gray CERTEX Stock No.
Size Lbs. Lbs.* Cat. Ref. No. with Rust Inhibitor Cat. Ref. No. Yellow Dichromate
5/16 x 14 ft. 16 4,700 CX06-0704 5265-11514 CX06-0712 5265-21514
5/16 x 16 ft. 17 4,700 CX06-0705 5265-11516 CX06-0713 5265-21516
5/16 x 20 ft. 22 4,700 CX06-0706 5265-11520 CX06-0714 5265-21520
5/16 x 25 ft. 30 4,700 CX06-0707 5265-11525 CX06-0715 5265-21525
5/16 x 20 ft. 115 4,700 CX06-0716 5265-23521
5 Assys./Pail
3/8 x 14 ft. 23 6,600 CX06-0708 5265-11614
3/8 x 16 ft. 25 6,600 CX06-0709 5265-11616 CX06-0717 5265-21616
3/8 x 20 ft. 31 6,600 CX06-0710 5265-11620 CX06-0718 5265-21620
3/8 x 25 ft. 38 6,600 CX06-0711 5265-11625
Other lengths available upon request.
† The values for working load limits shown here shall be used only for calculating the number of chain tiedown assemblies required to secure
an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations 393,102(b).
* WARNING
Working Load Limit must not be
exceeded. Not to be used for
lifting or hoisting applications.
6-35
CARBON CHAIN
Chain Assemblies
Boomer or Load Binder Chains
Grab Hook each end

Packed one per plastic bag/5 bags per carton.
Boomer or Load Binder Chains

Grade 40
Wt. Acco
Each Working Load CERTEX Bright
Size Lbs. Limit Lbs.* Cat. Ref. No. Stock No.
1/4 x 20 16 2,600 CX06-0719 5712-10420
5/16 x 20 25 3,900 CX06-0720 5712-10520
3/8 x 20 32 5,400 CX06-0721 5712-10620
1/2 x 20 60 9,200 CX06-0722 5712-10820
† The values for working load limit shown here shall be used only for calculating the
number of chain tiedown assemblies required to secure an article in compliance
with Department of Transportation Regulations 393,102(b).
Bull Towing Chains

6 Bull Towing Chains
Wt. Working Acco
Each Load Limit CERTEX Bright Zinc
Size Lbs. Lbs.* Cat. Ref. No. Stock No.
1/4 x 12 6 880 CX06-0723 4743-20412
5/16 x 14 11 1,370 CX06-0724 4743-20514
Winch Line Tail Chain
Acco’s Winch Line Tail Chain is a flexible attachment for use on the end of wire rope. Primarily intended for use on
truck and tractor winch lines. Length specified is exclusive of hook. Use the same size chains as wire rope.
The hook is drop forged alloy steel and heat treated for extra durability. The hook is designed to prevent wearing of
the wire rope.
Winch Line Tail Chain

Length Working Acco Working
Trade Each In. Wt. Acco Load Grade 80 Accoloy¤ Load
Size Excluding Each CERTEX GRADE 40 Limit CERTEX Rust Resistant Finish Limit
Inches Hook Lbs. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Lbs.* Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Lbs.*
1/2 18 7 CX06-0725 5742-80818 9,200
5/8 18 10 CX06-0726 5742-81018 14,000
3/4 18 13 CX06-0727 5742-81218 19,750 CX06-0728 5744-11218 28,300
7/8 24 24 CX06-0729 5744-81424 34,300
1 24 27 CX06-0730 5744-81624 38,750
* WARNING
Working Load Limit must not be
exceeded. Not to be used for
lifting or hoisting applications.
6-36
CARBON CHAIN
Chain Tiedown Calculation Guide
Embossed G7 Embossed G4 Embossed G3

on each link on each link on each link
Federal and state transportation industry regulations you should know about…
Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) – Part 393 – Subpart 1 – Protection Against Shifting or Falling Cargo –
Section 393.102 – Securement Systems
Tiedown Assemblies — Chain
(a) The aggregate working load limit of chain tiedown assemblies used to secure an article against movement in any
direction must be at least 1/2 times the weight of that article.
(b) Chain used as a component of a tiedown assembly must conform to the requirements of the November 1975 edi-
tion of the National Association of Chain Manufacturers Welded Chain Specifications, applicable to all types of
chain.
(c) Load binders and hardware — the strength of load binders and hardware that are part of, or used in conjunction
with, a tiedown assembly must be equal to, or greater than, the minimum strength specified for the tiedown assem-
bly.
Section 393.100 — General
A flatbed vehicle must have at least one tiedown assembly that meets the requirements of Section 393.102 for each 10
linear feet of lading or fraction thereof but metal cargo may require additional securement.
Some states have tiedown requirements more restrictive than the DOT requirements; in these instances refer to your
local state agency.
6
Grade 70 (G7) Grade 40 (High Test) Grade 30 (Proof Coil)
Chain Working Working Working
Trade Load Load Load
Size Limit Limit Limit
Inches Lbs. (1) (2) Lbs. (1) (2) Lbs. (1) (2)
1/4 3,150 2,600 1,300
5/16 4,700 3,900 1,900
3/8 6,600 5,400 2,650
1/2 11,300 9,200 4,500
(1) Working load limits must not be exceeded. Not for Lifting or Hoisting.
(2) The values for working load limits as shown shall be used only for calculating number of chain tiedown
assemblies required to secure an article in compliance with Department of Transportation Regulations.
(3) 1/4" Proof Coil not embossed.
6-37
CARBON CHAIN
Definitions and Warnings
Columbus McKinnon Corporation assumes no responsi- Before use, always inspect chain and attachments for
bility for the use or misapplication of any of its products. kinking, twisting, knotting, and visible defects such as dis-
Products are provided with the express understanding tortion or damage.
that the purchaser and/or user are thoroughly familiar Do not jerk load. Pick up slowly and apply a steady pull.
with the correct application and proper use. The follow-
ing warnings and definitions are provided as an aid to Protect items from corrosion. Any product will break if
understanding. abused or overused.
The chains listed on the pages in this price list exceed Use only alloy chain attachments (Grade 80) for overhead
the specifications of the National Association of Chain lifting purposes, never any other chain.
Manufacturers for the specific types of chain involved. The terms “working load limit,”“proof test,” and “minimum
However, none of these chains are made from alloy steel break load” contain no implication of what load an attach-
and should not be used for overhead lifting purposes. CM ment or chain will withstand, if any, if the factors noted in
Chain produces an alloy chain known as Herc-Alloy 800 the Definitions are changed.
chain that is designed for overhead lifting. The “working load limit” should not be exceeded, even
Definitions when an attachment or chain is new and the load is uni-
formly applied. The manufacturer does not accept any
Working Load Limit — Refers to the maximum load liability for damages with result from an attachment or
(rated capacity) in pounds that shall be applied in direct chain being used in excess of the working load limit.
tension to a straight length of chain or attachment. The
working load limit shall not be exceeded. Any changes in these factors could lessen the load the
chain will hold. For example:
Proof Test (or Manufacturing Test Force) — Refers to a
load in pounds which an attachment or chain (or both) Acceleration in the rate of application, which could
has withstood during a test in which an increasing ten- cause dangerous overloading.
sion is applied to an attachment or straight length of Variation in the angle of the load. As the angle or incli-
chain. This is typically accomplished as part of the manu- nation decreases, the working load capacity of a sling
facturing or testing process. will decrease accordingly.
6 Minimum Break Load — Refers to a load in pounds as
applied to an attachment or chain at the time it left the
Twisting, knotting and kinking.
A purpose other than that for which the chain was
factory that has been found by representative testing to intended.
break the item under test of increasing force as applied by
a standard testing machine. This a manufacturing test and Where attachments, such as hooks or rings are desired for
such data is not intended for service or design purposes. use with chain in substaining loads, care should be taken
to select attachments of the type, grade, and size recom-
Warnings mended for use with corresponding alloy chain with
Never exceed the “working load limit” of chain or attach- which such attachments are used.
ments, even when the item is new and the load is uni-
formly applied.
Grade 30 Proof Coil Chain

Chain Specifications
Nominal Inside Link Maximum
Trade Material Size Length, Weight Working*
Dimensions, Inches
Size 100 Links per 100 ft. Load Limit
In Inches Inches Decimal Length Width Inches In Pounds In Pounds
3/16 13/64 .202 0.96 0.41 99 33 750
1/4 17/64 .265 1.01 .48 104 63 1,250
GRADE 30 5/16 21/64 .327 1.11 .50 114 98 1,900
PROOF COIL 3/8 25/64 .390 1.24 .62 128 144 2,650
CHAIN 1/2 17/32 .531 1.51 .82 158 278 4,500
5/8 21/32 .656 1.88 1.01 194 422 6,900
3/4 25/32 .781 2.13 1.13 220 606 9,750
1 1 1/32 1.031 2.77 1.51 286 1,069 13,950
Dimensions and weights are approximate and subject to variations.
* WARNING:
Working Load Limit is not to be exceeded.
This chain/accessory is not for overhead
lifting.
6-38
CARBON CHAIN
Grade 43 High Test Chain
Chain Specifications Grade 43 High Test Chain

Dimensions, Inches
CERTEX Size 100 Links per 100 ft. Load Limit
Cat. Ref. No. In Inches Inches Decimal Length Width Inches In Pounds In Pounds
CX06-0731 1/4 9/32 .281 1.01 .48 104 71 2,600
CX06-0732 5/16 21/64 .327 1.11 .50 114 98 3,900
CX06-0733 3/8 25/64 .390 1.24 .62 128 144 5,400
CX06-0734 1/2 17/32 .531 1.51 .82 156 278 9,200
CX06-0735 5/8 21/32 .656 1.88 1.01 194 422 11,500
CX06-0736 3/4 25/32 .781 2.13 1.13 220 606 16,200
CX06-0737 7/8 29/32 .875 2.52 1.38 260 769 22,500
CX06-0738 1 1 1/32 1.000 2.77 1.51 286 1,069 26,500 6
Grade 70 Binding Chain
Chain Specifications Grade 70 Binding Chain

Dimensions, Inches
CERTEX Size 100 Links, per 100 ft. Load Limit
Cat. Ref. No. In Inches Inches Decimal Length Width Inches In Pounds In Pounds
CX06-0739 1/4 9/32 .281 .84 .48 87 74 3,150
CX06-0740 5/16 11/32 .327 .99 .47 102 100 4,700
CX06-0741 3/8 13/32 .406 1.15 .54 119 156 6,600
CX06-0742 7/16 15/32 .468 1.30 .62 134 204 8,750
CX06-0743 1/2 17/32 .531 1.45 .73 149 259 11,300
* WARNING:
Working Load Limit is not to be exceeded.
This chain/accessory is not for overhead
lifting.
6-39
CARBON CHAIN ATTACHMENTS
Grade 70 Clevis Grab Hooks

Packaged
Working Wt. Acco
Chain Load Wt. Per Pcs. Per Heat Treated
Size Limit 100 Pcs. Per Box CERTEX Self-Colored
Inches Lbs. * Lbs. Box Lbs. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No.
1/4-5/16 4,700 85 10 9 CX06-0788 5239-10405
3/8 6,600 138 10 14 CX06-0789 5239-10600
For use with Grade 1/2 11,300 300 5 15 CX06-0790 5239-10800

70 Transport Chain
or Grade 40 High
Test Chain

Packaged Carded
Acco Acco Acco
Working Bright Zinc Wt. Self Colored Wt. Wt. Bright Zinc
Chain Load Wt. Per CERTEX Heat Pcs. Per CERTEX Heat Pcs. Per Pcs. Cards Per CERTEX Heat
Size Limit 100 Pcs. Cat. Ref. Treated Per Box Cat. Ref. Treated Per Box Per Per Box Cat. Ref. Treated
Inches Lbs. * Lbs. No. Stock No. Box Lbs. No. Stock No. Box Lbs. Cd. Ctn. Lbs. No. Stock No.
1/4 2,600 50 CX06-0791 4403-22304 10 5 CX06-0796 4403-02304 10 5 1 5 2-1/2 CX06-0803 4403-22334
6 5/16 3,900 75 CX06-0792 4403-22305 10 7 CX06-0797 4403-02305 10 7 1 5 3-1/2 CX06-0804 4403-22335
3/8 5,400 112 CX06-0793 4403-22306 10 11 CX06-0798 4403-02306 10 11 1 5 5-3/4 CX06-0805 4403-22336
7/16 7,200 CX06-0794 4403-22307 5 CX06-0799 4403-02307 5
For use with
1/2 9,200 225 CX06-0795 4403-22308 5 11 CX06-0800 4403-02308 5 11
Grade 30 Proof
Coil or Grade 40 5/8 13,000 417 CX06-0801 4403-02010 Bulk
High Test Chain 3/4 19,750 720 CX06-0802 4403-02012 Bulk
Grade 40 Clevis Slip Hooks

Grade 40 Clevis Slip Hooks
Packaged Carded
Acco Acco Acco
Working Bright Zinc Wt. Self Colored Wt. Wt. Bright Zinc
Chain Load Wt. Per CERTEX Heat Pcs. Per CERTEX Heat Pcs. Per Pcs. Cards Per CERTEX Heat
Size Limit 100 Pcs. Cat. Ref. Treated Per Box Cat. Ref. Treated Per Box Per Per Box Cat. Ref. Treated
Inches Lbs. * Lbs. No. Stock No. Box Lbs. No. Stock No. Box Lbs. Cd. Ctn. Lbs. No. Stock No.
1/4 2,600 60 CX06-0806 4403-21304 10 6 CX06-0810 4403-01204 20 12 1 5 2-1/2 CX06-0814 4403-21334
5/16 3,900 90 CX06-0807 4403-21305 10 9 CX06-0811 4403-01205 20 18 1 5 4 CX06-0815 4403-21335
3/8 5,400 129 CX06-0808 4403-21306 10 13 CX06-0812 4403-01206 20 26 1 5 6-1/4 CX06-0816 4403-21336
For use with 1/2 9,200 275 CX06-0809 4403-21308 5 14 CX06-0813 4403-01208 10 28
Grade 30 Proof
Coil or Grade
40 High Test
Chain
* WARNING
Working Load Limit must not be exceeded.
Not to be used for lifting or hoisting applications.
6-40
Connecting Links
Drop Forged Steel and Heat Treated
Drop forged. For connection of attachments to chain. Links are provided with interlocking lugs and rivets. For perma-
nent connections, the rivets must be peened into the counter sunk holes.
Use with chain of equal or lower working load limit.
Connecting Links
Packaged
Working Wt.
Link Load Per Pcs. Acco Acco
Size Limit Ctn. Per CERTEX Self Colored CERTEX Hot Galvanized
Inches Lbs.* Lbs. Ctn. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. 6
3/16 800 2/3 20 CX06-0853 4408-00304 CX06-0859 4408-40304
1/4 1,325 2/3 10 CX06-0854 4408-00402 CX06-0860 4408-40402
5/16 1,950 1 10 CX06-0855 4408-00502 CX06-0861 4408-40502
3/8 2,750 2 10 CX06-0856 4408-00602 CX06-0862 4408-40602
7/16 3,625 3 10 CX06-0857 4408-00702
1/2 4,750 4 10 CX06-0858 4408-00802 CX06-0863 4408-40802
* WARNING
Working load limit must not be exceeded.
Not to be used for lifting or hoisting appli-
cations.
6-41
Double Clevis (Mid-Link)

APPLICATIONS:
Used as a temporary or permanent link with proof coil or high test chain.
DESCRIPTION:
Drop forged, heat-treated, carbon steel, zinc-plated.
PACKING:
Display pack.
Carton
For Weight Working
Chain Columbus Clevis Pin Display Load
Size CERTEX McKinnon Display Opening Diameter Reach Pack Limit*
Inches Cat. Ref. No. Code No. UPC Code pack Inches Inches Inches Pounds Pounds
1/4 & 5/16 CX06-0864 M605 28926 30 7/16 3/8 1 3/16 10 3,900
3/8 CX06-0865 M606 28936 30 1/2 7/16 1 3/8 14 5,400
7/16 & 1/2 CX06-0866 M608 28941 10 5/8 9/16 1 3/4 11 9,200
Quick Link
6 APPLICATIONS:
Used as a repair link, connecting link or attaching device.
DESCRIPTION:
Zinc-plated NOT heat-treated. Use only with chain or equal or lower Working Load Limit.
PACKING:
3/16”, 1/4” and 5/16” sizes, packed 20 per carton, 3/8” and 1/2” sizes, packed 10 per carton.
Carton
For Weight Working
Chain Columbus Clevis Pin Per 100 Load
Size CERTEX McKinnon Display Opening Diameter Reach Pieces Limit*
Inches Cat. Ref. No. Code No. UPC Code pack Inches Inches Inches Pounds Pounds
3/16 CX06-0867 D81001 39751 20 1 1/2 1/2 1/4 4 1/2 660
1/4 CX06-0868 D81101 39755 20 1 3/4 9/16 9/32 8 880
5/16 CX06-0869 D81201 39760 20 2 5/16 3/8 3/8 17 1,760
3/8 CX06-0870 D81301 39765 10 2 7/16 7/16 7/16 23 2,220
1/2 CX06-0871 D81501 39770 10 3 3/16 19/32 19/32 51 3,300
* WARNING
Working load limit must not be exceeded.
Not to be used for lifting or hoisting appli-
cations.
6-42
Repair Link
APPLICATIONS:
A temporary repair link also used to couple light attachments.
DESCRIPTION:
A mild steel, available with bright, hot galvanized, or zinc-plated finishes.
PACKING:
100 per carton in 1/8” by 3/4” and 3/16” by 1” sizes, 50 per carton in the 7/32” by 1 1/4” through
3/8” by 2” sizes. 25 per carton in the 1/2” by 2 1/2” size.
Zinc Plated Weight Working

Trade Bright Carton Pieces Inside Inside per 100 Load
Carton
Size per Length Width Pieces Limit*
Inches Carton Inches Inches Pounds Pounds
Columbus Columbus
CERTEX McKinnon UPC Code CERTEX McKinnon UPC Code
Cat. Ref. No. Code No. Cat. Ref. No. Code No.
1/8 x 3/4 CX06-0883 653612 29251 100 3/4 1/4 1 1/8 175
3/16 x 1 CX06-0872 653180 29186 CX06-0884 653618 29256 100 1 1/2 3 1/2 225
7/32 x 1 1/4 CX06-0873 653211 29191 CX06-0885 653621 29261 50 1 1/4 1/2 5 1/2 450
1/4 x 1 1/4 CX06-0874 653251 29196 CX06-0886 653625 29266 50 1 1/4 1/2 7 1/2 400
1/4 x 1 1/2 CX06-0875 653253 29206 CX06-0887 653626 29276 50 1 1/2 1/2 8 1/3 400
1/4 x 2 CX06-0876 653255 29211 CX06-0888 653627 29281 50 2 5/8 10 1/2 400
9/32 x 1 1/4
5/16 x 1 1/2
CX06-0877
CX06-0878
653281
653312
29201
29216
CX06-0889
CX06-0890
653628
653631
29271
29286
50
50
1 1/4
1 1/2
1/2
3/4
9 3/4
14 1/2
375
675
6
5/16 x 2 CX06-0879 653315 29221 CX06-0891 653632 29291 50 2 3/4 17 1/3 625
3/8 x 1 5/8 CX06-0880 653373 29226 CX06-0892 653633 29296 50 1 5/8 3/4 23 1,050
3/6 x 2 CX06-0881 653375 29231 CX06-0893 653638 29301 50 2 3/4 24 1,000
1/2 x 2 1/2 CX06-0882 653506 29236 CX06-0894 653650 29306 25 2 1/2 1 54 1,525
Cold Shut
APPLICATIONS:
As temporary repair link, use one size larger than Proof coil chain (Grade 30) with
which it is to be used. Also used to couple light attachments.
DESCRIPTION:
Low carbon steel, self-colored or zinc-plated finish.
PACKAGING:
1/4” thru 5/8” zinc-plated, packed 10 per carton. All other bulk.
Zinc-Plated Self-Colored Weight Working

Trade Bulk (Ea.) Carton (10) Inside Inside per 100 Load
Size Length Width Pieces Limit*
Inches Inches Inches Pounds Pounds
CERTEX Columbus Columbus
McKinnon UPC Code CERTEX McKinnon UPC Code
Cat. Ref. No. Code No. Cat. Ref. No. Code No.
3/16 CX06-0895 50091 29060 15/16 5/16 3 525

1/4 CX06-0896 50191 29062 CX06-0902 673104 34175 1 3/8 6 925
5/16 CX06-0897 50291 29067 CX06-0903 673105 34176 1 3/16 7/16 10 1,450
3/8 CX06-0898 50391 29072 CX06-0904 673106 34177 1 5/16 1/2 18 2,110
7/16 CX06-0899 50491 29077 CX06-0905 673107 34178 1 1/2 9/16 26 2,850
1/2 CX06-0900 50591 29082 CX06-0906 673108 34179 1 9/16 3/4 38 3,750
5/8 CX06-0901 50691 29087 CX06-0907 673110 34180 2 1/8 7/8 78 5,850
* WARNING
Working Load Limit is not to be exceed-
ed.This chain/accessory is not for over-
head lifting. Select coupling link by work-
ing load limit for use only with chain of
equal or lower working load limit
6-43
LOAD BINDERS
Mechanical Advantage • Chain tension may decrease due to load shifting during
Lever Type Binder = 25 : 1 transport. To be sure the load binder remains in prop-
er position: Secure handle to chain by wrapping the
Ratchet Type Binder = 50 : 1 loose end of chain around the handle and the tight
Example: 100 pounds of effort applied to the binder chain, or tie handle to chain with soft wire.
results in the following force on the binder. • When releasing load binder, remember there is a great
Lever Type: deal of energy in the stretched chain. This will cause
the load binder handle to move very quickly with great
2500 (100 lbs. x 25) lbs. of force force when it is unlatched. Move handle with caution.
Ratchet Type: It may whip — Keep body clear.
5000 (100 lbs. x 50) lbs. of force • Never use a cheater pipe or handle extender to release
handle. Use a steel bar and pry under the handle and
Instructions — Lever Type Load Binders stay out of the path of handle as it moves upward.
• Hook load binder to chain so you can operate it while • If you release the handle by hand, use an open hand
standing on the ground. Position load binder so its han- under the handle and push upward. Do not close your
dle can be pulled downward to tighten chain (see hand around the handle. Always keep yourself out of
photo). Be aware of ice, snow, rain, oil, etc. that can the path of the moving handle.
affect your footing. Make certain your footing is secure.
Instructions — Ratchet Load Binders
• The Crosby Group, Inc. specifically recommends
AGAINST the use of a handle extender (cheater pipe). • Position ratchet binder so it can be operated from the
If sufficient leverage cannot be obtained using the ground.
lever type load binder by itself, a ratchet type binder • Make sure your footing is secure.
should be used.
• If the above recommendation is disregarded and a Maintenance of All Load Binders
cheater pipe is used, it must closely fit the handle and • Routinely check load binders for wear, bending, cracks,
6 must slide down the handle until the handle projec-
tions are contacted. The pipe should be secured to the
nicks, or gouges. If bending or cracks are present —
Do not use load binder.
handle, for example, by a pin, so that the pipe cannot • Routinely lubricate pivot and swivel points of Lever
fly off the handle if you loose control and let go. Binders, and pawl part and screw threads of Ratchet
The increased leverage, by using a cheater pipe, can Binders to extend product life and reduce friction
cause deformation and failure of the chain and load wear.
binder.
• During and after tightening chain, check load binder
handle position. Be sure it is in the locked position and
that its bottom side touches the chain link.
WARNING
• Failure to use this load binder properly may result in serious injury or
even death to you or others.
• Do not operate load binder while standing on the load.
• Move handle with caution. It may whip — Keep body clear.
• Keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle.
• You must be familiar with state and federal regulations regarding size
and number of chain systems required for securing loads on trucks.
• Always consider the safety of nearby workers as well as yourself
when using load binder.
• While under tension, load binder must not bear against an object, as
this will cause side load.
• Do not throw these instructions away. Keep them close at hand and
share them with any others who use this load binder.
6-44
LOAD BINDERS
Standard Lever Type Load Binder
L-150
Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo Securement Guidelines,

August 1993.
• Forged Steel — Quenched and Tempered.
• Binder toggles away from the load.
Min-Max Working Minimum Dimensions

(in.)
CERTEX
Cat. Ref.
Crosby
Stock Std.
Chain
Size
Load
Limit
Proof
Load
Ultimate
Strength
Weight
Each
Handle
Length
Take
Up 6
Model No. No. Pkg. (in.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in.) (in.) A B C D E F G
7-1 CX06-0908 1048128 4 5/16-3/8 5400 10800 19000 7.02 16.00 4.50 24.13 22.13 17.88 16.00 10.38 10.38 .50
A-1 CX06-0909 1048146 4 3/8-1/2 9200 18400 33000 12.47 18.69 4.50 28.75 25.75 21.25 18.69 12.31 12.38 .63
C-1 CX06-0910 1048164 4 1/2-5/8 13000 26000 46000 19.68 21.00 4.75 31.25 29.75 25.00 21.00 14.63 13.75 .72
NOTE: Binders shown with Proof Load Pounds have been individually proof tested to these values shown, prior to shipment.
6-45
LOAD BINDERS
L-140
Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo

Securement Guidelines, August 1993.
• Upgrade for use with Grade 7 Transport Chain.
• Utilizes standard Crosby A-323 Alloy Eye Grab Hooks.
• New design “one piece” forged handle.
• Continuous take-up feature, infinite adjustment, gets the last half of chain.
• One piece assembly, no bolts or nuts to loosen.
• Ratchet spring rust proofed.
• All load bearing or holding parts forged.
6 • Easy operating positive ratchet.

CERTEX Crosby Chain Load Proof Ultimate Weight Handle Barrel Take (in.)
Cat. Ref. Stock Size Limit Load Strength Each Length Length Up
Model No. No. (in.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in.) (in.) (in.) A B C E E1 F F1 G
R-7 CX06-0911 1048404 5/16-3/8 6600 13200 23000 11.23 14 10 8.0 14.00 1.38 2.75 22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13 .50
R-A CX06-0912 1048422 3/8-1/2 9200 18400 33000 12.83 14 10 8.0 14.00 1.38 2.75 25.25 33.25 27.63 35.63 .63
R-C CX06-0913 1048440 1/2-5/8 13000 26000 46000 14.55 14 10 8.0 14.00 1.38 2.75 26.38 34.38 29.44 37.44 .72
NOTE: Binder shown with Proof Load Pounds have been individually Proof Tested to these values shown, prior to shipment.
R-10 Binder Less Links and Hooks
Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo Securement Guidelines, August 1993.
• Binders available with hooks for 3/8” and 1/2” chain sizes upon request.
Crosby Max Working Minimum Dimensions
CERTEX R-10 Chain Load Ultimate Weight Handle Barrell Take (in.)
Cat. Ref. Stock Size Limit Strength Each Length Length Up
Model No. No. (in.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in.) (in.) (in.) A B C E E1 F
R-10 CX06-0914 1048468 5/8 13000 46000 8.04 14 10 8.0 14 1.38 2.75 14 22 1.00
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
6-46
LOAD BINDERS
L-150
Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo securement guidelines, August 1993

• Forged steel — Quenched and Tempered.
• Spring cushion for load protection, cushions shock and sway.
• Binder toggles away from the load.
Min-Max Working Minimum Compression Dimensions

CERTEX Crosby Chain Load Ultimate Weight Handle Take Strength of (in.)
Cat. Ref. Stock Size Limit Strength Each Length Up Spring
Model No. No. (in.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in.) (in.) (lbs.) A B C C1 D E F G
7-12 CX06-0915 1048280 5/16-3/8 5400 16200 11.25 16.00 4.25 2300 32.75 30.75 28.00 26.50 16.00 10.38 19.00 .50 6
A-12 CX06-0916 1048306 3/8-1/2 9200 30300 18.69 18.50 4.50 3300 37.19 34.00 29.50 30.44 18.69 12.31 20.88 .63
Midget Load Binder
L-130 Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo securement guidelines, August 1993.

• Forged handle, hooks and swivel link.
• Steel swivels and clevis.

CERTEX Crosby Chain Load Ultimate Weight Handle Take (in.)
Cat. Ref. Stock Size Limit Strength Each Length Up
Model No. No. (in.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (lbs.) (in.) (in.) A B C D E F G
W-1 CX06-0917 1048100 3/16 - 1/4 1450 5100 2.57 11.25 2.40 16.13 13.63 11.00 11.25 6.25 6.56 .34
NOTE: Binders shown with Proof Load Pounds have been individually proof tested to these values shown, prior to shipment
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
6-47
LOAD BINDERS
Lever Type Load Binder • Provides more control in binding and releasing without
extra tools.
• Handle closes down away from load with more leverage.
• Functionally superior to any other on the road.
• Handles are drop forged from special bar quality steel.
• Hooks are heat treated steel.
• Single welded links as in binder chain for better relia-
bility.
• More take-up for binding greater loads. Smaller handle
slot with riveted nose to prevent spreading at the criti-
cal loading point.
Columbus
Chain McKinnon Handle Take- Working Min. ultimate Approx.
size CERTEX Product UPC Chain length up load limit breaking weight
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. code code grade (in.) (in.) (lbs.)* strength (lbs.) (lbs.)
1/4 CX06-0918 M103** 42640 G30 11 1/4 3 1,500 5,300 2
1/4 CX06-0919 M104 42642 G30, 43 11 1/4 3 2,600 7,800 2 1/2
1/4 CX06-0920 M105 42644 G30, 43, 70 16 4 7/8 5,400 19,000 8 1/4
5/16 CX06-0921 M105 42644 G30, 43, 70 16 4 7/8 5,400 19,000 8 1/4
3/8 CX06-0922 M105 42644 G30, 43 16 4 7/8 5,400 19,000 8 1/4
5/16 CX06-0923 M106 42647 G30, 43, 70 18 1/2 5 1/8 9,200 28,000 11 1/4
6 3/8 CX06-0924 M106 42647 G30, 43, 70 18 1/2 5 1/8 9,200 28,000 11 1/4
7/16 CX06-0925 M106 42647 G30, 43 18 1/2 5 1/8 9,200 28,000 11 1/4
1/2 CX06-0926 M106 42647 G30, 43 18 1/2 5 1/8 9,200 28,000 11 1/4
** One swivel without connecting link on M103.
WARNING
* LOAD BINDING SYSTEMS STORE ENERGY
WHICH CAN RELEASE SUDDENLY.
To avoid injury, operate only by hand from a firm
standing position. Operate handle cautiously. Stay
clear of handle path: handle may release suddenly.
Follow instructions.
6-48
LOAD BINDERS
Ratchet Type Load Binder

• Heavy duty, rigid, all steel construction.
• Short reach hooks for maximum take-up.
• Infinite adjustment.
• Continuous take-up.
• Meets D.O.T. and C.V.S.A. specifications.
Columbus Working
McKinnon Max Take- load Min. ultimate
CERTEX Product size up UPC limit breaking Weight
Cat. Ref. No. code (in.) (in.) code (lbs.)* strength (lbs.) (lbs.)
CX06-0933 D48363** 8 30002 16,200 46,000 11
CX06-0934 D48365 5/16 G70 8 30003 5,400 19,000 12 1/4
3/8 G43
CX06-0935 D48366 3/8 G70 8 31205 9,200 28,000 12 1/4
1/2 G43
** Supplied without hooks.
Drop Forged Load Binder

• All steel.
• Drop forged. 6
• Both hooks swivel 360°.
• Each binder individually proof tested.
• Tie-down hole in handle.
• Short reach hooks for maximum take-up.
• Heavy, rigid construction.
• Special manufacturing permits use with transport grade 70 chain.
• Meets D.O.T. and C.V.S.A. specifications.
Columbus Chain grade Working Min. ult.

McKinnon & size (in.) Handle Take- load breaking
CERTEX Product UPC length up limit strength Weight
Cat. Ref. No. code code G30 G43 G70 (in.) (in.) (lbs.)* (lbs.) (lbs.)
CX06-0937 320104 32146 1/4 1/4 11 1/4 3 2,600 7,800 2 1/2
CX06-0938 320105 24251 3/8 3/8 5/16 16 1/8 4 1/4 5,400 19,000 8
* WARNING
• Do not exceed working load limits specified.
• Working load limits apply to load binders only.
• See match-up chart for chain working load limits.
• For complete operating instructions, see previous page.
6-49
CARGO CONTROL
LOADFAST Synthetic Cargo Tiedowns and Hardware

LOADFAST offers a full line of synthetic tiedown assemblies and related hardware for all the tough demands of the flatbed and van trailer industry. Also available is a full
line of pickup and smaller trailer straps used for securing loads. These straps are made from a specially treated polyester webbing for minimal stretch, environmental
considerations and resistance to wear. The soft polyester webbing protects material surfaces and conforms to the shape of the load at any angle. These assemblies are
available in 1, 2, 3 and 4 inch widths with a variety of end fittings and working load limits (WLL). LOADFAST tiedown assemblies are manufactured to strict quality guide-
lines according to the latest government standards.
LOADFAST strongly recommends that these products be used in accordance with all local, state and Department of Transportation regulations. Users of tiedown assem-
blies should review and comply with all federal, state and local regulations relative to the proper securement of cargo being transported. Securement strength require-
ments should take into consideration “G” forces and all other contributing factors affecting the material being transported. LOADFAST tiedown assemblies should not be
used for overhead lifting.
LOADFAST tiedown assemblies are tagged with a working load limit (WLL). The working load limit is one-third (1/3) of the minimum breaking strength of the assembly,
not its component parts. It is the responsibility of the user to determine the proper working load limit (WLL) for specific applications and the strength of the anchorage
points. The hardware is stamped with “LOADFAST” and a working load limit.
For further information please consult the Web Sling and Tiedown Association’s Recommended Standard Specification for Synthetic Web Tiedowns and the
Recommended Standard Specification for Synthetic Web Tiedown Winches.
Recommended Operating Practices

Mechanical Considerations Environments in which synthetic webbing tiedowns are continuously exposed to
ultra-violet light can affect the strength of synthetic webbing tiedowns in varying
Determine weight of the cargo to be secured, including expected Gravity “G” degrees ranging from slight to total degradation.
forces.
Select tiedown having suitable characteristics for the type of load and environ- a — Factors which can determine the degree of strength loss are:
ment.
1 — Length of time of continuous exposure
Tiedowns shall not be loaded in excess of the Working Load Limit (WLL).
Consideration should be given to the angle from the vertical (cargo tiedown to 2 — Webbing construction and design
load angle) which affects working load capacity. 3 — Other environmental factors such as weather conditions and geo-
Tiedown shall be attached to provide control of the load and positioned in accor- graphic location.
dance with applicable regulations.
b — Suggested procedures to minimize the effects of ultra-violet light.
Tiedowns shall not be dragged on the floor, ground, or over an abrasive surface.
1 — Store webbing tiedowns in a cool, dry and dark place when not being
Tiedowns shall not be tied into knots, or joined by knotting. used for prolonged periods of time.
Tiedowns shall be pulled from under loads when the load is resting on the 2 — Inspect webbing tiedowns weekly or more often, depending on fre-
tiedown. quency of use.
Tiedowns shall always be protected from being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges, 3 — Impregnate a coating into the webbing.
protrusions or abrasive surfaces.
Tiedowns with metal fittings shall not be dropped. c — Visual indications of possible ultra-violet degradation are:
The opening in fittings shall be the proper shape and size to insure that the fitting 1 — Bleaching out of webbing.
will seat properly in the anchorage point or other attachments. If the anchor point
is inadequate to support the force of the tiedown system, then the load rating of
the tiedown will be limited to the strength of the anchor point.
2 — Increased stiffness of webbing material.
3 — Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact with the load. 7
Tiedowns shall not be used for lifting. Caution: Degradation can take place without visible indications.
Environmental Considerations Inspection

Tiedowns should be stored in a dry and dark place, and should not be exposed to
sunlight when not in use. Type of Inspection
Chemically active environments can effect the strength of synthetic web tiedowns a. Initial Inspection — Before any tiedown is placed in service it shall be inspect-
in varying degrees ranging from little to total degradation. The tiedown manufac- ed to insure that the correct tiedown is being used as well as to determine
turer should be consulted before tiedowns are used or stored in chemically active that the tiedown meets the requirements of the application.
environments. b. Frequent Inspection — This inspection shall be made by the person handling
the tiedown each time it is used.
a — Acids c. Periodic Inspection — This inspection shall be conducted by designated per-
1 — Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from little to total sonnel. Frequency of inspection shall be based on:
degradation. 1. Frequency of use
2 — Polyester is resistant to some acids, but is subject to degradation rang- 2. Severity of service conditions
ing from little to moderate with other acids
3. Experience gained on the service life of tiedowns used in similar applica-
3 — Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the fol- tions.
lowing:
4. Inspection should be conducted at least monthly.
i. Type of Acid
ii. Exposure Conditions Inspection Records
iii. Concentration Tiedown inspection records shall be established by the user.
iiii. Temperature
b — Alkalis Tiedown Replacement
1 — Polyester is subject to degradation by alkalis, ranging from little to total A tiedown shall be removed from service if any of the following, are visible.
degradation. a. Acid or alkali burns.
2 — Nylon is resistant to some alkalis, but is subject to degradation ranging b. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the webbing.
from little to moderate with other alkalis. c. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles.
3 — Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the fol- d. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing stitch
lowing: patterns.
i. Type of Alkali e. Excessive abrasive wear.
ii. Exposure Conditions f. Knots in any part of the webbing.
iii. Concentration g. Distortion and excessive pitting or corrosion or broken fittings.
iiii. Temperature h. Other apparent defects which cause doubt as to the strength of the
tiedown.
Nylon and polyester webbing shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 194
degrees F (90 degrees C). Both types are routinely used at temperatures as low as
–40 degrees F (–40 degrees C). Repair of Tiedown Webbing
Tiedowns incorporating aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, No repairs of webbing, fittings, or stitching shall be permitted.
sprays, mists or liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.
7-1
CARGO CONTROL
Tiedown Assemblies
LOADFAST Ratchet Load Binders offer the ease of one hand tensioning with their high quality ratchet buckles. These
ratchet buckles offer a variety of adjustment positions to secure loads of any type for short term or long haul transit.
The ratchet buckle assemblies are easily tightened to secure your loads properly and when it comes time to release
the loads at the final destination these ratchet buckles are released just as easily. The soft polyester webbing conforms
to the shape of the load and is flexible at any angle. The webbing also protects finished surfaces from scratching and
abrasion. The webbing is engineered and manufactured to breaking strengths to acquire specific working load limits
(WLL) when fabricated into a tiedown assembly.
A variety of tensioning buckles and end fittings are available. Webbing widths range from 1 inch, 2 inch, 3 inch and 4 inch-
es. Also many different strengths are available which effect the working load limit (WLL) of the tiedown assembly. Strength
ratings are “minimum break strength”. Unless otherwise specified, the strength rating is based upon a straight tensile pull.
Load direction other than straight can result in a significant reduction in strength. Strength ratings are contingent upon
using combinations of components as a system. The weakest component of the system determines the strength rating
including the point of attachment. Loadfast tiedown assemblies are tagged with a working load limit (WLL).
7 Type A - Endless
The simplest, most versatile Ratchet Binder has one end of the web sewn to the ratchet head, the other end free for passing around
loads or through narrow openings, and inserting into the ratchet. Fabricated in any practical web length.
Type B- Two Piece

This is a two-piece device with flat hooks at the two extremities. The cut-and-sealed plain end inserts into the ratchet the same as
Type A. Offered in any practical length, measured between hooks.
WARNING: Tiedown assemblies are not to

be used for overhead lifting.
7-2
CARGO CONTROL
Tiedown Assemblies
1 Inch Tiedown Assembly*

7
*Other end fittings available. Please specify

when ordering
WARNING: Tiedown assemblies are not to

be used for overhead lifting.
7-3
CARGO CONTROL
LoadFast
Truck Winches
4WP 4WPL
4WW 4WWL
7
2 Inch Std.
Specifications
CERTEX Cat. Ref. No. Type A B C D Weight

CX07-0042 2 Inch Std. N/A 2 1/2 In. 3 1/3 In. 2 3/4 In. 3.1 Lbs.
CX07-0043 4 WWL 9 5 3/8 4 1/8 4 3/8
CX07-0044 4 WW 9 5 3/8 5 1/2 3 1/2
CX07-0045 4 WPL 9 5 3/8 5 4 3/8
CX07-0046 4 WP 9 5 3/8 6 5/8 3 1/2
7-4
CARGO CONTROL
LoadFast
Recommended Operating Practices
Mechanical Considerations Inspection

All winches shall be installed so the user can see the Type of Inspection
pawl to ensure proper engagement. Additionally, the a. Initial inspection – before any winch is placed in ser-
winch shall be positioned so the pawl drops into the vice it shall be inspected to insure that it is the correct
ratchet wheel by gravity. Winches shall never be installed winch, as specified by the vehicle manufacturer. Also
so the user cannot see the pawl engagement or in a posi- verify that all moving parts operate freely and the
tion where the user shall hold the pawl to engage the pawl drops into the ratchet wheel by gravity.
ratchet tooth. Portable winches shall be removed and
stored when not in use. All winches, except portable and b. Frequent inspection – this inspection shall be made by
sliding styles, shall be welded to the trailer frame. the person operating the winch prior to each use.
Minimum welding requirements are to be specified by c. Periodic inspection – this inspection shall be conduct-
the manufacturer. ed by designated personnel.
Winches shall be attached to vehicle structural members. Frequency of inspection shall be based on:
If winches are installed in track, the track shall be 1. Frequency of use
attached to vehicle structural members.
2. Severity of Service Conditions
When tightening or loosening winches, always maintain a
firm grip on the winch bar. Never release a winch bar 3. Experience gained on the service life of winches
without checking the pawl to ensure that it is fully used in similar applications.
engaged between ratchet teeth. Releasing a winch bar 4. Inspection should be conducted at least quarterly.
without the pawl being properly engaged can cause seri-
ous injury to the user or bystanders. The use of non-slip Winch Replacement
handle winch bar specifically designed to tighten or A winch shall be removed from service if any of the fol-
loosen winches in recommended. lowing conditions exist:
Set screws on portable winches are designed to position a. Reel bar is not free to rotate.
the winch while the tiedown assembly is tightened and
shall be snug tightened only. Overtightening of screws b. Pawl is not free to drop into the ratchet wheel by
7
may cause bracket to bend, weakening the winch and gravity.
causing it to fail. c. Winch has been deformed due to overloading.
Winches shall not be loaded in excess of their Working d. Winch bar holes are deformed and will not permit use
Load Limit. of standard winch bar.
Only winch bars designed to be used with winches shall e. Ratchet wheel is distorted.
be used to tension and release tiedown assemblies. f. Pawl/pawl pin is distorted.
“Cheater Bars” shall not be used with the winch bars.
g. Weld on winch is cracked.
Environmental Considerations h. Weld of winch to vehicle is cracked.
Winches are subjected to dirt, mud, snow, ice, road salt, i. Winch track shall be replaced if it is deformed in the
cleaning solutions, etc. And therefore require inspection area that transfers the winch load to the track.
and cleaning to insure they are always in operating condi- j. Other apparent defects which cause doubt as to the
tion prior to each use. strength of the winch.
Winches that can be removed from the vehicle, when not
in use, should be stored in a dry location. Inspection Records
Winch inspection records should be established by the
user.
Repair of Winches
No repairs of the winch shall be permitted.
7-5
CARGO CONTROL
Wheel Nets Cargo Nets

For all types of vehicles and capacities Fabricated from nylon, polyester rope and slotted
web to customers specifications.
Towing /Recovery Straps

Available in different widths and capacities.
Ground Covers
Truck Tarps
Specialized Cargo Slings
7-6
WEB SLINGS
CERTEX Companies have been manufacturing synthetic web slings for over 30 years, manufactured to the highest
quality of nylon or polyester these slings offer outstanding strength with excellent load protection. CERTEX web slings
will not damage or scratch surfaces of products being lifted. These slings are lightweight and flexible to be easily han-
dled and rigged to a load. They easily adjust and conform to the load with a non slip, secure grip and are treated to
keep out dirt, moisture and reduce abrasion. Nylon and polyester web slings are unaffected by oil and grease and offer
good chemical resistance. CERTEXand
resistance.Treated webuntreated
slings offer redand
nylon indicating core
polyester yarns inused
webbing, the webbing to help
to fabricate warnslings,
synthetic against
per
damage caused
class 5 and classby cuts, tears
7 rated or abrasion.
capacity When
charts, may thesered
contain redyarn
corewoven
yarns into
are exposed
the corethe webwebbing
of the sling shall
to be taken
serve onlyout
as of
service and replaced.
one of many These slingswhether
aids in determining have goodandelongation
when a slingcharacteristics which minimize
should be removed the effects of shock loading.
from service.
Offered in either our standard webbing or our special extra edge guard webbing, both are economical and offer long
service life when used properly.
Sling Hitches
Vertical Choker Basket Bridle 7

Choose the Right Hitch for the Load
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and

inspection instructions could result in severe per-
sonal injury or death. Do not exceed rated capacities.
7-7
WEB SLINGS
Basic Sling Types
Triangle/Choker Triangle/Triangle Eye/Eye Flat Eyes Eye/Eye Twisted Eyes Endless
TYPE I — Web sling made with a triangle fitting on one end and a slotted triangle choker fitting on the other end.
It can be used in a vertical, basket or choker hitch.
TYPE II — Web sling made with a triangle fitting on both ends. It can be used in a vertical or basket hitch only.
TYPE III — Web sling made with a flat loop eye on each end with loop eye opening on same plane as sling body.
This type of sling is sometimes called a flat eye and eye, eye and eye, or double eye sling.
TYPE IV — Web Sling made with both loop eyes formed as in Type III, except that the loop eyes are turned to form
a loop eye which is at a right angle to the plane of the sling body. This type of sling is commonly
referred to as a twisted eye sling.
TYPE V — Endless web sling, sometimes referred to as a grommet. It is a continuous loop formed by joining the
ends of the webbing together with a load bearing splice.
TYPE VI — Return eye (reversed eye) web sling is formed by using multiple widths of webbing held edge to edge. A
wear pad is attached on one or both sides of the web sling body and on one or both sides of the loop
eyes to form a loop eye at each end which is at a right angle to the plane of the web sling body.

7-8
WEB SLINGS
Basic Sling Types
Reversed Eye Bridle Slings (Multi-Legged) Cargo Type (Wide Body) Load Balancing Type 7
and Hardware Type
Marine/Boat Slings

7-9
WEB SLINGS
Recommended Operating Practices for Web Slings

Mechanical Considerations Only web slings with legible identification tags shall be
Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load used.
shall be within the rated capacity of the web sling. Tags and labels should be kept away from the load, hook
Select a web sling having suitable characteristics for the and point of choke.
type of load, hitch and environment. Web slings shall not be constricted or bunched between
Web slings shall not be loaded in excess of the rated the ears of a clevis, shackle, or in a hook.
capacity. Consideration shall be given to the sling to load Place blocks under load prior to setting down the load to
angle which affects rated capacity. allow removal of the web sling, if applicable.
Web slings with fittings which are used in a choker hitch
shall be of sufficient length to assure that the choking Environmental Considerations
action is on the webbing, and never on the fitting. Web slings should be stored in a cool, dry and dark place
Web slings used in a basket hitch shall have the load bal- to prevent loss of strength when not in use through
anced to prevent slippage. exposure to ultra-violet rays. Web slings shall not be
stored in chemically active areas.
The opening in fittings shall be the proper shape and size Chemically active environments can affect the strength of
to ensure that the fitting will seat properly in the hook or synthetic web slings in varying degrees ranging from lit-
other attachments. tle to total degradation. The web sling manufacturer or
Web slings shall always be protected from being cut by qualified person should be consulted before slings are
sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions or abrasive sur- used in chemically active environments.
faces.
Acids
Web slings shall not be dragged on the floor or over abra-
sive surfaces. Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from
little to total degradation.
Web slings shall not be twisted, shortened, lengthened, Polyester is resistant to many acids, but is subject to
tied in knots, or joined by knotting. degradation, ranging from little to moderate in some
Web slings shall not be pulled from under loads when the acids.
load is resting on the web sling. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consid-
Do not drop web slings equipped with metal fittings. eration the following:
7 Web slings that appear to be damaged shall not be used a. Type of Acid
unless inspected and accepted as usable. b. Exposure Conditions
The web sling shall be hitched in a manner providing c. Concentration
control of the load. d. Temperature
Personnel, including portions of the human body, shall be
kept from between the sling and the load, and from Alkalis
between the sling and the crane hook or hoist hook. Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging
Personnel shall stand clear of suspended loads. from little to total degradation.
Nylon is resistant to many alkalis, but is subject to
Personnel shall not ride the web sling or the load being degradation ranging from little to moderate in some
lifted. alkalis.
Shock loading shall be avoided. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consid-
Twisting and kinking the legs (branches) shall be avoided. eration the following:
a. Type of Alkalis
Load applied to the hook shall be centered in the base
(bowl) of hook to prevent point loading on the hook. b. Exposure Conditions
During lifting, with or without the load, personnel shall c. Concentration
be alert for possible snagging. d. Temperature
The web slings legs (branches) shall contain or support Nylon and polyester web slings shall not be used at tem-
the load from the sides above the center of gravity when peratures in excess of 194 degrees F (90 degrees C) or
using a basket hitch. temperatures below minus 40 degrees F (minus 40
degrees C).
Web slings shall be long enough so that the rated load
(rated capacity) is adequate when the sling to load angle Web slings incorporating aluminum fittings shall not be
is taken into consideration. used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of alka-
lis and/or acids are present.

7-10
WEB SLINGS
Recommended Operating Practices for Web Slings

Environments in which synthetic web slings are continu- Removal from Service
ously exposed to ultra-violet light can affect the strength A sling shall be removed from service if any of the fol-
of synthetic web slings in varying degrees ranging from lowing are visible:
slight to total degradation.
a. If sling rated capacity or sling material identification
CAUTION: Degradation can take place without visible is missing or not readable.
indications. b. Acid or alkalis burns
c. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the
a. Factors, which affect the degree of strength loss are: web sling
1. Length of time of continuous exposure d. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles
2. Web sling construction and design e. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing splices
3. Other environmental factors such as weather condi- f. Excessive abrasive wear
tions and geographic location
g. Knots in any part of the web sling
b. Suggested procedures to minimize the affects of ultra-
violet light. h. Excessive pitting, or corrosion, or cracked or bro-
ken fittings
1. Store web slings in a cool, dry and dark place when
not being used for prolonged periods of time i. Any other visible damage that causes doubts as to
the strength of the sling
c. Some visual indications of ultra-violet degradation are:
1. Bleaching out of web sling color Inspection Records
2. Increased stiffness of web sling material Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for
3. Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact each sling as established by the user, should be kept on
with the load file for all web slings. These records should show a
description of the sling and its condition on each period-
d. Proof Testing Warning— Slings used in environments ic inspection.
where they are subject to continuous exposure to
ultra-violet light shall be proof tested to twice the Repair of Web Slings
rated capacity semi-annually, or more frequently
depending on severity of exposure. Sling webbing with structural damage shall never be
repaired.
Inspection Type I and Type II web slings, and other web slings utiliz-
ing hardware, may be re-webbed utilizing existing fittings. 7
Type of Inspection It shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer repair-
a. Initial Inspection — Before any new or repaired web ing the web sling to determine if the hardware is re-
sling is placed in service, it shall be inspected by a des- usable.
ignated person to ensure that the correct web sling is Slings shall be repaired only by a sling manufacturer or a
being used, as well as to determine that the web sling qualified person.When repaired, a sling shall be marked
meets the requirements of this specification. to identify the repair agent.
b. Frequent Inspection — This inspection shall be con- All re-webbed Type I and Type II, and other web slings
ducted by the person handling the sling each time the utilizing fittings, shall be proof tested to two (2) times
sling is used. their vertical rated capacity before being placed back into
c. Periodic Inspection — This inspection shall be con- service. A certificate of proof testing shall be provided.
ducted by designated personnel. Frequency of inspec- Temporary repairs of webbing, fittings, or stitching shall
tion should be based on: not be permitted.
1. Frequency of web sling use
2. Severity of service conditions
WARNING: Failure to read, understand and follow the use and inspection instructions
3. Experience gained on the service life of web slings
used in similar applications could result in severe personal injury. Do not exceed rated capacities.
4. Inspections should be conducted at least annually

7-11
WEB SLINGS
Rated Capacity Information

Rated capacities are affected by angle of lift (sling to load) measured from the horizontal when used with multi-legged
slings or choker/ basket hitches. To determine the actual sling capacity at a given angle of lift, multiply the original
sling rating by the appropriate loss factor determined from the table below.
Sling Angle Table (Angle of Lift)
Angle/Degrees Loss Angle/Degrees Loss
Horizontal Factor Horizontal Factor
90 1.000 55 0.819
85 0.996 50 0.766
80 0.985 45 0.707
75 0.966 40 0.643
70 0.940 35 0.574
65 0.906 30 0.500
60 0.866
For web slings used in a choker hitch, rated loads in Tables 1-4 are for
an angle of choke of 120 degrees or greater for the angle formed in the
web sling body as it passes through the choking eye.
Rated Capacity of Choker Hitch Table
Angle of Choke Sling Rated Load

(degrees) Factor
120-180 1.00
105-120 0.93
90-105 0.87
Angle of Choke
7
Guide to CERTEX Web Sling Terminology
Product tables on the following pages contain Type designations for CERTEX Web Slings.
The following key will help you interpret CERTEX Web Sling Type codes.
Interpreting Web Sling Type/Size Codes

Example: CTC1-62
C TC 1 - 6 2
Manufacturer Sling Types Ply Count Web Ratings Width

CERTEX TC = Triangle/Choker 1-Ply 6 = 6,800 lbs./inch In Inches*
TT = Triangle/Triangle 2-Ply 9 = 9,800 lbs./inch
EE = Eye/Eye Flat Eyes 3-Ply
EN = Endless 4-Ply
RE = Reversed Eye
CS = Cargo Slings
LB = Load Balancing
MS = Marine Slings
* Reversed Eye Sling Codes deviate from this code due to their style of construction. A width indicated at “1” yields a 2-inch sling;
“2” yields a 4-inch sling. The number “15” in the width column means 1.5˝ and yields a 3-inch sling. “K” and “H” designations are
special capacity ratings. End users should pay special attention to capacities.

7-12
WEB SLINGS
End fittings are steel or alu- End fittings are steel or alu-
minum with a slip through minum designed to be
design which provides used in only a vertical or
good choke hitching. Also basket hitch.
can be used in vertical or
basket hitches.
Available in Nylon or
Polyester Webbing.
Length Length
of of
Sling Sling
Triangle/Choker Type I Triangle/Triangle Type II
CAUTION: Do not use aluminum fittings where acids, alkalis or other corrosive agents are present.
The above capacities are for steel hardware only. Aluminum hardware may only be used with single ply web slings.
Capacities shown represent minimum values. For actual rated capacities consult your local CERTEX branch.

7-13
WEB SLINGS
Specifications On Hardware
ALUMINUM TRIANGLES
Approx. Rated
CERTEX weight capacity Minimum
Cat. Ref. No. Size A B C D E F G in lbs. in lbs. break
CX07-0091 T2 4 3 5/8 2 1/4 1 3/4 15/16 2 3/8 9/16 .31 3,360 16,800
CX07-0092 T3 5 1/4 5 3 1/4 2 1 3/16 3 5/16 5/8 .75 5,000 25,000
CX07-0093 T4 6 1/4 6 5/8 4 3/8 2 3/8 1 7/16 4 11/16 1.1 6,700 33,500
CX07-0094 T6 8 5/16 8 7/8 6 3/8 3 1/8 1 3/4 5 1/2 15/16 2.7 9,700 48,500
ALUMINUM CHOKERS
Approx. Rated
CX07-0095 C2 6 1/8 5 1/4 2 1/8 1 3/4 15/16 2 3/8 9/16 .73 3,360 16,800
CX07-0096 C3 7 1/2 7 1/8 3 1/8 2 1 1/8 3 5/16 5/8 1.3 5,000 25,000
CX07-0097 C4 8 3/4 8 3/4 4 1/8 2 3/8 1 7/16 4 11/16 1.9 6,700 33,500
CX07-0098 C6 11 5/16 11 3/4 6 1/8 3 1/8 1 3/4 5 1/2 15/16 5.1 9,700 48,500
STEEL TRIANGLES
Approx. Rated
CX07-0099 ST2 2 7/8 3 3/4 2 1/8 1 3/4 1 2 5/16 1/2 1 6,600 33,000
7 CX07-0100
CX07-0101
ST3
ST4
5 3/16
6 7/16
5
6 5/8
3 1/16
4 5/16
2
2
1 1/4
1 5/8
3 5/16
3 7/8
1/2
1/2
1.6
2.7
8,400
11,200
42,000
56,000
CX07-0102 ST5 7 7/8 7 15/16 5 3/16 2 1/2 2 4 15/16 1/2 3.5 14,000 70,000
CX07-0103 ST6 9 9 1/4 6 1/8 2 3/4 2 5/16 5 9/16 1/2 5.3 16,800 84,000
CX07-0104 ST8 11 7/16 12 8 1/4 3 5/8 2 7/8 7 3/16 3/4 12 22,400 112,000
CX07-0105 ST10 13 1/4 14 1/8 10 1/8 4 7/8 3 5/8 8 1/4 3/4 17 28,000 140,000
CX07-0106 ST12 13 13/16 16 7/16 12 3/8 5 4 1/16 8 3/4 19 32,000 160,000
STEEL CHOKERS
Approx. Rated
CX07-0107 SC2 6 5 1/2 2 1/8 2 1 1/16 2 1/4 1/2 2 6,600 33,000
CX07-0108 SC3 7 1/2 7 3 1/8 2 1 3/16 3 3/16 1/2 2.9 8,400 42,000
CX07-0109 SC4 9 5/16 9 9/16 4 1/8 2 1/2 1 13/16 3 1/2 1/2 6 11,200 56,000
CX07-0110 SC5 10 9/16 11 5/8 5 1/8 2 3/4 2 1/16 4 7/16 1/2 7 14,000 70,000
CX07-0111 SC6 12 12 3/4 6 1/8 2 7/8 2 11/16 4 9/16 1/2 9.8 16,800 84,000
CX07-0112 SC8 14 7/16 16 1/2 8 1/8 5 2 13/16 6 7/16 3/4 24 22,400 112,000
CX07-0113 SC10 16 1/2 18 3/4 10 1/4 5 1/8 3 1/2 7 5/8 3/4 28 28,000 140,000
CX07-0114 SC12 19 1/4 22 5/8 12 1/8 5 1/2 4 1/4 9 3/4 3/4 40 32,000 160,000
Other hardware fittings are available on request. Please contact your nearest Certex location.

7-14
WEB SLINGS
Eye & Eye Type III & IV Rated Capacities – Pounds*
Length
of
Sling
1 and 2 Ply Slings
* Rated loads are for slings without tapered eyes. Folding or bunching which occurs when used with shackles,
hooks or other applications will reduce the rated load.

7-15
WEB SLINGS
Eye & Eye Type III & IV Rated Capacities – Pounds*
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. Type Width Vertical Choker Basket
CX07-0147 CEE3-61 1" 2850 2280 5700
CX07-0148 CEE4-61 1" 3800 3040 7600
CX07-0149 CEE3-91 1" 4110 3280 8220
CX07-0150 CEE4-91 1" 5480 4380 10960
CX07-0151 CEE3-915 1 1/2" 6170 4930 12340
CX07-0152 CEE4-915 1 1/2" 8200 6560 16400
CX07-0153 CEE3-K 1 3/4" 5000 4000 10000
CX07-0154 CEE4-K 1 3/4" 6660 5320 13320
CX07-0155 CEE3-H 1 3/4" 7200 5760 14400
CX07-0156 CEE4-H 1 3/4" 9600 7680 19200
CX07-0157 CEE3-62 2" 5700 4560 11400
CX07-0158 CEE4-62 2" 7600 6080 15200
CX07-0159 CEE3-92 2" 8230 6580 16460 Length
CX07-0160 CEE4-92 2" 10970 8770 21940 of
Sling
CX07-0161 CEE3-63 3" 8560 6850 17120
CX07-0162 CEE4-63 3" 11400 9120 22800
CX07-0163 CEE3-93 3" 12340 9870 24680
CX07-0164 CEE4-93 3" 16460 13160 32920
CX07-0165 CEE3-64 4" 11400 9120 22800
CX07-0166 CEE4-64 4" 15200 12160 30400
CX07-0167 CEE3-94 4" 16460 13160 32920
CX07-0168 CEE4-94 4" 21950 17560 43900
7 CX07-0169 CEE3-95 5" 20580 16460 41160
CX07-0170 CEE4-95 5" 27440 21950 54880
CX07-0171 CEE3-66 6" 17100 13680 34200
CX07-0172 CEE4-66 6" 22800 18240 45600
CX07-0173 CEE3-96 6" 24690 19750 49380
CX07-0174 CEE4-96 6" 32920 26330 65840
CX07-0175 CEE3-98 8" 32920 26330 65840
CX07-0176 CEE4-98 8" 43900 35120 87800
CX07-0177 CEE3-910 10" 41160 32920 82320
3 and 4 Ply Slings
CX07-0178 CEE4-910 10" 54880 43900 109760
CX07-0179 CEE3-912 12" 49390 39510 98780
CX07-0180 CEE4-912 12" 65850 52680 131700

7-16
WEB SLINGS
Endless Type V – Rated Capacities – Pounds*
Length
of
Sling
1 and 2 Ply Slings
* Rated loads are based on untapered slings. Folding or bunching which occurs when used with shackles,
hooks or other applications will reduce rated loads. Consult the manufacturer.

7-17
WEB SLINGS
Endless Type V – Rated Capacities – Pounds*
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. Type Width Vertical Choker Basket
CX07-0213 CEN3-61 1" 5700 4600 11400
CX07-0214 CEN4-61 1" 7600 6000 15200
CX07-0215 CEN3-91 1" 8200 6600 16400
CX07-0216 CEN4-91 1" 11000 8800 22000
CX07-0217 CEN3-915 1 1/2" 12300 9800 24600
CX07-0218 CEN4-915 1 1/2" 16400 13100 32800
CX07-0219 CEN3-K 1 3/4" 10000 8000 20000
CX07-0220 CEN4-K 1 3/4" 13300 10600 26600
CX07-0221 CEN3-H 1 3/4" 14400 11500 28800
CX07-0222 CEN4-H 1 3/4" 19200 15400 38400
CX07-0223 CEN3-62 2" 11400 9100 22800
CX07-0224 CEN4-62 2" 15200 12200 30400
CX07-0225 CEN3-92 2" 16500 13200 33000 Length
CX07-0226 CEN4-92 2" 21900 17500 43800 of
Sling
CX07-0227 CEN3-63 3" 17000 13600 34000
CX07-0228 CEN4-63 3" 22800 18200 45600
CX07-0229 CEN3-93 3" 24700 19800 49400
CX07-0230 CEN4-93 3" 32900 26300 65800
CX07-0231 CEN3-64 4" 22800 18200 45600
CX07-0232 CEN4-64 4" 30400 24300 60800
CX07-0233 CEN3-94 4" 32900 26300 65800
CX07-0234 CEN4-94 4" 43900 35100 89800
7 CX07-0235 CEN3-95 5" 41200 33000 82400
CX07-0236 CEN4-95 5" 54900 43900 109800
CX07-0237 CEN3-66 6" 34200 27400 68400
CX07-0238 CEN4-66 6" 45600 36500 91200
CX07-0239 CEN3-96 6" 49400 39500 98800
CX07-0240 CEN4-96 6" 65800 52600 131600
CX07-0241 CEN3-98 8" 65800 52600 131600
CX07-0242 CEN4-98 8" 87800 70200 175600
CX07-0243 CEN3-910 10" 82300 65800 164600
CX07-0244 CEN4-910 10" 109000 87000 218000 3 and 4 Ply Slings
CX07-0245 CEN3-912 12" 98800 79000 197600
CX07-0246 CEN4-912 12" 131000 105000 262000

7-18
WEB SLINGS
Rated Capacities – Pounds

Reversed Eye-Type VI
These are the most durable of all web slings.The complete sling, both sides, are covered with a buffer web for the
maximum abrasion resistance, including the eyes. Eye configuration allows for tight choking also great for vertical and
basket hitches.

7-19
WEB SLINGS
Cargo Slings — Wide Body

These wide body slings are used in a basket hitch only where wider slings are needed for better load stability. These
wider slings distributes the load over a larger sling surface area and also offer great protection over smooth and soft
surfaces. Standard widths from six through twenty four inches. Wider widths available on request.
CERTEX Width Vertical Basket CERTEX Width Vertical Basket

Cat. Ref. No. Type Inches Capacity Cat. Ref. No. Type Inches Capacity
CX07-0272 CCS2-63 6" 13000 CX07-0284 CCS2-98 16" 42000
CX07-0273 CCS2-93 6" 18000 CX07-0285 CCS4-98 16" 86000
CX07-0274 CCS4-63 6" 26000 CX07-0286 CCS3-66 18" 26000
CX07-0275 CCS4-93 6" 37000 CX07-0287 CCS3-96 18" 37000
CX07-0276 CCS2-64 8" 17000 CX07-0288 CCS6-66 18" 49000
CX07-0277 CCS2-94 8" 24000 CX07-0289 CCS6-96 18" 66000
CX07-0278 CCS4-64 8" 32000 CX07-0290 CCS3-98 24" 44000
CX07-0279 CCS4-94 8" 41000 CX07-0291 CCS2-912 24" 66000
CX07-0280 CCS2-66 12" 26000 CX07-0292 CCS6-98 24" 88000
CX07-0281 CCS2-96 12" 37000 CX07-0293 CCS4-912 24" 130000
CX07-0282 CCS4-66 12" 49000
CX07-0283 CCS4-96 12" 66000
Cargo Type
7 (Wide Body)
Load Balancing Slings
These Load Balancing slings serve the same purpose as the Cargo type slings except they are more economical due to
the reduced capacities. Also the eyes are smaller to fit the smaller hoist hooks. Wider widths available on request.
Vertical
Vertical Basket
CERTEX Width CERTEX Width Basket
Type Capacity
Cat. Ref. No. Inches Cat. Ref. No. Type Inches Capacity
CX07-0294 CLB6 6" 8000 CX07-0297 CLB16 16" 10000
CX07-0295 CLB8 8" 8000 CX07-0298 CLB18 18" 10000
CX07-0296 CLB12 12" 8000 CX07-0299 CLB24 24" 10000

7-20
WEB SLINGS
Bridle Slings (multi-legged)

These Bridle Slings assemblies are used on lifts that need multiple legs and come equipped with many variations of
rings, hooks and other fittings.
3 and 4 legged assemblies available on request. Because of the wide variety of fittings which can greatly effect the
rated capacity of an assembly please contact your nearest CERTEX location to discuss your specific lifting require-
ments.
Hardware Slings (Single Leg)
CERTEX Oneway® Slings

These slings are designed for applications where the sling is used only once or twice and then disposed of. They are
constructed of materials of the same high quality as our other synthetic slings only they are not designed to take the
repeated usage as standard slings.The design factors can be suited to your particular applications and we have found
these slings to be quite cost effective when compared to our other slings. Oneway® Slings are available in many differ-
ent constructions, widths and capacities. Give your nearest CERTEX Company a call for more information.

7-21
WEB SLINGS
CERTEX Marine Slings

Certex marine slings are manufactured from heavy duty nylon or polyester webbing treated for abrasion and UV resis-
tance. These slings are soft and flexible to conform to any boat size and hull configuration. Available in many different
widths and capacities. Contact your nearest Certex location for more information.
Basket
CERTEX Parts Sling Standard Capacity
Cat. Ref. No. Number Width Eye Length In Lbs.
CX07-0300 CMS1-63 3" 9" 6,600
CX07-0301 CMS1-93 9" 9,300
CX07-0302 CMS1-64 4" 12" 8,800
CX07-0303 CMS1-94 12" 12,400
CX07-0304 CMS1-66 6" 14" 13,200
CX07-0305 CMS1-96 14" 18,600
CX07-0306 CMS1-98 8" 18" 24,800
CX07-0307 CMS2-98 18" 44,000
CX07-0308 CMS1-610 10" 12" 22,000
CX07-0309 CMS1-910 12" 31,000
CX07-0310 CMS2-610 18" 41,000
CX07-0311 CMS2-910 18" 55,000
CX07-0312 CMS1-612 12" 14" 26,400
CX07-0313 CMS1-912 14" 37,200
CX07-0314 CMS2-612 20" 49,200
CX07-0315 CMS2-912 20" 66,000
CX07-0316 CMS1-916 16" 18" 44,000
Nylon stretches approximately 6% at the rated CX07-0317 CMS2-916 24" 88,000
capacity. Polyester stretches approximately 3%
7 at rated capacity. Certex will custom design
and fabricate marine slings to meet your spe-
cific needs.
Standard Web Type
Lead Fabric
Sliding Extra Eye Weights Tapered Eye
Chine
Sleeves
Hardware Disconnect Type
Sliding Fabric Eye Lead Fabric

Chine Disconnect Weights Tapered
Sleeves Extra
Eyes Eye
WARNING: Marine slings which are continuously exposed to ultra-violet

(sun) light can effect the strength of the slings in varying
degrees ranging from slight to total degradation. Marine
slings require inspections before each use by a qualified
WARNING: Do not exceed rated capacities. person to determine if the slings meet the requirements of
the lift. Marine slings shall be proof tested to twice their
rated capacity semi-annually, or more frequently depending
on severity of exposure.
7-22
WEB SLINGS
CERTEX Wheel Nets

Certex Wheel Nets make for fast loading of any size vehicle due to the
lightweight, high strength synthetic webbing. This webbing is soft and
flexible to conform to any surface. These wheel nets are used in
matched sets and are designed and fabricated to your specific require-
ments. When not in use these wheel nets fold up for easy storage and
are not affected by moisture.
Certex Wheel Nets come in standard capacities and sizes from 5 tons through 30 tons. Call your nearest Certex location for more
information. Please have vehicle body size, capacity of vehicle and length from ground level to lifting devise.
Wear Pads & Sleeves

Wear pads give a sling extra protection where it wears the most. They can be furnished in either webbing or leather.
Leather pads are more resistant to wear and cutting, but are subject to gradual deterioration from oils, grease and dirt.
Nylon webbing wear pads are fully resistant to oils, grease, and they stretch in proportion to the sling.
Regular Wear Pad Edge Wrap Sliding Sleeve
REGULAR. This is the type that is EDGEGUARD. A strip of webbing or SLEEVE. Sometimes called sliding
sewn on to give fixed protection at leather is sewn around each edge of sleeve or tube type wear pads, these
expected wear points. They can be the sling, extending approximately pads are suggested for handling mate-
sewn anywhere on the sling, at any 1/2” onto the face of the webbing. rial with sharp edges. Sleeves cover
length on one side or on both sides. This is necessary for certain applica- both sides of the sling and can be
tions where sling edges are subject shifted to wear points.
to damage.

7-23
WEB SLINGS
Synthetic Sling Fittings
“Synthetic Sling Saver” Shackles and Hooks
S-252 (Bolt Type) S-253 (Screw Pin) WS-320A
• Designed with Non-Slip surface that: • Design factor of 5 to 1.

• Eliminates “bunching” effect caused by traditional • Shackles available in both a Screw Pin and Bolt, Nut
shackles. and cotter pin configuration.
• Reduces sling tendency to slide. • Bolt (Pin) has a larger diameter that provides better
• Shackles available in sizes 3 1/4 to 50 tons. load distribution.
• Hooks available is sizes 1 1/2, 3 and 5 tons. • Look for the Red Pin™ … the mark of Genuine Crosby
quality.
• Increased radius of bow / eye gives wider sling bearing
surface resulting in an increased area for load distribu- • Each shackle and hook has a Product Identification
tion, thus: Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a
Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into
• Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as it.
compared to standard anchor and chain shackle bows
• All Alloy construction.
7 and conventional eye hooks. This allows 100% of the
slings rated Working Load Limit to be achieved. • Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1 1/2 times the
• Allowing better load distribution on internal fibers. Working Load Limit.
Dimensional Information
S-252 S-253
Web S-252 S-253 Dimensions

Sling Round Working Bolt Type Bolt Type (in.)
Nominal Sling Load
Size Size Limit* Crosby Crosby
(in.) (Number) (tons) CERTEX S-252 Weight CERTEX S-253 Weight
Cat. Ref. Stock Each Cat. Ref. Stock Each
No. No. (lbs.) No. No. (lbs.) A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R
1 1&2 3 1/4 CX07-0318 1020485 1.4 CX07-0325 1020575 1.4 .88 .62 1.38 .75 1.50 .44 3.38 3.68 1.12 1.50 .75 2.69 3.22 .44 1.00
1.5 3&4 6 1/2 CX07-0319 1020496 2.4 CX07-0326 1020584 2.2 1.25 .75 1.75 .88 1.88 .50 4.15 4.25 1.31 1.81 1.00 3.38 4.03 .50 1.19
2 5&6 8 3/4 CX07-0320 1020507 4.1 CX07-0327 1020593 3.8 1.38 .88 2.25 1.00 2.81 .56 5.50 4.72 1.50 2.09 1.12 4.19 4.50 .50 1.44
3 7&8 12 1/2 CX07-0321 1020518 8.0 CX07-0328 1020602 7.3 1.62 1.12 3.25 1.25 3.06 .75 6.34 5.88 1.88 2.62 1.38 5.62 5.59 .62 1.81
4 9 & 10 20 1/2 CX07-0322 1020529 16.9 CX07-0329 1020611 15.2 2.12 1.38 4.50 1.50 5.75 .88 9.75 7.19 2.25 3.12 1.75 7.50 6.88 .75 2.13
5 11 & 12 35 CX07-0323 1020540 35.0 CX07-0330 1020620 30.8 2.50 1.75 5.50 2.00 6.34 1.12 11.50 9.31 3.00 4.19 2.25 9.19 8.66 1.00 2.88
6 13 50 CX07-0324 1020551 57.5 CX07-0331 1020629 52.0 3.00 2.12 6.50 2.25 7.70 1.25 13.75 10.38 3.38 4.75 2.75 11.00 10.22 1.22 3.19
* Note: Maximum Proof load is 2 1/2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
7-24
WEB SLINGS
Accessories
Synthetic Sling Fittings
S-255 Spool S-256 Link Plate
The “Spool” is designed to keep the load centered on the pin, The “Link Plate” is designed to connect two (2) S-252 or S-253
“Sling Saver” Shackles together.
thus keeping the sling positioned correctly in the shackle bow.
7
Spool Link Plate
7-25
WEB SLING SYSTEM
SLING SAVER®
This easy to use chart is designed to allow you to quickly determine the fittings required to create the Web Sling or
Round Sling you need.
Single Leg Sling Double Leg Sling
SINGLE AND DOUBLE LEG SLINGS

Component Recommendations based on Type III, (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 Ply web slings.
S-280 Web Connector

S-281 Web Sling Shackle
7 S-282 Chain Connector
Web Sling
S-282 S-280 Web Connector
S-280
S-281 Web Master Master
Round S-282 Sling Spectrum Eye Swivel Link Link
Sling Web Eye Working Hook 8 Eye Hoist SHUR-LOC® Hoist A-342 A-342
Size Width Width Load Limit WS-320 Chain Size Hook S-316A Ring Single Leg Double Leg
(No.) (in.) (in.) Ply (tons) (tons) (in.)-(mm) S-320AN (tons) (in.) HR-125 (lbs.) (in.) (in.)
1&2 2 2 2 3-1/4 3 3/8 — 10 3 1/2 7,000 5/8 3/4
3 3 1.5 2 4-1/2 5 1/2 — 13 5 5/8 10,000 3/4 1
4 4 2 2 6-1/4 — 5/8 — 16 7 5/8 15,000 1 1
5&6 6 3 2 8-1/2 — — 11 — 24,000 1 1-1/4
TRIPLE AND QUAD LEG SLINGS

Component Recommendations based on Type III, (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 Ply web slings.
S-280 Web Connector

S-281 Web Sling Shackle
S-282 Chain Connector S-282 S-280 Web Connector
Web Sling
S-280
S-281 Web Master Master
Round S-282 Sling Spectrum Eye Swivel Link Link
Sling Web Eye Working Hook 8 Eye Hoist SHUR-LOC® Hoist A-342 A-342
Size Width Width Load Limit WS-320 Chain Size Hook S-316A Ring Triple Leg Quad Leg
(No.) (in.) (in.) Ply (tons) (tons) (in.)-(mm) S-320AN (tons) (in.) HR-125 (lbs.) (in.) (in.)
1&2 2 2 2 3-1/4 3 3/8 10 3 1/2 7,000 1 1
3 3 1.5 2 4-1/2 5 1/2 13 5 5/8 10,000 1 1-1/4
4 4 2 2 6-1/4 5/8 16 7 5/8 15,000 1-1/4 1-1/2
5&6 6 3 2 8-1/2 11 24,000 1-1/2 1-3/4
7-26
SYNTHETIC SLING SYSTEM
SLING SAVER®
EASILY INTEGRATED INTO “SYNTHETIC SLING SYSTEM”
The “Synthetic Sling Saver” shackle line has been designed to easily adapt to other Crosby Sling fittings to develop
complete systems for synthetic slings.
* Lok-A-Loy size same as hook size.

† New 320N Eye Hook.
* Lok-A-Loy size same as hook size.

† New 320N Eye Hook.
7-27
WEB CONNECTOR
SLING SAVER®
The Web Connector line is designed to connect Synthetic Web Slings
and Synthetic Round Slings to conventional hardware.
✔ Connects Synthetic Web and Synthetic Round Slings to

conventional Crosby hardware including:
• 320N Eye Hook
• Additional Crosby Grade 8 Fittings
• Master Links
• Rings
• Shackles
✔ Makes a field assembled bridle quick and easy.
✔ No cotter pin to snag sling material.
✔ Durable Vinyl cover that:
• Protects sling at eye.
• Keeps slings positioned correctly on spool.
S-280 ✔ Increased radius of spool gives wider sling bearing sur-

face resulting in an increased area for load distribution,
Web Connector thus:
• Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least
15% as compared to standard anchor and chain
shackle bows and conventional eye hooks.This
allows 100% of the sling’s rated Working Load
7 Limit to be achieved.
• Allowing better load distribution on internal
fibers.
✔ All Alloy construction.
✔ Design Factor of 5 to 1.
✔ Replacement kit for spool and web cover available.
✔ Designed for use with Type III (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2
ply webbing & Synthetic Round Slings. Also accomo-
dates single ply and endless slings.
Dimensions
Web Slings* (in.)
S-280
Round Working Crosby
Sling Webbing Eye Load S-280 Weight
Size Width Width Limit† CERTEX Stock Each
(No.) (in.) (in.) Ply (tons) Cat. Ref. No. No. (lbs.) A B C D E F G H I J
1&2 2 2 2 3-1/4 CX07-0346 1021681 1.5 .75 .62 1.63 2.44 .63 .62 2.69 .56 1.19 2.02
3 3 1.5 2 4-1/2 CX07-0347 1021690 1.9 .75 .69 1.10 2.01 .75 .69 2.19 .60 1.38 2.34
4 4 2 2 6-1/4 CX07-0348 1021700 2.9 .75 .81 1.66 2.56 .88 .75 2.69 .69 1.62 2.46
5&6 6 3 2 8-1/2 CX07-0349 1021709 5.1 1.00 .94 2.47 3.50 1.00 .88 3.69 .88 1.88 2.84
* Type III (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2-Ply
Ü NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
WARNING: • A falling load may cause serious injury or death.

• Read, understand and follow all instructions
and chart information before using web connector.
• Before use, tighten bolt first, then tighten nut.
7-28
WEB SLING SHACKLE
SLING SAVER®
Web Sling Shackle is designed to connect Synthetic Web Slings
and Synthetic Round Slings to eyebolts, pad eyes and lifting lugs.
S-281
Web Sling Shackle Shackles
Incorporates same ear spread and pin dimensions as conventional Crosby Shackles.
Allows easy connection to pad eyes, eye bolts and lifting lugs.
Increased radius of bow gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an increased
area for load distribution, thus:
• Increasing Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as compared to
standard anchor and chain shackle bows and conventional eye hooks. 7
This allows 100% of the sling’s rated Working Load Limit to be achieved.
• Allowing better load distribution on internal fibers.
All Alloy construction.
Design Factor of 5 to 1.
Each shackle has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along
with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into it.
Look for the Red Pin™ … The mark of genuine Crosby Quality.
7-29
WEB SLINGS
Crosby Web Sling Hook
WS - 320A
The Crosby Web Sling hook, originally designed for 2-Ply Web slings, can also be used with Round Slings as long as the
Working Load Limit ratings are compatible. The new hook incorporates the following features:
• Eye is designed with a wide beam surface which:
• Eliminates bunching effects.
• Reduces sling tendency to slide.
• Allows a better load distribution to internal fibers.
7 • Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a working load limit and the
name Crosby forged into it. Additionally, all hooks feature Crosby’s patented QUIC-CHECK™ indicators.
• Hooks available in sizes 1 1/2 (1”), 3 (2”) and 5 (3”) tons.
• All alloy construction.
• Design factor of 5 to 1.
• Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1 1/2 times the Working Load Limit.
Crosby
Web Sling Round Working S-4320
Nominal Sling Load Hook Crosby Crosby Replacement
Size Size Limit* Identification CERTEX WS-320-A CERTEX WSL-320 A CERTEX Latch Kit
(in.) (Number) (tons) Code Cat. Ref. No. S.C. Cat. Ref. No. with Latch Cat. Ref. No. Stock No.
1" 1 1 1/2 FA CX07-0354 1022701 CX07-0357 1022706 CX07-0360 1096374

2" 2 3 HA CX07-0355 1022712 CX07-0358 1022717 CX07-0361 1096468
3" 3 5 IA CX07-0356 1022723 CX07-0359 1022728 CX07-0362 1096515
320 AN — Alloy Steel
Web Dimensions
Sling Round Working (in.)
Nominal Sling Load Weight
Size Size Limit* Each
(in.) (Number) (tons) (lbs.)
A B C D F G H J K L M N O P Q T AA
1" 1 1 1/2 5.25 2.26 3.98 3.11 1.38 .84 .94 .93 .71 1.50 .63 .75 .91 2.24 1.01 .98 2.00 1.10
2" 2 3 7.11 3.66 5.31 3.97 1.63 1.13 1.32 1.13 .94 2.50 .85 1.13 1.09 2.82 1.69 1.16 2.00 2.86
3" 3 5 9.33 5.13 7.06 4.81 2.00 1.44 1.63 1.47 1.31 3.75 1.13 1.63 1.36 3.51 2.59 1.53 2.50 6.60
* Note: Proof load is 2 1/2 times Working Load Limit. Average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit.
7-30
WEB SLINGS
S-282 Web to Grade 8 Chain Connector
S-282
Chain Connector
Designed around the same concept as our S-280 Web Connector, the New S-282 Chain Connector makes the
connection from web sling to existing chain quick and easy.
✔ Available in three sizes:
• 3-1/4 ton Working Load Limit - 2” to 3/8” (10mm) chain. 7
• 4-1/2 ton Working Load Limit - 1-1/2” (3”Tapered Webbing) to 1/2” (13mm) Chain.
• 6-1/4 ton Working Load Limit - 2” (4”Tapered Webbing) to 5/8” (16mm) chain.
✔ Alloy Steel (Quenched and Tempered)
✔ Each Connector has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a Working Load
Limit and the name Crosby forged into it.
✔ Uses same spool and cover as S-280 Web Connector.
• Replacement Kit for Spool and Web Cover available.
* Designed for use with Type III, (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 Ply web slings.
7-31
WEB SLINGS
S-287 Sliding Choker Hook For Webbing
S-287
Choker Hook
Crosby’s new S-287 is designed specifically for choker applications using web slings.
✔ Available in 2 sizes: 3-1/4 tons (2” webbing) and 4-1/2 tons (3” webbing)
7 ✔ Special design of hook protects the synthetic sling when dropped or dragged.
✔ Designed to reduce friction, abrasion, and fraying in choker area.
✔ Design factor of 5 to 1.
✔ Forged alloy steel.
✔ Each Connector has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material traceability along with a Working
Load Limit and the name Crosby forged into it.
✔ Use same spool and cover as S-280 Web Connector.
• Replacement Kit for Spool and Web Cover availalbe.
Web Sling * Working Dimensions (in.)

Round Load CERTEX Crosby Weight
Sling Size Webbing Eye Width Limit Cat. Ref. S-287 Each
(No.) Width (in.) (in.) Ply. (tons) No. Stock No. A B C D E F G H J (lbs.)
1&2 2 2 2 3-1/4 CX07-0503 1021909 2.13 2.50 3.32 .38 6.03 4.77 4.88 .34 1.50 3.7
3 3 1.5 2 4-1/2 CX07-0504 1021918 1.63 3.50 3.67 .38 7.06 4.53 6.51 1.36 1.88 6.1
* Designed for use with Type III, (Eye & Eye), Class 7, 2 Ply web slings.
7-32
WEB SLINGS
HR-125W Hoist Ring To Web
HR-125W
Hoist Ring
• Available in capacities from 3-1/4 to 6-1/4 tons.

• Fits webbing sizes 2” to 4”.
7
• Design Factor of 5 to 1.
• Forged Alloy Steel.
• Durable plastic cover protects the sling at the eye as well as keeps the sling positioned correctly
on the spool.
• Designed for use with Type III (Eye & Eye), class 7, 2 ply webbing & synthetic round slings.
Also accomodates single ply endless slings.
** Ultimate load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. Individually tested to 2-1/2 the Working Load Limit.
†† Long bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece.While the long bolts may also be used with ferrous metal
(i.e., steel & iron).
††† Bolt specification is a Grade 8 alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A574. All threads are UNC - 3A.
7-33
ROUNDSLINGS
Polyester Roundslings
• light weight, flexible

• gentle to the load
• high strength
• long life
8-1
ROUNDSLINGS
On request the Roundslings can be In case of damage cut fibers will remain
supplied with sleeves as protection visible at the point of damage. The fibers
against sharp edges. are fixed by the seam.
Roundsling Features Technical Data Roundsling Applications

• High strength to weight • Maximum working tempera- • Boat Handling
ratio ture 90°C (194°F) • Cargo Handling
• Low elongation/Extreme • Oil and grease do not nor-
flexibility • Construction
mally affect strength
• Double cover for extra life • Drilling Equipment
• Resistant to most acids, how-
• Endless style means that • Electrical Equipment
ever is not resistant to con-
wear points always change centrations of alkalis • Heating Units
with each lift • Does not lose strength in • Industrial
• Polyester interior fibers do water — will not rot or • Logging
8 not contact the load, mean- mildew • Machined Parts
ing little wear as long as • Excellent resistance to ultra-
cover is intact • Oilfield — Offshore
violet rays because outer
• Long lasting tag indicates • Pipes
cover protects inner fibers
working load limits • Transformers
• Only 3% elongation
• Different colors indicate
load limits through UR-7 ROUNDSLINGS
WARNING
Failure to read, understand and follow the use and
inspection instructions furnished with each sling
could result in severe personal injury or death.
8-2
ROUNDSLINGS
Basic Sling Types
FIGURE 2
EYE & EYE — A polyester roundsling with a loop eye at each

end typically formed wth a sleeve over the body.
FIGURE 1
ENDLESS — A polyester roundsling in which the load bearing

core(s) is wound in a continuous manner and fully enclosed
within a protective cover(s).
FIGURE 3 Braided
FIGURE 4
BRIDLE (Multi-Legged) — A polyester roundsling with multiple legs. 8
8-3
ROUNDSLINGS
Recommended Operating Practices for Polyester Roundslings

Mechanical Considerations
Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load The polyester roundsling shall be hitched in a manner
shall be within the rated capacity of the polyester providing control of the load.
roundsling(s). Personnel, including all portions of the human body, shall
Select a polyester roundsling having suitable characteris- be kept from between the polyester roundsling and the
tics for the type of load, hitch and environment. load, and from between the polyester roundsling and the
crane hook or hoist hook.
Polyester roundslings shall not be loaded in excess of the
rated capacity. Consideration shall be given to the Personnel shall stand clear of the suspended load.
roundsling to load angle which affects rated capacities. Personnel shall not ride the polyester roundsling.
(See page 6.)
Polyester roundslings with fittings, which are used in a Shock loading shall be avoided.
choke hitch, shall be of sufficient length to assure that Twisting the legs (branches) shall be avoided.
the choking action is on the roundsling and never on the
fitting. Load applied to a hook shall be centered in the bowl of
the hook to prevent point loading.
Polyester roundslings used in a basket hitch shall have
the load balanced to prevent slippage. During lifting, personnel shall be alert for possible
snagging of the polyester roundsling.
The openings in fittings shall be the proper shape and
size to ensure that the fittings will seat properly on the The polyester roundslings legs (branches) shall contain or
polyester roundsling, crane hook, or other attachments. support the load from the sides above the center of
gravity when using a basket hitch.
Polyester roundslings shall always be protected from
being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions, or Polyester roundslings shall be long enough so the rated
abrasive surfaces. capacity is adequate when the sling to load angle is taken
into consideration.
Polyester roundslings shall not be dragged on the floor or
over an abrasive surface. Only polyester roundslings with legible identification tags
shall be used.
Polyester roundslings shall not be twisted, shortened,
lengthened, tied into knots, or joined by knotting. Tags and labels should be kept away from the load, hook
and point of choke.
Polyester roundslings shall not be pulled from under
loads when the load is resting on the polyester Polyester roundslings should not be constricted or
roundsling. bunched between the ears of a clevis or shackle, or in a
hook. When a polyester roundsling is used with a
Do not drop polyester roundslings equipped with metal shackle, it is recommended that it be used (rigged) in
fittings. the bow of the shackle.
8 Polyester roundslings that appear to be damaged shall not Place blocks under load prior to setting down the load, to
be used unless inspected and accepted as usable. allow removal of the polyester roundsling, if applicable.
8-4
ROUNDSLINGS
Guide to CERTEX Roundsling Terminology

Product tables on the following pages contain Type/Size designations for CERTEX Roundslings.
The following keys will help you interpret CERTEX Roundsling Type/Size codes.
Interpreting Roundsling Type/Size Codes
Endless Roundslings
Example
Type/Size URS1
Universal Roundsling Cover Description Size

Cover Description: S = Sideseam T = Tubular
Eye/Eye Roundslings
Example
Type/Size EEURS 1
Eye/Eye Universal Roundsling Size
Tow Slings
Example
Type/Size UTS1-6T
Universal Tow Sling Size 6 tons
8
Braided Roundslings
Example
Type/Size B6URS1
6 Part Flat Braid Universal Roundsling Component Sling Size

Braid Construction: 6 Part and 8 Part Flat Braid
8-5
ROUNDSLINGS
Environmental Considerations
Polyester roundslings should be stored in a cool, dry, and 1. Frequency of use
dark place to prevent loss of strength when not in use 2. Severity of service conditions
through exposure to ultraviolet rays. Polyester round-
slings shall not be stored in chemically active areas. 3. Experience gained on service life of polyester
roundslings used in similar applications.
Chemically active environments can affect the strength of
polyester roundslings in varying degrees ranging from lit- 4. Periodic inspections should be conducted at least
tle to total degradation. The polyester roundsling manu- monthly
facturer, or qualified person, should be consulted before
roundslings are used in a chemically active environment. Removal From Service
A polyester roundsling shall be removed from service if
Acids any of the following is visible:
Polyester is resistant to many acids, but is subject to a. If polyester roundsling identification tag is missing
degradation, ranging from little to moderate in some or unreadable.
acids. b. Melting, charring or weld spatter of any part of the
Each application shall be evaluated, taking into polyester roundsling.
consideration the following: c. Holes, tears, cuts, embedded particles, excessive
a. Type of acid abrasive wear, or snags that expose the core fibers
b. Exposure conditions of the polyester.
c. Concentration d. Broken or worn stitching in the cover which
exposes the core fibers.
d. Temperature e. Fittings when damaged, stretched, corroded, cracked
Alkalis or distorted in any way.
f. Polyester roundslings that are knotted.
Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging from
little to total degradation. g. Acid or alkali burns of the polyester roundsling.
Each application shall be evaluated, taking into considera- h. Any conditions which cause doubt as to the
tion the following: strength of the polyester roundsling.
a. Type of alkali Inspection Records
b. Exposure conditions Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for
c. Concentration each polyester roundsling as established by the user,
d. Temperature should be kept on file. These records should show a
Polyester roundslings shall not be used at temperatures in description of the new polyester roundsling and its con-
dition on each periodic inspection.
excess of 194° F (90° C), or at temperatures below minus
40° F (-40° C).
8 Polyester roundslings incorporating aluminum fittings
Repair of Round Slings
There shall be no repairs of load bearing fibers.
shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or
liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present, unless the Repairs to the protective covers shall be done only by
compatibility of these materials is verified. the original manufacturer or their appointed agent.
Only polyester roundslings, which can be identified from
Inspection the information on the identification tag, shall be
Polyester roundslings shall be visually inspected by a des- repaired.
ignated person handling the polyester roundsling before All repaired polyester roundslings shall be proof tested to
each use. These visual observations shall be concerned a minimum of two (2) times the rated capacity before
with the identification tag and discovering damage. being put back into service. Certification of proof test
Polyester roundslings shall be removed from service if should be provided.
there is any doubt as to the condition of the roundsling.
Type of Inspection
a. Initital Inspection — Before any polyester roundsling
is placed into service it shall be inspected by a desig-
nated person to ensure that the correct roundsling is
being used as well as to determine that the roundsling
meets the requirements of this specification.
b. Frequent Inspection — This inspection shall be made
by the user or other designated personnel each time
the roundsling is used. (Records not required).
c. Periodic Inspection — This inspection shall be
conducted by a designated person. Frequency of
inspection should be based on:
8-6
ROUNDSLINGS
Endless Roundslings Sideseam and Tubular Types
Roundslings are gentle to the product being handled. The double cover gives more than 40% longer service life.
CERTEX Std. Approx. Approx. Rated Capacities

Cat. Ref. No. Type/Size Color Dia./Inch Wt./Foot Vertical Choke Basket
CX08-0001 URS1
PURPLE 0.60 0.30 2600 2100 5200
CX08-0002 URT1
CX08-0003 URS2 GREEN 0.80 0.40 5300 4200 10600
CX08-0004 URT2
CX08-0005 URS3
YELLOW 1.00 0.50 8400 6700 16800
CX08-0006 URT3
CX08-0007 URS4 TAN 1.20 0.60 10600 8500 21200
CX08-0008 URT4
CX08-0009 URS5
CX08-0010 URT5
RED 1.30 0.80 13200 10600 26400 8
CX08-0011 URS6 WHITE 1.40 0.90 16800 13400 33600
CX08-0012 URT6
CX08-0013 URS7
BLUE 1.55 1.20 21200 17000 42400
CX08-0014 URT7
CX08-0015 URS8 ORANGE 1.75 1.50 25000 20000 50000
CX08-0016 URT8
CX08-0017 URS9 ORANGE 1.95 2.00 31000 24800 62000
CX08-0018 URT9
CX08-0019 URS10 ORANGE 2.35 2.80 40000 32000 80000
CX08-0020 URS11 ORANGE 3.15 3.60 53000 42400 106000
CX08-0021 URS12 ORANGE 3.95 4.60 66000 52800 132000
CX08-0022 URS13 ORANGE 4.80 5.80 90000 72000 180000
Types – URS are sideseam double polyester covers.
URT are tubular double polyester covers.
Other cover types available on request.
All measurements and weights are for pull to pull lengths.
CAUTION
Roundslings should never be used at Loads
that exceed rated capacities. Always inspect
Roundslings before each use.
8-7
ROUNDSLINGS
Eye/Eye Type Roundslings

Standard Roundslings can be formed into eye and type slings by adding a cover sleeve over the middle part of the
Roundsling. The Eye and Eye Roundslings are available in the same sizes and colors as standard Roundslings.*
CERTEX Std. Approx. Approx.

Cat. Ref. No. Type/Size Color Dia./Inch Wt./Foot
CX08-0023 EEURS 1 PURPLE 2.25 0.40
CX08-0024 EEURS 2 GREEN 2.50 0.50
CX08-0025 EEURS 3 YELLOW 2.50 0.60
CX08-0026 EEURS 4 TAN 3.25 0.70
CX08-0027 EEURS 5 RED 3.50 0.85
CX08-0028 EEURS 6 WHITE 3.50 1.10
CX08-0029 EEURS 7 BLUE 4.25 1.40
CX08-0030 EEURS 8 ORANGE 5.00 1.85
CX08-0031 EEURS 9 ORANGE 6.50 2.50
CX08-0032 EEURS 10 ORANGE 8.50 3.20
CX08-0033 EEURS 11 ORANGE 10.00 4.00
CX08-0034 EEURS 12 ORANGE 11.50 5.00
CX08-0035 EEURS 13 ORANGE 14.00 6.30
Rated capacities are same as endless type
Standard eye sizes: 1 - 2 = 6 inches
8 3 - 6 = 9 inches; 7 - 9 = 12 inches
10 - 13 = 18 inches
All measurements and weights are for pull to pull.
Available in lengths up to 40'.
* Available with different body coverings depending on service requirements
CAUTION
8-8
ROUNDSLINGS
Tow Slings
The Universal Towsling, for use with light and heavy equipment, are far superior to commonly used towlines. These
towslings are very similar to our polyester roundslings and manufactured to the same high quality specifications as
our patented product with the additions of reinforced eyes and a two foot sliding sleeve on the body of the sling for
use in a V-type hitch. These slings are extremely light weight for their ratings and are safer than conventional
towslings, as they will not snap abruptly and recoil when overloaded. Universal’s Towslings are not affected by water,
salt, or petroleum products which are commonly found around these types of applications. The towslings are rated
with a maximum loading pressure and are not intended for overhead lifting applications.
Types Available — Standard lengths of 20 ft. Other lengths on request. 8
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. Type/Size Rating Approx. Weight
CX08-0036 UTS1-6T 6 tons 10 lbs.
CX08-0037 UTS2-12T 12 tons 12 lbs.
CX08-0038 UTS3-20T 20 tons 16 lbs.
CX08-0039 UTS4-25T 25 tons 18 lbs.
CX08-0040 UTS5-32T 32 tons 22 lbs.
CX08-0041 UTS6-42T 42 tons 26 lbs.
CX08-0042 UTS7-52T 52 tons 32 lbs.
CX08-0043 UTS8-62T 62 tons 40 lbs.
CX08-0044 UTS9-77T 77 tons 53 lbs.
CX08-0045 UTS10-95T 95 tons 70 lbs.
CX08-0046 UTS11-125T 125 tons 85 lbs.
CX08-0047 UTS12-160T 160 tons 110 lbs.
CX08-0048 UTS13-200T 200 tons 135 lbs.
WARNING: The above ratings are maximum load pressures that may be applied to new towslings under ideal test con-
ditions over four inch round pin diameters at each end of the towsling without causing damage to the towsling. Smaller
pin diameters, sharp corners or sharp edges exposed to the towsling, and shock loading (jerking of the towsling under
load) can greatly reduce the maximum load pressure ratings. Check with the manufacturer for your specific application.
8-9
ROUNDSLINGS
Braided Roundslings
6 PART FLAT BRAID

Cat. Ref. No Type/Size Color Width/Inch Wt./Ft. Vertical Choke Basket
CX08-0049 B6URS1 PURPLE 2.5 1.0 6,700 5,300 13,400
CX08-0050 B6URS2 GREEN 3.0 1.3 13,500 10,800 27,000
CX08-0051 B6URS3 YELLOW 3.25 1.7 21,400 17,100 42,800
CX08-0052 B6URS4 TAN 3.75 2.0 27,000 21,600 54,000
CX08-0053 B6URS5 RED 4.0 2.8 33,600 26,800 67,200
CX08-0054 B6URS6 WHITE 5.0 3.4 42,800 34,200 85,600
CX08-0055 B6URS7 BLUE 6.5 4.0 54,000 43,200 108,000
CX08-0056 B6URS8 ORANGE 7.5 4.5 63,700 50,960 127,400
CX08-0057 B6URS9 ORANGE 8.5 6.3 79,000 63,200 158,000
CX08-0058 B6URS10 ORANGE 10.0 8.5 102,000 81,600 204,000
CX08-0059 B6URS11 ORANGE 12.0 11.0 135,000 108,000 270,000
CX08-0060 B6URS12 ORANGE 13.0 14.0 168,000 134,400 336,000
CX08-0061 B6URS13 ORANGE 15.0 17.0 229,500 183,600 459,000
8 PART ROUND BRAID

Cat. Ref. No. Type/Size Color Width/Inch Wt./Ft. Vertical Choke Basket
CX08-0062 B8URS1 PURPLE 3.0 1.3 9,000 7,200 18,000
CX08-0063 B8URS2 GREEN 3.5 1.6 18,000 14,400 36,000
CX08-0064 B8URS3 YELLOW 4.0 2.3 28,500 22,800 57,000
CX08-0065 B8URS4 TAN 4.5 2.8 36,000 28,800 72,000
CX08-0066 B8URS5 RED 5.0 3.7 44,800 35,800 89,600
8 CX08-0067 B8URS6 WHITE 5.7 4.3 57,000 45,600 114,000
CX08-0068 B8URS7 BLUE 7.0 5.2 72,000 57,600 144,000
CX08-0069 B8URS8 ORANGE 8.0 6.0 85,000 68,000 170,000
CX08-0070 B8URS9 ORANGE 9.0 8.0 105,400 84,320 210,800
CX08-0071 B8URS10 ORANGE 11.0 11.2 136,000 108,800 272,000
CX08-0072 B8URS11 ORANGE 12.5 14.5 180,200 144,160 360,400
CX08-0073 B8URS12 ORANGE 13.5 18.4 224,500 179,600 449,000
CX08-0074 B8URS13 ORANGE 15.5 23.0 306,000 244,800 612,000
Each individual roundslings have double polyester covers.
Eyes are fully covered with cordura buffer.
Other cover types available on request.
Available in lengths up to 40 feet.
CAUTION
8-10
ROUNDSLINGS
Multileg and Hardware Type
Single Leg Slings Double Leg Slings

Alloy Vertical
CERTEX Oblong Hook Size Capacity CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. Color Link in Tons in Lbs. Cat. Ref. No. Oblong Link 60° 45° 30°
CX08-0075 Purple 1/2" 1-1/2 2,600 CX08-0082 5/8" 4,500 3,675 2,600
CX08-0076 Green 5/8" 3 5,300 CX08-0083 3/4" 9,100 7,450 5,300
CX08-0077 Yellow 3/4" 5 8,400 CX08-0084 1" 7,250 11,800 8,400
CX08-0078 Tan 3/4" 7 10,600 CX08-0085 1" 18,300 14,900 10,600
CX08-0079 Red 1" 11 13,200 CX08-0086 1 1/4" 22,800 18,600 13,200
CX08-0080 White 1" 11 16,800 CX08-0087 1 1/2" 29,000 23,700 16,800
CX08-0081 Blue 1 1/4" 15 21,200 CX08-0088 1 1/2" 36,700 29,900 21,200
8
Larger capacities upon request
Rated capacities are affected by angle of lift (roundsling to load angle) measured from the horizontal when used with multi-legged roundslings or choker/basket hitches.
8-11
ROUNDSLINGS
Rated Capacity Information

Rated capacities are affected by angle of lift (roundsling to load angle) measured from the horizontal when used with
multi-legged roundslings or choker/basket hitches. To determine the actual capacity at a given angle of lift, multiply
the original roundsling rating by the appropriate loss factor determined from the table below.
Table II: Sling Angle Chart (Angle of Lift)

Angle/Degrees
Horizontal Factor Angle/Degrees Factor
90 1.000 55 0.819
85 0.996 50 0.766
80 0.985 45 0.707
75 0.966 40 0.643
70 0.940 35 0.574
65 0.906 30 0.500
60 0.866
ANGLE of CHOKE
Rated Capacity of Choker Hitch Table

Angle of Choke Sling Rated Load
(degrees) Factor
120 - 180 1.00
105 - 120 0.93
90 - 105 0.87
8-12
FIBER ROPE
Marine and Industrial Rope Products

3-STRAND 8-STRAND
The most common of all the rope constructions. Constructed from 4 left hand and 4 right hand strands which
They are composed of three strands laid up generally right gives it perfect balance.This construction provides a flexible
handed and are the most popular products for the majority of and tough rope which is totally resistant to kinking and works
applications.This is because of the low cost factor. well on all classes of deck machinery.
12-STRAND DOUBLE-BRAID
Two ropes in one. First the braided core is constructed. A sec-

ond rope is then braided over it to form the cover.You then
have two ropes performing as a single integrated strength mem-
Constructed from 12 individual strands braided together to ber. Over 50% of the rope strength is in the well protected core.
form a high strength torque balanced rope.This easily spliced, Half the strands are braided right hand and half left for total bal-
non-rotating rope is flexible and coils easily, will not kink or ance. Double braid construction offers size for size greater
hockle and has high strength to weight ratio. strength than conventional 3, 8, or 12 strand ropes. If has high
splice strength. It is flexible wet or dry, new or worn and works
well on deck machinery.
9-1
GENERAL INFORMATION/ROPE SAFETY
3 and 8 Strand Constructions

Snapback: A serious hazard is created when a line under be expected to break. However, to estimate the minimum
load parts because it will recoil at a high speed. A person tensile strength of a new rope, reduce the approximate
positioned in the recoil path could be seriously injured if average by 15%.
struck by the recoiling line. It’s the responsibility of the (Cordage Institute defines minimum tensile strength as
user to know and use the proper techniques for the par- two standard deviations below the average tensile
ticular application. strength of the rope). Age, use and the type of termina-
Sunlight: All synthetic fiber ropes will undergo degradation used including knots will lower tensile strength sig-
tion with time when exposed to sunlight. Polypropylene nificantly.
is far more susceptible to UV degradation than polyester The Cordage Institute specifies that the Safe Working
or nylon.To prolong the life of your ropes, avoid storing Load of a rope shall be determined by dividing the
them in direct sunlight. Minimum Tensile Strength by the Safety Factor. Safety fac-
Chemical: Synthetic fibers have good chemical resis- tors range from 5 to 12 for non-critical uses.The working
tance. However, exposure to harsh chemicals (i.e. strong load is a guideline for the use of a rope in good condition
acids and alkalis) should be avoided. for non-critical applications and should be reduced
Damage: Inspect ropes frequently for any signs of dam- where life, limb, or valuable property are involved, or for
age or wear. Retire any rope that has been cut or is heavi- exceptional service such as shock, sustained loading,
ly abraded. severe vibration, etc.
Linear Density: Average with maximum 5% more than Stretch Characteristics: Desired stretch is determined
listed. by the way in which the rope is used. High stretch rope
(nylon) with good energy absorption, is preferred for
Tensile Strengths and Working Loads: As shown in mooring, anchoring and towing, while low stretch ropes
our literature, these strengths are the approximate aver- (Dacron, Kevlar, Spectra) are preferred for applications
age for new rope tested under ASTM (D-4268) or Cordage where positioning is critical and energy absorption and
Institute test methods.The tensile strength is the load at high stretch are not desired.
which a new rope tested under laboratory conditions can
CORDAGE SPECIFICATIONS
POLYPROPYLENE POLYESTER NYLON MANILA (Grade A #1)
NOMINAL SIZE
NEW ROPE NEW ROPE NEW ROPE NEW ROPE

LINEAR TENSILE LINEAR TENSILE LINEAR TENSILE LINEAR TENSILE
DIA- CIRCUM- DENSITY STRENGTH DENSITY STRENGTH DENSITY STRENGTH DENSITY STRENGTH
METER FERENCE (LBS./100FT.) (LBS.) (LBS./100FT.) (LBS.) (LBS./100FT.) (LBS.) (LBS./100FT.) (LBS.)
3/16 5/8 .70 720 1.20 900 1.00 900 1.50 406
1/4 3/4 1.20 1,130 2.00 1,490 1.50 1,490 2.00 540
5/16 1 1.80 1,710 3.10 2,300 2.50 2,300 2.90 900
3/8 1 1/8 2.80 2,440 4.50 3,340 3.50 3,340 4.10 1,220
7/16 1 1/4 3.80 3,160 6.20 4,500 5.00 4,500 5.25 1,580
1/2 1 1/2 4.70 3,780 8.00 5,750 6.50 5,750 7.50 2,380
9/16 1 3/4 6.10 4,600 10.20 7,200 8.15 7,200 10.40 3,100
5/8 2 7.50 5,600 13.00 9,000 10.50 9,350 13.30 3,960
9 3/4
13/16
2 1/4
2 1/2
10.70
12.70
7,650
8,900
17.50
21.00
11,300
14,000
14.50
17.00
12,800
15,300
16.70
19.50
4,860
5,850
7/8 2 3/4 15.00 10,400 25.00 16,200 20.00 18,000 22.40 6,950
1 3 18.00 12,600 30.40 19,800 26.40 22,600 27.00 8,100
1 1/16 3 1/4 20.40 14,400 34.40 23,000 29.00 26,000 31.20 9,450
1 1/8 3 1/2 23.80 16,500 40.00 26,600 34.00 29,800 36.00 10,800
1 1/4 3 3/4 27.00 18,900 46.20 29,800 40.00 33,800 41.60 12,200
1 5/16 4 30.40 21,200 52.50 33,800 45.00 38,800 47.80 13,500
1 1/2 4 1/2 38.40 26,800 67.00 42,200 55.00 47,800 60.00 16,700
1 5/8 5 47.60 32,400 82.00 51,500 66.50 58,500 74.50 20,200
1 3/4 5 1/2 59.00 38,800 98.00 61,000 83.00 70,000 89.50 23,800
2 6 69.00 46,800 118.00 72,000 95.00 83,000 108.00 28,000
2 1/8 6 1/2 80.00 55,000 135.00 83,000 109.00 95,500 125.00 32,400
2 1/4 7 92.00 62,000 157.00 96,500 129.00 113,000 146.00 37,000
2 1/2 7 1/2 107.00 72,000 181.00 110,000 149.00 126,000 167.00 41,800
2 5/8 8 120.00 81,000 204.00 123,000 168.00 146,000 191.00 46,800
2 7/8 8 1/2 137.00 91,000 230.00 139,000 189.00 162,000 215.00 52,000
3 9 153.00 103,000 258.00 157,000 210.00 180,000 242.00 57,500
3 1/4 10 190.00 123,000 318.00 189,000 264.00 226,000 298.00 69,500
3 1/2 11 232.00 146,000 384.00 228,000 312.00 270,000 366.00 82,000
4 12 276.00 171,000 454.00 270,000 380.00 324,000 434.00 94,500
9-2
GENERAL INFORMATION/ROPE SAFETY
Double Braid Constructions
DOUBLE BRAID DOUBLE BRAID DOUBLE BRAID

POLYESTER NYLON POLYPROPYLENE & POLYESTER
NOMINAL SIZE
NOMINAL NEW ROPE
DIA- LINEAR TENSILE
DIA- CIRCUM- AVG. WEIGHT AVG. WEIGHT METER DENSITY STRENGTH
METER FERENCE T.S. PER 100' T.S. PER 100' (INCHES) (LBS./100FT.) (LBS.)
3/16 9/16 1,200 1.1 — — 3/16 .94 720
1/4 3/4 2,000 1.9 2,200 1.6 1/4 1.61 1,130
5/16 1 3,000 3.1 3,400 2.5 5/16 2.48 1,710
3/8 1 1/8 4,400 4.4 4,900 3.6 3/8 3.60 2,440
7/16 1 1/4 6,000 6.1 6,600 4.9 7/16 5.00 3,160
1/2 1 1/2 8,200 8.0 8,500 6.3 1/2 6.50 3,780
9/16 1 3/4 11,000 10.1 10,800 8.0 9/16 8.00 4,600
5/8 2 14,000 12.6 13,500 10.0 5/8 9.50 5,600
3/4 2 1/4 20,000 17.5 19,400 14.3 3/4 12.50 7,650
13/16 2 1/2 — — — — 13/16 15.20 8,900
7/8 2 3/4 29,900 23.7 26,300 19.4 7/8 18.00 10,400
1 3 38,000 33.0 34,000 25.4 1 21.80 12,600
1 1/8 3 1/2 46,000 42.0 46,000 35.0 1 1/16 25.60 14,400
1 1/4 3 3/4 55,000 51.0 52,000 40.0 1 1/8 29.00 16,500
1 5/16 4 61,000 57.0 58,000 45.0 1 1/4 33.40 18,900
1 1/2 4 1/2 72,000 68.0 74,000 58.0 1 5/16 35.60 21,200
1 5/8 5 89,000 85.0 90,000 71.0 1 1/2 45.00 26,800
1 3/4 5 1/2 104,000 101.0 106,000 85.0 1 5/8 55.50 32,400
2 6 124,000 123.0 126,000 102.0 1 3/4 66.50 38,800
2 1/8 6 1/2 145,000 144.0 145,000 119.0 2 78.00 46,800
2 1/4 7 166,000 168.0 166,000 138.0 2 1/8 92.00 55,000
2 1/2 7 1/2 190,000 196.0 189,000 159.0 2 1/4 105.00 62,000
2 5/8 8 212,000 216.0 213,000 181.0 2 1/2 122.00 72,000
2 3/4 8 1/2 234,000 246.0 237,000 204.0 2 5/8 138.00 81,000
3 9 278,000 293.0 261,000 228.0 2 7/8 155.00 91,000
3 1/4 10 326,000 344.0 319,000 282.0 3 174.00 103,000 9
3 1/4 210.00 123,000
3 1/2 256.00 146,000
4 300.00 171,000
9-3
FIBER ROPE
Hooven Allison
Types of Rope Manufactured by Hooven Allison Company
SISAL POLYPROPYLENE
Excellent low cost utility rope has about 80% of the A lightweight material with good strength and great ver-
strength of manila. Not recommended for any critical satility it floats, is resistant to rot, oils, gasoline, most
applications. chemicals and is waterproof. Hooven Allison’s polypropy-
MANILA lene rope contains a special additive which reduces but
does not eliminate deterioration from sunlight.Available
Made from the finest abaca fiber available, excellent resis- in splitfilm (S,F,T) and monofilament fiber form.
tance to sunlight, low stretch, and easy to tie a knot.
Good surface abrasion resistance. NYLON
POLYESTER One of the strongest fiber rope that we manufacture.
High elasticity allows absorption of shock loads which
Not quite as strong as nylon. Low stretch. Excellent sur- would break other types of rope. Nylon is resistant to rot,
face abrasion and better resistance from sunlight than oils, gasoline, grease, marine growth or most chemicals.
nylon. Other characteristics similar to nylon available in High abrasion resistance.
filament fiber type and multiplex (fuzzy) type “77”
dacron.
ROPE WORKING RELATIVE MATERIAL VALUES

CHARACTERISTICS SISAL MANILA POLYESTER POLYPROPYLENE NYLON
Strength Fair Fair Excellent Very Good Excellent
Shock Load Fair Fair Very Good Very Good Excellent
9 Surface Abrasion Fair Good Excellent Good Very Good
Elasticity Fair Fair Very Good Good Excellent
Floats No No No Yes No
RESISTANT TO
Rot & Mildew Poor Poor Excellent Excellent Excellent
Sunlight Excellent Excellent Excellent Fair Good
Oil & Gas Fair Fair Excellent Excellent Excellent
Acids Poor Poor Very Good Excellent Fair
Alkalis Poor Poor Good See Note #1 Excellent
Storage Wet/Dry Dry Only Dry Only Wet or Dry Wet or Dry Wet or Dry
Affected by Weakens Weakens Weakens Weakens Weakens
Heat at at at at at at
300° 300° 350° 150° 350°
#1 Very good except to concentrated Sodium Hydroxide at high temperature.
CAUTION: BECAUSE OF THE WIDE RANGE OF ROPE USE, ROPE CONDITION, EXPOSURE TO THE
VARIOUS FACTORS AFFECTING THE ROPE, IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO MAKE BLANKET RECOMMENDA-
TIONS AS TO THE CORRECT CHOICE OF ROPE TO USE. HOWEVER,WE HAVE PROVIDED THE
TENSILE STRENGTH AND RECOMMENDED WORKING LOADS FOR EACH DIAMETER AND TYPE
OF ROPE MADE BY HOOVEN ALLISON.THESE GUIDELINES ARE BASED ON TESTS CONDUCTED
BY HOOVEN ALLISON AND THE U.S. CORDAGE INSTITUTE.THESE STRENGTHS ARE BASED ON
TESTS OF NEW AND UNUSED ROPE,WITH APPROPRIATE SPLICES. PROPER CHOICE, CARE AND
INSPECTION OF THE ROPE ARE ESSENTIAL FOR REASONABLY SAFE USE OF THE ROPE.
9-4
FIBER ROPE
Yale Cordage
Constructions
3-Strand Plaited Rope Single Braid
The simplest type of rope, is formed by 8 Strand “Square braid” is comprised of 8 This construction leaves a void in the
twisting fiber into a strand and then 3 individual strands which are woven center and utilizes strand counts of 8, 12,
strands into a rope. Its conversion effi- together as 4 pairs. Its major advantages or 16.The hollow is instrumental in the
ciency is relatively low since this con- are non-rotation and high energy easy splice procedure. Hollow braids are
struction technique is the hardest on absorption. non-rotating and are an extremely effi-
fiber. cient way to utilize fiber.
Double Braid Parallel Core
This is really two separate ropes in one.The core, which is a sin- This construction consists of a core of parallel yarns that are
gle braid, is overbraided with a second sleeve.This construction held together by a wide variety of different means from extru-
allows maximum flexibility options to utilize the same or dis- sion to braiding. Due to its low twist level, these ropes are usu-
similar fibers to engineer a rope suited to particular applica-
tions.This construction entirely shields one of the two rope ele-
ally very strong but have limited applications due to loss of
strength in bending and termination constraints. 9
ments from abrasion.
9-5
FIBER ROPE
Yale Yale Cordagerdage
Constructions
Double Esterlon
Double Esterlon is a double braided rope constructed of
Allied Signal’s unique type 1W81* high tenacity cordage
finish polyester. It offers low stretch, high strength, and
excellent wear life and dielectric strength.
Double Esterlon is identified by two adjacent green
strands braided into the cover structure.The date of man-
ufacture is denoted by colored yarn braided between the
core and the sleeve.
Working load is based on static or moderately dynamic
lifting/pulling operations. Instantaneous changes in load,
up or down, in excess of 10% of the line’s rated working
load constitutes hazardous shock load and would void
normal working load recommendation.
Elastic Elongation
The colored area under the curve represents the rope’s Dielectric Strength The maximum allowable leakage for
energy absorption capability. new dry Double Esterlon™ is 1.00 milliamperes at 60K
DC volts when tested in accordance with Yale Cordage
Green Working 544 ft. lbs./lb. Test Method DTP-185.
Red Ultimate 8000 ft. lbs./lb. Caution: Absorbed and entrained moisture or impurities
will dramatically increase a rope’s conductivity.
Double Esterlon is made to Yale Specification #YCI-DE-022.
Data
Maximum
Average Minimum Working
Break Break Load Weight
CERTEX Diam. Strength Strength 4:1 Pounds
Cat. Ref. No. Inches Pounds Pounds Pounds Per 100 Ft.
CX09-0001 1/4 2,600 2,340 650 2.3
CX09-0002 5/16 3,850 3,465 962 3.5
CX09-0003 3/8 5,200 4,680 1,300 4.5
CX09-0004 7/16 7,250 6,525 1,812 6.5
9 CX09-0005 1/2 10,000 9,000 2,500 8.5
CX09-0006 9/16 12,500 11,250 3,125 10.5
CX09-0007 5/8 16,000 14,400 4,000 13.7
CX09-0008 3/4 19,000 17,100 4,750 16.5
CX09-0009 7/8 28,500 25,650 7,125 25.0
CX09-0010 1 40,200 36,180 10,050 34.4
CX09-0011 1 1/8 46,200 41,580 11,550 44.0
CX09-0012 1 1/4 54,500 49,050 13,625 51.0
CX09-0013 1 5/16 60,000 54,000 15,000 55.5
CX09-0014 1 1/2 72,000 64,800 18,000 68.5
9-6
FIBER ROPE ATTACHMENTS
Samson Ocean Systems, Inc.
The Samson Nylite™ Spool, Shield, Shackle
Nylite™ Spool, Shield, & Shackle

CERTEX Rope Size Range Spool Pin*
Cat. Ref. No. Size Dia. Cir. I.D. Dia. A B C D E F G
CX09-0015 1 3/8 –1/2 1-1/8 – 1-1/2 .46 .44 .88 1.08 1.11 2.41 .38 1.99 2.34
CX09-0016 2 9/16 – 5/8 1-3/4 – 2 .58 .56 1.13 1.21 1.38 3.11 .50 2.38 2.88
CX09-0017 3 3/4 – 13/16 2-1/4 – 2-1/2 .64 .63 1.38 1.61 1.77 3.54 .56 3.02 3.70
CX09-0018 4 7/8 – 1-1/16 2-3/4 – 3-1/4 .89 .88 1.75 1.9 2.29 4.70 .75 3.79 4.71
CX09-0019 5 1-1/8 – 1-5/16 3-1/2 – 4 1.02 1.00 2.13 2.15 2.85 5.55 .88 4.85 5.95
CX09-0020 6 1-1/2 – 1-3/4 4-1/2 – 5-1/2 1.54 1.50 2.63 3.14 3.8 8.25 1.37 6.30 7.85
Nylite™ Spool, Shield, & Shackle

Spool Sleeve
CERTEX Rope Size Range Pin*
Cat. Ref. No. Size Dia. Cir. I.D. O.D. Dia. A B C D E F G
CX09-0021 7 2 – 2-1/4 6–7 1.75 3.00 1.38 3.25 3.75 4.80 8.90 1.50 7.93 9.89
CX09-0022 8 2-1/2 – 2-5/8 7-1/2 – 8 2.00 3.25 1.50 3.75 4.13 5.61 10.00 1.75 9.24 11.47
CX09-0023 9 2-3/4 – 3-1/4 8-1/2 – 10 2.25 3.50 1.75 4.63 5.06 6.95 12.15 2.00 11.45 14.28
*Sizes 1 through 5 are supplied with jam nuts and cotter pins. Larger sizes have cotter pins and standard nuts.
Nylite™ Spool, Shield, & Shackle Nylite™ Snatch Block

Color of Working Loads* Minimum Part No. 915-321
Size Shield (Tons**) Eye Size Rope Dia. 7/8" to 1-1/8"
Max. Workload 8 tons
1 Blue 1-1/8 2-3/16" Block Wt. 33 lbs.
2 Red 1-5/8 2-3/4" Overall Length (A) 23.0"
Hook Opening (B) w/latch 1.5"
3 Green 2-1/2 3-3/4"
Steel Cheek Plates & Hook - Request Blueprint #00201045
4 Orange 4-1/2 4-7/8" for strengths, standard for usage and maintenance
5 Black 7-1/2 6-1/8" For more Blocks for Fiber Rope see Blocks
6 Yellow 12-1/2 7-5/8"
7 Black 20 9-3/4
8 Black 25 11-1/4"
9 Black 35 14"
*Working Loads, as given, are based on pin/bore relationship provided by the use
of a Samson shackle.When using a non-standard pin, the Working Load as given
DOES NOT APPLY.
**Working Load in tons (2,000 lbs.)
9-7
FIBER ROPE SLINGS
Yale Cordage
Eye/Eye
Standard eye and eye sling for general purpose work. Lightweight, very flex-
ible, non-marring and very strong.
Double Esterlon Polydyne

with Maxijacket with Maxijacket YALEX
CERTEX RATINGS Min. CERTEX RATINGS Min. CERTEX RATINGS Min.
Cat. Ref. No. Diam. V C B Length Cat. Ref. No. V C B Length Cat. Ref. No. V C B Length
CX09-0025 3/8 1,300 1,040 2,600 34" CX09-0041 1,200 960 2,400 32"
CX09-0026 7/16 1,812 1,450 3,624 38" CX09-0042 1,800 1,440 3,600 36"
CX09-0027 1/2 2,500 2,000 5,000 42" CX09-0034 2,625 2,100 5,250 42" CX09-0043 2,500 2,000 5,000 40"
CX09-0028 5/8 4,000 3,200 8,000 53" CX09-0035 4,500 3,600 9,000 53" CX09-0044 3,640 2,912 7,280 48"
CX09-0029 3/4 4,750 3,800 9,500 60" CX09-0036 5,750 4,600 11,500 60" CX09-0045 4,800 3,840 9,600 55"
CX09-0030 7/8 7,125 5,700 14,250 68" CX09-0037 8,000 6,400 16,000 68" CX09-0046 7,100 5,680 14,200 62"
CX09-0031 1 10,050 8,040 20,100 78" CX09-0038 10,500 8,400 21,000 78" CX09-0047 8,600 6,880 17,200 70"
CX09-0032 1 1/4 13,625 10,900 27,250 102" CX09-0039 16,250 13,000 32,500 102"
CX09-0033 1 1/2 18,000 14,400 36,000 120" CX09-0040 22,500 18,000 45,000 120"
Standard Size Eye is 4" Options – Thimbles in Eyes,YaleCoat (1 1/4, 1 1/2 have 6" eyes)
V - Vertical
C - Choker
B - Basket
All slings are permanently tagged with ratings.
Endless Slings
A complete loop increases the lift capacity of a sling without going to a
larger diameter line. Makes an excellent choker with a wider “footprint”
on the load for more positive control.
Double Esterlon Yalex

CERTEX RATINGS Min. CERTEX RATINGS Min.
Cat. Ref. No. Diam. Vertical Choker Basket Length* Cat. Ref. No. Vertical Choker Basket Length
CX09-0048 3/8 2,210 1,768 4,420 35" CX09-0057 2,040 1,632 4,080 20"
CX09-0049 7/16 3,018 2,465 6,162 40" CX09-0058 3,060 2,448 6,120 23"
CX09-0050 1/2 4,250 3,400 8,500 46" CX09-0059 4,250 3,400 8,500 26"
CX09-0051 5/8 6,800 5,440 13,600 58" CX09-0060 6,188 4,950 12,376 32"
CX09-0052 3/4 8,075 6,460 16,150 68" CX09-0061 8,160 6,528 16,320 39"
CX09-0053 7/8 12,112 9,690 24,224 81" CX09-0062 12,070 9,656 24,140 45"
CX09-0054 1 17,085 13,668 34,170 92" CX09-0063 14,620 11,696 29,240 52"
CX09-0055 1 1/4 23,162 18,530 46,325 115"
CX09-0056 1 1/2 30,600 24,480 61,200 138"
*Bearing Point to Bearing Point Options – Maxijacket,YaleCoat,Thimbles.
9-8
FIBER ROPE SLINGS
Yale Cordage
Adjustable Slings
Easily replaces a variety of different length slings accommodating a variety
of different sized loads. Infinitely adjustable.
PolyPlus Yalex
CERTEX RATINGS Min. CERTEX RATINGS Min.
Cat. Ref. No. Diam. Vertical Choker Basket Length Cat. Ref. No. Vertical Choker Basket Length
CX09-0064 3/8 792 634 1,584 20" CX09-0071 1,056 845 2,112 20"
CX09-0065 7/16 1056 845 2,112 24" CX09-0072 1,584 1,267 3,168 24"
CX09-0066 1/2 1,496 1,197 2,992 28" CX09-0073 2,220 1,760 4,400 28"
CX09-0067 5/8 2,112 1,690 4,224 32" CX09-0074 3,203 2,562 6,406 32"
CX09-0068 3/4 2,992 2,394 5,984 38" CX09-0075 4,224 3,379 8,448 38"
CX09-0069 7/8 3,714 2,971 7,428 46" CX09-0076 6,248 4,998 12,496 46"
CX09-0070 1 4,400 3,520 8,800 54" CX09-0077 7,568 6,054 15,136 54"
4-Leg Adjustable
Each leg adjusts to accommodate any size load or lift point arrangement.
Lifts can be made safely on any 2 legs, 3 legs, or all 4.
Yalex PolyPlus
CERTEX Min. CERTEX Min.

Cat. Ref. No. Diam. Rating Length Cat. Ref. No. Rating Length
CX09-0078 3/8 3,150 24" CX09-0085 2,350 24"
CX09-0079 7/16 4,750 28" CX09-0086 3,150 28"
CX09-0080 1/2 6,600 32" CX09-0087 4,450 32"
CX09-0081 5/8 9,600 38" CX09-0088 7,650 38"
CX09-0082 3/4 12,650 46" CX09-0089 8,950 46"
CX09-0083 7/8 18,700 52" CX09-0090 11,100 52"
CX09-0084 1 22,700 60" CX09-0091 13,200 60"
9-9
SHACKLES
Angle loads must be applied in the plane Never Exceed 120° included angle.
of the bow. Use Bolt Type and Screw Pin
Shackles ONLY.
Shackles symmetrically loaded with
two legs slings having a maximum
included angle of 120° can be uti-
lized to full Working Load Limit.
Side Loading Reduction Chart

For Screw Pin and Bolt Type Shackles Only
Angle of Side Load from
Vertical In-Line of Shackle Adjusted Working Load Limit
0¡ In-Line * 100% of Rated Working Load Limit
45¡ from In-Line * 70% of Rated Working Load Limit
90¡ from In-Line * 50% of Rated Working Load Limit
* In-Line load is applied perpendicular to pin.
† DO NOT SIDE LOAD ROUND PIN SHACKLES
10
10-1
SHACKLES
Forged Shackles
SCREW PIN ROUND PIN
209
G-209 S-209 G-213 S-213 213

Screw pin anchor shackles meet the per- Round pin anchor shackles meet the per-
formance requirements of Federal formance requirements of Federal
Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade
A, Class 2, except for those provisions A, Class 1, except for those provisions
required of the contractor. required of the contractor.
• Working Load Limit permanently shown on every shackle.
• Forged — Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins.
• Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other
certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at the time of order.
• Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored.
Working Weight Each
Nominal Load G-209 Galv. S-209 S.C. G-213 Galv. S-213 S.C. (lbs.)
Size Limit*
(in.) (tons)
CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby G-209 G-213
Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. S-209 S-213
3/16 1/3 CX10-0001 1018357 .06
1/4 1/2 CX10-0002 1018375 CX10-0018 1018384 CX10-0034 1018017 CX10-0049 1018026 .10 .13
5/16 3/4 CX10-0003 1018393 CX10-0019 1018400 CX10-0035 1018035 CX10-0050 1018044 .19 .18
3/8 1 CX10-0004 1018419 CX10-0020 1018428 CX10-0036 1018053 CX10-0051 1018062 .31 .29
7/16 1 1/2 CX10-0005 1018437 CX10-0021 1018446 CX10-0037 1018071 CX10-0052 1018080 .38 .38
1/2 2 CX10-0006 1018455 CX10-0022 1018464 CX10-0038 1018099 CX10-0053 1018106 .72 .71
5/8 3 1/4 CX10-0007 1018473 CX10-0023 1018482 CX10-0039 1018115 CX10-0054 1018124 1.37 1.50
3/4 4 3/4 CX10-0008 1018491 CX10-0024 1018507 CX10-0040 1018133 CX10-0055 1018142 2.35 2.32
7/8 6 1/2 CX10-0009 1018516 CX10-0025 1018525 CX10-0041 1018151 CX10-0056 1018160 3.62 3.49
1 8 1/2 CX10-0010 1018534 CX10-0026 1018543 CX10-0042 1018179 CX10-0057 1018188 5.03 5.00
1 1/8 9 1/2 CX10-0011 1018552 CX10-0027 1018561 CX10-0043 1018197 CX10-0058 1018204 7.41 6.97
1 1/4 12 CX10-0012 1018570 CX10-0028 1018589 CX10-0044 1018213 CX10-0059 1018222 9.50 9.75
1 3/8 13 1/2 CX10-0013 1018598 CX10-0029 1018605 CX10-0045 1018231 CX10-0060 1018240 13.53 13.25
1 1/2 17 CX10-0014 1018614 CX10-0030 1018623 CX10-0046 1018259 CX10-0061 1018268 17.20 17.25
1 3/4 25 CX10-0015 1018632 CX10-0031 1018641 CX10-0047 1018277 CX10-0062 1018286 27.78 29.46
2 35 CX10-0016 1018650 CX10-0032 1018669 CX10-0048 1018295 CX10-0063 1018302 45.00 45.75
2 1/2 55 CX10-0017 1018678 CX10-0033 1018687 85.75
† Furnished in screw pin only.
* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 6 times the Working Load Limit. For Working
10 Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.
Working Dimensions
Nominal Load Tolerance
(in.)
Size Limit*
(in.) (tons) A B C D E F G H L M N P C A
3/16 1/3 .38 .25 .88 .19 .60 .56 .98 1.47 .16 1.12 .19 .06 .06
1/4 1/2 .47 .31 1.13 .25 .78 .61 1.28 1.84 .19 1.38 1.34 .25 .06 .06
5/16 3/4 .53 .38 1.22 .31 .84 .75 1.47 2.09 .22 1.66 1.59 .31 .06 .06
3/8 1 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 1.78 2.49 .25 2.03 1.86 .38 .13 .06
7/16 1 1/2 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 2.03 2.91 .31 2.38 2.13 .44 .13 .06
1/2 2 .81 .63 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 2.31 3.28 .38 2.69 2.38 .50 .13 .06
5/8 3 1/4 1.06 .75 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 2.94 4.19 .44 3.34 2.91 .69 .13 .06
3/4 4 3/4 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 3.50 4.97 .50 3.97 3.44 .81 .25 .06
7/8 6 1/2 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 4.03 5.83 .50 4.50 3.81 .97 .25 .06
1 8 1/2 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 4.69 6.56 .56 5.07 4.53 1.06 .25 .06
1 1/8 9 1/2 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.16 2.91 2.69 5.16 7.47 .63 5.59 5.13 1.25 .25 .06
1 1/4 12 2.03 1.38 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 5.75 8.25 .69 6.16 5.50 1.38 .25 .06
1 3/8 13 1/2 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.42 3.63 3.31 6.38 9.16 .75 6.84 6.13 1.50 .25 .13
1 1/2 17 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.54 3.88 3.63 6.88 10.00 .81 7.35 6.50 1.62 .25 .13
1 3/4 25 2.88 2.00 7.00 1.84 5.00 4.19 8.86 12.34 1.00 9.08 7.75 2.25 .25 .13
2 35 3.25 2.25 7.75 2.08 5.75 4.81 9.97 13.68 1.22 10.34 8.75 2.40 .25 .13
2 1/2 55 4.13 2.75 10.50 2.71 7.25 5.69 12.87 17.84 1.38 13.00 3.13 .25 .25
† Furnished in screw pin only.

* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 6 times the Working Load
Limit.For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.
10-2
SHACKLES
Alloy Screw Pin Anchor Shackle
G-209-A
G-209-A
Screw pin anchor shackles meet the performance requirements
of Federal Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade B, Class 2,
except for those provisions required of the contractor.

• Forged Alloy Steel — Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins.
certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at time of order.
Nominal Working Load G-209-A Weight

Size Limit* CERTEX Crosby Stock Each
(in.) (tons) Cat. Ref. No. No. Galv. (lbs.)
3/8 2.0 CX10-0064 1017450 .31
7/16 2.6 CX10-0065 1017472 .38
1/2 3.3 CX10-0066 1017494 .63
5/8 5.0 CX10-0067 1017516 1.38
3/4 7.0 CX10-0068 1017538 2.25
7/8 9.5 CX10-0069 1017560 3.61
1 12.5 CX10-0070 1017582 5.32
1 1/8 15.0 CX10-0071 1017604 7.25
1 1/4 18.0 CX10-0072 1017626 9.88
1 3/8 21.0 CX10-0073 1017648 13.25
* Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is
5 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applica-
tions, see beginning of chapter.
Working Dimensions Tolerance

Nominal Load (in.) +/-
Size Limit*
(in.) (tons) A B C D E F G H L M P C A
10
3/8 2.0 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 1.78 2.49 .25 2.03 .38 .13 .06
7/16 2.6 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 2.03 2.91 .31 2.38 .44 .13 .06
1/2 3.3 .81 .63 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 2.31 3.28 .38 2.69 .50 .13 .06
5/8 5.0 1.06 .75 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 2.94 4.19 .44 3.34 .69 .13 .06
3/4 7.0 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 3.50 4.97 .50 3.97 .81 .25 .06
7/8 9.5 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 4.03 5.83 .50 4.50 .97 .25 .06
1 12.5 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 4.69 6.56 .56 5.07 1.06 .25 .06
1 1/8 15.0 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.16 2.91 2.69 5.16 7.47 .63 5.59 1.25 .25 .06
1 1/4 18.0 2.03 1.38 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 5.75 8.25 .69 6.16 1.38 .25 .06
1 3/8 21.0 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.42 3.63 3.31 6.38 9.16 .75 6.84 1.50 .25 .13
* Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due
to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.
10-3
SHACKLES
Forged Chain Shackles
SCREW PIN ROUND PIN
210
215
G-210 S-210 G-215 S-215

Screw pin chain shackles meet the per- Round pin chain shackles meet the per-
formance requirements of Federal formance requirements of Federal
Specification RR-C-271D,Type IVB, Grade Specification RR-C-271D Type IVB, Grade
required of the contractor. required of the contractor.
certification. Charges for proof testing and certification available when requested at the time of order.
• Hot Dip galvanized or Self Colored.
• Fatigue rated.
Nominal Working Weight Each
Shackle Load G-210 Galv. S-210 S.C. G-215 Galv. S-215 S.C. (lbs.)
Size Limit* CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby G-210 G-215
(in.) (tons) Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No. S-210 S-215
1/4 1/2 CX10-0074 1019150 CX10-0090 1019169 CX10-0106 1018810 CX10-0121 1018829 .11 .10
5/16 3/4 CX10-0075 1019178 CX10-0091 1019187 CX10-0107 1018838 CX10-0122 1018847 .17 .18
3/8 1 CX10-0076 1019196 CX10-0092 1019203 CX10-0108 1018856 CX10-0123 1018865 .28 .25
7/16 1 1/2 CX10-0077 1019212 CX10-0093 1019221 CX10-0109 1018874 CX10-0124 1018883 .43 .40
1/2 2 CX10-0078 1019230 CX10-0094 1019249 CX10-0110 1018892 CX10-0125 1018909 .59 .50
5/8 3 1/4 CX10-0079 1019258 CX10-0095 1019267 CX10-0111 1018918 CX10-0126 1018927 1.25 1.21
3/4 4 3/4 CX10-0080 1019276 CX10-0096 1019285 CX10-0112 1018936 CX10-0127 1018945 2.63 2.00
7/8 6 1/2 CX10-0081 1019294 CX10-0097 1019301 CX10-0113 1018954 CX10-0128 1018963 3.16 3.28
1 8 1/2 CX10-0082 1019310 CX10-0098 1019329 CX10-0114 1018972 CX10-0129 1018981 4.75 4.75
1 1/8 9 1/2 CX10-0083 1019338 CX10-0099 1019347 CX10-0115 1018990 CX10-0130 1019007 6.75 6.30
1 1/4 12 CX10-0084 1019356 CX10-0100 1019365 CX10-0116 1019016 CX10-0131 1019025 9.06 9.00
1 3/8 13 1/2 CX10-0085 1019374 CX10-0101 1019383 CX10-0117 1019034 CX10-0132 1019043 11.63 12.00
1 1/2 17 CX10-0086 1019392 CX10-0102 1019409 CX10-0118 1019052 CX10-0133 1019061 15.95 16.15
1 3/4 25 CX10-0087 1019418 CX10-0103 1019427 CX10-0119 1019070 CX10-0134 1019089 26.75 29.96
2 35 CX10-0088 1019436 CX10-0104 1019445 CX10-0120 1019098 CX10-0135 1019105 42.31 43.25
2 1/2 55 CX10-0089 1019454 CX10-0105 1019463 71.75
† Furnished in Screw Pin Only.

10 * NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduc-
tion due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.
Working Dimensions
Nominal Load Tolerance
(in.)
Size Limit*
(in.) (tons) A B C D E F G K L M N G A
1/4 1/2 .47 .31 .25 .25 .97 .61 .88 1.59 .19 1.38 1.34 .06 .06
5/16 3/4 .53 .38 .31 .31 1.16 .75 1.03 1.91 .22 1.66 1.59 .06 .06
3/8 1 .66 .44 .38 .38 1.41 .91 1.25 2.30 .25 2.03 1.86 .13 .06
7/16 1 1/2 .75 .50 .44 .44 1.63 1.06 1.44 2.66 .31 2.38 2.13 .13 .06
1/2 2 .81 .63 .50 .50 1.81 1.19 1.63 3.03 .38 2.69 2.38 .13 .06
5/8 3 1/4 1.06 .75 .62 .63 2.31 1.50 2.00 3.75 .44 3.34 2.91 .13 .06
3/4 4 3/4 1.25 .88 .81 .75 2.75 1.81 2.38 4.53 .50 3.97 3.44 .25 .06
7/8 6 1/2 1.44 1.00 .97 .88 3.19 2.09 2.81 5.33 .50 4.50 3.81 .25 .06
1 8 1/2 1.69 1.13 1.00 1.00 3.69 2.38 3.19 5.94 .56 5.07 4.53 .25 .06
1 1/18 9 1/2 1.81 1.25 1.25 1.13 4.06 2.69 3.58 6.78 .63 5.59 5.13 .25 .06
1 1/4 12 2.03 1.38 1.38 1.25 4.53 3.00 3.94 7.50 .69 6.16 5.50 .25 .13
1 3/8 13 1/2 2.25 1.50 1.50 1.38 5.00 3.31 4.38 8.28 .75 6.84 6.13 .25 .13
1 1/2 17 2.38 1.63 1.62 1.50 5.38 3.62 4.81 9.06 .81 7.35 6.50 .25 .13
1 3/4 25 2.88 2.00 2.12 1.75 6.38 4.19 5.75 10.97 1.00 9.08 7.75 .25 .13
2 35 3.25 2.25 2.00 2.00 7.25 4.81 6.75 12.28 1.22 10.34 8.75 .25 .13
2 1/2 55 4.13 2.75 2.62 2.62 9.38 5.69 8.00 14.84 1.38 13.00 .25 .25
† Furnished in Screw Pin Only.

* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working
Load Limit.For Working Load Limit reduction due to side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.
10-4
SHACKLES
Bolt Type Shackles
BOLT TYPE ANCHOR SHACKLE BOLT TYPE CHAIN SHACKLE
2130
G-2130 S-2130 G-2150 S-2150

Bolt Type Anchor shackles with thin head Bolt Type Chain shackles. Thin hex head
bolt — nut with cotter pin. Meets the bolt — nut with cotter pin. Meets the
performance requirements of Federal performance requirements of Federal
Specification RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade Specification RR-C271D Type IVB, Grade
required of the contractor. required of the contractors.
2150

• Shackles 55 tons and smaller can be furnished proof tested with certificates to designated standards, such as ABS,
DNV, Lloyds, or other certification.
• Shackles 85 tons and larger can be provided as follows.
• Non Destructive Tested
• Serialized Pin and Bow
• Material Certification (Chemical)
• Certification must be requested at time of order.
• Hot Dip galvanized or Self-Colored.
• Fatigue rated.
10
10-5
SHACKLES
Bolt Type Shackles
Nominal Working 2130 2150
Shackle Load G-2130 Galv. S-2130 S.C. G-2150 Galv. S-2150 S.C. Weight Weight
Size Limit* CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby Each Each
(in.) (tons) Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. (lbs.) (lbs.)
3/16 1/3 CX10-0136 1019464 .06
1/4 1/2 CX10-0137 1019466 CX10-0168 1019768 .11 .13
5/16 3/4 CX10-0138 1019468 CX10-0169 1019770 .22 .23
3/8 1 CX10-0139 1019470 CX10-0170 1019772 .33 .33
7/16 1 1/2 CX10-0140 1019471 CX10-0171 1019774 .49 .49
1/2 2 CX10-0141 1019472 CX10-0156 1019481 CX10-0172 1019775 CX10-0185 1019784 .79 .75
5/8 3 1/4 CX10-0142 1019490 CX10-0157 1019506 CX10-0173 1019793 CX10-0186 1019800 1.68 1.47
3/4 4 3/4 CX10-0143 1019515 CX10-0158 1019524 CX10-0174 1019819 CX10-0187 1019828 2.72 2.52
7/8 6 1/2 CX10-0144 1019533 CX10-0159 1019542 CX10-0175 1019837 CX10-0188 1019846 3.95 3.85
1 8 1/2 CX10-0145 1019551 CX10-0160 1019560 CX10-0176 1019855 CX10-0189 1019864 5.66 5.55
1 1/8 9 1/2 CX10-0146 1019579 CX10-0161 1019588 CX10-0177 1019873 CX10-0190 1019882 8.27 7.60
1 1/4 12 CX10-0147 1019597 CX10-0162 1019604 CX10-0178 1019891 CX10-0191 1019908 11.71 10.81
1 3/8 13 1/2 CX10-0148 1019613 CX10-0163 1019622 CX10-0179 1019917 CX10-0192 1019926 15.83 13.75
1 1/2 17 CX10-0149 1019631 CX10-0164 1019640 CX10-0180 1019935 CX10-0193 1019944 20.80 18.50
1 3/4 25 CX10-0150 1019659 CX10-0165 1019668 CX10-0181 1019953 CX10-0194 1019962 33.91 31.40
2 35 CX10-0151 1019677 CX10-0166 1019686 CX10-0182 1019971 CX10-0195 1019980 52.25 46.75
2 1/2 55 CX10-0152 1019695 CX10-0167 1019702 CX10-0183 1019999 CX10-0196 1020004 98.25 85.00
3 85 CX10-0153 1019711 CX10-0184 1020013 154.00 124.25
3 1/2 120 CX10-0154 1019739 265.00
4 150 CX10-0155 1019757 338.00
* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to
side loading applications, see beginning of chapter.
† Individually Proof Tested with certification and furnished with Round Head Bolts and welded handle.
‡ Furnished in anchor style only.
Nominal Working Dimensions Tolerance

Shackle Load (in.) +/-
Size Limit*
(in.) (tons) A B C D E F G H K L M N P R C&G A
3/16 1/3 .38 .25 .88 .19 .60 .56 1.47 .98 .19 1.29 .06 .06
1/4 1/2 .47 .31 1.13 .25 .78 .61 .75 1.84 1.59 1.28 .97 .25 1.56 .25 .06 .06
5/16 3/4 .53 .38 1.22 .31 .84 .75 1.00 2.09 1.91 1.47 1.16 .31 1.82 .31 .06 .06
3/8 1 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 1.22 2.49 2.30 1.78 1.41 .38 2.17 .38 .13 .06
7/16 1 1/2 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 1.42 2.91 2.66 2.03 1.62 .44 2.51 .44 .13 .06
1/2 2 .81 .63 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 1.63 3.28 3.03 2.31 1.81 .50 2.80 .50 .13 .06
5/8 3 1/4 1.06 .75 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 2.00 4.19 3.75 2.94 2.31 .69 3.53 .63 .13 .06
3/4 4 3/4 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 2.38 4.97 4.53 3.50 2.75 .81 4.07 .81 .25 .06
7/8 6 1/2 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 2.81 5.83 5.33 4.03 3.19 .97 4.71 .97 .25 .06
1 8 1/2 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 3.19 6.56 5.94 4.69 3.69 1.06 5.31 1.00 .25 .06
1 1/8 9 1/2 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.13 2.91 2.69 3.58 7.47 6.78 5.16 4.06 1.25 5.90 1.25 .25 .06
10 1 1/4 12 2.03 1.38 4.69 1.25 3.25 3.00 3.94 8.25 7.50 5.75 4.53 1.38 6.51 1.38 .25 .06
1 3/8 13 1/2 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.38 3.63 3.31 4.38 9.16 8.28 6.38 5.00 1.50 7.21 1.50 .25 .13
1 1/2 17 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.50 3.88 3.63 4.81 10.00 9.06 6.88 5.38 1.62 7.73 1.62 .25 .13
1 3/4 25 2.88 2.00 7.00 1.75 5.00 4.19 5.75 12.34 10.97 8.86 6.38 2.25 9.05 2.12 .25 .13
2 35 3.25 2.25 7.75 2.00 5.75 4.81 6.75 13.68 12.28 9.97 7.25 2.40 10.41 2.00 .25 .13
2 1/2 55 4.13 2.75 10.50 2.62 7.25 5.69 8.00 17.84 14.84 12.87 9.38 3.13 13.56 2.62 .25 .25
3 85 5.00 3.25 13.00 3.00 7.88 6.50 8.50 21.50 16.88 14.36 11.00 3.62 16.50 3.50 .25 .25
3 1/2 120 5.25 3.75 14.63 3.62 9.00 8.00 24.63 16.50 4.12 19.00 .25 .25
4 150 5.50 4.25 14.50 4.10 10.00 9.00 25.69 18.42 4.56 19.75 .25 .25
* NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit. For Working Load Limit reduction due to
side load applications, see beginning of chapter.
† Individually Proof Tested with certification and furnished with Round Head Bolts and welded handle.
‡ Furnished in Anchor style only.
10-6
SHACKLES
Alloy Bolt Type Anchor Shackle
• Working Load Limit is permanently shown on every
shackle.
• Alloy bows, Alloy bolts.
• Quenched and Tempered.
• All sizes are individually proof tested to 2.2 times the
Working Load Limit.
• Shackles 110 tons and larger are provided as follows.
• Non Destructive Tested
• Serialized Pin and Bow
• Material Certification (Chemical)
• Certification must be requested at time of order.
• Forged Alloy Steel 30 thru 175 tons. Cast Alloy Steel
G-2140 and S-2140 200 thru 600 tons.
G-2140 meets the performance requirements of Federal • Pins are galvanized and painted red.
Specification RR-C-271D,Type IVA, Grade B, Class 3, NOTICE: All 2140 shackles 110 tons and larger are magnetic particle inspected.
except for those provisions required of the contractor. Certification available on request.
Nominal Working
Shackle Load G-2140 Galv. S-2140 S.C. Weight
Size Limit* CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby Each
(in.) (tons) Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. (lbs.)
1 1/2 30 CX10-0197 1021110 CX10-0210 1021129 20.8
1 3/4 40 CX10-0198 1021138 CX10-0211 1021147 33.9
2 50 CX10-0199 1021156 CX10-0212 1021165 52.0
2 1/2 80 CX10-0200 1021174 CX10-0213 1021183 96.0
3 110 CX10-0201 1021192 178.0
3 1/2 140 CX10-0202 1021218 265.0
4 175 CX10-0203 1021236 338.0
4 3/4 ** 200 CX10-0204 1021414 450.0
5 ** 250 CX10-0205 1021432 600.0
6 ** 300 CX10-0206 1021450 775.0
7 ** 400 CX10-0207 1021478 1102.0
7 1/2 ** 500 CX10-0208 1021496 1552.0
8 ** 600 CX10-0209 1021511 1900.0
* Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the
Working Load Limit on 200 thru 600 Tons. For sizes 30 thru 175 Tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the
Working Load Limit.
** Cast Alloy Steel.
† Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
†† Maximum Proof Load is 1000 Tons and furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
Nominal Working Dimensions Tolerance

Shackle
Size
(in.)
Load
Limit*
(tons)
(in.) +/-
10
A B C D E F G H J K L A E
1 1/2 30 2.38 3.62 1.62 1.63 5.75 1.39 6.88 7.75 10.00 3.88 1.54 .13 .25
1 3/4 40 2.88 4.19 2.25 2.00 7.00 1.75 8.86 9.06 12.34 5.00 1.84 .13 .25
2 50 3.25 4.81 2.40 2.25 7.75 2.00 9.97 10.41 13.68 5.75 2.08 .13 .25
2 1/2 80 4.12 5.69 3.12 2.75 10.50 2.62 12.87 13.56 17.84 7.25 2.71 .25 .25
3 110 5.00 6.50 3.62 3.25 13.00 3.00 14.36 16.50 21.50 7.88 3.11 .25 .25
3 1/2 140 5.25 8.00 4.12 3.75 14.63 3.75 16.50 19.00 24.62 9.00 3.62 .25 .25
4 175 5.50 9.00 4.56 4.25 14.50 4.00 18.42 19.75 25.69 10.00 4.10 .25 .25
4 3/4 ** 200 7.25 10.50 6.00 4.75 15.62 3.75 21.00 20.50 29.25 11.00 4.50 .25 .25
5 ** 250 8.50 12.00 6.50 5.00 20.00 3.88 24.50 21.97 35.00 13.00 4.50 .25 .25
6 ** 300 8.38 12.00 6.75 6.00 19.50 4.75 25.00 24.35 35.25 13.00 5.00 .25 .25
7 ** 400 8.25 14.00 7.25 7.00 22.50 6.50 26.00 27.97 40.25 13.00 6.00 .25 .25
7 1/2 ** 500 8.31 15.00 7.50 7.50 25.25 6.34 28.00 28.22 44.00 13.00 7.50 .25 .25
8 ** 600 9.25 17.00 8.50 8.25 31.88 6.50 31.00 29.97 53.00 14.00 8.50 .25 .25
* Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2.2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit on 200 thru 600
Tons. For sizes 30 thru 175 Tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 6 times the Working Load Limit.
** Cast Alloy Steel.
† Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
†† Maximum Proof Load is 1000 Tons and furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.
10-7
SHACKLES
Crosby® Alloy Shackles
“WIDE BODY” SLING SAVER SHACKLES INCREASE SLING LIFE
• Greatly improves wearability of wire rope slings.
• Can be used to connect HIGH STRENGTH Synthetic
Web Slings, HIGH STRENGTH Synthetic Round Slings
or Wire Rope Slings.
• Increase in shackle bow radius provides minimum 58%
gain in sling bearing surface and eliminates need for a
thimble.
• Increases usable sling strength minimum of 15%.
• Pin is non-rotating, with weld on handle for easier use.
• All ratings are in metric tons, embossed on side of bow.
• Forged alloy steel from 75 through 300 metric tons.
• Cast alloy steel from 400 through 1000 metric tons.
400 through
• Sizes 400 tons and larger are tested to 1.33 times
1000 metric tons
Working Load Limit.
• Sizes 300 tons and smaller are proof tested to 2 times
the Working Load Limit.
• All 2160 shackles are individually proof tested, Crosby
certification available at time of order. Shackles requir-
CONVENTIONAL ing ABS, DNV, Lloyds and other certifications are avail-
SHACKLE able upon special request and must be specified at
time of order.
• Shackles are produced in accordance with certified lift-
ing appliance requirements.
G-2160
“WIDE BODY” • Non Destructive Testing
SHACKLE • Serialization / Identification
Patented
75 through 300 • Material Testing (Physical / Chemical / Charpy)
metric tons
• Proof Testing
• All sizes Quenched and Tempered for maximum
strength.
• Bows and pins are furnished Dimetcoted. All pins are
Dimetcoted then painted red.
• Type Approval and certification in accordance with
DNV Specification 2.7-1 Offshore Containers and
NOTICE: All shackles are magnetic particle inspected. DNV rules for Lifting Appliances–Loose Gear.
Working Dimensions
Load Crosby (in.)
Limit* CERTEX G-2160 Weight B D
(metric Cat. Ref. Stock Each A +/- C +/- E F G H J K L M N O P R
tons) No. No. (lbs.) .25 .02
10 75 CX10-0214 1021290 99 13.62 4.13 2.12 2.76 4.76 12.80 2.52 11.41 4.72 3.66 4.37 1.00 3.00 3.90 12.32 18.31
125 CX10-0215 1021307 161 15.75 5.12 2.56 3.15 5.71 15.94 3.15 14.37 5.90 4.33 5.12 1.06 2.95 4.64 14.96 22.68
200 CX10-0216 1021316 500 20.00 5.90 3.35 4.13 7.28 20.96 4.33 18.90 8.07 5.41 6.69 1.26 4.33 5.75 19.49 29.82
300 CX10-0217 1021325 811 23.27 7.28 4.00 5.25 9.25 26.25 5.51 23.62 10.43 6.31 8.07 1.50 4.42 6.89 23.64 37.39
400 CX10-0218 1021334 1041 28.13 8.66 5.16 6.30 11.02 25.79 6.30 22.64 12.60 7.28 9.45 1.50 4.72 7.76 27.16 38.78
500 CX10-0219 1021343 1378 31.87 9.84 5.59 7.09 12.52 28.35 6.69 24.80 13.39 8.86 10.43 1.61 4.92 8.74 31.10 42.72
600 CX10-0220 1021352 1833 35.94 10.83 6.04 7.87 13.78 31.50 7.28 27.56 14.57 9.74 11.93 1.75 5.39 9.74 34.06 47.24
700 CX10-0221 1021361 2446 39.07 11.81 6.59 8.46 14.80 33.17 7.87 28.94 15.75 10.63 12.62 1.89 5.94 10.75 37.01 50.18
800 CX10-0222 1021254 3016 38.82 12.80 7.19 9.06 15.75 34.06 8.27 29.53 16.54 10.92 13.90 1.89 6.14 11.26 38.39 52.09
900 CX10-0223 1021389 3436 41.34 13.78 7.78 9.84 16.93 34.74 8.66 29.80 17.32 11.52 15.20 2.01 6.08 12.50 40.35 54.04
1000 CX10-0224 1021370 4022 46.30 14.96 8.33 10.63 17.72 35.24 9.06 29.92 18.11 12.11 16.00 2.01 5.98 12.99 45.32 55.31
† Forged Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.
†† Cast Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 1.33 times the Working Load Limit.
10-8
HOIST RING
WRONG WRONG External Inspection Points RIGHT
180° Pivot
Figure 1 Figure 2
Hoist Ring Application Assembly Safety

• Use swivel hoist ring only with ferrous metal (steel,
iron) or soft metal (i.e., aluminum) loads (work piece). 360°
Do not leave threaded end of hoist ring in aluminum
loads for long time periods due to corrosion.
• After determining the loads on each hoist ring, select
the proper size hoist ring using the Working Load Limit Figure 3 Figure 4
ratings in Table 1 for UNC threads and Table 2 for
Metric threads.
Hoist Ring Inspection/Maintenance
• Drill and tap the work piece to the correct size to a
minimum depth of one-half the threaded shank diame- • Always inspect hoist ring before use.
ter plus the threaded shank length. See rated load limit • Regularly inspect hoist ring parts. (Fig. 3)
and bolt torque requirements imprinted on top of the • Never use hoist ring that show signs of corrosion, wear
swivel trunnion. (See Table 1 and/or Table 2) or damage.
• Install hoist ring to recommended torque with a torque • Never use hoist ring if bail is bent or elongated.
wrench making sure the bushing flange meets the load
(work piece) surface. • Always be sure threads on shank and receiving holes
are clean, not damaged, and fit properly.
• Never use spacers between bushing flange and mount-
ing surface. • Always check with torque wrench before using an
already installed hoist ring.
• Always select proper load rated lifting device for use
with Swivel Hoist Ring. • Always make sure there are no spacers (washers) used
between bushing flange and the mounting surface.
• Attach lifting device ensuring free fit to hoist ring bail Remove any spacers (washers) and retorque before
(lifting ring). (Fig. 1) use.
• Apply partial load and check proper rotation and align- • Always ensure free movement of bail. The bail should
ment. There should be no interference between load pivot 180° and swivel 360°. (Fig. 4)
(work piece) and hoist ring bail. (Fig. 2)
• Always be sure total work piece surface is in contact
• Special Note: When a Hoist Ring is installed with a with hoist ring bushing mating surface. Drilled and
retention nut, the nut must have full thread engage- tapped hole must be 90° to load (work piece) surface.
ment and must meet one of the following standards to
develop the Working Load Limit (WLL).
1. ASTM A-563 (A) Grade D Hex Thick
(B) Grade DH Standard Hex 10
2. SAE Grade 8 — Standard Hex
WARNING
• Loads may slip or fall if proper Hoist Ring assem-
bly and lifting procedures are not used.
• Use only genuine Crosby parts as replacements.
• Read, understand and follow all instructions, dia-
grams and chart information before using swivel
hoist ring assembly.
10-9
HOIST RING
Wrong
Do not reeve slings from one After slings have been prop- Buckling may occur if the
bail to another.This will alter erly attached to the hoist load is not stiff enough to
the load and angle of loading ring, apply force slowly. resist the compressive
on the hoist ring. Watch the load and be pre- forces which result from
pared to stop applying force the angular loading.
if the load starts buckling.
OPERATING SAFETY • When using lifting slings of two or more legs, make sure
• Never exceed the capacity of the swivel hoist ring, see the forces in the legs are calculated using the angle
Table 1 for UNC threads and Table 2 for Metric threads. from the vertical to the leg and select the proper size
swivel hoist ring to allow for the angular forces. (Note:
Sling angles will de-rate sling members (chain, rope, or
webbing) but will not de-rate swivel hoist ring capacity.)
WARNING
Dependability In Lifting-
Everywhere, Every Time.
10
You’re in a tough lifting situa- experience and resources to

tion. Valuable equipment and the make your most complex lifting
lives of your workers are on the challenge like just another day at
line. You have to meet deadlines, the office.
observe regulations and stay CERTEX puts its world-wide
within a budget. The slightest network into the hands of local
overlooked detail can put employ- companies who know your needs
ees and valuable equipment in and are close at hand to serve
harm’s way. Are you sure you you.
have every detail covered?
When you’re taking on the
weight of the world, turn to CER-
TEX, the lifting experts, for the Lifting Products and Services
10-10
HOIST RING
Table 1
HR-125 Swivel Hoist Rings
Effective
Thread
Torque** Projection
Working Load in Bolt Size Length
Limit* (lbs.) Ft. Lbs. (in.) (in.)
800 7 5/16 — 18 x 1.50 .59
1000 12 3/8 - 16 1.50 .59
2500 28 1/2 — 13 x 2.00 .71
2500 28 1/2 — 13 x 2.50 1.21
4000 60 5/8 — 11 x 2.00 .71
4000 60 5/8 — 11 x 2.75 1.46
5000 100 3/4 — 10 x 2.25 .96
5000 100 3/4 — 10 x 2.75 1.46
7000 100 3/4 — 10 x 2.75 .90
7000 100 3/4 — 10 x 3.50 1.65
8000 160 7/8 — 9 x 2.75 .90
8000 160 7/8 — 9 x 3.50 1.65
10000 230 1 — 8 x 4.00 1.15
10000 230 1-1/4 — 7 x 4.50 2.15
15000 470 1-1/2 —˚6 x 6.50 2.22
24000 800 1-1/2 — 6 x 6.50 2.98
30000 1100 2 — 4-1/2 x 6.50 2.98
* Ultimate load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Individually proof tested to 2 1/2
times the Working Load Limit.
** The tightening torque values shown are based upon threads being clean, dry and free of
lubrication.
† Long bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece.
While the long bolts may also be used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron) work
pieces, short bolts are designed for ferrous work pieces only.
†† Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574. All
threads are UNC – 3A.
Table 1
HR-125M Metric Swivel Hoist Rings*
Working Load Limit (Kg)

Effective
At a At a Thread
5:1 4:1 Torque** Projection
Design Design in Bolt Size Length
Factor Factor N-m (mm) (mm)
400 500 10 M 8 x 1.25 x 40 16.9
450 550 16 M 10 x 1.50 x 40 16.9
1050 1300 38 M 12 x 1.75 x 50 17.2
1900
2150
2400
2700
81
136
M 16 x 2.00 x 60
M 20 x 2.50 x 65
27.2
31.2
10
3000 3750 136 M 20 x 2.50 x 75 28.1
4200 5250 312 M 24 x 3.00 x 80 33.1
7000 8750 637 M 30 x 3.50 x 100 45.1
11000 13750 1005 M 36 x 4.00 x 150 60.6
12500 15600 1005 M 42 x 4.50 x 160 70.6
13500 16900 1350 M 48 x 5.00 x 160 70.6
* Designed to be used with ferrous work piece only.

** The tightening torque values shown are based upon threads being clean, dry and free of lubrication.
† Individually proof tested to 2 1/2 times the Working Load Limit based on the 4:1 design factor.
†† Bolt specification is a Grade 12.9 Alloy socket head cap screw to DIN 912.
All threads are metric (ASME/ANSI B18.3.1m).
WARNING
10-11
HOIST RING
UNC Threads
Top washer has the following features:
• The Working Load Limit and
Recommended Torque value are per-
manently stamped into each washer.
• Washer is color coded for easy identi-
fication
Red - UNC thread
BOLT SIZE IDENTIFICATION

The size of the bolt will be stated as in the following example. Illustration
shows meaning of each dimension given.
# of Threads
per Inch
5/16” - 18 x 1.50”
Bolt Diameter
Length of Bolt
(from under head)
Dimensions
(in.)
Effective
Crosby Thread Est.
HR-125 Working Torque Protection Weight
CERTEX Stock Load Limit* in Ft. Bolt Size Length Radius Diameter Each
Cat. Ref. No. No. (lbs.) Lbs. A B C D E F G H (lbs.)
CX10-0225 1016887 800 7 5/16 - 18 x 1.50 .59 2.68 1.00 .45 .38 1.75 1.11 .43
CX10-0226 1016898 1000 12 3/8 - 16 x 1.50 .59 2.68 1.00 .45 .38 1.75 1.09 .43
CX10-0227 1016909 2500 28 1/2 - 13 x 2.00 .71 4.90 2.00 .89 .75 3.30 2.29 2.49
CX10-0228 1016912 2500 28 1/2 - 13 x 2.50 1.21 4.90 2.00 .89 .75 3.30 2.29 2.52
CX10-0229 1016920 4000 60 5/8 - 11 x 2.00 .71 4.90 2.00 .89 .75 3.30 2.21 2.55
CX10-0230 1016924 4000 60 5/8 - 11 x 2.75 1.46 4.90 2.00 .89 .75 3.30 2.21 2.70
CX10-0231 1016931 5000 100 3/4˚- 10 x 2.25 .96 4.90 2.00 .89 .75 3.30 2.05 2.65
CX10-0232 1016935 5000 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.75 1.46 4.90 2.00 .89 .75 3.30 2.05 3.00
CX10-0233 1016942 7000 100 3/4 - 10 x 2.75 .90 6.58 3.00 1.40 1.00 4.80 2.98 7.00
CX10-0234 1016946 7000 100 3/4 - 10 x 3.50 1.65 6.58 3.00 1.40 1.00 4.80 2.98 7.00
10 CX10-0235 1016953 8000 160 7/8 - 9 x 2.75 .90 6.58 3.00 1.40 1.00 4.80 2.95 7.00
CX10-0236 1016957 8000 160 7/8 - 9 x 3.50 1.65 6.58 3.00 1.40 1.00 4.80 2.95 7.00
CX10-0237 1016964 10000 230 1 - 8 x 3.00 1.15 6.58 3.00 1.40 1.00 4.80 2.73 7.50
CX10-0238 1016969 10000 230 1 - 8 x 4.00 2.15 6.58 3.00 1.40 1.00 4.80 2.73 7.50
CX10-0239 1016975 15000 470 1 1/4 - 7 x 4.50 2.22 9.01 3.75 1.75 1.25 6.00 4.89 14.79
CX10-0240 1016986 24000 800 1 1/2 - 6 x 6.50 2.98 12.41 4.75 2.25 1.75 8.00 5.93 33.00
CX10-0241 1016997 30000 1100 2 - 4 1/2 x 6.50 2.98 12.41 4.75 2.25 1.75 8.00 5.43 36.00
* Ultimate load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
Long bolts are designed to be used with soft metal (i.e., aluminum) work piece. While the long bolts may also be used with ferrous metal (i.e., steel & iron) work piece,
short bolts are designed for ferrous work pieces only.
†† Bolt specification is a Grade 8 Alloy socket head cap screw to ASTM A 574. All threads listed are UNC - 3A.
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
10-12
EYE BOLTS
Table 1 (In-Line Load)

Size Working Load Limit
(in.) (lbs.)
1/4 650
5/16 1200
3/8 1550
1/2 2600
5/8 5200
3/4 7200
7/8 10600
Regular Nut Shoulder Nut Machinery Nut 1 13300
Eye Bolt Eye Bolt Eye Bolt 1 1/4 21000
G-291 G-277 S-279 1 1/2 24000
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION —

READ & FOLLOW
Inspection/Maintenance Safety:
• Always inspect eye bolt before use.
• Never use eye bolt that shows signs of wear or damage.
• Never use eye bolt if eye or shank is bent or elongated.
• Always be sure threads on shank and receiving holes
are clean.
• Never machine, grind, or cut eye bolt.
Assembly Safety:
• Never exceed load limits specified in Table I.
• Never use regular nut eye bolts for angular lifts.
• Always use shoulder nut eye bolts (or machinery eye
bolts) for angular lifts.
• For angular lifts, adjust working load as follows: IN - LINE
Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt — Installation for Angular
Loading
Direction of Pull Adjusted Working Load • The threaded shank must protrude through the load
45 degrees 30% of rated working load sufficiently to allow full engagement of the nut.
90 degrees 25% of rated working load • If the eye bolt protrudes so far through the load that
the nut cannot be tightened securely against the load,
• Never undercut eye bolt to seat shoulder against the use properly sized washer to take up the excess space
load. BETWEEN THE NUT AND THE LOAD.
• Always countersink receiving hole or use washers to • Place washers or spacers between nut and load so that
seat shoulder. when the nut is tightened securely, the shoulder is
• Always screw eye bolt down completely for proper secured flush against the load surface.
seating. • Thickness of spacers must exceed this distance 10
• Always tighten nuts securely against the load. between the bottom of the load and the last thread of
the eye bolt.
WARNING
• Loads may slip or fall if proper eye bolt assembly and lifting
procedures are not used.
• A falling load can serious injury or kill.
• Read and understand both sides of these instructions, and
follow all eye bolt safety information presented here.
• Read, understand and follow all information in diagrams and
charts below before using eye bolt assemblies.
10-13
EYE BOLTS
Regular Nut & Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt – Installation for In-line Loading
RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT WRONG
Tighten
Hex Nut
Securely
Against
Load
Tap Depth:
2.5 x 2x
Diameter Diameter
(Minimum)
One eye bolt diameter of One eye bolt diameter or less

More than one eye bolt diame- threads or less, use two (2)
ter of threads, only (1) nut nuts.
required. Tighten hex nut securely
Tighten hex nut securely against load
against load
Operating Safety
• Always stand clear of load.
• Always lift load with steady, even pull – do not jerk.
• Always apply load to eye bolt in the plane of the eye – not at an angle.
• Never exceed the capacity of the eye bolt–see Table 1.
• When using lifting slings of two or more legs, make sure the loads in the legs are calculated using the angle from
the vertical to the leg and properly size the shoulder nut or machinery eye bolt for the angular load.
WRONG
Do not reeve slings from After slings have been Buckling may occur
one eye bolt to another. properly attached to the if the load is not stiff
This will alter the load Resultant Load eye blots, apply force slow- enough to resist the
and angle of loading on ly. Watch the load carefully compressive forces
the eye bolt. and be prepared to stop which result from
applying force if the load the angular loading.
starts buckling.
10
WARNING
• Loads may slip or fall if proper eye bolt assembly and lifting
procedures are not used.
• A falling load can serious injury or kill.
• Read and understand both sides of these instructions, and
follow all eye bolt safety information presented here.
• Read, understand and follow all information in diagrams and
charts below before using eye bolt assemblies.
10-14
EYE BOLTS
Machinery Eye Bolt — Installation for In - line & Angular Loading
These eye bolts are primarily intended to be installed into Table II
tapped holes.
1. After the loads on the eye bolts have been calculated, Eye Bolt Size
Shim Thickness Required to Change
Rotation 90¡
select the proper size eye bolt for the job. (in.) (in.)
For angular lifts, adjust working load as follows: 1/4 .0125
5/16 .0139
Direction of Pull Adjusted Working Load 3/8 .0156
45 degrees 30% of rated working load 1/2 .0192
90 degrees 25% of rated working load 5/8 .0227
3/4 .0250
7/8 .0278
2. Drill and tap the load to the correct sizes to a mini- 1 .0312
mum depth of one-half the eye bolt size beyond the 1 1/4 .0357
shank length of the machinery eye bolt.
1 1/2 .0417
3. Thread the eye bolt into the load until the shoulder is
flush and securely tIghtened against the load.
4. If the plane of the machinery eye bolt is not aligned
with the sling line, estimate the amount of unthread-
ing rotation necessary to align the plane of the eye
properly.
5. Remove the machinery eye bolt from the load and add
shims (washers) of proper thickness to adjust the
angle of the plane of the eye to match the sling line. Shim added to change eye alignment 90°
Use Table II to estimate the required shim thickness Minimum tap depth is basic shank length plus one-half the nom-
for the amount of unthreading rotation required. inal eye bolt diameter.
The New Standard In 10

10-15
EYE BOLTS
Shoulder Type Machinery Eye Bolts
• Forged Steel — Quenched & Tempered.
• Recommended for straight line pull.
• Fatigue tested to 1 1/2 times the Working
Load Limit for 20,000 cycles.
S-279
Working Dimensions
Load Weight (in.)
CERTEX Crosby Limit* per 100
Size Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. (lbs.) (lbs.) A B C D E F G H
1/4 x 1 CX10-0313 9900182 650 5.10 .25 1.00 .88 .50 1.94 .19 .47 .50
5/16 x 1 1/8 CX10-0314 9900191 1200 6.20 .31 1.13 1.12 .62 2.38 .25 .56 .69
3/8 x 1 1/4 CX10-0315 9900208 1550 12.50 .38 1.25 1.38 .75 2.72 .31 .66 .78
1/2 x 1 1/2 CX10-0316 9900217 2600 25.00 .50 1.50 1.75 1.00 3.38 .38 .91 1.00
5/8 x 1 3/4 CX10-0317 9900226 5200 50.00 .63 1.75 2.25 1.25 4.19 .50 1.12 1.31
3/4 x 2 CX10-0318 9900235 7200 87.50 .75 2.00 2.75 1.50 4.94 .62 1.38 1.56
7/8 x 2 1/4 CX10-0319 9900244 10600 157.20 .88 2.25 3.25 1.75 5.72 .75 1.56 1.84
1 x 2 1/2 CX10-0320 9900253 13300 218.00 1.00 2.50 3.75 2.00 6.47 .88 1.81 2.09
1 1/4 x 3 CX10-0321 9900262 21000 380.00 1.25 3.00 4.50 2.50 7.72 1.00 2.28 2.47
1 1/2 x 3 1/2 CX10-0322 9900271 24000 700.00 1.50 3.50 5.50 3.00 9.25 1.25 2.75 3.00
10
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
10-16
EYE BOLTS
Shoulder Nut Eye Bolts
G-277
• Forged Steel.
• Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized, heavy hex nuts.
• Fatigue tested to 1 1/2 times the Working Load Limit for 20,000 cycles.
Shank Crosby Working Weight Dimensions

Diameter G-277 Load Per (in.)
& Length CERTEX Stock No. Limit * 100
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) A B C D E F G H J
1/4 x 2 CX10-0323 1045014 650 6.60 .25 .50 .88 .19 1.50 2.00 2.94 .50 .47
1/4 x 4 CX10-0324 1045032 650 9.10 .25 .50 .88 .19 2.50 4.00 4.94 .50 .47
5/16 x 2 1/4 CX10-0325 1045050 1200 12.50 .31 .62 1.12 .25 1.50 2.25 3.50 .69 .56
5/16 x 4 1/4 CX10-0326 1045078 1200 18.80 .31 .62 1.12 .25 2.50 4.25 5.50 .69 .56
3/8 x 2 1/2 CX10-0327 1045096 1550 21.40 .38 .75 1.38 .31 1.50 2.50 3.97 .78 .66
3/8 x 4 1/2 CX10-0328 1045112 1550 25.30 .38 .75 1.38 .31 2.50 4.50 5.97 .78 .66
1/2 x 3 1/4 CX10-0329 1045130 2600 42.60 .50 1.00 1.75 .38 1.50 3.25 5.12 1.00 .91
1/2 x 6 CX10-0330 1045158 2600 56.80 .50 1.00 1.75 .38 3.00 6.00 7.88 1.00 .91
5/8 x 4 CX10-0331 1045176 5200 68.60 .62 1.25 2.25 .50 2.00 4.00 6.44 1.31 1.12
5/8 x 6 CX10-0332 1045194 5200 102.40 .62 1.25 2.25 .50 3.00 6.00 8.44 1.31 1.12
3/4 x 4 1/2 CX10-0333 1045210 7200 144.50 .75 1.50 2.75 .62 2.00 4.50 7.44 1.56 1.38
3/4 x 6 CX10-0334 1045238 7200 167.50 .75 1.50 2.75 .62 3.00 6.00 8.94 1.56 1.38
7/8 x 5 CX10-0335 1045256 10600 225.00 .88 1.75 3.25 .75 2.50 5.00 8.46 1.84 1.56
1x6 CX10-0336 1045292 13300 366.30 1.00 2.00 3.75 .88 3.00 6.00 9.97 2.09 1.81
1x9 CX10-0337 1045318 13300 422.50 1.00 2.00 3.75 .88 4.00 9.00 12.97 2.09 1.81
1 1/4 x 8 CX10-0338 1045336 21000 650.00 1.25 2.50 4.50 1.00 4.00 8.00 12.72 2.47 2.28
1 1/4 x 12 CX10-0339 1045354 21000 795.00 1.25 2.50 4.50 1.00 4.00 12.00 16.72 2.47 2.28
1 1/2 x 15 CX10-0340 1045372 24000 1425.00 1.50 3.00 5.50 1.25 6.00 15.00 20.75 3.00 2.75
10
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
10-17
EYE BOLTS
Screw Eye Bolts
G-275

Shank Crosby Weight Dimensions

Diameter G-275 Per (in.)
& Length CERTEX Stock No. 100
(in.) Cat. Ref. No Galv. (lbs.) A B C D E F G H J
1/4 x 2 CX10-0341 1046111 4.30 .25 1.50 2.00 2.50 2.94 .50 .88 .19 .47
5/16 x 2 1/4 CX10-0342 1046139 9.90 .31 1.69 2.25 2.94 3.50 .63 1.13 .25 .56
3/8 x 2 1/2 CX10-0343 1046157 18.88 .38 1.88 2.50 3.28 3.97 .75 1.38 .31 .66
1/2 x 3 1/4 CX10-0344 1046175 37.50 .50 2.44 3.25 4.25 5.12 1.00 1.75 .38 .91
5/8 x 4 CX10-0345 1046193 85.50 .63 3.00 4.00 5.31 6.44 1.25 2.25 .50 1.12

Everything We Make.

10 allow our customers to tackle the result is customized lifting
to applying hooks and shackles With experienced people and
to making the most demanding machinery to produce the lifting
sling, carries out the same assur- equipment that our customers
ance of safety. specify, CERTEX companies
Safety is built into our products everywhere are committed to the
at every stage of our fabricating complete reliability of every prod-
process. A CERTEX-made product that we make.
dards of safety and reliability. Lifting Products and Services
10-18
EYE BOLTS
Regular Nut Eye Bolts
G-291
• Recommended for straight line pull.

• All Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading.
• Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized hex nuts.
• Fatigue tested to 1 1/2 times the Working Load Limit for 20,000 cycles.
Shank Crosby Working Weight Dimensions

Diameter G-291 Load Per (in.)
& Length CERTEX Stock No. Limit * 100
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) A B C D E F G H
1/4 x 2 CX10-0346 1043230 650 8.20 .25 .50 1.00 .25 1.50 2.00 3.06 .56
1/4 x 4 CX10-0347 1043258 650 11.70 .25 .50 1.00 .25 2.50 4.00 5.06 .56
5/16 x 2 1/4 CX10-0348 1043276 1200 13.30 .31 .62 1.25 .31 1.50 2.25 3.56 .69
5/16 x 4 1/4 CX10-0349 1043294 1200 25.00 .31 .62 1.25 .31 2.50 4.25 5.56 .69
3/8 x 2 1/2 CX10-0350 1043310 1550 23.30 .38 .75 1.50 .38 1.50 2.50 4.12 .88
3/8 x 4 1/2 CX10-0351 1043338 1550 29.50 .38 .75 1.50 .38 2.50 4.50 6.12 .88
3/8 x 6 CX10-0352 1043356 1550 35.20 .38 .75 1.50 .38 2.50 6.00 7.62 .88
1/2 x 3 1/4 CX10-0353 1043374 2600 50.30 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 1.50 3.25 5.38 1.12
1/2 x 6 CX10-0354 1043392 2600 66.10 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 6.00 8.12 1.12
1/2 x 8 CX10-0355 1043418 2600 82.00 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 8.00 10.12 1.12
1/2 x 10 CX10-0356 1043436 2600 88.00 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 10.00 12.12 1.12
1/2 x 12 CX10-0357 1043454 2600 114.20 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 12.00 14.12 1.12
5/8 x 4 CX10-0358 1043472 5200 103.10 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 2.00 4.00 6.69 1.44
5/8 x 6 CX10-0359 1043490 5200 118.20 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 3.00 6.00 8.69 1.44
5/8 x 8 CX10-0360 1043515 5200 135.10 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 3.00 8.00 10.69 1.44
5/8 x 10 CX10-0361 1043533 5200 153.60 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 3.00 10.00 12.69 1.44
5/8 x 12 CX10-0362 1043551 5200 167.10 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 4.00 12.00 14.69 1.44
3/4 x 4 1/2 CX10-0363 1043579 7200 168.60 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 2.00 4.50 7.69 1.69
3/4 x 6 CX10-0364 1043597 7200 184.50 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 3.00 6.00 9.19 1.69
3/4 x 8 CX10-0365 1043613 7200 207.90 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 3.00 8.00 11.19 1.69
3/4 x 10 CX10-0366 1043631 7200 235.00 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 3.00 10.00 13.19 1.69
3/4 x 12 CX10-0367 1043659 7200 257.50 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 4.00 12.00 15.19 1.69
3/4 x 15
7/8 x 5
CX10-0368
CX10-0369
1043677
1043695
7200
10600
298.00
270.00
.75
.88
1.50
1.75
3.00
3.50
.75
.88
5.00
2.50
15.00
5.00
18.19
8.75
1.69
2.00
10
7/8 x 8 CX10-0370 1043711 10600 308.00 .88 1.75 3.50 .88 4.00 8.00 11.75 2.00
7/8 x 12 CX10-0371 1043739 10600 400.00 .88 1.75 3.50 .88 4.00 12.00 15.75 2.00
1x6 CX10-0372 1043757 13300 421.00 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 3.00 6.00 10.31 2.31
1x9 CX10-0373 1043775 13300 468.50 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 4.00 9.00 13.31 2.31
1 x 12 CX10-0374 1043793 13300 540.00 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 4.00 12.00 16.31 2.31
1 x 18 CX10-0375 1043819 13300 650.00 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 7.00 18.00 22.31 2.31
1 1/4 x 8 CX10-0376 1043837 21000 750.00 1.25 2.50 5.00 1.25 4.00 8.00 13.38 2.88
1 1/4 x 12 CX10-0377 1043855 21000 900.00 1.25 2.50 5.00 1.25 4.00 12.00 17.38 2.88
1 1/4 x 20 CX10-0378 1043873 21000 1210.00 1.25 2.50 5.00 1.25 6.00 20.00 25.38 2.88
*Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
10-19
EYE BOLTS
Shoulder Nut Ring Bolts

• Diameter of ring stock is same as shank diameter.
G-257
Crosby Working Weight Dimensions

Ring Bolt G-257 Load Per (in.)
Size CERTEX Stock No. Limit* 100
(in.) Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (lbs.) (lbs.) A B C D E F G H
3/8 x 4 1/2 CX10-0379 1046335 1200 56.60 .38 2.50 4.50 7.66 .38 1.38 2.00 .66
1/2 x 6 CX10-0380 1046371 2200 100.00 .50 3.00 6.00 10.00 .50 1.75 2.50 .91
Pad Eyes
• Forged from 1035 Carbon Steel.
• Excellent welding qualities.
• Widely used on farm machinery, trucks, steel hulled
marine vessels and material handling equipment.
• Reference American Welding Society specifications for
proper welding procedures.
S-264
Crosby Dimensions
S-264 Weight (in.)
10 Size
No.
CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No.
Stock No.
S.C.
Per 100
(lbs.) B C D E G H L
*0 CX10-0381 1090722 2.80 .25 .19 .63 .31 .63 .09 .75
*1 CX10-0382 1090740 6.50 .38 .25 .88 .41 .88 .13 1.03
*1 1/2 CX10-0383 1090768 10.40 .63 .25 1.00 .44 1.13 .16 1.31
2 CX10-0384 1090786 21.10 .75 .38 1.06 .50 1.50 .19 1.63
4 CX10-0385 1090802 52.20 1.00 .56 1.44 .78 2.13 .22 2.34
5 CX10-0386 1090820 82.50 1.25 .69 1.75 .81 2.63 .25 2.75
* Meets the requirements of Military Specification MS-51930A
10-20
EYE BOLTS
Eye Nuts
G-400

• Threaded.
• Tapped with standard UNC class 2 thread.
Stock Crosby Working Dimensions

Size G-400 Std. Max. Load Weight (in.)
Size (in.) CERTEX Stock No. Tap Tap Limit* Each
No. S Cat. Ref. No. Galv. Size Size (lbs.) (lbs.) A C D E F J M T
1 .25 CX10-0387 1090438 1/4 3/8 520 .09 1.25 .75 1.06 .66 .50 .69 .25 1.69
2 .31 CX10-0388 1090474 3/8 7/16 1250 .17 1.63 1.00 1.25 .75 .56 .81 .38 2.06
3A .38 CX10-0389 1090517 1/2 1/2 2250 .28 2.00 1.25 1.50 1.00 .81 1.00 .50 2.50
4 .50 CX10-0390 1090535 5/8 3/4 3600 .60 2.50 1.50 2.00 1.19 1.00 1.31 .63 3.19
5 .63 CX10-0391 1090553 3/4 7/8 5200 1.00 3.00 1.75 2.38 1.38 1.13 1.50 .75 3.88
6 .75 CX10-0392 1090571 7/8 1 7200 1.65 3.50 2.00 2.63 1.63 1.31 1.88 .88 4.31
7 .88 CX10-0393 1090599 1 1 1/4 10000 2.69 4.00 2.25 3.06 1.88 1.56 2.13 1.00 5.00
8 1.00 CX10-0394 1090633 1 1/4 1 1/2 15500 3.87 4.50 2.50 3.50 1.94 1.88 2.38 1.25 5.75
9 1.13 CX10-0395 1090651 1 3/8 1 1/2 18500 5.00 5.00 2.75 3.75 2.00 2.00 2.56 1.38 6.25
10 1.25 CX10-0396 1090679 1 1/2 1 3/4 22500 6.78 5.63 3.13 4.00 2.38 2.25 3.00 1.50 6.75
11 1.50 CX10-0397 1090697 2 2 3/4 40000 14.60 7.00 4.00 6.25 4.00 3.38 4.00 2.00 10.00
* Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit. Rating based on standard tap size.
10
10-21
TELEMETRY LOAD INDICATORS
Telemetry Link
Load Link Characteristics

Capacities: 5 - 100 Ton, Other capacities
available upon request
Proof Load: 150% Working Load Limit
Ultimate Load: 5 times Working Load Limit
Temperature
Range: 14°F to 150°F
Accuracy: +/- 0.1% of rated capacity
Transmission
Range: 200 yards under normal
conditions
Batteries: 2 - 1/2 “AA” 3.6 V lithium
850mAH
Battery Life 150 Hours
Auto Power
Telemetry Load Indicators offer all the advantages of Down: 9 Hours from power on
quick load and tension measurement without the prob- Construction: Anodized Aluminum Alloy
lem of cable connected remote read-outs, and at a lower
cost than traditional radio telemetry equipment. Environmental
Protection: Weather proofed to IP67
Applications for cable connected or direct read-out indi-
cators are severely restricted by the limitations of their Hand Held Display Characteristics
design.This unit enables the operator to remain at a safe Display: 8 Character alpha numeric
distance from the load and removes problems caused by .275 inches high LCD
long lengths of cable which are prone to damage. Keyboard: 3 key, ON/OFF, HOLD,TARE
• Remote read-out — no wires needed Battery: 1 - 9 Volt Alkaline
• Standard capacities - 5 - 100 tons Battery Life: 50 Hours minimum
• Accuracy +/- 0.1% of rated capacity Frequency: 433.92 MHz
• Range of 200 yards under normal conditions Auto Power
• Dedicated hand sets Down: After 5 min. in “waiting mode”
• Up to 255 units can be used in a single installation Temperature
• Tare weight adjustment Range: 14F to 130F
• Auto Power Down of link and hand help display Environmental
• Shock resistant electronics Down: Weather proofed to IP65
• Support & recalibration available
Type A B C D F WWEIGHT
EI GH T (kg)
1,2,5 te 108 105 40 30 164 1.4
12 te 120 105 40 38 210 1.9
10 25 te
35 te
131
147
125
135
55
55
53
60
255
305
4
5
50 te 170 150 75 73 345 9
100 te 228 220 123 100 455 27
250 te 330 304 189 145 680 87
500 te 451 500 200 200 1015 225
All dimensions in mm
All dimensions in inches (unless otherwise stated)

For Radio Safe Telemetry Links above 200,000 lbs., contact CERTEX for special order information.
10-22
TELEMETRY LOAD INDICATORS
Telemetry Shackles
STANDARD FEATURES
• Wireless remote readout
• Standard capacities – 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250 ton, other
capacities available
• Accuracy +/-0.5% of rated capacity
• Dedicated hand sets
• Tare weight adjustment
• Range of 200 yards
• Proof load of 150% of Working Load Limit
• Ultimate load of 5 times Working Load Limit
• Environmentally protected to IP68
• Support and recalibration available
150 Ton Telemetry Shackle Made For the U.S. Navy
Our Telemetry Load Indicators utilize “intelligent”

microelectronis and dedicated digital radio
transmissions to ensure accurate readings. Coded
digital transmission allows multiple unit operation
with dedicated handsets.
Our Telemetry Load Indicator micro-processor

technology allows modifications to meet most all
customers requirements.
10
Load
Capacity A B C D L T
5 Ton 4.75" 2.40" 1.00" 1.20" 3.50" 1.75"
12 Ton 6.00" 3.00" 1.25" 1.40" 4.35" 2.00"
25 Ton 9.00" 4.25" 1.75" 2.00" 6.70" 3.00"
50 Ton 12.75" 5.75" 2.75" 2.75" 9.85" 4.15"
100 Ton 16.50" 8.00" 3.63" 3.75" 13.75" 5.15"
250 Ton 24.50" 12.00" 4.50" 5.00" 18.75" 8.50"
10-23
PIPE HANDLING
The Caldwell Group
Model PC — “Tea Cup” Pipe Carrier
FEATURES:
• An efficient way to handle concrete water and sewer
pipes.
• The Caldwell “Tea Cup” Pipe Carrier will save you time
and money.
• Three sizes available, to handle from 3/4” to 1-1/2”
cable, and lift up to 15 tons.
• Designed and manufactured to ASME B30.20 and B30.9.
SPECIFICATIONS — Model PC
CERTEX Caldwell Rated Sling Dimensions in Inches
Cat. Ref. Model Capacity Dia.
No. No. Tons (in) WT.
A B C D E F G (lbs)
CX10-0432 PC-3/4 4.9 3/4" 5-9/16 2 2-1/8 1-1/8 4-11/16 1-7/8 1-1/8 9
CX10-0433 7/8"
CX10-0434 1"
CX10-0435 PC-1 8.5 1-1/8" 6 2-1/2 2-5/8 1-3/8 5-5/8 2 1-3/8 12
CX10-0436 1-1/4"
CX10-0437 PC-1-1/2 15.0 1-1/2 8 3 3-1/4 1-5/8 7-5/8 3 1-5/8 22
Tea Cup Lifting Sling Option — LS
SPECIFICATIONS — Model LS
Caldwell Standard After Swage
CERTEX Model Length Dim. (in) WT.
Cat. Ref. No. No. Sling Dia. (in) (ft) A B (lbs)
CX10-0438 LS-3/4 3/4 5 3.25 1.55 9

CX10-0439 LS-7/8 7/8 5 3.86 1.80 14
CX10-0440 LS-1 1 5 4.36 2.05 19
CX10-0441 LS-1-1/8 1-1/8 5 4.81 2.30 26
CX10-0442 LS-1-1/4 1-1/4 5 5.42 2.56 33
CX10-0443 LS-1-1/2 1-1/2 5 6.52 3.00 52
10 Operation
1. Drop pipe carrier 2. Align and insert 3. Lift pipe.

lifting sling through “tea cup” pipe carri-
hole in pipe. er into lifting sling.
10-24
BEAMS
Beam Configurations
Four Point Lift Beams
Glass Pack Beams. Custom lifting beam handles packs of glass Three Point Lift Beam.
panes with slings.
10
High Capacity Sling Beams Adjustable Center Bail for Off-Center Loads
Beams and Spreaders can be made to meet your requirements exactly. A few examples of special configurations are
shown here. Details will vary depending on capacity.
10-25
SPECIALTY BEAMS
The Caldwell Group
Model 16 — Adjustable Spreader/Lifting Beam
FEATURES:
• Use as 2, 3 or 4 point lifting or spreader beam.
• Converts to spreader beam with addition of top rigging.
• Has adjustable lifting points.
• Can handle both wide and unbalanced loads
• Low headroom capability.
• Shackles included.
• Designed and manufactured to ASME B30.20.
OPTIONS:
• Pair of swivel hooks — Code S
• Chain top rigging — Code C
• Cross beams (one or two) specify spread(s)
Consult Factory
SPECIFICATIONS
Bolt Type
Spread
Caldwell Rated Anchor Shackle
(in)
CERTEX Model Cap. Bail (tons) Wgt.
Cat. Ref. No. No. (tons) Adj. Hdrm. (lbs.)
Max Min Top Bottom
(in) (in.)
CX10-0445 16-1/2-6 1/2 72 36 24 8 1 1/2 1 1/2 70
CX10-0446 16-1-6 1 72 36 24 9 1/2 2 2 120
CX10-0447 16-2-6 2 72 36 24 11 3 1/4 2 140
CX10-0448 16-4-8 4 96 48 32 14 1/2 4 3/4 3 1/4 265
CX10-0449 16-5-10 5 120 60 40 17 1/4 6 1/2 4 3/4 445
CX10-0450 16-7-12 7 144 72 48 20 1/2 8 1/2 4 3/4 580
10
Operation
2 Point Lift 3 Point Lift 4 Point Lift
10-26
C-HOOKS
Ordering Instructions
Define Coil Sizes
Determine your maximum coil width (dimension “K”).
Your C-Hook’s nominal center of gravity,“E”, should equal
half of “K”. This allows your widest coil to be centered
under the lifting bail for a level lift.
If you are handling multiple coils or coiled rod or wire,
please provide the maximum load width and request a
quote on a “full length lower arm”.
Determine your minimum coil width. The listed models
show a range of coil widths which can be handled one at
a time by the same lifter. (Larger ranges can be furnished.)
“L” is the narrowest coil that can be lifted without the
lifter’s lower arm protruding past the edge of the coil.
Coils narrower than “L” may be handled if centered under
the bail.
Coil Load Details
1. Max. Width _____ Min. Width _____________
2. Max. Outside Diameter ___________________
Radial Thickness 3. Min. Inside Diameter _____________________
4. Max. Weight ___________________________
Determine maximum radial thick- Will more than one coil be handled at once? ____
ness to be handled. Most users
select a vertical clearance,“V”, that
is 3” to 5” greater than the maxi-
mum radial thickness.
Max. OD of coil Min. ID of coil
Radial Thickness —
2
Hook Dimensions
1. ______”
2. ______”
3. ______”
4. ______”
5. ______”
6. ______”
7. ______”
8. ______”
Capacity __________Tons.
10
Coil Lifter Dimensions
A. Lift Arm Length . . . . . . . _______”
B. Max. Arm Depth . . . . . . _______”
C. Max. Arm Width . . . . . . _______”
U. Upper Arm Length . . . . _______”
V. Vertical Clearance . . . . _______”
Other Features . . .
10-27
COIL LIFTERS
The Caldwell Group
Model 82-RC — Close Stacking “C” Hook
PRODUCT FEATURES:
• Recessed Counterweight allows for close stacking of coils which
maximizes floor space.
• Handles a wide range of coil widths.
• Designed for heavy duty application.
• High tensile alloy steel plate reduces physical size and weight.
• Counter balanced to hang level.
• Inside radius on hooks avoid coil edge contact.
• Curved coil saddle is standard.
• Guide handle for ease of coil positioning.
• Available with optional padding for additional coil protection.
• Designed and manufactured to ASME B30.20.
CAUTION: Center of
gravity must be cen-
tered under crane
hook to prevent tilting
of the lifter and load.
Note: “E” dimension is always one-half of maximum coil width.

SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions in inches
Bail Dimensions
Coil Width Lifting Arm
Caldwell Cap. Opening
CERTEX Model in Length Depth Width HDRM THK. Wgt.

Cat. Ref. No. No. tons Max Min. Throat L D W H A B C T (lbs.)
CX10-0454 82RC-5-36 36 24 24 30 5-5/16 4 37-1/4 1-1/2 4 7 1-1/4 550
10 CX10-0455
CX10-0456
82RC-5-48
82RC-5-60
5 48
60
30
36
24
24
39
48
6-1/8
6-15/16
4
4
38-1/16
38-15/16
1-1/2
1-1/2
4
4
7
7
1-1/4
1-1/4
707
853
CX10-0457 82RC-7 1/2-36 36 24 24 30 5-5/8 4 37-1/2 1-1/2 4 7 1-1/2 750
CX10-0458 82RC-7 1/2-48 7-1/2 48 30 24 39 6-3/8 4 38-1/4 1-1/2 4 7 1-1/2 996
CX10-0459 82RC-7 1/2-60 60 36 24 48 6-15/16 4 39 1-1/2 4 7 1-1/2 1161
CX10-0460 82RC-10-48 48 30 24 39 7-3/16 4 41-1/4 2 5 9 1-3/4 1200
CX10-0461 82RC-10-60 10 60 36 24 48 7-5/8 4 41-1/2 2 5 9 1-3/4 1645
CX10-0462 82RC-10-72 72 42 24 57 7-1/4 4 41-1/4 2 5 9 1-3/4 2100
CX10-0463 82RC-15-48 48 30 30 39 7-1/4 4 47-7/8 2-1/4 5 9 1-3/4 2054
CX10-0464 82RC-15-60 15 60 36 30 48 8 4 48 2-1/4 5 9 1-3/4 2410
CX10-0465 82RC-15-72 72 42 30 57 8-3/4 4 48-3/4 2-1/4 5 9 1-3/4 2814
CX10-0466 82RC-20-60 20 60 36 30 48 9-1/8 4 52-1/8 2-1/4 6 12 2 2864
CX10-0467 82RC-20-72 72 42 30 57 9-3/4 4 52-1/2 2-1/4 6 12 2 2951
CX10-0468 82RC-25-60 25 60 36 34 48 9 4 57-3/4 2-1/2 6 14 2-1/4 3077
CX10-0469 82RC-25-72 72 42 34 57 9-3/4 4 58-3/4 2-1/2 6 14 2-1/4 3570
CX10-0470 82RC-30-60 30 60 36 34 48 9-7/8 4 58-3/4 2-3/4 6 14 2-1/2 3480
CX10-0471 82RC-30-72 72 42 34 57 10-5/8 4 59-3/8 2-3/4 6 14 2-1/2 4260
CX10-0472 82RC-40-72 40 72 42 38 57 11 5 68 3-1/4 7 18 3 6100
Counter weight extends beyond arm one-half of the counter weight width, in capacities 25 Ton and Greater.
Other sizes available, consult factory.
10-28
CARGO SKATES
CERTEX
Cargo Skates

Type 1000 R4
Wheel: 4 pivotal nylon wheels
Capacity: 1 Ton
Dimension: 450x340x115 mm
Weight: 15 kg
1t

Type 2000
Wheel : 8 nylon wheels on 2 axles
Capacity: 2 Ton
Weight: 8 kg
2t

Type 3000
Wheel : 12 nylon wheels on 2 axles
Capacity: 3 Ton
10
Weight: 10 kg
3t
10-29
CARGO SKATES
CERTEX
Cargo Skates
NTED
PATE
Model VAKS 2500
Wheel: 2 nylon wheels with ball bearing
Capacity: 2.5 Ton per pcs.*
Weight: 42 kg
Delivery in carton of 2 pieces
* The carrying capacity can be increased by coupling —

it means 2 pcs. MODEL VAKS 2500 = 5 ton carrying
capacity.
Advantages:
- Easy to couple the modules
- The possibility of coupling will imply that the modules
2.5 t can be reused for smaller or bigger projects, as required
- By transport over uneven surfaces, the unevenness will
be equalized due to the coupling
10
5t 15 t
10-30
CARGO SKATES
CERTEX
Cargo Skates

Type 6000
Roller: 6 nylon rollers on 3 axles
Capacity: 6 Ton
Weight: 13 kg
6t

Type 12000
Rollers: 6 steel rollers on 3 axles
Capacity: 12 Ton
Weight: 27 kg
12 t

Type 3000 R
Rollers: 4 nylon rollers on 2 axles –
Turnable plate
Capacity: 3 Ton
3t Weight: 13 kg
(with steering
bar)
CERTEX CERTEX 10
Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No.
CX10-0809 CX10-0810
Type 6000 R Type 12000 R
Wheel: 8 nylon wheels Wheel: 8 steel rollers
6t on 2 axles – on 2 axles –
(parallel turning) (parallel turning)
Capacity: 6 Ton Capacity: 12 Ton
12 t Dimension: 400x250x115mm Dimension: 400x250x115mm
Weight: 53 kg Weight: 59 kg
10-31
CARGO SKATES
CERTEX
Cargo Skates

Type 4000
Rollers: 4 nylon rollers on 2 axles
Capacity: 4 Ton
Weight: 16 kg
4t

Type 8000
Capacity: 8 Ton
Weight: 25 kg
8t

Type 6000-2
Rollers: 6 nylon rollers on 2 axles
Capacity: 6 Ton
Weight: 21 kg
6t
10

Type 12000-2
Capacity: 12 Ton
Weight: 35 kg
12t
10-32
JACKS
Duff-Norton
Duff-Norton Air Motor Jacks
20 to 100 Ton Models
• Design prevents lowering should air supply be interrupted
• Multiple jacks can be interconnected to be operated from a single control
point
• Integral rotary air motor driven gear train and power screw and nut design
• Automatic end of stroke shut-off stops jack when limits of travel are reached
Rated Load Height in Raise in CERTEX Duff-Norton
(tons) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Cat. Ref. No. Model Number
20 28 (711) 18 (457) CX10-0694 228-R
35 26 (660) 14.375 (365) CX10-0695 326-R
50 28 (711) 17 (432) CX10-0696 528-CMJ
50 36 (914) 25 (635) CX10-0697 536-CMJ
100-Sustaining 26 (660) 13.75 (349) CX10-0698 126-CMJ
75-Lifting
100-Sustaining 44 (1118) 30 (762) CX10-0699 144-CMJ
75-Lifting
100-Sustaining 32 (813) 18 (457) CX10-0700 132-CMJ
75-Lifting
Duff-Norton Track Jacks

15 Ton Models: Single Acting Standard and Low Height Models
• Rated load: 15 tons
• Broad toe design provides enhanced load engagement
• Grooved head prevents slipping
• Strong, lightweight aluminum housing provides easy portability
• Spring loaded pawls assure teeth-to-rack engagement
• Rigid horn-type handle allows easy spotting and carrying

15 11.5 (292) 5 (127) CX10-0701 517-AD
15 22 (559) 12 (305) CX10-0702 117-AD
Duff-Norton Ratchet Jacks

5 to 20 Ton Capacity
10
• All-purpose jacks for lifting, lowering, holding and moving all types of loads.

5 14 (356) 7.5 (191) CX10-0703 514-MT
5 16 (406) 9.5 (241) CX10-0704 516-MT
5 21 (533) 14.5 (368) CX10-0705 521-MT
10 22 (559) 12.5 (318) CX10-0706 1022-B
15-Top/7.5-Toe 22 (559) 11.5 (292) CX10-0707 1522
15-Top/7.5-Toe 28 (711) 17.5 (445) CX10-0708 1528
20-Top/10-Toe 28 (711) 18 (457) CX10-0709 2028
10-33
JACKS
Duff-Norton
Duff-Norton Cable Reel Jacks
5 and 10 Ton Models
• 5 ton holds 15 to 60 inch (381 to 1524 mm) reels
• 10 ton Multiple Hook model seats up to 2-inch (50.8 mm) spindles
• 10 ton T-Frame up to 3-inch (76.2 mm) spindles

5-Top/2.5-Toe 23.25 (591) 14 (356) CX10-0710 524-MCR
10-Top/5-Toe 38 (965) 12 (305) CX10-0711 1022-CRA
10-Top/5-Toe 30 (762) 14 (356) CX10-0712 1030-CRA
Duff-Norton Low Height Journal Jacks

15 to 100 Ton Models
• Ideal for outdoor use and other mobile jobs
• Use for powerful lifting in low-height areas

15 7 (178) 2.5 (64) CX10-0713 1507
15 10 (254) 5 (127) CX10-0714 111-C-2
25 10 (254) 5 (127) CX10-0715 2510-C-2
35 10.375 (264) 5 (127) CX10-0716 3510-C-3
50 10.5 (267) 4.5 (114) CX10-0717 5010-C-4
100-Sustaining 12 (305) 4 (102) CX10-0718 100-A-12
75-Lifting
Duff-Norton Bell Bottom Jacks

5 and 25 Ton Models
10 • For a variety of lifting and holding jobs, such as construction, rigging, moving build-
ings, and plant maintenance

5 9.5 (241) 3.5 (89) CX10-0719 BB510
10 11.5 (292) CX10-0720 BB1012
15 14 (356) 7 (178) CX10-0721 BB1514
20 16 (406) 8.5 (216) CX10-0722 BB2016
25 17 (432) 9.5 (241) CX10-0723 BB2517
10-34
HOISTS
Puller
3 Ton Optional Anchor Sling
• Tough aluminum alloy construction for strength and durability

• Hoistaloy® hardened steel link type load chain provides strength, long wear life
and flexibility
• Compact, lightweight, simplified construction for ease of use and service
• Weatherized, automatic friction brake for positive load control
• Easy operating — with one hand control
• Forged steel upper and lower hooks, hardened for strength and durability
• Hook latches are standard
Optional Load Limiter Protection Device:
Load Limiter assures protection in overload conditions. When dangerous over-
loads are applied to the tool by the application of excessive lever force, the Load
Limiter stops additional transmission of lever forces to the tool.You may order
Load Limiter as part of your new CM Puller or in a kit for easy installation on tools
now in use.
Optional Anchor Sling®:
Anchor Sling is an upper hook extender that simplifies attachment when applica-
tion or space limitation makes it impossible to pull in a straight line from hook to
hook. Swiveling anchor block is securely fixed to the tool housing and the upper
hook swivels through a full 360° rotation. Anchor Sling may be ordered as an
option or in kit form for simple installation on models already in use.
Optional Load Sentry®:
Load Sentry assures positive warning of overload condition. When dangerous
overloads are applied to the operating lever, the plastic covered hand grip gradual-
ly deflects to warn of the danger involved.You may order Load Sentry as part of
your new CM Puller or in a kit for easy installation on tools now in use.
3/4 Ton
Optional Load Sentry
Specifications
11
Columbus Max. Standard Pull on Lever Approx. Min. Distance Lever Hook Throat
CERTEX McKinnon Capacity Lift to Lift Full Load Weight Between Hooks Length Openings
Cat. Ref. No. Code (Tons) (Ft.) (Lbs.) (Lbs.) (In.) (In.) (In.)
3/4 TON CX11-0193 4043 3/4 5 58 16 10 3/4 21 1/4 1 1/32
1 1/2 TON CX11-0194 4045 1 1/2 5 83 26 14 1/4 21 1/4 1 1/8
3 TON CX11-0195 4047 3 5 95 38 17 21 1/4 1 7/32
6 TON CX11-0196 4050 6 5 96 73 21 3/8 21 1/4 1 3/4
LOAD LIMITER KIT CX11-0197 4190 3/4 — — 4 — — —
CX11-0198 4191 1 1/2-6 — — 4 — — —
LOAD SENTRY KIT CX11-0199 4096 3/4 — — — — 23 3/4 —
CX11-0200 4098 1 1/2-6 — — — — 23 3/4 —
ANCHOR SLING CX11-0201 4071 3/4 — — 2 — — —
CX11-0202 4072 1 1/2 — — 4 3/4 — — —
11-1
HOISTS
Series 653
The Series 653 lever operated hoist is a high quality, rugged,

steel tool for close quarter pulling, stretching, and hoisting applications.
Its characteristic short handle, along with minimal lever pull effort,
make this tool ideal for a broad range of applications.
¥ Impact resistant, stamped steel frame, gear case and cover for
durability and light weight.
¥ Powder coated nish for added corrosion protection.
¥ Hardened steel load sharing gears.
¥ Double pawl arrangement for assured load control.
¥ Two chain guide rollers for positive chain engagement.
¥ Weston type braking system for positive load control and positioning.
¥ Simple one-handed, free chaining for fast load attachment.
¥ Hardened steel chain for strength and long wear life.
¥ Forged upper and lower hooks with heavy cast steel latches.
¥ Rubber handle grip for added operator comfort.
Also available with
¥ Minimal maintenance with no special tools required. Shipyard Hooks.
¥ 5-year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship.
¥ Metric rated.
¥ Meets ASME B30.21 - Manually Lever Operated Hoist Standard
and European CE Standard.
¥ Designed and manufactured by Columbus McKinnon Corporation.
Shipyard Hook Shipyard Hook

Upper Lower
Pull Effective Hook Minimum Approx.

Rated Standard to lift lever throat distance shipping
Product capacity lift full load length opening between hooks weight
code (tons) (kgs) (ft.) (m) Reeving (lbs.) (kg) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg)
5310 3/ 4 750 5 1.5 1 33 15 11 279 11/ 8 28.5 125/ 8 321 15 6.8
5311 3/ 4 750 10 3.0 1 33 15 11 279 11/ 8 28.5 125/ 8 321 16 7.3
5312 3/ 4 750 15 4.6 1 33 15 11 279 11/ 8 28.5 125/ 8 321 17 7.7
5313 3/ 4 750 20 6.0 1 33 15 11 279 11/ 8 28.5 125/ 8 321 18 8.2
5328 1 1000 5 1.5 1 44 20 11 279 11/ 8 28.5 125/ 8 321 15 6.8
5315 11/ 2 1500 5 1.5 1 51 23 161/ 4 413 11/ 4 31.8 1413/ 16 376 27 12.2
11 5316 11/ 2 1500 10 3.0 1 51 23 161/ 4 413 11/ 4 31.8 1413/ 16 376 31 14.1
5317 11/ 2 1500 15 4.6 1 51 23 161/ 4 413 11/ 4 31.8 1413/ 16 376 36 16.3
5318 11/ 2 1500 20 6.0 1 51 23 161/ 4 413 11/ 4 31.8 1413/ 16 376 41 18.6
5329 2 2000 5 1.5 1 68 31 161/ 4 413 13/ 8 31.8 1413/ 16 376 27 12.2
5320 3 3000 5 1.5 1 77 35 161/ 4 413 19/ 16 39.7 1811/ 16 475 45 20.4
5321 3 3000 10 3.0 1 77 35 161/ 4 413 19/ 16 39.7 1811/ 16 475 53 24.0
Can be supplied with lifts longer than 20 ft. (6m).
Measured from centerline of free chaining knob to end of lever.
* WARNING
11-2
HOISTS
Cyclone
Hand Chain Hoists
The Cyclone is a high speed, spur geared hoist that delivers maximum efficiency and requires mini-
mum maintenance. Corrosion-resistant aluminum alloy frame construction is lightweight, yet
rugged. CM Hoistaloy® load chain-equipped for flexibility, strength and durability. Low headroom
and compact design make it easy to install. The hoist is equipped as standard with Load Limiter for
automatic overload protection.
When the hoist is excessively overloaded, Load Limiter stops the lift.
The Cyclone has a fully enclosed brake requiring no lubrication. Neither extremes of temperature
nor frequent stops will affect its positive load control. Latch type hooks are standard on all capaci-
ties. Latchlok® hook available as optional equipment. Exclusive Lifetime guarantee.
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard hand chain drop reaches to a point 2 feet above lower hook when in its lowest position.
Army Type Trolley Hoists

This compact trolley hoist features reduced headroom, side clearances and end approach which
make it ideal for operation in tight spaces. Integral trolley has hardened universal tread flanged
track wheels which minimize rolling friction. CM’s Internal Load Limiter™ automatically guards
against damaging overloads without increasing overall dimension. Capacities range from 1/4 thru
12 tons — plain or geared trolley. Adapts to a wide range of beam adjustments.
SPECIFICATIONS
11
* 1/4 thru 1 ton plain Trolley Hoist can be adapted to 4" & 5" depth—American Standard Shapes (2 5/8"-3" flange widths)—at no extra charge.
† Specify exact beam size when ordering.
11-3
HOISTS
Hand Chain Hoists
Low Headroom Trolley Hoists
The CM Hurricane hand chain hoist is an economical, high-
quality, rugged unit with featur es unique to a hoist of this class. Designed
with fewer parts to assur e long life and minimal maintenance, this hoist can be
used to lift loads in numer ous industrial, construction and commer cial applications.
¥ Unique Brake Design —Single disc brake does not incorporate a ratchet
pawls or pawl springs as on other hand chain hoists. Fewer parts mean less
wear and low maintenance.
Plain Geared
¥ Unique Handwheel Cover —Handwheel cover rotates 360¡ for hoist operation
Integral Trolley.
in any direction. Ideal for special rigging applications.
The low headroom trolley incorporates all the basic features of the standard Cyclone hoist with the integral construc-
¥ of
tion Steel Construction
the trolley. —Frame
A crowned and
tread and housings
flanged trackare made
wheels from impact
minimize rollingrfriction
esistant,
in this rugged trolley unit.
stamped steel for long life.
Same Quality and Interchangeability.
CM¥ couples
Powder theCoated Finish
advantages of a — Forheadroom
low corrosion protection.
trolley with all the features that make the standard Cyclone hoist an
industry standard. Simple efficient design, greater interchangeability of parts and the same Lifetime guarantee also
¥ Heat
apply to theTreated Steel Gearing
low headroom —All internal
Cyclone trolley hoist. gears and pinions are heat treated
steel for high strength and long life.
¥ Bearings —High quality bushings and sealed ball bearings used thr oughout.
SPECIFICATIONS
¥ Chain Guide and Stripper —Assures load chain alignment.
¥ Precision 4-Pocket Liftwheel —Fully machined for better chain fit and
reduced wear.
¥ Hardened Steel Chain —Assures high strength and long wear life.
¥ High Strength Hooks and Latches —Forged upper and lower hooks with
heavy duty cast steel latches.
¥ Minimal Maintenance —Easily disassembled, requiring no special tools.
¥ Meets ASME B30.16 —Overhead Hoist Standard and European CE Standard.
¥ and5-Year
* 1/2 1 ton alsoWarranty —Against
available for 4" and 5" S-Beams, defects in2materials
and 1 1/2 and and
ton for 6" S-Beam workmanship.
without extra charge.
† Specify exact beam size when ordering.
¥ Metric Rated.
¥ Designed and Manufactured by Columbus Series McKinnon
622 Corporation.
The 622 comes equipped
Specifications
with hardened load chain for flexibility, strength and long wear. Guide slots in the wheel cover guard
against hand chain slippage and jamming. Standard features
Hand chain include Hand
load sharing
chain gears and a lubrication
free Weston-type load brake. The compact designpull andtolow
lift headroom make ittosimple
overhaul lift to install in confined
Approximate
areas withRated
Product no adjustments
capacity necessary.
StandardItlift
is available in load
rated capacities fromload1/2 through
1 ft. (.3 m) 10 tons. Rugged,
shipping light-
weight
code weight and easy to
(tons) handle, the (ft.)
(kgs) Series 622
(m) is an economical
(lbs.) (kg)hand hoist
(ft.)with (m)
outstanding (lbs.)
value. For(kg)
use in a
variety of 1commercial applications.
5600 /2 500 8 2.4 47 21 30 9.0 20 9.1
11 5602 1/ 2
1/ 2
500 12 3.6 47 21
SPECIFICATIONS 30 9.0 24 10.9
5603 500 20 6.0 47 21 30 9.0 32 14.5
5604 1 1000 8 2.4 66 30 42 12.8 32 14.5
5605 1 1000 12 3.6 66 30 42 12.8 34 15.4
5606 1 1000 20 6.0 66 30 42 12.8 41 18.6
5607 2 2000 8 2.4 71 32 71 21.6 44 20.0
5608 2 2000 12 3.6 71 32 71 21.6 50 22.7
5609 2 2000 20 6.0 71 32 71 21.6 63 28.6
Can be supplied with lifts other than those listed.
* WARNING
001 Columbus M c
11-4
HOISTS
Electric Chain Hoists
Lodestar electric chain hoists offer power, flexibility and a number of important
safety features. All capacities are available in either single speed or two speed
models. Heavy duty motors are rated at thirty minutes. Workings are complete-
ly enclosed and compact for low headroom. Safety features include Lodestar
Protector®, a friction clutch assembly designed to stop the hoist when over-
loading occurs. A dual braking system — heavy duty magnetic and regenera-
tive, plus upper and lower adjustable limit switches are additional Lodestar safe-
ty features. Snap action control station, Rated NEMA 4, carries only 115 volts
and is completely sealed and weatherproofed and waterproofed. Gears receive
lifetime lubrication at factory. Famous CM Hoistaloy® load chain. Latchlok®
hook available as optional equipment. Comes with a Lifetime warranty.
1. When ordering use Product Code plus proper suspension code.
2. Suspensions available in swivel hook, rigid hook, low headroom trolley and
motor driven trolley.
11
NOTE: 15 and 20 foot lifts are also available as standard.
11-5
HOISTS
Harrington Hoists, Inc.
Peerless CF Hand Chain Hoist
Harrington’s Model CF Series Hand Chain Hoist is a practical choice for efficient, trouble-free service. Rugged features
include a die-cast aluminum body and high tensile heat treated main shaft, pinion and load gear. Special heat treated
load chain, pre-lubricated sealed ball bearings, contribute to long service with low maintenance. All hoists are load
tested and meet ANSI B30.16 & OSHA standards.
SPECIFICATIONS AND DIMENSIONS WITH 10 FT. OF LIFT
Harrington Hand Head Approx.

CERTEX Code Chain Over Room Net Shipping
Capacity Cat. Ref. Model Lift Pull Haul c a g Wt. Wt. Chain
(ton) No. CF4 ft. lb. Ratio In. In. In. lb. lb. Falls
1/2 CX11-0409 CF005 10 66 19 12.8 5.8 1.1 24 26 1
1 CX11-0410 CF010 10 79 31 14.6 6.8 1.1 29 32 1
1 1/2 CX11-0411 CF015 10 92 41 17.3 7.9 1.3 41 43 1
2 CX11-0412 CF020 10 88 63 20.0 8.2 1.4 48 51 2
11 3 CX11-0413 CF030 10 101 81 23.2 9.3 1.7 64 68 2
5 CX11-0414 CF050 10 101 134 24.4 13.0 1.8 84 88 3
Note: Length of hand chain equals lift less 18 inches.
11-6
HOISTS
LB Lever Hoist
3/4,
1, 11/2,
2, 3, 6, and 9 Ton capacity
Harrington LB lever hoists combine easy operation with a compact, reliable design that easily
handles the real-world demands of contractor and industrial aupplications. Examples include
day-to-day maintenance, machine repair, construction, service, and manufacturing operations.
You'll find every job goes easier thanks to smooth, reliable lifting and pulling actions. Compact
size and easy operation make the LB lever puller the "cumalong to take along" wherever you have
a load to move.
Many Benefits From More Features: Capabilities To Count On:
• Take and use this hoist anywhere—including tight • 5-foot lift is standard, 10-, 15- and 20-foot lifts also
quarters—thanks to a compact design with low stocked: nonstandard lifts available as well.
headroom.
• Grade 100 heat-treated manganese alloy load chain
• Shed weight, not strength, with rugged, all-steel resists abrasion and wear while minimizing chain
construction that actually weighs less than weight.
comparable aluminum models.
• Forged and heat-treated alloy steel hooks open
• Get positive braking action with Weston-style load slowly without fracturing under excessive loads.
brake incorporating two moisture-resistant brake
pads with four braking surfaces. Includes two brake • Test certificate verifies that every hoist has been
pawls for additional reliability. factory load tested to 125% of rated capacity, in
accordance with ASME B30.21 requirements.
• Enjoy protection against dirt and
moisture with a totally enclosed brake
mechanism.
• Realize long life with machined, LB with Optional
heat-treated, split load double Load Limit
reduction gears.
Warning Handle
• Operate in close quarters with
short, 15-degree recovery strokes,
short steel handle and positive
rubber grip.
• Patented spring-loaded freewheel
mechanism allows easy adjustment
of the load chain while safeguarding
against inadvertent freewheeling
under load.
Options: (See pages 26-27)

• Corrosion-resistant chain
• Load limit warning handle 11
• Point load hook
• Top hook extender
• Inspection hook
11-7
HOISTS
Peerless LB Lever Hoist
3/4-3 TON LEVER HOIST 6 TON 9 TON
Specifications
Std. Pull To Net Headroom Strands
Capacity CERTEX Harrington Lift Lift Load Weight C b D a e of Load
Tons Cat. Ref. No. Code (ft) lbs. lbs. Inches Inches Inches inches inches g s t u v w Chain
3/4 CX11-0415 LB008 5 58 13 11 4 7/8 10 3/8 6 4 .92 1.39 .55 .77 3.15 2.22 1
1 CX11-0416 LB010 5 77 13.2 11 4 7/8 10 3/8 6 4 .92 1.39 .55 .77 3.15 2.22 1
1 1/2 CX11-0417 LB015 5 58 21 13 1/2 5 9/16 16 3/8 6 11/16 4 5/16 1.26 1.66 .75 1.00 3.90 2.74 1
2 CX11-0418 LB020 5 77 21.5 13 1/2 5 9/16 16 3/8 6 11/16 4 5/16 1.26 1.66 .75 1.00 3.90 2.74 1
3 CX11-0419 LB030 5 70 34 16 1/2 7 16 3/8 7 5/8 4 1/2 1.56 1.95 .96 1.32 5.00 3.54 1
6 CX11-0420 LB060 5 72 59 22 1/2 8 3/4 16 3/8 7 5/8 4 1/2 1.97 2.40 1.44 1.92 6.57 4.76 2
9 CX11-0421 LB090 5 74 92 27 3/4 11 9/64 16 3/8 7 5/8 4 1/2 2.85 3.35 1.87 2.48 9.10 6.34 3
Peerless PAL Lever Hoist
11
Head Strands
Std. Net Room of
CERTEX Harrington Cap. Lift Wgt. A B C D E F G H J K Load
Cat. Ref. No. Code (tons) (ft) (Lbs) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) (In) Chain
CX11-0422 PAL003 1/4 5 5 3/4 9 1/4 8 1/2 4 3/8 6 1/8 1 9/16 2 3/16 1 5/8 15/16 15/16 1/2 1
Latches included with each hook.
11-8
HOISTS
Harrington ER and NER Electric Chain Hoists
The ER and NER Electric Chain Hoists can improve efficiency
in the most severe work environments. Packed with the latest
technology, quality components, and superior design character-
istics, these hoists will satisfy the most demanding customers.
The ER hoist offers a number of features as standard that are
in compliance with codes and regulations for specific applica-
tions.The NER is a high–quality, general purpose hoist. See the
chart below for a detailed feature comparison.
Feature Comparisons (ER vs. NER)
*For 8 Ton and above Upper/Lower Switch is Standard.
11
11-9
HOISTS
Harrington ER and NER Electric Chain Hoists
• Standard length of power supply cable is 15.́ For more information on power
supply system, contact the Harrington distributor nearest you.
• Special lengths of load chain, push-button cord or power supply cables are
available upon request.
• Harrington load chain is case-hardened Grade 80 chain.
• Optional canvas chain containers are available.
• Optional steel chain containers are available if lifting height exceeds limit of
canvas chain container.
ER/NER Specifications
Lifting Motor 3 Phase 60 Hz. Load Chain
Rated Current (amps) Diameter Weight for
(mm) Additional
Harrington Harrington Standard Push Button Lifting x Net One Foot
Cap. CERTEX Product CERTEX Product Lift Cord 1 Speed Output @230V Chain Fall Weight of Lift
(Tons) Cat. Ref. No. Code Cat. Ref. No. Code (Ft.) (Ft.) (Ft./Min.) (Hp) (208V) @460V Lines (Lbs.) (Lbs.)
1/8 CX11-0571 ER001H CX11-0585 NER001H — — 57 0.75 4.2 2.1 5.0 x 1 68 0.37
1/4 CX11-0572 ER003S CX11-0586 NER003S — — 39 0.75 4.2 2.1 5.0 x 1 68 0.37
1/4 CX11-0573 ER003H CX11-0587 NER003H — — 60 1.2 5.7 2.9 6.3 x 1 86 0.57
11 1/2 CX11-0574 ER005L CX11-0588 NER005L — — 15 0.75 4.2 2.1 6.3 x 1 70 0.57
1/2 CX11-0575 ER005S CX11-0589 NER005S — 7.2 30 1.2 5.7 2.9 6.3 x 1 86 0.57
1 CX11-0576 ER010L CX11-0590 NER010L — — 16 1.2 5.7 2.9 8.0 x 1 90 0.93
1 CX11-0577 ER010S CX11-0591 NER010S 10 — 29 2.4 10.5 5.3 8.0 x 1 134 0.93
1 1/2 CX11-0578 ER015S CX11-0592 NER015S — — 20 2.4 10.5 5.3 10.0 x 1 150 1.5
2 CX11-0579 ER020L CX11-0593 NER020L — — 14 2.4 10.5 5.3 10.0 x 1 150 1.5
2 CX11-0580 ER020S CX11-0594 NER020S — — 28 4.7 18.3 9.2 10.0 x 1 238 1.5
2 1/2 CX11-0581 ER025S CX11-0595 NER025S — — 23 4.7 18.3 9.2 11.2 x 1 249 1.9
3 CX11-0582 ER030L CX11-0596 NER030L — 8.2 16 4.7 18.3 9.2 12.5 x 1 256 2.3
3 CX11-0583 ER030S CX11-0597 NER030S — — 22 6.2 25.1 12.6 12.5 x 1 269 2.3
5 CX11-0584 ER050L CX11-0598 NER050L — — 12 4.7 18.3 9.2 11.2 x 2 308 4.0
11-10
HOISTS
Harrington SNER Electric Chain Hoists
Single Phase Power Reaches New Levels Of Performance

Harrington's SNER Series of electric chain hoists and SMR motorized trolleys offer expanded
duty, low headroom and additional capacities for those many applications where only single-
phase power is available.The standard features of the populart three-phase NER/MR Series
are incorporated to provide the operator with top quality and high performance.
Standard Features Top Quality Hoists

• 1/4 - 3 Ton capacities • 60 minute severe duty rating (fan cooled)
• 115/230-1-60 reconnectible power • Unique long life chain guide
• Low headroom • Friction clutch prevents lifting of
• Lightweight and easy maintenance overloads
• Pull-rotor motor brake • Single chain fall through 2 Tons
• ASME H4 classification Applications
• NEMA 3R, IP55 rating • Machine shops
• Temporary job sites
• Maintenance areas
SNER Specifications
11
SNER Dimensions
11-11
HOISTS
Mini-Cat Air Hoist
Introducing the Mini-Cat air Hoist
The power and reliability you expect from Harrington is now avaiable in our new Mini-Cat air-powered chain hoist.
With capacities of up to 500 pounds, high-speed lifting, an extremely compact and lightweight design, and an
unlimited duty cycle, it's the perfect tool to take along on-site or for manufacturing applications. all the benefits you
expect from an air-powered hoist, such as the extraordinary fine feathering control for precise load positioning, with
the added benefit of mobility, speed, and portablilty. Don't be fooled by its small size—the Mini-Cat is no lightweight in
performance, only in dimensions.
Highlights at a glance Specifications
Weight/Size Lightweight and compact size: Lift 10 ft standard, 131 ft maximum
Cord model with 10 feet of lift weighs 15.2 lbs. Air Lubrication Requirements Minimum of
Motor Brake Reliable disc brake system 10 to 15 drops per minute (2-3 cc/min) of oil
High Speed Lifting 29 to 47 ft/min. with load Air Filtration Requirement Maximum 5
Low Noise Levels 76 dBA@ 1 meter when micron air filter or finer
lifting rated load, 82 dBA @ 1 meter when Air Suply Pressure 60 to 90 psi
lowering rated load
AH500C
Pendant Model
Speeds - ft/min at 90 psi:
Capacity Product UP UP DOWN DOWN
(lbs.) Code Full Load No Load Full Load No Load
250 AH250P 42 (33) 55 (48) 48 (45) 43 (38)
500 AH500P 29 (18) 55 (48) 53 (51) 43 (38)
Air Consumption - cfm at 90psi
Capacity Product UP Full UP DOWN DOWN
(lbs.) Code Load No Load Full Load No Load
250 AH250P 28 (21) 31 (24) 27 (21) 26 (20)
500 AH500P 26 (19) 31 (24) 28 (22) 26 (20)
Values in parentheses for air supply at 60 psi.
AH500P
11
Cord Model
Speeds - ft/min at 90 psi:
250 AH250C 47 (37) 61 (53) 51 (47) 45 (40)
500 AH500C 32 (20) 61 (53) 56 (54) 45 (40)
Air Consumption - cfm at 90psi
250 AH250C 32 (24) 34 (27) 30 (24) 28 (23)
500 AH500C 29 (21) 34 (27) 32 (26) 28 (23)
Values in parentheses for air supply at 60 psi.
11-12
WINCH-HOISTS
Lug All
Web Strap
Engineered for reliable operation
Aluminum
•Exclusive breakable stress link - Easily replaceable
signals the operator of an over load stress link
alloy frame gives warning of
condition by breaking before the overload
Interlocking
fiberglass handle breaks and/or Hot stick ring
pawl system load-carrying part of the hoist is (optional)
overloaded.
Hot stick
•Double flanged drum - prevents hook latch
Web strap stores on
web strap from coming in contact (optional)
double flanged drum with ratchet teeth.
•Forged Hooks - with latches.
Easily replaceable
stress link gives
warning of overload Positive load holding in all
environments
Wind up
•Double interlocking pawl wheel
mechanism - No load brakes to slip
Open construction or foul.
for daily visual
inspection Ease of operation Hot stick
operating
•Self-lubricating bearings - levers
throughout housing and on the (optional)
Reversible pulley assure smooth operation.
fiberglass
handle •Open frame construction - for
cleaning and visual inspection.
Useful cost-effective options
•Five hook styles - designed to meet
your application requirements and
work practice standards.
•Models equipped with hot stick
Nylon levers, rings, and hot stick
web strap
latches - for remote operation TOTAL HOOK TO HOOK DISTANCE
using approved hot line tools.
TOTAL MAXIMUM PULLING DISTANCE
Self-lubricating
bearings 1 and 1 1/2 TON CAPACITY
SMALL FRAME
shown with optional hot
stick rings and hot stick
hook latches
• Hot stick rings available
Pulley block
double • Choice of hook styles
reeved for
full capacity
Forged steel
latching hooks
Lug-All Web Strap Specifications

11
†Metric capacities shown are exact equivalents of U.S Domestic Ratings.
11-13
WINCH-HOISTS
Lug All
Cable Strap
Highest quality is designed from the beginning…

industrial-quality products for all applications.
Self lubricating INNOVATIVE design
bearings
• Aluminum alloy frame.
• Exclusive drum anchor - swaged ball shank terminal
Interlocking Pawl System
will not slip locks cable securely in drum and allows for full
extension of cable. (Other brands use two set
All cable stores screws and 2-3 wraps of cable to hold cable to
on drum drum.)
• Cable end has hydraulically crimped copper sleeve.
Reversible
handle • Proprietary reversible handle - always a downward
bends on
overload
pull, switches positions in seconds.
to protect • Self-storing aircraft cable. No chains are hanging in
user and hoist the way or dragging on the ground. Much lighter
than chain pullers.
• Optional marine-grade models - developed
Aluminum alloy
frame - anodized specifically for marine or other corrosive
on Marine models conditions, have anodized castings, stainless steel
cables, and cadmium plated steel shafts.
Open construction • Drop forged steel hooks.
for daily visual
inspection
RELIABLE OPERATION
Cable guide allows • Factory tested to 125% of rated capacity.
cable to move • At average of 20% to 50% overload, handles bend to
freely within guide
alert operator to stop immediately.
• Reversible handle is designed to bend on severe
Crimped overload to protect the user and the hoist. Replace
copper the handle not the winch-hoist. Call to order
sleeve
replacement handle.
Exclusive
swaged
• 6000 Model - the shear pin design on two-position
ball shank telescoping handle warns of overload.
terminal • Quick Release - will not function when the cable is
7 x 19
under load.
Highly flexible • The handle can be removed to prevent tampering
aircraft cable with the hoist or load.
• One year guarantee against defects in workmanship
and/or materials.
These winch-hoists are intended for industrial use

only and not for lifting or supporting human or
animal cargo.
360°Swiveling hook
with latches for positive
load engagement
Small Frame - 1/2 to 1-1/2 ton capacity
OPTIONS
• Rapid Lowering - permits release four times faster.Look for “R”on chart after model number.
• Cable Return Crank - attaches directly to drum shaft for slack cable take up.
• Marine Grade - aluminum parts are anodized,steel shafts are cadmium plated.Stainless steel cables.
Add suffix “M”to model number.
11 • Four hook options add to hoist flexibility.
Lug-All Cable Strap Specifications

DOUBLE LINE CAPACITY SINGLE LINE CAPACITY
CAPACITY MODEL # CAPACITY HANDLE PULL LIFTING MIN. DISTANCE CAPACITY HANDLE PULL LIFTING MIN. DISTANCE CABLE CABLE TOTAL
IN FOR FULL DISTANCE BETWEEN HOOKS IN FOR FULL DISTANCE BETWEEN HOOKS DIAMETER LENGTH WEIGHT
LBS/METRIC LOADS (lbs.) LBS/METRIC LOADS (lbs.) (lbs.)
1/2 ton 1000-15* - - - - 1000/455 77 15’ 16’’ 3/16’’ 16’ 7
1/2 ton 115-R* - - - - 1000/455 77 15’ 16’’ 3/16’’ 16’ 7
3/4 ton 1500-25 1500/682 67 12-1/2’ 21’’ 750/341 65 25’ 16’’ 5/32’’ 26’ 8-1/2
3/4 ton 125-R 1500/682 67 12-1/2’ 21’’ 750/341 65 25’ 16’’ 5/32’’ 26’ 8-1/2
1-1/8 ton 2250-15 2250/1022 86 7-1/2’ 21’’ 1125/511 83 15’ 16’’ 3/16’’ 16’ 8-3/4
1-1/8 ton 215-R 2250/1022 86 7-1/2’ 21’’ 1125/511 83 15’ 16’’ 3/16’’ 16’ 8-3/4
1-1/8 ton 2250-20 2250/1022 86 10’ 21’’ 1125/511 83 20’ 16’’ 3/16’’ 21’ 9-1/4
1-1/2 ton 3000-10 3000/1363 100 5’ 21’’ 1500/682 97 10’ 16’’ 7/32’’ 11’-6’’ 9
1-1/2 ton 310-R 3000/1363 100 5’ 21’’ 1500/682 97 10’ 16’’ 7/32’’ 11’-6’’ 9
*without pulley block †Metric capacities shown are exact equivelents of U.S Domestic Ratings.
11-14
TROLLEYS
Series 632 Ball Bearing Trolley
Revolutionary design advances make this trolley shorter, more compact and 50%
lighter than conventional trolleys, yet it’s every bit as rugged. Exclusive Dial-Fit™
collars adapt to a wide range of Beams in minutes. No time consuming washer
adjustment. And the Series 632 can negotiate radius curves as tight as 7 to 10 inch-
es, depending on capacity. Includes hardened steel double-row ball bearing universal
tread track-wheels.
SPECIFICATIONS
Also available for beams larger than listed for wide flange beams, rails or tracks with approximately equivalent flange width.
Series 633 Ball Bearing Trolley

Versatile, all-purpose trolley can be used with any hook suspended hoist. Hardened
universal tread flanged track wheels are ball bearing equipped for easy rolling on
American standard shapes, wide flange shapes, or patented rail. Rugged steel side
plates are formed with trolley guards for added security and act as bumpers. Adapts
to a wide range of beam adjustments. Trolley includes a standard hook plate.
SPECIFICATIONS
11
11-15
WINCHES
Thern, Inc.
Spur Gear Hand Winches — Single and Double Reduction
Industrial strength winches feature machine cut spur gears for accurate operation and
long lasting service. Automatic brake models provide positive load control for lifting
and lowering operations. Zinc and iridescent dichromate plated finish protects against
corrosion. Bronze and ball bearings deliver smooth operation.Wire rope sold separately.
Thern Thern Wire Full Force Approx.

CERTEX Base CERTEX With Load Rating Load Rating Rope Drum Gear To Lift Ship.
Cat. Ref. No. Model Cat. Ref. No. Brake 1st Layer Full Drum Diameter Capacity Ratio 1000 Lb. Wt.
CX11-0625 M401 — — 500 lb. 240 lb 3/16 in. 60 ft. — — 8 lb.
CX11-0626 M4021 CX11-0630 M4021PB 1000 lb. 470 lb 3/16 in. 52 ft. 2.85:1 55 lb. 11 lb.
Model M4021PB CX11-0628 M4311 CX11-0632 M4311PB 2000 lb. 1200 lb 1/4 in. 58 ft. 14.7:1 22 lb. 23 lb.
Actual drum capacities may be 25-30% less, due to nonuniform winding. Tension in the wire rope will also affect drum capacity.
Weight shown is for base model, add 3 lb for brake on M4021PB and M4031PB, add 6 lb for brake on M4311PB and M4411PB.
Worm Gear Hand Winches

Machine cut worm gears provide accurate operation and long lasting service. An
enclosed oil bath provides continuous lubrication to minimize wear. Automatic brake
models provide positive load control for lifting and lowering operations. A durable
paint finish is combined with zinc and iridescent dichromate plating to protect against
corrosion. Bronze and ball bearings deliver smooth operation.Winches can be field or
factory converted for vertical or wall mounting.Wire rope sold separately.
Thern Thern Wire Full Force Approx.
CERTEX Base CERTEX With Load Rating Load Rating Rope Drum Gear To Lift Ship.
Cat. Ref. No. Model Cat. Ref. No. Brake 1st Layer Full Drum Diameter Capacity Ratio 1000 Lb. Wt.
CX11-0634 465 — — 750 lb. 370 lb 3/16 in. 58 ft. 20:1 21 lb. 12 lb.
Model 462PB CX11-0635 462 CX11-0637 462PB 1000 lb. 530 lb 3/16 in. 61 ft. 15:1 34 lb. 15 lb.
CX11-0636 482 CX11-0638 482B 4000 lb. 2200 lb 3/8 in. 140 ft. 26:1 31 lb. 97 lb.
Weight shown is for base model, add 5 lb for brake on 462PB, add 10 lb for brake on 482B.
Series 4WM Worm Gear Hand Winches

Machine cut worm gearing delivers accurate operation and long lasting service. Hex
drive and socket handle included.Winch can also be driven with a maximum 400 rpm
drill-motor. Cast aluminum gearbox and drum provide lightweight strength and durabili-
ty. An enclosed oil bath provides continuous lubrication. An internal mechanical brake
provides positive load control for lifting and lowering operations. Bronze and ball bear-
ings deliver smooth operation. Wire rope sold separately.
Wire Full Force Approx.
CERTEX Thern Load Rating Load Rating Rope Drum Gear To Lift Ship.
Cat. Ref. No. Model 1st Layer Full Drum Diameter Capacity Ratio 1000 Lb. Wt.
CX11-0639 4WM2 2000 lb. 1200 lb. 1/4 in. 77 ft. 32:1 12 lb. 43 lb.
Model 4WM2 CX11-0640 ED120BD electric drill-motor 400 rpm drive kit - 120 VAC 1-1/8" hex socket 12 lb.
11
Series 4WP Worm Gear Power Winches
Machine cut worm gearing delivers accurate operation and long lasting service. 115
volt single phase motor 8 foot power cord with grounded plug and pushbutton pen-
dent control on 6 foot cord. Cast aluminum gearbox and drum provide lightweight
strength and durability. An enclosed oil bath provides continuous lubrication. An inter-
nal mechanical brake provides positive load control for lifting and lowering operations.
Bronze and ball bearings deliver smooth operation. Wire rope sold separately.
Wire 1st Layer Full Approx.
CERTEX Thern Load Rating Load Rating Rope Line Drum Ship.
Cat. Ref. No. Model Description 1st Layer Full Drum Diameter Speed Capacity Wt.
CX11-0641 4WP2 115/1/60 VAC, with 6 ft pendant 2000 lb. 1200 lb. 1/4 in. 8 fpm 77 ft. 83 lb.
Model 4WP2 Actual drum capacities may be 25-30% less, due to nonuniform winding. Tension in the wire rope will also affect drum capacity.
11-16
WINCHES
Thern, Inc.
Series 477 Helicle/Worm Gear Power Winches
Helical/worm gearing delivers dependable operation. Cast aluminum construction pro-
vides lightweight strength and durability. An enclosed oil bath provides continuous lubri-
cation. An internal mechanical brake provides positive load control for lifting and lower-
ing operations. Ball bearings deliver smooth operation.Wire rope sold separately.
Actual drum capacities may be 25-30% less, due to nonuniform winding.Tension in the wire rope will also affect drum capacity.
Model 4771 For all models except 4771, line speed is based on reated load, actual speed will vary with load weight and power supply.
For Model 4771PN, ratings are at 100 psi. For Model 4771HY, ratings are at 1000 psi. Controls and hoses sold separately.
Series 5122 Portable Davit Cranes

Cranes move from base to base to serve more than one lift station. Corrosion resistant
finish is standard, stainless steel and galvanized models available. A quick disconnect
anchor allows you to quickly attach or remove the wire rope. The boom rotates 360º
and adjusts to 2 different positions for operation, or folds down for storage or trans-
port. Spur gear hand winches include automatic brakes for positive load control.Wire
rope sold separately.
Model 5122M1 with

522 pedestal base Max. hook reach is measured from mast center to hook center with boom down.
Series 5124 Portable Davit Cranes

Cranes move from base to base to serve more than one lift station. Corrosion resistant
finish is standard, galvanized models available. A quick disconnect anchor allows you to
quickly attach or remove the wire rope. The boom rotates 360º and telescopes to 4 dif-
ferent lengths. Boom height is adjustable with a ratchet and screw-jack.Wire rope and
bases sold separately.
Model 5124M2 with

524 pedestal base
* Load ratings are based on two part line. Max. hook reach is measured from mast center to hook center with boom fully
extended and down.
11
Model 548 Portable Floor Crane
Collapsible crane can be quickly folded into a self-contained 16 x 17 x 57 inch unit,
making it ideal for mobile maintenance crews, rental companies, contractors, and other
uses where portability is important.The crane features a 4 position telescoping boom
for extended reach, scratch and spark resistant wheels, and rear caster wheels for
maneuverability. Loads area raised and lowered using a manually operated hydraulic
jack, equipped with an overload relief valve to help prevent overload damage.
Hook reach is measured from mast center to hook center with boom horizontal.
Model 548 Hook height is measured from floor level to hook center with boom fully up.
11-17
CLAMPS
Safety Clamps, Inc.
Models AVL and VL
Locking Clamp
Horizontal to Vertical - 180°
1/2 through 20 Ton Rated Lift Capacities
Features:
* Horizontal to Vertical Lift * Self-aligning Pivoting Die
– Capable of turning a single steel plate from horizon- – Increased surface contact between load and clamp.
tal to vertical to horizontal through a 180° arc. * Wide Jaw Openings
* Locks Open and Closed – Wider range within rated lift capacity.
– Locks open to facilitate loading and unloading clamp. * High Strength Shock-Resistant Steel
– Locks closed onto material for a more secure lift. – Provides for longer clamp life.
* Gripping Cams * Working Parts Enclosed
– 2 through 20 ton lift capacities incorporate dual grip- – Working parts remain inside the body in the “locked
ping cams. closed” position and the “locked open” position.
– Increases grip on load for a more secure lift. – Protects parts for longer use.
Models AVL and VL
CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX
Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No.
CX12-0001 CX12-0002 CX12-0003 CX12-0004 CX12-0005 CX12-0006 CX12-0007 CX12-0008
1/2 TON AVL 1/2 TON VL 1 TON AVL 1 TON VL 2 TON VL 3 TON VL 4 TON VL 6 TON VL
A 0-7/8" 0-1 3/8" 0-7/8" 0-1 3/8" 0-1 5/8" 1 1/2-2 3/4" 0-1 5/8" 1 1/2-2 3/4" 0-2 1/8" 2-3 3/4" 3 3/4-5 1/2" 0-2 1/8" 2-3 3/4" 3 3/4-5 1/2"
B 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8
C 6 7/8 6 7/8 6 7/8 6 3/4 9 9 9 9 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4
D 11 3/4 12 11 3/4 12 16 1/4 16 1/4 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18

Max
E 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 4 4 4 4 4

F 5 3/8 5 1/2 5 3/8 5 1/2 8 9 1/8 8 9 1/8 9 1/2 11 1/8 13 9 1/2 11 1/8 13
G 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 2 5/8 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5
H 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2
J 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1
K 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
WT lb. 11 11 11 11 23 27 27 30 42 47 50 50 54 57

Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No.
CX12-0009 CX12-0010 CX12-0011 CX12-0012
A 0-2 5/8"
8 TON VL
2 1/2-4 1/2" 4 1/2-6 1/2" 0-2 5/8"
10 TON VL
2 1/2-4 1/2" 4 1/2-6 1/2"
1
1/2-3 1/8"
2 TON VL
3-5 1/4" 5-7 1/4" 1/2-4 1/4"
20 TON VL
4-7" 7-10"
12
B 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 6 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2 8 3/8 8 3/8 8 3/8
C 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 16 3/4 16 3/4 16 3/4 23 23 23
D 22 3/8 22 3/8 22 3/8 22 3/8 22 3/8 22 3/8 27 3/4 27 3/4 27 3/4 36 3/8 36 3/8 36 3/8
E 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8 5 5/8 5 5/8 5 5/8
F 10 1/2 12 3/8 14 3/8 10 1/2 12 3/8 14 3/8 12 1/4 14 3/8 16 3/8 17 20 22 5/8
G 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/4 8 1/4 8 1/4 8 1/4
H 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 1/4
J 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 5/8 2 2 2
K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2
WT lb. 65 70 75 75 80 90 92 101 112 259 292 322
Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice.
12-1
CLAMPS
Safety Clamps, Inc.
Models AVL and VL with with Auxilary Lock*
*Also available with universal shackle and/or stainless gripping cam and die.
Locking Clamp
Horizontal to Vertical - 180°
Features:
* Auxiliary Lock * Gripping Cams
– Provides for a double locking mechanism in the – 2 through 12 ton lift capacities incorporate dual grip-
“locks closed” position. ping cams.
* Horizontal to Vertical Lift – Increase grip on load for a more secure lift.
– Capable of turning a single steel plate from horizon- * Self-aligning Pivoting Die
tal to vertical to horizontal through a 180º arc. – Increased surface contact between load and clamp.
* Locks Open and Closed * Working Parts Enclosed
– Locks open to facilitate loading and unloading clamp. – Working parts remain inside the body in the “locked
– Locks closed onto material for a more secure lift. closed” position and the “locked open” position.
* Wide Jaw Openings – Protects parts for longer use.
Models AVL and VL with Auxilary Lock
A 0-7/8" 0-1 3/8" 0-7/8" 0-1 3/8" 0-1 6/8" 1 1/2-2 3/4" 0-1 5/8" 1 1/2-2 3/4" 0-2 1/8" 2-3 3/4" 3 3/4-5 1/2" 0-2 1/8" 2-3 3/4" 3 3/4-5 1/2"
B 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8
C 6 7/8 6 7/8 6 7/8 6 7/8 9 9 9 9 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4
D 11 3/4 12 11 3/4 12 16 1/4 16 1/4 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18
Max
E 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 4 4 4 4 4
F 5 3/8 5 1/2 5 3/8 5 1/2 8 9 1/8 8 9 1/8 9 1/2 11 1/8 13 9 1/2 11 1/8 13
G 2 7/8 2 7/8 2 7/8 2 7/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 5 5 5 5 5 5
H 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2
J 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1
K 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
WT lb. 11 11 11 11 23 27 27 30 42 47 50 50 54 57
CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX

Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No.
CX12-0021 CX12-0022 CX12-0023
12 A 0-2 5/8"
8 TON VL
2 1/2-4 1/2" 4 1/2-6 1/2" 0-2 5/8"
10 TON VL
2 1/2-4 1/2" 4 1/2-6 1/2" 1/2 - 3 1/8"
12 TON VL
3 - 5 1/4" 5 - 7 1/4"
B 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 6 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2
C 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 16 3/4 16 3/4 16 3/4
D 22 3/8 22 3/8 22 3/8 22 3/8 22 3/8 22 3/8 27 3/4 27 3/4 27 3/4
Max
E 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8
F 10 1/2 12 3/8 14 3/8 10 1/2 12 3/8 14 3/8 12 1/4 14 3/8 16 3/8
G 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/4
H 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4
J 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 5/8
K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
WT lb. 65 70 75 75 80 90 92 101 112
12-2
CLAMPS
Safety Clamps, Inc.
Models AVL and VL with Universal Shackle*
*Also available with auxiliary lock and/or stainless gripping cam and die.
Figure 1
The Universal Shackle permits side loading of the lifting shackle
at 100 percent of rated capacity from vertical to 30 degrees, 75
percent of rated capacity between 30 and 45 degrees, and 50
percent of rated capacity between 45 degrees and 90 degrees.
Locking Clamp
Horizontal to Vertical – 180°
Features:
* Universal Shackle * Gripping Cams

– Allows for side loading of lifting shackle up to 90°. – 2 through 12 ton lift capacities incorporate
– The rated lift capacity is lowered as the angle of the dual gripping cams.
pull increases (see figure 1). – Increase grip on load for a more secure lift.
* Horizontal to Vertical Lift * Self-aligning Pivoting Die
– Capable of turning a single steel plate from horizon- – Increased surface contact between load and clamp.
tal to vertical to horizontal through a 180° arc.
* High Strength Shock Resistant Steel
* Locks Open and Closed
– Provides for longer clamp life.
– Locks open to facilitate loading and unloading
clamp. * Working Parts Enclosed
– Locks closed onto material for a more secure lift. – Working parts remain inside the body 12
* Wide Jaw Openings in the “locked closed” position and the
– Wider range within rated lift capacity. “locked open” position.
– Protects parts for longer use.
12-3
CLAMPS
Safety Clamps, Inc.
Models AVL and VL with Universal Shackle
Models AVL and VL with Universal Shackle

A 0-7/8" 0-1 3/8" 0-7/8" 0-1 3/8" 0-1 5/8" 1 1/2-2 3/4" 0-1 5/8" 1 1/2-2 3/4" 0-2 1/8" 2-3 3/4" 3 3/4-5 1/2" 0-2 1/8" 2-3 3/4" 3 3/4-5 1/2"
B 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 1/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8 4 5/8
C 6 7/8 6 7/8 6 7/8 6 7/8 9 9 9 9 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4 11 1/4
D 12 3/4 12 7/8 12 3/4 12 7/8 17 1/4 17 1/4 17 1/4 17 1/4 20 20 20 20 20 20

Max
E 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 2 1/4 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 4 4 4 4 4 4

F 5 3/8 5 1/2 5 3/8 5 1/2 8 9 1/8 8 9 1/8 9 1/2 11 1/8 13 9 1/2 11 1/8 13
G 4 4 4 4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 6 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/4 6 3/4
H 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 3/8 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2
J 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 7/8 7/8 7/8 7/8 1 1 1 1 1 1
K 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1 1 1
WT lb. 13 13 13 13 26 30 30 33 45 50 53 53 57 60
CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX

Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No. Cat. Ref. No.
CX12-0032 CX12-0033 CX12-0034
8 TON VL 10 TON VL 12 TON VL
A 0 - 2 5/8" 2 1/2 - 4 1/2" 4 1/2 - 6 1/2" 0 - 2 5/8" 2 1/2 - 4 1/2" 4 1/2 - 6 1/2" 1/2 - 3 1/8" 3 - 5 1/4" 5 - 7 1/4"
B 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 1/4 6 1/2 6 1/2 6 1/2
C 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 12 7/8 16 3/4 16 3/4 16 3/4
D 23 3/4 23 3/4 23 3/4 23 3/4 23 3/4 23 3/4 31 1/4 31 1/4 31 1/4

Max
E 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 7/8 4 7/8 4 7/8

F 10 1/2 12 3/8 14 3/8 10 1/2 12 3/8 14 3/8 12 1/4 14 3/8 16 3/8
G 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 12 1/2 12 1/2 12 1/2
H 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4
J 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 5/8 1 5/8 1 5/8
12 K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 1/2

WT lb. 68 73 78 78 83 93 95 104 115
12-4
CLAMPS
J.C. Renfroe & Sons, Inc.
General Information
IMPORTANT: Information contained in this catalog is for INSPECTION AND REPAIR: RENFROE® Factory
the presentation of pertinent illustrative and specification Representatives are available upon request to inspect
data for use in the selection of suitable RENFROE® prod- RENFROE® products in use at Plant sites or such other
ucts consistent with the use intended by RENFROE®. reasonable location where such products are in use. REN-
Refer to Operator’s Manuals for information on applica- FROE® products may be returned to the factory for
tion, operation and maintenance of each particular model inspection and repair in accordance with an established
or product. fee schedule. Neither operators nor maintenance person-
Photographs of products shown in this catalog which nel of the user of such products should engage in any
may include examples of applications are for illustrative modification of any RENFROE® product for any reason.
purposes only. Please refer to the Operator’s Manuals for Installation of parts and Repair Kits should be effected
approved applications of RENFROE® products. only in accordance with instructions included within the
Operator’s Manual and as furnished with each
OPERATOR’S MANUALS: Prior to purchase and/or use RENFROE® Repair Kit.
of any RENFROE® product, each purchaser and operator
should read and understand fully all of the pertinent ENGINEERING SERVICE: Our Engineering Department
instructions and recommendations contained in the is ready to assist in the solution of special problems and
Operator’s Manuals for the particular product involved. its service is available at all times to our customers.
The Operator’s Manual contain recommended applica- DELAYS: J.C. RENFROE® & SONS, INC. is not liable for
tion, operation and maintenance instructions for all REN- any delays in manufacturing or shipping caused by fire,
FROE® products listed in this catalog. A copy of the strikes, lockouts, war, insurrections, inability to secure
Operator’s Manuals pertaining to each such product is materials, government interference or regulations, delays
attached to the product or enclosed within the shipping in transportation, or other circumstances beyond reason-
carton with each product. able control.
TRAINING AIDS: RENFROE® provides upon request and RETURN OF GOODS: No goods either standard or spe-
at no charge, training films and slides, posters, inspection cial may be returned for credit without written consent.
kits containing coded inspection tags and maintenance
inspection record forms. EXCLUSION OF WARRANTY
RENFROE® factory representatives are also available There exists no warranties neither expressed nor implied
upon request at no charge to train and assist in establish- which extend beyond the descriptions or statements con-
ing the proper use, inspection and maintenance of REN- tained in the face or any part hereof.
FROE® products.
1. DO consult Operator’s Manual or RENFROE® when in doubt. RENFROE® factory representatives are available
upon request at no charge to train and assist in establishing the proper use of RENFROE® products.
2. DO lock clamp closed before lifting load. NEVER lift with Lock in open or “Lock Open” position.
3. DO use safety hooks. NEVER use a hook that may release clamp.
4. DO use an adequate number of clamps to balance load. NEVER lift loads that are not balanced.
5. DO use clamps within their rated capacity. NEVER overload clamp.
6. DO inspect clamp before each lift, follow inspection and maintenance instructions and use RENFROE® replace-
ment parts to assure proper operation of the clamp.
7. DON’T side load. NEVER lift from side with vertical clamp.
8. DON’T lift over workmen. NEVER lift over Safety Areas or personnel.
9. DON’T misuse. NEVER lift plate from bottom of plate stack.
10. DON’T rush. NEVER lift more than one plate at a time with a vertical clamp.
11. DON’T improvise. Always use correct clamp for job. NEVER lift horizontally with a vertical clamp.
12. DON’T use clamp that has been overloaded.
13. DON’T alter clamp. NEVER grind, weld or modify the clamp in any manner.
12
12-5
CLAMPS
Model FR Vertical Lifting Locking
The Model FR is a vertical lifting tool for relatively light
work. It is small and easy to handle in capacities through
three tons. It incorporates a “Lock Closed” feature which
facilitates attaching the clamp to the plate.
Model FR
SPECIFICATIONS (in inches)
Rated Plate
CERTEX Capacity Thickness Max. Weight
Cat. Ref. No. Tons A B C D E F G H J (in pounds)
CX12-0158 0-3/4 2 13/16 7 11 1/4 2 3/8 4 5/8 2 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 8
CX12-0159 1/2-1 2 13/16 7 11 1/4 2 3/8 4 7/8 2 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 8
CX12-0160 1/2 3/4-1 1/4 2 13/16 7 11 1/4 2 3/8 5 1/8 2 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 9
CX12-0161 1-1 1/2 2 13/16 7 11 1/4 2 3/8 5 3/8 2 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 10
CX12-0162 1 1/4- 1 3/4 2 13/16 7 11 1/4 2 3/8 5 3/8 2 1/2 1 1/2 1/2 11
CX12-0163 0-3/4 3 3/16 9 13 3/4 2 5/8 5 7/8 3 3/16 1 5/8 5/8 14
CX12-0164 1/2-1 3 3/16 9 13 3/4 2 5/8 6 1/8 3 3/16 1 5/8 5/8 15
CX12-0165 1 3/4-1 1/4 3 3/16 9 13 3/4 2 5/8 6 3/8 3 3/16 1 5/8 5/8 15
CX12-0166 1-1 1/2 3 3/16 9 13 3/4 2 5/8 6 5/8 3 3/16 1 5/8 5/8 16
CX12-0167 1 1/4-1 3/4 3 3/16 9 13 3/4 2 5/8 6 7/8 3 3/16 1 5/8 5/8 17
CX12-0168 1 1/2-2 3 3/16 9 13 3/4 2 5/8 7 1/8 3 3/16 1 5/8 5/8 18
CX12-0169 0-1 3 1/2 9 16 3/8 3 5/8 6 3/4 3 3/8 2 1/8 3/4 23
CX12-0170 2 3/4-1 1/2 3 1/2 9 16 3/8 3 5/8 7 1/4 3 3/8 2 1/8 3/4 23
CX12-0171 1 1/4-2 3 1/2 9 16 3/8 3 5/8 7 3/4 3 3/8 2 1/8 3/4 23
CX12-0172 1 3/4-2 1/2 3 1/2 9 16 3/8 3 5/8 8 1/4 3 3/8 2 1/8 3/4 24
CX12-0173 0-1 1/4 4 3/16 10 3/4 18 3/8 3 5/8 7 5/8 3 9/16 2 7/16 3/4 30
CX12-0174 3 3/4-1 1/2 4 3/16 10 3/4 18 3/8 3 5/8 7 7/8 3 9/16 2 7/16 3/4 31
CX12-0175 1 1/4-2 4 3/16 10 3/4 18 3/8 3 5/8 8 3/8 3 9/16 2 7/16 3/4 32
CX12-0176 1 3/4-2 1/2 4 3/16 10 3/4 18 3/8 3 5/8 8 7/8 3 9/16 2 7/16 3/4 33
SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
WARNING
See Warnings in the beginning
of the Section.
12
12-6
CLAMPS
Model JP Vertical Lifting Locking
Figure 1 Model JP
Model JP incorporates a pivoting shackle
that permits side loading of the lifting
shackle at 100 percent of rated capacity
from vertical to 30 degrees, 75 percent of
rated capacity between 30 and 45
degrees and 50 percent of rated capacity
between 45 and 90 degrees.
The Model JP is a vertical lifting clamp capable of turning a single plate or member from horizontal to vertical and
back to horizontal through the same 90 degree arc. Permits side loading of lifting shackle up to 90 degrees by derating
of clamp’s rated capacity. Refer to FIGURE 1 for derated capacities.

Rated Plate
CERTEX Capacity Thickness Weight
Cat. Ref. No. Tons A B C D E F G H J K (in pounds)
CX12-0227 0-5/8 2 3/4 6 1/2 12 2 3/8 5 5/8 3 1/4 2 1/4 1/2 3/4
CX12-0228 1/2 1/2-1 2 3/4 6 1/2 12 2 3/8 6 3 1/4 2 1/4 1/2 3/4 12
CX12-0229 3/4-1 1/4 2 3/4 6 1/2 12 2 3/8 6 1/4 3 1/4 2 1/4 1/2 3/4
CX12-0230 1 1/4-1 3/4 2 3/4 6 1/2 12 2 3/8 6 3/4 3 1/4 2 1/4 1/2 3/4
CX12-0231 0-3/4 3 3/8 7 3/4 13 3/4 2 5/8 7 3 1/2 2 5/8 5/8 3/4
CX12-0232 1/2-1 3 3/8 7 3/4 13 3/4 2 5/8 7 1/4 3 1/2 2 5/8 5/8 3/4
CX12-0233 1 3/4-1 1/4 3 3/8 7 3/4 13 3/4 2 5/8 8 3 1/2 2 5/8 5/8 3/4 20
CX12-0234 1-1 1/2 3 3/8 7 3/4 13 3/4 2 5/8 8 1/4 3 1/2 2 5/8 5/8 3/4
CX12-0235 1 1/2-2 3 3/8 7 3/4 13 3/4 2 5/8 8 3/4 3 1/2 2 5/8 5/8 3/4
CX12-0236 0-1 3 5/8 9 1/2 17 3/8 3 1/2 8 3/4 4 1/2 3 3/4 1
CX12-0237 2 3/4-1 1/2 3 5/8 9 1/2 17 3/8 3 1/2 9 1/4 4 1/2 3 3/4 1 40
CX12-0238 1 1/4-2 3 5/8 9 1/2 17 3/8 3 1/2 9 3/4 4 1/2 3 3/4 1
CX12-0239 2-2 3/4 3 5/8 9 1/2 17 3/8 3 1/2 10 1/2 4 1/2 3 3/4 1
CX12-0240 3/16-1 1/4 4 3/8 11 1/2 20 1/8 3 1/2 9 1/4 4 1/2 3 1/4 1 1/2 1
CX12-0241 4 1-2 4 3/8 11 1/2 20 1/8 3 1/2 10 4 1/2 3 1/4 1 1/2 1 50
CX12-0242 2-3 4 3/8 11 1/2 20 1/8 3 1/2 11 4 1/2 3 1/4 1 1/2 1
CX12-0243 3-4 4 3/8 11 1/2 20 1/8 3 1/2 12 4 1/2 3 1/4 1 1/2 1
CX12-0244 1/4-1 3/8 4 7/8 12 3/8 20 7/8 3 1/2 10 3/4 4 3/4 3 3/4 1 1/2 1
CX12-0245 6 1-2 1/8 4 7/8 12 3/8 20 7/8 3 1/2 11 1/2 4 3/4 3 3/4 1 1/2 1 72
CX12-0246 2-3 1/8 4 7/8 12 3/8 20 7/8 3 1/2 12 1/2 4 3/4 3 3/4 1 1/2 1
CX12-0247 3-4 1/8 4 7/8 12 3/8 20 7/8 3 1/2 13 1/2 4 3/4 3 3/4 1 1/2 1
CX12-0248 3/8-1 1/2 5 3/8 12 3/4 22 5/8 3 3/4 12 3/8 5 1/4 4 1/4 2 1 1/2
CX12-0249 8 1-2 1/8 5 3/8 12 3/4 22 5/8 3 3/4 13 5 1/4 4 1/4 2 1 1/2 93
CX12-0250 2-3 1/8 5 3/8 12 3/4 22 5/8 3 3/4 14 5/8 5 1/4 4 1/4 2 1 1/2
CX12-0251 3-4 1/8 5 3/8 12 3/4
12, 16, 20, 25, 30 and 50 Ton capacities available upon request.
22 5/8 3 3/4 15 5/8 5 1/4 4 1/4 2 1 1/2
12
WARNING
of the Section.
12-7
CLAMPS
Model JPA Vertical Lifting Locking
Figure 1 Model JPA

Model JPA incorporates a pivoting shack-
le that permits side loading of the lifting
shackle at 100 percent of rated capacity
from vertical to 30 degrees, 75 percent of
rated capacity between 30 and 45
degrees and 50 percent of rated capacity
between 45 and 90 degrees.
The Model JPA is a vertical lifting clamp capable of turning a single plate or member from horizontal to vertical to
horizontal through a 180 degree arc. Incorporates a push button auxiliary lock. Permits side loading of lifting shackle
to 90 degrees by derating of clamp’s rated capacity. Refer to FIGURE 1 for derated capacities.

Rated Plate
CERTEX Capacity Thickness Weight
Cat. Ref. No. Tons A B C D E F G H J K (in pounds)
CX12-0252 0-5/8 2 3/4 6 1/2 12 2 3/8 5 5/8 3 1/4 2 1/4 1/2 3/4
CX12-0253 1/2 1/2-1 2 3/4 6 1/2 12 2 3/8 6 3 1/4 2 1/4 1/2 3/4 12
CX12-0254 3/4-1 1/4 2 3/4 6 1/2 12 2 3/8 6 1/4 3 1/4 2 1/4 1/2 3/4
CX12-0255 1 1/4-1 3/4 2 3/4 6 1/2 12 2 3/8 6 3/4 3 1/4 2 1/4 1/2 3/4
CX12-0256 0-3/4 3 3/8 7 3/4 13 3/4 2 5/8 7 3 1/2 2 5/8 5/8 3/4
CX12-0257 1/2-1 3 3/8 7 3/4 13 3/4 2 5/8 7 1/4 3 1/2 2 5/8 5/8 3/4
CX12-0258 1 3/4-1 1/4 3 3/8 7 3/4 13 3/4 2 5/8 8 3 1/2 2 5/8 5/8 3/4 20
CX12-0259 1-1 1/2 3 3/8 7 3/4 13 3/4 2 5/8 8 1/4 3 1/2 2 5/8 5/8 3/4
CX12-0260 1 1/2-2 3 3/8 7 3/4 13 3/4 2 5/8 8 3/4 3 1/2 2 5/8 5/8 3/4
CX12-0261 0-1 3 5/8 9 1/2 17 3/8 3 1/2 8 3/4 4 1/2 3 3/4 1
CX12-0262 2 3/4-1 1/2 3 5/8 9 1/2 17 3/8 3 1/2 9 1/4 4 1/2 3 3/4 1 40
CX12-0263 1 1/4-2 3 5/8 9 1/2 17 3/8 3 1/2 9 3/4 4 1/2 3 3/4 1
CX12-0264 2-2 3/4 3 5/8 9 1/2 17 3/8 3 1/2 10 1/2 4 1/2 3 3/4 1
CX12-0265 3/16-1 1/4 4 3/8 11 1/2 20 1/8 3 1/2 9 1/4 4 1/2 3 1/4 1 1/2 1
CX12-0266 4 1-2 4 3/8 11 1/2 20 1/8 3 1/2 10 4 1/2 3 1/4 1 1/2 1 50
CX12-0267 2-3 4 3/8 11 1/2 20 1/8 3 1/2 11 4 1/2 3 1/4 1 1/2 1
CX12-0268 3-4 4 3/8 11 1/2 20 1/8 3 1/2 12 4 1/2 3 1/4 1 1/2 1
CX12-0269 1/4-1 3/8 4 7/8 12 3/8 20 7/8 3 1/2 10 3/4 4 3/4 3 3/4 1 1/2 1
CX12-0270 6 1-2 1/8 4 7/8 12 3/8 20 7/8 3 1/2 11 1/2 4 3/4 3 3/4 1 1/2 1 72
CX12-0271 2-3 1/8 4 7/8 12 3/8 20 7/8 3 1/2 12 1/2 4 3/4 3 3/4 1 1/2 1
CX12-0272 3-4 1/8 4 7/8 12 3/8 20 7/8 3 1/2 13 1/2 4 3/4 3 3/4 1 1/2 1
CX12-0273 3/8-1 1/2 5 3/8 12 3/4 22 5/8 3 3/4 12 3/8 5 1/4 4 1/4 2 1 1/2
CX12-0274 8 1-2 1/8 5 3/8 12 3/4 22 5/8 3 3/4 13 5 1/4 4 1/4 2 1 1/2 93
12 CX12-0275 2-3 1/8 5 3/8 12 3/4 22 5/8 3 3/4 14 5/8 5 1/4 4 1/4 2 1 1/2
CX12-0276 3-4 1/8 5 3/8 12 3/4 22 5/8 3 3/4 15 5/8 5 1/4 4 1/4 2 1 1/2
12, 16, 20, 25, 30 and 50 Ton capacities available upon request.
WARNING
of the Section.
12-8
CLAMPS
Model HR & HDR, Horizontal Lifting Non-Locking
Model HR Model HDR Model HR Model HDR
The Model HR is a horizontal lifting clamp intended to be used in pairs, set of pairs, or in a tripod arrangement for
transporting steel plates horizontally.
The Model HDR is similar to the Model HR except that it contains dual cam assemblies which provide two gripping
surfaces.
Equipped with serrated gripping cams as standard equipment, both models are available with smooth, bronze or
stainless steel gripping cams to prevent marring when handling polished metals such as stainless steel, copper, alu-
minum, etc.
Model HR
Rated Jaw Weight
CERTEX Capacity Opening (in pounds)
Cat. Ref. No. Tons A B C D E F G H J K each
CX12-0323 1/4 0-1 2 3/4 1/2 + 1 3 9/16 4 1/16 3 3/8 1/2 3 1/2
CX12-0324 1/2 0-2 4 1/4 1/2 + 1 3/8 5 5/8 6 1/8 7 3/4 1/2 14
CX12-0325 3/4 0-2 4 3/8 5/8 + 1 3/8 5 5/8 6 1/4 7 3/4 3/4 19
CX12-0326 1 1/2 0-2 4 3/8 3/4 + 1 3/8 5 5/8 6 3/8 7 3/4 3/4 23
CX12-0327 3 0-2 4 5/8 5/8 1 5/8 1 3/8 5 5/8 7 1/4 7 3/4 3/4 24
CX12-0328 4 0-3 5 5/8 3/4 2 1/8 1 3/8 7 1/2 9 5/8 7 1 1/8 1 44
SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. + NO BACKPAD ON 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, OR 1 1/2 TON MODELS.
Model HDR
Rated Jaw Weight
Cat. Ref. No. Tons A B C D E F G H J K L each
CX12-0329 1 1/2 0-2 4 3/8 5/8 + 3 1/4 5 5/8 6 1/4 12 15/16 3/4 5 44
CX12-0330 3 0-2 4 3/8 3/4 + 3 1/4 5 5/8 6 3/8 12 15/16 3/4 5 48
CX12-0331 6 0-2 4 5/8 5/8 1 5/8 3 1/4 5 5/8 7 1/4 12 15/16 1 5/8 5 53
CX12-0332 8 0-3 5 5/8 3/4 2 1/8 3 1/4 7 1/2 9 5/8 12 1/4 15/16 1 5/8 5 1/4 84
SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. + NO BACKPAD ON 1 1/2 AND 3 TON MODELS.
WARNING 12
of the Section.
12-9
CLAMPS
Model WHSR Horizontal Lifting Non-Locking
The Model WHSR is an adjustable, horizontal clamp
intended to be used in pairs, sets of pairs, or in a tripod
arrangement for transporting steel plates horizontally. In
addition to incorporating two gripping cams, the jaw
opening may be adjusted by the positioning of a pin in
the body of the clamp. The gripping cams are spring
loaded to remain in the “open” position until the load is
applied. This feature permits the clamp to be easily
applied and removed from the load. Normally furnished
with serrated gripping surfaces, it is available with
smooth faced bronze or stainless steel surfaces to prevent
Model WHSR marring when handling polished plates.
Rated Jaw Weight
Cat. Ref. No. Tons A B C D E F G H J each
CX12-0333 0-6 10 3/4 14 3/16 5/8 3 1/2 3 1/2 8 3/8 4 1/2 46
CX12-0334 1/2 0-12 13 23 1/8 5/8 3 1/2 5 1/2 8 1/4 4 1/2 60
CX12-0335 0-16 13 27 3/16 5/8 3 1/2 5 1/2 8 1/4 4 1/2 80
CX12-0336 0-6 10 3/4 14 5/16 3/4 3 1/2 3 3/4 8 3/8 4 5/8 66
CX12-0337 1 1/2 0-12 13 23 1/4 3/4 3 1/2 5 3/4 8 1/4 4 5/8 90
CX12-0338 0-16 13 27 5/16 3/4 3 1/2 5 3/4 8 1/4 4 5/8 104
CX12-0339 0-6 10 3/4 15 1/4 1 5/8 3 1/2 3 1 8 3/8 4 5/8 70
CX12-0340 3 0-12 13 23 5/16 1 5/8 3 1/2 5 1 8 1/4 4 5/8 94
CX12-0341 0-16 13 27 13/16 1 5/8 3 1/2 5 1 8 1/4 4 5/8 112
CX12-0342 0-6 13 18 1/16 2 1/4 3 1/2 5 1 8 1/4 4 5/8 124
CX12-0343 6 0-12 13 24 13/16 2 1/4 3 1/2 5 1 8 1/4 4 5/8 128
CX12-0344 0-16 13 28 13/16 2 1/4 3 1/2 5 1 8 1/4 4 5/8 154
CX12-0345 0-6 13 18 1/2 3 3 1/2 6 1 8 1/4 5 1/4 166
CX12-0346 8 0-12 13 24 7/8 3 3 1/2 6 1 8 1/4 5 1/4 196
CX12-0347 0-16 13 28 7/8 3 3 1/2 6 1 8 1/4 5 1/4 220
Model SCP & SCPA

Locking, Screw
Model SCP Model SCPA
12
Model SCP & SCPA
The Model SCP and SCPA clamps are capable of handling steel plate from the horizontal through a 180 degree arc and
may be used for handling plate at rolling and forming machines. These clamps feature a spring loaded pivoting cam
jaw that “cams in” when a load is applied to the lifting shackle.
WARNING
of the Section.
12-10
CLAMPS
Model DG Vertical Lifting Locking
The Model DG rail clamp is used for lifting and transport-
ing crane rails and railroad rails. Lightness of weight
allows it to be hand applied and hand removed. The
Model DG possesses all the features of the Model FR. All
the repair parts are identical to same tonnage of the FR,
except the swivel jaw has been eliminated.
Model DG
Rated A Capacity
CERTEX Capacity Weight
Cat. Ref. No. Tons ModelStd. Rail Crane Rail B C Max. D E F G H J (in pounds)
CX12-0382 1/2 25 12-25 LB. NONE 1 5/16 6 11/16 11 1/4 2 3/8 5 3/8 2 1/2 1 5/8 1/2 10
CX12-0383 1/2 50 30-50 LB. NONE 1 3/8 6 11/16 11 1/4 2 3/8 6 2 1/2 1 5/8 1/2 11
CX12-0384 1 132 85-155 LB. NONE 2 1/2 8 1/8 13 1/2 2 5/8 8 5/8 3 1/4 1 7/8 5/8 16
CX12-0385 2 105 60-155 LB. 104 & 106 LB. 2 5/8 9 16 3 5/8 9 1/8 3 1/4 2 1/2 3/4 26
CX12-0386 2 175 NONE 135, 171, 175 LB. 2 5/8 9 1/2 16 3 5/8 10 3/8 3 1/4 2 1/2 3/4 26
SPECIFICATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. OTHER SIZES AVAILABLE UPON SPECIAL REQUEST.
Model AST &

ASTL Non-
Locking
Model AST Model ASTL Model AST
Model ASTL
Both the Model AST and ASTL clamps were developed primarily for lifting, turning and stacking lightweight beams and
structural shapes while a constant tension is applied to the lifting shackle. The horizontal shackle permits a beam to
be lifted with the web in a near horizontal position by placing the clamp on the load with the shackle positioned over
the web, and between the flanges. With a beam lying in a horizontal position, and the clamp placed with the shackle
overhanging the flange, the beam can be lifted, turned 90 degrees, and raised in a vertical position.
The Model ASTL includes all of the features of the Model AST plus a linkage which permits the tool to be removed
remotely by setting the load down with the sling slack, then lifting the crane hook.
Model AST
Rated Plate
CERTEX Capacity Thickness Max. Weight
Cat. Ref. No. Tons A B C D E F G H J (in pounds) 12
CX12-0387 1/2 0-3/4 10 3/4 6 11/16 1 3/4 6 3/16 1 5/8 2 1/2 1/2 7
CX12-0388 1 1/2 0-3/4 13 8 1/2 2 1/2 7 2 9/16 3 5/8 20
CX12-0389 3 0-1 1/2 19 1/4 12 1/2 3 3/4 11 3 4 5/8 3/4 50
Model ASTL
WARNING
of the Section.
12-11
CLAMPS
Model B-1 Locking
The Model B-1 is a portable beam clamp that provides
easy suspension of hoists from beams or girders thereby
eliminating the need for nuts, bolts, shackles and so on.
The Model B-1 is intended for use on the American stan-
dard or wide flange beams. This model is furnished with
a fluted tool steel locking wedge which holds the clamp
in place on a beam. When the load is attached to the
clamp body, the tool cannot be removed from the beam.
Model B-1
Rated Flange
CERTEX Capacity Width Weight
Cat. Ref. No. Tons A B C D E F G H (in pounds)
CX12-0407 1 1/2-4 4 21/32 6 3/4 8 3/4 1 9/16 1 1/2 5/8 3/4 12
CX12-0408 1 2-6 5 1/4 9 1/2 8 3/4 1 9/16 1 1/2 5/8 3/4 13
CX12-0409 4-12 6 3/16 18 7/8 8 3/4 1 9/16 1 1/2 5/8 3/4 22
CX12-0410 3 3-6 6 11/16 10 1/8 11 1/4 2 2 1/4 7/8 3/4 20
CX12-0411 4-12 7 11/16 18 5/8 11 1/4 2 2 1/4 7/8 3/4 38
CX12-0412 5 4-8 9 7/16 15 14 1/4 3 3 1/8 1 1 45
CX12-0413 4-14 9 13/16 21 3/8 14 1/4 3 3 1/8 1 1 62
CX12-0414 6-12 11 7/16 18 3/8 18 5/8 4 3 1/2 x 4 5/8 1 7/16 1 96
CX12-0415 8 6-17 15 1/8 26 1/4 18 5/8 4 3 1/2 x 4 5/8 1 7/16 1 151
CX12-0416 6-24 15 5/16 34 3/8 18 5/8 4 3 1/2 x 4 5/8 1 7/16 1 207
CX12-0417 6-12 11 15/16 19 3/8 18 5/8 4 3 1/2 x 4 5/8 1 7/16 1 1/4 98
CX12-0418 12 6-17 15 5/16 26 7/8 18 5/8 4 3 1/2 x 4 5/8 1 7/16 1 1/4 153
CX12-0419 6-24 15 13/16 34 7/8 18 5/8 4 3 1/2 x 4 5/8 1 7/16 1 1/4 209
Model PB Locking
The Model PB is similar to the Model B-1 and provides
quick attachment to beams and girders and may be used
in the general rigging of chain falls and hoists. The clamp
hinges in two sections allowing quick installation. A flut-
ed tool steel locking wedge applied between the clamp
and the beam holds the clamp in position. The two eyes
allow the clamp to be attached in the vertical or horizon-
tal positions. The clamp is of single unit construction and
fits a wide range of flange widths.
Model PB
Rated Flange
CERTEX Capacity Width Weight
Cat. Ref. No. Tons A B C D E F G H (in pounds)
CX12-0420 1 2-6 7 9 5 1 1/2 10 7/8 3/4 1/2 10
12 CX12-0421 3 2-6 9 1/8 10 1/2 6 1/8 2 1/4 13 1/16 7/8 3/4 28
CX12-0422 5 4-8 10 1/2 13 7 2 1/2 15 1/4 1 3/4 44
WARNING
of the Section.
12-12
BLOCKS AND SHEAVES
Tackle Block Warning, Use & Maintenance Information
Important: WORKING LOAD — The maximum mass or force
For maximum safety and efficiency, tackle block systems which the product is authorized to support in a particu-
must be properly designed, used, and maintained.You lar service.
must understand the use of tackle block components in PROOF LOAD — The average force applied in the per-
the system. These instructions provide this knowledge. formance of a proof test; the average force to which a
Read them carefully and completely. product may be subjected before deformation occurs.
Some parts of these instructions must use technical PROOF TEST — A test applied to a product solely to
words and detailed explanations. NOTE: If you do not determine non conforming material or manufacturing
understand all words, diagrams, and definitions — DO defects.
NOT TRY TO USE A TACKLE BLOCK SYSTEM!
ULTIMATE LOAD — The average load or force at which
KEEP INSTRUCTIONS FOR FUTURE USE — DO NOT the product fails, or no longer supports the load.
THROW AWAY! SHOCK LOAD — A force that results from the rapid
application of a force (such as impacting and/or jerking)
General Cautions or Warnings or rapid movement of a static load. A shock load signifi-
Ratings shown in Crosby Group literature are applicable cantly adds to the static load.
only to new or “in as new” products. DESIGN (SAFETY) FACTOR — An industry term denot-
Working Load Limit ratings indicate the greatest force or ing a product’s theoretical reserve capability; usually com-
load a product can carry under usual environmental con- puted by dividing the catalog Ultimate Load by the
ditions. Shock loading and extraordinary conditions must Working Load Limit. Generally expressed for blocks as a
be taken into account when selecting products for use in ratio of 4 to 1.
tackle block systems. TACKLE BLOCK — An assembly consisting of a
In general, the products displayed in Crosby Group litera- sheave(s), side plates, and generally an end fitting (hook,
ture are used as parts of a system being employed to shackle, etc.) that is used for lifting, lowering, or applying
accomplish a task. Therefore, we can only recommend tension.
within the Working Load Limits, or other stated limita-
tions, the use of products for this purpose. Fitting Maintenance
The Working Load Limit or Design (Safety) Factor of each Fittings, including hooks, shackles, links, etc., may become
Crosby product may be affected by wear, misuse, over- worn and disfigured with use, resulting in nicks, gouges
loading, corrosion, deformation, intentional alteration, and and sharp corners which produce additional stress condi-
other use conditions. Regular inspection must be con- tions. Regular inspection is recommended to monitor
ducted to determine whether use can be continued at product condition.
the catalog assigned WLL, a reduced WLL, a reduced Grinding is the recommended procedure to restore
Design (Safety) Factor, or withdrawn from service. smooth surfaces. A reduction of the products original
Crosby Group products generally are intended for tension dimension of 10 percent from wear and repair is allow-
or pull. Side loading must be avoided, as it exerts addi- able in the load bearing areas. Any greater reduction may
tional force or loading which the product is not designed necessitate a reduced Working Load Limit.
to accommodate. Any crack or deformation in a fitting is sufficient cause to
Always make sure the hook supports the load. The latch withdraw the product from service.
must never support the load.
Welding of load supporting parts or products can be haz- Selection Guide
ardous. Knowledge of materials, heat treatment, and weld- Some of the blocks shown in Crosby Group literature are
ing procedures is necessary for proper welding. Crosby named for their intended use and selection is routine. A
Group should be consulted for information. few examples include the “Double Rig Trawl Block” used
in the fishing industry, the “Well Loggers Block” used in
Definitions the oil drilling industry, and the “Cargo Hoisting Block”
STATIC LOAD — The load resulting from a constantly used in the freighter boat industry. Others are more gen-
applied force or load. erally classified and have a variety of uses. They include
snatch blocks, regular wood blocks, standard steel blocks,
WORKING LOAD LIMIT — The maximum mass or etc. For example, snatch blocks allow the line to be
force which the product is authorized to support in gen- attached by opening up the block instead of threading
eral service when the pull is applied in-line, unless noted the line through the block. This feature eliminates the
otherwise, with respect to the center line of the prod- use of rope guards and allows various line entrance and
uct. This term is used interchangeably with the follow- exit angles to change direction of the load. These angles
ing terms. determine the load on the block and/or the block fitting.
1. WLL (See “Loads on Blocks.”) Snatch blocks are intended for
infrequent and intermittent use with low line speeds.
2. Rated Load Value
A tackle block is one element of a system used to lift or
3. SWL drag a load. There are other elements in the system
4. Safe Working Load including the prime mover (hoist, winch, hand), support-
ing structure, power available, etc. All of these elements
5. Resultant Safe Working Load
can influence the type of tackle block required. When 13
selecting a block for the system in your specific applica-
tion, you should consider the other elements as well as the
features of the blocks shown in Crosby Group literature.
13-1
BLOCKS AND SHEAVES
To select a tackle block to fit your requirements, consider Tackle Block Maintenance
the following points: Tackle Blocks must be regularly inspected, lubricated, and
1. Are there regulations which could affect your choice maintained for peak efficiency and extended usefulness.
of blocks, such as federal or state OSHA, elevator safe- Their proper use and maintenance is equal in importance
ty, mine safety, maritime, insurance, etc.? to other mechanical equipment. The frequency of inspec-
2. What is the weight of the load, including any dynam- tion and lubrication is dependent upon frequency and
ics of impacts that add to load value? You must know periods of use, environmental conditions, and the user’s
this to determine the minimum required Working good judgment.
Load Limit value of the block. Inspection: As a minimum, the following points should
3. How many parts of line are required? This can be be considered:
determined given the load to be lifted and the line 1. Wear on pins or axles, rope grooves, side plates, bush-
pull you have available. As an alternative, you could ing or bearings, and fittings (See Fitting
calculate the line pull required with a given number Maintenance). Excessive wear may be a cause to
of parts of line and a given load weight. (See “How to replace parts or remove block from service.
Figure Line Parts.”) 2. Deformation in side plates, pins and axles, fitting
4. What is the size of line to be used? Multiply the avail- attachment points, trunnions, etc. Deformation can be
able line pull by the desired safety factor for wire caused by abusive service and/or overload and may
rope to determine the minimum catalog wire rope be a cause to remove block from service.
breaking strength; consult a wire rope catalog for the 3. Misalignment or wobble in sheaves.
corresponding grade and diameter of wire rope to
match.You should also consider fatigue factors that 4. Security of nuts, bolts, and other locking methods,
affect wire rope life. (See “Sheave Size & Wire Rope especially after reassembly following a tear down
Strength.”) inspection. Original securing method should be used;
e.g., staking, set screw, cotter pin, cap screw.
5. What is the speed of the line? This will help you
determine the type of sheave bearing necessary. 5. Pins retained by snap rings should be checked for
There are several choices of bearings suitable for dif- missing or loose rings.
ferent applications including: 6. Sheave pin nuts should be checked for proper posi-
Common (Plain) Bore for very low line speeds and tioning. Pins for tapered roller bearings should be
very infrequent use (high bearing friction). tightened to remove all end play during sheave rota-
tion. Pins for bronze bushings and straight roller bear-
Self Lubricating Bronze Bushings for slow line ings should have a running clearance of .031 inch
speeds and infrequent use (moderate bearing fric- per sheave of end play and should be adjusted
tion). accordingly.
Bronze Bushing with pressure lubrication for slow 7. Hook or shackle to swivel case clearance is set at
line speeds and more frequent use at greater loads .031 to.062 at the factory. Increased clearance can
(moderate bearing friction). result from component wear. Clearance exceeding
Anti-friction Bearings for faster line speeds and .12 to .18 should necessitate disassembly and further
more frequent use at greater loads (minimum bearing inspection.
friction). 8. Deformation or corrosion of hook and nut threads.
6. What type of fitting is required for your application? 9. Surface condition and deformation of hook (See
The selection may depend on whether the block will Fitting Maintenance and ANSI B30.10.)
be traveling or stationary.Your choices include single
or multiple hooks with or without throat latches and 10. Welded side plates for weld corrosion or weld crack-
shackles, which are the most secured load attaching.
ment.You should also decide whether the fitting 11. Hook latch for deformation, proper fit and operation.
should be fixed, swivel or swivel with lock. If it is a
swivel fitting, then a selection of thrust bearing may Lubrication: The frequency of lubrication depends
be necessary. There are plain fittings with no bear- upon frequency and period of product use as well as
ings for positioning at no load, bronze bushed fittings environmental conditions, which are contingent upon the
for infrequent and moderate load swiveling, and anti- user’s good judgment.
friction bearing equipped fittings for frequent load Assuming normal product use, the following schedule is
swiveling. suggested when using lithum-base grease of a medium
7. How will the block be reeved and does it require a consistency.
dead end becket? (See “The Reeving of Tackle
Blocks.”) Sheave Bearings
8. If the block is to be a traveling block, what weight is Tapered Roller Bearings — Every 40 hours of con-
required to overhaul the line? (See “How to tinuous operation or every 30 days of intermittent
Determine Overhaul Weights.”) operation.
9. What is the fleet angle of the wire line? Line Roller Bearings — Every 24 hours of continuous
entrance and exit angles should be no more than 1 operation or every 14 days of intermittent operation.
1/2°. Bronze Bushings — (Not Self Lubricated) — Every 8
13 10. How will the block be maintained? Do conditions in hours of continuous operation or every 14 days of
your application require special maintenance consid- intermittent operation.
erations? (See “Tackle Block Maintenance,” and
“Fitting Maintenance.”)
13-2
BLOCKS AND SHEAVES
Hook Bearings
Anti Friction — Every 14 days for frequent swiveling; Line Speed =
every 45 days for infrequent swiveling. 19 x (12 + .75 ÷ 1.50 = 161.5 FPM ALLOWABLE
Bronze Thrust Bushing or No Bearing — Every 16 (BV) (Shaft Dia.)
hours for frequent swiveling; every 21 days for infre- Tread Dia. + Rope Size)
quent swiveling.
If the application required a line speed equal to 200 FPM,
Tackle Block Maintenance also depends upon proper then another calculation would be necessary. Trying
block selection (see “Loads on Blocks”), proper reeving another 14 in. sheave (stock # 4104828) under the same
(see “The Reeving of Tackle Blocks”), consideration of loading conditions, the results are as follows:
shock loads, side loading, and other adverse conditions.
BP = (4600 lbs. x 1.53) ÷ (2.75 x 2.31) = 1108 PSI
BV = 55000 ÷ 1108 = 50 FPM
Sheave Bearing Application Information
Line speed =
BRONZE BUSHINGS— 50 x (12.25 + .75) ÷ 2.75 = 236 FPM ALLOWABLE
Bronze Bushings are used primarily for sheave applica-
tions using slow line speed, moderate load, and moderate COMMON (PLAIN) BORE -
use. The performance capability of a bearing is related to
the bearing pressure and the bearing surface velocity by Very slow line speed, very infrequent use, low load.
a relationship known as true PV (Maximum Pressure -
Velocity Factor). The material properties of the Bronze ROLLER BEARING -
Bushings furnished as standard in Crosby catalog sheaves Faster line speeds, more frequent use, greater load. Refer
are: to manufacturer’s rating.
(BP) Maximum Bearing Pressure: 4500 PSI
Loads on Blocks
(BV) Maximum Velocity at bearing: 1200 FPM
The Working Load Limit (WLL) for Crosby Group blocks
(PV) Maximum Pressure Velocity Factor: 55000 indicates the maximum load that should be exerted on
(It should be noted that due to material property rela- the block and its connecting fitting. This total load value
tions, the maximum BP times the maximum BV is NOT may be different from the weight being lifted or pulled
equal to the maximum PV.) by a hoisting or hauling system. It is necessary to deter-
mine the total load being imposed on each block in the
Formula for Calculating Bearing Pressure: system to properly determine the
Line Pull x Angle Factor rated capacity block to be used. A
BP = single sheave block used to
Shaft Size x Hub Width change load line direction can be
subjected to total loads greatly dif-
ferent from the weight being lift-
Formula for Calculating Bearing Velocity: ed or pulled. The total load value
varies with the angle between the
PV incoming and departing lines to
BV =
BP the block.
The following chart indicates the
Formula for Calculating Line Speed: factor to be multiplied by the line
pull to obtain the total load on
BV (Tread Diameter + Rope Diameter) the block.
Line speed =
Shaft Diameter
Calculations can be made to find the maximum allowable
line speed for a given total sheave load. If the required
line speed is greater than the maximum allowable line
speed calculated, then increase the shaft size and/or the
hub width and recalculate. Continue the process until the
maximum allowable line speed is equal to or exceeds the
required line speed.
Example
Using a 14 in. sheave (Stock # 917191; refer to wire rope
sheave section of General Catalog for dimensions) with a
4600 lb. line pull and an 80° angle between lines deter-
mine maximum allowable line speed.
BP = (4600 lb. x 1.53) ÷ (1.50 x 1.62) = 2896 PSI
(line pull) (angle factor) (Hub Width)
(Shaft Size) Example A 13
(Calculations for determining total load on single line
system.)
BV = 55000 ÷ 2896 = 19 FPM Allowable
(PV Factor) (BP)
13-3
BLOCKS AND SHEAVES
A gin pole truck lifting 1,000 lbs. C = 500 lbs. x 2.0 = 1,000 lbs.
(line pull)(Factor 0° angle)
To determine total load on stationary block D:
D = 500 lbs x 1.87 + 500 lbs. = 1,435 lbs.
(line pull) (dead end load)
(Factor 40° angle)
To determine total load on block E:
E = 500 lbs. x .84 = 420 lbs.
(line pull) (Factor 130° angle)
To determine total load on block F:
F = 500 lbs. x 1.41 = 705 lbs.
(line pull) (Factor 90° angle)
The Reeving of Tackle Blocks

There is no mechanical advantage to a single part load In reeving of tackle blocks, there are many methods. The
line system, so winch line pull is equal to 1,000 lbs. or the method discussed below is referred to as “Right Angle”
weight being lifted. reeving. Please consult your rigging manual for other
To determine total load on snatch block A: methods of reeving.
A = 1,000 lbs. x 1.81 = 1,810 lbs. RIGHT ANGLE REEVING
(line pull) (factor 50° angle)
In reeving a pair of tackle blocks, one of which has more
To determine total load on toggle block B: than two sheaves, the hoisting rope should lead from one
of the center sheaves of the upper block to prevent top-
B = 1,000 lbs. x .76 = 760 lbs. pling and avoid injury to the rope. The two blocks
(line pull) (factor 135° angle) should be placed so that the sheaves in the upper block
are at right angles to those in the lower one, as shown in
Example B the following illustrations.
(Calculation for determining total load value for mechani- Start reeving with the becket or dead end of the rope.
cal advantage system.) Use a shackle block as the upper one of a pair and a
Hoisting system lifting 1,000 lbs. using a traveling block. hook block as the lower one as seen below.
The mechanical advantage of traveling block C is 2.00 Sheaves in a set of blocks revolve at different rates of
because two (2) parts of load line support the 1,000 lb. speed. Those nearest the lead line revolve at the highest
Weight. (To determine single line pull for various bearing rate of speed and wear out more rapidly.
efficiency see “How to Figure Line Parts.”
All sheaves should be kept well lubricated when in oper-
To Determine Line Pull: ation to reduce friction and wear.
Line Pull = 1000 lbs. ÷ 2.00 = 500 lbs.
13 Double & Triple & Triple & Quadruple

To determine total load on traveling block C: Double Double Triple & Triple
“Right Angle” Reeving Diagram
13-4
BLOCKS AND SHEAVES
Sheave Size & Wire Rope Strength Relative Fatigue Bending
Relative Fatigue Life (Sheave #1)
Strength Efficiency Bending Life =
Bending wire rope reduces its strength. To acccount for Relative Fatigue Bending Life
the effect of bend radius on wire rope strength when (Sheave #2)
selecting a sheave, use the table below:
Example
Strength Efficiency To determine the extension of fatigue life for a 3/4” wire
Compared to Catalog rope using a 22.5” diameter sheave versus a 12” diameter
Ratio A Strength in % sheave:
40 95
22.5” (sheave diameter)
30 93
Ratio B = = 30
20 91 3/4” (wire rope diameter)
15 89
10 86 12 (sheave diameter)
8 83 Ratio B = = 16
6 79
3/4” (wire rope diameter)
4 75 The relative fatigue bending life for a ratio B of 16 is 2.1
2 65 (see above Table) and ratio B of 30 is 10.
1 50
10
Relative Fatigue Bending Life = = 4.7
Sheave Diameter 2.1
Ratio A =
Rope Diameter Therefore, we expect extension of fatigue life using a
22.5” diameter sheave to be 4.7 times greater than that of
Example a 12” diameter sheave.
To determine the strength efficiency of 1/2” diameter How to Determine Overhauling Weights
wire rope using a 10” diameter sheave:
To determine the weight of the block or overhaul ball that
10” (sheave diameter) is required to free fall the block, the following information
Ratio A = = 20 is needed: size of wire rope, number of line parts, type of
1/2”(wire rope diameter) sheave bearing, length of crane boom, and drum friction
(use 50 pounds, unless other information is available).
Refer to ratio A of 20 in the table then check the column
under the heading “Strength Efficiency Compared to
Catalog Strength in %”…91% strength efficiency as com-
pared to the catalog strength of wire rope. Wire Rope Size Factor A - Wire Rope Weight
(in.) Lbs. Per Ft., 6 x 19 IWRC
Fatigue Life 3/8 .26
Repeated bending and straightening of wire rope causes 7/16 .35
a cyclic change of stress called “fatiguing.” Bend radius 1/2 .46
affects wire rope fatigue life. A comparison of the relative 9/16 .59
effect of sheave diameter on wire rope fatigue life can be 5/8 .72
3/4 1.04
determined as shown below: 7/8 1.42
1 1.85
1 1/8 2.34
Relative Fatigue
1 1/4 2.89
Ratio B Bending Life
30 10.0
Number Factor B - Overhaul Factors
25 6.6
of Line Roller Bearing Bronze Bushed
20 3.8
Parts Sheaves Sheaves
18 2.9
16 2.1
1 1.03 1.05
14 1.5 2 2.07 2.14
12 1.1 3 3.15 3.28
4 4.25 4.48
5 5.38 5.72
Sheave Diameter 6 6.54 7.03
Ratio B = 7 7.73 8.39
Rope Diameter
8 8.94 9.80
9 10.20 11.30 13
10 11.50 12.80
13-5
BLOCKS AND SHEAVES
The Formula is: Total Load to be Lifted
Required Block Weight = [(Boom Length x Factor A) + Ratio A or B =
Single Line Pull (lbs.)
Drum Friction] x Factor B
After calculating Ratio A or B, consult table to determine
Example number of parts of line.
To determine the required block or overhaul weight Examples
using 5 parts of 7/8” diameter wire rope, a 50 ft. boom
and roller bearing sheaves: • To find the number of parts of line needed when
weight of load and single line pull are known, and using
Required = [(50 ft. x 1.42)+ 50 lbs.] x 5.38 = 651 lbs. Bronze Bushed Sheaves.
Block (Boom length) | (Drum Friction) |
Weight (Factor A) (Factor B) 72,180 lbs. (load to be lifted) 9.02

Ratio A = 8,000 lbs. (single line pull) = (Ratio A)
How to Figure Line Parts
To help figure the number of parts of line to be used for Refer to ratio 9.02 in table or number nearest to it, then
a given load, or the line pull required for a given load, the check column under heading “Number of Line Parts”= 12
following ratio table is provided with examples of how to parts of line to be used for this load.
use it.
• To find the single line pull needed when weight of load
Ratio A Ratio B Number and number of parts of line are known, and using anti-
Bronze Bushed Anti-Friction of friction bearing sheaves.
Sheaves Bearing Sheaves Line Parts
68,000 lbs. (load to be lifted)
.96 .98 1 Single Line Pull =
7.32 (Ratio B of 8 part line) = 9,290 lbs.
1.87 1.94 2
2.75 2.88 3
9,290 lbs. single line pull required to lift this load on 8
3.59 3.81 4 parts of line.
4.39 4.71 5
• To find the lift capacity when the parts of line and sin-
5.16 5.60 6 gle line pull are known, and using anti-friction bearing
5.90 6.47 7 sheaves.
6.60 7.32 8
7.27 8.16 9 10,000 lbs. (single line pull)
7.91 8.98 10 x 4.71 (ratio B of 5 parts of line)
8.52 9.79 11
9.11 10.60 12
= 47,000 lbs. (Lift Capacity)
9.68 11.40 13
10.20 12.10 14 10,000 lbs. single line pull with 5 parts of line will
10.70 12.90 15 accommodate 47,100 lbs. lift capacity.
11.20 13.60 16
11.70 14.30 17
12.20 15.00 18
12.60 15.70 19
13.00 16.40 20
WARNING
• A potential hazard exists when lifting or dragging heavy loads with
tackle block assemblies.
• Failure to design and use tackle block systems properly may cause a
load to slip or fall — the result could be serious injury or death.
• A tackle block system should be rigged by a qualified person as
defined by ANSI/ ASME B.30.
• Instruct workers to keep hands and body away from block sheaves
and swivels — and away from “pinch points” where rope touches
block parts or loads.
• Do not side load tackle blocks.
• See OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g) for Personnel Hoisting for Cranes and
Derricks. Only a Crosby or McKissick Hook with a PL Latch attached,
and secured with the bolt, nut and cotter pin provided, may be used
13 for any personnel hoisting. A hook with a Crosby SS-4055 Latch
attached shall not be used for personnel hoisting .
• Instruct workers to be alert and to wear proper safety gear in areas
where loads are moved or supported with tackle block systems.
• Use only genuine Crosby parts as replacement.
• Read, understand, and follow these instructions to select, use and
maintain tackle block systems.
13-6
BLOCKS
Ordering Instructions
The following information should be specified: All crane and some construction blocks are available as
1. Stock number (if known) shown or with swivel shackle assembly, duplex swivel
hook assembly or quadruple hook assembly. Various com-
2. Sheave Size. binations of bearing assemblies can be furnished; such as
3. Block Number (Catalog Number). bronze bushed sheaves and swivel hooks, roller or
4. Number of Sheaves. tapered roller bearing sheaves and hook assemblies or a
combination of bronze, roller or tapered roller bearings.
5. Type of Bearing: (BB) Bronze Bushed, (RB) Roller, (TB)
Tapered Roller. EXAMPLE
6. Type of Hook or Shackle. 18” 370 Triple Sheave, Roller Bearing Trunnion Style
7. Wire Rope Diameter. Crane Block with Roller Bearing Swivel Hook, 60 ton 1”
Wire Rope Diameter.
The New Standard In

13
13-7
BLOCKS
Light Champion
418 419 404

WITH HOOK WITH SHACKLE TAIL BOARD
• Forged alloy heat treated hooks. • 3” thru 18” 418 and 419 blocks have exclusive bolt
• Forged steel swivel tees, yokes and shackles. retaining spring to assure no lost bolts.
• Hook and shackle assemblies on 4 1/2” through 14” • Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch.
sizes can be interchanged. • Pressure lube fittings.
• Can be furnished with bronze bushings or roller bearings. • Fatigue rated.
• Opening feature permits insertion of rope while block • 3” - 10” feature dual rated wireline sheaves.
is suspended from gin-pole. “PATENTED IN USA”
418 with Hook 419 with Shackle 404 Tail Board Weight Each (lbs.) Replacement Sheave
Working
Wire Load
Sheave CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby Rope Limit * 418 419 404 CERTEX
Diameter Bearing Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Size (metric with with Tail Cat. Ref. Crosby
(in.) Code No. No. No. No. No. No. (in.) tons) Hook Shackle Board No. Stock No.
*3 BB CX13-0025 109091 5/16-3/8 2 4 CX13-0062 460147
**3 BB CX13-0001 108038 CX13-0026 109037 CX13-0050 102016 5/16-3/8 2 4.5 4 2.7 CX13-0063 460147
**4 1/2 BB CX13-0002 108065 CX13-0027 109064 CX13-0051 102025 3/8-1/2 4 11.7 12 6.6 CX13-0064 2000232
6 BB CX13-0003 108127 CX13-0028 109126 CX13-0052 102098 5/8-3/4 8 26.9 27.8 CX13-0065
15 CX13-0066 460815
RB CX13-0004 108154 CX13-0029 109153 CX13-0053 102114 472688
8 BB CX13-0005 108225 CX13-0030 109224 CX13-0054 102169 5/8-3/4 8 33 34 21 CX13-0067 461164

RB CX13-0006 108252 CX13-0031 109251 CX13-0055 102187 CX13-0068 473277
10 BB CX13-0007 108323 CX13-0032 109322 CX13-0056 102230 CX13-0069 461805
RB CX13-0008 CX13-0033 5/8-3/4 8 41 42 29 CX13-0070 473776
108350 109359 CX13-0057 102258
12 BB CX13-0009 169169 CX13-0034 202961 CX13-0058 178890 CX13-0071 462270
5/8 8 48 49 36
RB CX13-0010 199911 CX13-0035 169347 CX13-0059 178934 CX13-0072 474141
12 BB CX13-0011 108421 CX13-0036 109420 CX13-0060 102301 3/4 8 48 49 36 CX13-0073 462284
RB CX13-0012 108458 CX13-0037 109457 CX13-0061 102329 CX13-0074 474150
14 BB CX13-0013 194920 CX13-0038 169356 5/8 8 55 56 CX13-0075 463625
RB CX13-0014 199948 CX13-0039 167857 CX13-0076 474766
BB CX13-0015 108528 CX13-0040 109527 CX13-0077 463634
14 RB CX13-0016 108546 CX13-0041 109545 3/4 8 55 56 CX13-0078 474775
16 BB CX13-0017 199975 CX13-0042 203041 CX13-0079 4100056

RB CX13-0018 200008 CX13-0043 203087 3/4 15 130 135 CX13-0080 4200028
16 BB CX13-0019 108608 CX13-0044 109607 7/8 15 130 135 CX13-0081 4100065

RB CX13-0020 108626 CX13-0045 109625 CX13-0082 4200037
18 BB CX13-0021 200099 CX13-0046 203130 7/8 15 150 155 CX13-0083 464571
RB CX13-0022 200151 CX13-0047 203176 CX13-0084 475792
18 BB CX13-0023 108644 CX13-0048 109643 1 15 150 155 CX13-0085 4104640
RB CX13-0024 108662 CX13-0049 109661 CX13-0086 6000000
** Available in Bronze Bushed only. 3" and 4 1/2" have self lubricating Bronze Bushing.
† Fitted with 1 1/4" I D Swivel Eye.
†† May be furnished in other wire rope sizes.
13 NOTE: When ordering, please specify: size, block number, hook or shackle, bronze bushed or roller bearing, and wire rope size.
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
13-8
BLOCKS
Snatch Blocks
Super Champion
430 431 407

• Drop forged, heat treated swivel hook or swivel shackle.
• Hook and shackle assemblies on 8” through 14” sizes can be interchanged.
• Can be furnished with bronze bushings or roller bearings.
• Pressure lube fittings.
• 8” thru 14” 430 and 431 blocks have exclusive bolt retaining spring to assure no lost bolts.
• Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch.
• Fatigue rated.
430 with Hook 431 with Shackle 407 Tail Board Working Weight Each (lbs.)
Wire Load
Sheave CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby Rope Limit* 430 431 407
Diameter Bearing Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Size (metric with with Tail
(in.) Code No. No. No. No. No. No. (in.) tons) Hook Shackle Board
8 BB CX13-0087 208448 CX13-0114 169891 CX13-0142 184286 1 20 75 87 42
RB CX13-0088 169882 CX13-0115 209214 CX13-0143 168017
8 BB CX13-0089 120023 CX13-0116 121022 CX13-0144 103523 1 1/8 20 75 87 42
RB CX13-0090 120041 CX13-0117 121040 CX13-0145 103541
10 BB CX13-0091 208475 CX13-0118 209232 CX13-0146 184311 1 20 89 101 55
RB CX13-0092 208509 CX13-0119 209269 CX13-0147 184348
10 BB CX13-0093 120096 CX13-0120 121095 CX13-0148 103603 1 1/8 20 89 101 55
RB CX13-0094 120112 CX13-0121 121111 CX13-0149 103621
12 BB CX13-0095 208536 CX13-0122 169917 CX13-0150 184375 1 20 103 115 70
RB CX13-0096 208554 CX13-0123 209303 CX13-0151 184393
12 BB CX13-0097 120176 CX13-0124 121175 CX13-0152 103685 1 1/8 20 103 115 70
RB CX13-0098 120194 CX13-0125 121193 CX13-0153 103701
14 BB CX13-0099 208572 CX13-0126 209321 CX13-0154 184419 1 20 123 135 90
RB CX13-0100 208590 CX13-0127 170424 CX13-0155 184437
14 BB CX13-0101 120256 CX13-0128 121255 CX13-0156 103765 1 1/8 20 123 135 90
RB CX13-0102 120274 CX13-0129 121273 CX13-0157 103783
18 BB CX13-0103 208689 CX13-0130 209410 CX13-0158 184552 1 25 240 260 165
RB CX13-0104 208732 CX13-0131 209465 CX13-0159 184605
18 BB CX13-0105 119482 CX13-0132 119561 CX13-0160 119641 1 1/8 25 240 260 165
RB CX13-0106 119491 CX13-0133 119570 CX13-0161 119650
20 BB CX13-0134 209483 CX13-0162 184623 1 1/8 30 375 400 215
RB CX13-0107 208787 CX13-0135 169864 CX13-0163 184650
20 BB CX13-0108 119507 CX13-0136 119589 CX13-0164 119669 1 1/4 30 375 400 215
RB CX13-0109 119516 CX13-0137 119598 CX13-0165 119678
24 BB CX13-0110 208812 CX13-0138 209526 CX13-0166 184687 1 1/8 30 450 475 290
RB CX13-0111 208858 CX13-0139 209553 CX13-0167 184721
24 BB CX13-0112 119525 CX13-0140 119605 CX13-0168 119687 1 1/4 30 450 475 290
RB CX13-0113 119534 CX13-0141 119614 CX13-0169 119696
† May be furnished in other Wire Rope sizes.
13
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
13-9
BLOCKS
Snatch Blocks
All Alloy
416 417 402

• Entire block made from heat treated alloy steel. Use of heat treated alloy gives block only 60% of the weight of
blocks of comparable capacities.
• Available with a bronze bushed or roller bearing sheave in the 416, 417, 402 models; 434, 435, 401 models available
in bronze bushed sheave only.
• Easy opening feature of “Champion” blocks retained.
• Hook and shackle assemblies can be interchanged.
• Fatigue rated.
416 Alloy with Hook 417 Alloy with Shackle 402 Alloy Tail Board Weight Each (lbs.)
Working
Wire Load 416 417 402
Sheave CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby Rope Limit* Alloy Alloy Alloy
6 BB CX13-0170 107020 CX13-0182 107262 CX13-0194 302461 3/4 12 26 27 15
RB CX13-0171 107048 CX13-0183 107280 CX13-0195 302470
BB CX13-0172 193427 CX13-0184 168972 CX13-0196 179238
6 RB CX13-0173 7/8 12 26 27 15
193472 CX13-0185 193757 CX13-0197 179283
8 BB CX13-0174 107100 CX13-0186 107342 CX13-0198 302489
RB CX13-0175 3/4 12 33 34 21
107128 CX13-0187 107360 CX13-0199 302498
BB CX13-0176 193490 CX13-0188 168990 CX13-0200 179318
8 7/8 12 33 34 21
RB CX13-0177 193542 CX13-0189 193819 CX13-0201 179363
BB CX13-0178 107182 CX13-0190 107388 CX13-0202 302504
10 RB CX13-0179
3/4 12 41 42 29
107208 CX13-0191 107404 CX13-0203 302513
BB CX13-0180 193613 CX13-0192 193882 CX13-0204 179434
10 RB CX13-0181 7/8 12 41 42 29
193677 CX13-0193 193935 CX13-0205 179498
† May be furnished in other wire rope sizes.
SEE APPLICATION AND

13 WARNING INFORMATION
13-10
BLOCKS
Snatch Blocks
Light Champion Double Sheave
409
408 DOUBLE WITH SHACKLE
DOUBLE WITH HOOK
• Light champion snatch block as a double sheave block.

• Drop forged swivel hook or swivel shackle.
• Can be furnished with bronze bushings or roller bearings.
• Opening feature permits easy insertion of wire rope in both sheaves with removal of one bolt.
• Fatigue rated.
Weight Each
408 with Hook 409 with Shackle (lbs.)
Wire
Sheave Crosby Crosby Rope Working 408 409
Diameter Bearing CERTEX Stock CERTEX Stock Size Load Limit* with with
(in.) Code Cat. Ref. No. No. Cat. Ref. No. No. (in.) (metric tons) Hook Shackle
4 1/2 BB CX13-0206 168026 CX13-0228 194809 3/8 4 18 18
4 1/2 BB CX13-0207 104023 CX13-0229 105022 1/2 4 18 18
BB CX13-0208 194266 CX13-0230 194863
6 RB CX13-0209 194319 CX13-0231 173831 5/8 12 45 50
BB CX13-0210 104103 CX13-0232 105102
6 RB CX13-0211 104121 CX13-0233 105120 3/4 12 45 50
BB CX13-0212 194355 CX13-0234 194916
8 RB CX13-0213 168035 CX13-0235 195014 5/8 12 53 58
BB CX13-0214 104185 CX13-0236 105184
8 RB CX13-0215 104201 CX13-0237 105200 3/4 12 53 58
BB CX13-0216 194471 CX13-0238 195087
10 RB CX13-0217 194532 CX13-0239 195149 5/8 12 70 75
BB CX13-0218 104265 CX13-0240 105264
10 RB CX13-0219 104283 CX13-0241 105282 3/4 12 70 75
BB CX13-0220 194578 CX13-0242 195185
12 RB CX13-0221 168044 CX13-0243 195229 5/8 12 90 95
BB CX13-0222 104345 CX13-0244 105344
12 RB CX13-0223 104363 CX13-0245 105362 3/4 12 90 95
BB CX13-0224 194621 CX13-0246 195247
14 RB CX13-0225 194649 CX13-0247 195265 5/8 12 100 105
BB CX13-0226 104425 CX13-0248 105424
14 RB CX13-0227 104443 CX13-0249 105442 3/4 12 100 105

† Available in Bronze Bushed Only.
†† May be furnished in other Wire Rope sizes.
13
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
13-11
BLOCKS
Snatch Blocks
Champion
406
TAIL BOARD
420 421
WITH HOOK WITH SHACKLE
• Hooks and side plates are forged alloy steel and heat treated.
• Shackles and yokes are forged and heat treated steel.
• Side plates are designed to eliminate possibility of rope jamming.
• Can be furnished with bronze bushings or sealed roller bearings.
• Opening feature permits insertion of rope while block is suspended from gin-pole.
• Fatigue rated.
• Hook and shackle assemblies can be interchanged.
NOTE:When ordering, please specify: Size, block number, hook or shackle, bronze bushed or roller bearing, and wire rope size.
420 with Hook 421 with Shackle 406 Tail Board Working Weight Each (lbs.)
Wire Load
Sheave CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby Rope Limit* 420 421 406
6 BB CX13-0250 110025 CX13-0262 110524 CX13-0274 103024
RB CX13-0251 3/4 12 40 48 24
110052 CX13-0263 110551 CX13-0275 103042
6 BB CX13-0252 169374 CX13-0264 169481 CX13-0276 167973 7/8 12 40 48 24
RB CX13-0253 169392 CX13-0265 204120 CX13-0277 167982
BB CX13-0254 110123 CX13-0266 110622 CX13-0278 103104
8 3/4 15 51 57 30
RB CX13-0255 110150 CX13-0267 110659 CX13-0279 103122
8 BB CX13-0256 169418 CX13-0268 169515 CX13-0280 167991 7/8 15 51 57 30
RB CX13-0257 169445 CX13-0269 204193 CX13-0281 168008
BB CX13-0258 204415 CX13-0270 169524 CX13-0282 184179
10 3/4 15 63 69 42
RB CX13-0259 204442 CX13-0271 169542 CX13-0283 184213
10 BB CX13-0260 110221 CX13-0272 110720 CX13-0284 103186 7/8 15 63 69 42
RB CX13-0261 110258 CX13-0273 110757 CX13-0285 103202
† May be furnished in other wire rope sizes.
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
13
13-12
BLOCKS
Snatch Blocks
C-700 Snatch Blocks
• Unique locking device permits disengagement by simply folding hook.
• Formed steel side plates with capacity stamped permanently in place.
• Oil impregnated bronze bushings.
Sheave Working Wire
Diameter CERTEX Crosby Load Rope Weight
& Cat. Ref. Stock Limit* Size Each
Block No. No. No. (tons) (in.) (lbs.) Fitting
Swivel
6" 10611 CX13-0286 260014 2 1/2 12.00
Hook
Swivel
8" 10811 CX13-0287 261013 3 5/8 18.60
Hook
C-700 * Ultimate Load is 3.5 times the Working Load Limit.
C-720 Heavy Duty Utility Snatch Block

• Forged steel sheaves, bronze bushings.
• Pressure lube fitting.
• Drop forged steel hook.
• Self-locking style. Locks with hook load.
Sheave Working Wire Rope Weight

Diameter CERTEX Crosby Load Limit* Size Each
& Block No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. (tons) (in.) (lbs.) Fitting
6" 60611 CX13-0288 280010 7 7/8 28.00 Swivel Hook
8" 60811 CX13-0289 280038 7 7/8 36.25 Swivel Hook
C-720 Toggle Block (Tail Board)

• Forged Steel Sheaves, bronze bushing.
• Pressure lube fitting.
Sheave Working Wire Rope Weight

Diameter CERTEX Crosby Load Limit* Size Each
& Block No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. (tons) (in.) (lbs.)
6" 70610 CX13-0290 290018 7 7/8 21.0
TOGGLE BLOCK
(TAIL BOARD)
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
13
13-13
BLOCKS
Hay Fork Pulleys
161 161
HF-1 HF-2
WITH SWIVEL HOOK WITH SWIVEL EYE
• One piece pressed steel shells.

• Edges well rounded to prevent chaffing of rope.
• Forged steel eyes and hooks.
• Furnished with roller bearings.
• Available Painted or Zinc Plated.
Painted Zinc Plated

Sheave
Diameter CERTEX CERTEX Working Standard Weight
& Cat. Ref. Crosby Cat. Ref. Crosby Load Limit* Rope Size End Each
Block No. No. Stock No. No. Stock No. (tons) (in.) Fitting (lbs.)
4 1/2" HF-1 CX13-0291 170022 CX13-0300 170594 1 1 1/4 MR Swivel Hook 6
4 1/2" HF-2 CX13-0292 170086 CX13-0301 170629 1 1 1/4 MR Swivel Eye 6
4 1/2" HF-3 CX13-0293 170148 CX13-0302 170656 1 1/2 WL Swivel Hook 6
4 1/2" HF-4 CX13-0294 170200 CX13-0303 170683 1 1/2 WL Swivel Eye 6
8" HF-5 CX13-0295 170264 CX13-0304 170718 2 1/2 WL Swivel Eye 11
6" HF-11 CX13-0296 170380 CX13-0305 170745 2 1 1/2 MR Swivel Hook 11
6" HF-12 CX13-0297 170442 CX13-0306 170763 2 1 1/2 MR Swivel Eye 11
6" HF-13 CX13-0298 170503 CX13-0307 170781 2 5/8 WL Swivel Hook 11
6" HF-14 CX13-0299 170567 CX13-0308 170807 2 5/8 WL Swivel Eye 11
Rope Code: MR - Manila Rope,WL - Wire Line
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
13
13-14
BLOCKS
Tong Blocks
• Steel sheaves with roller bearings and pressure lubrication.
• Forged steel eyes and hooks.
• Easy opening feature shown available in 8” size only.
Working Wire
Sheave Crosby Load Rope Weight
Diameter CERTEX Stock Limit* Size Each
& Block No. Cat. Ref. No. No. (tons) (in.) (lbs.) Connection
6" TB-1 CX13-0309 171012 1/2 3/4 11 Swivel Eye
8" TB-1 CX13-0310 171058 1 3/4 12 Swivel Eye
10" TB-1 CX13-0311 171101 2 1/2 3/4 30 Swivel Eye
12" TB-1 CX13-0312 171156 2 1/2 3/4 35 Swivel Eye
171 * Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
Lay Down Blocks

• Used to lay down drill pipe.
• All steel construction, steel sheaves mounted on antifriction bearings, grooved for maxi-
mum of 3/4” wire line.
• Hook made to fit into end of drill pipe, handy dead end becket for returning block—hooks
have handle for disengagement.
Working Wire
Sheave Crosby Load Rope Weight
Diameter CERTEX Stock Limit* Size Each Type
& Block No. Cat. Ref. No. No. (tons) (in.) (lbs.) Block
4 1/2" 443 CX13-0313 171414 1/4 1/2 12 Regular
6" 443 CX13-0314 171432 1/4 3/4 17 Regular
443 * Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
13
13-15
BLOCKS
Snatch Blocks
For Wire Rope
T-940-B T-941-B G-941-B

DROP LINK SELF-LOCKING SELF-LOCKING
SWIVEL SHACKLE
• Semi-Circular guard in shell over sheave prevents wire from slipping between shell and sheave. This feature also
greatly strengthens the plates in shell.
• Steel sleeve over center pin gives a bearing surface of larger diameter. This sleeve is held tightly between the plates
and makes the block extremely rigid.
Sheave Size Wire Working Load Limit* Weight Each

(in.) Rope (tons) (lbs.)
Block Size Outside Size 940 941 940 941

(in.) Diam. Rim Thickness (in.) Drop Link Self Locking Drop Link Self Locking
4 4 .75 3/8 1 6.50
6 6 1.00 1/2 1 1/2 2 15.00 16.00
8 8 1.25 5/8 2 1/2 3 28.00 30.00
10 10 1.25 5/8 3 1/2 4 46.00 47.00
12 12 1.50 3/4 4 1/2 5 75.00 77.00
Iron Sheaves Steel Sheaves
Block Crosby Crosby Crosby Crosby

Size CERTEX 940-B CERTEX 941-B CERTEX 940-S CERTEX 941-S
(in.) Fitting Cat. Ref. No. Drop Link Cat. Ref. No. Self Locking Cat. Ref. No. Drop Link Cat. Ref. No. Self Locking
4 T CX13-0319 864407 CX13-0333 864602
6 T CX13-0315 863827 CX13-0320 864425 CX13-0329 864023 CX13-0334 864620
8 T CX13-0316 863845 CX13-0321 864443 CX13-0330 864041 CX13-0335 864648
10 T CX13-0317 863863 CX13-0322 864461 CX13-0331 864069 CX13-0336 864666
12 T CX13-0318 863881 CX13-0323 864489 CX13-0332 864087 CX13-0337 864684
4 G CX13-0324 862203 CX13-0338 862604
6 G CX13-0325 862221 CX13-0339 862622
8 G CX13-0326 862249 CX13-0340 862640
10 G CX13-0327 862267 CX13-0341 862668
12 G CX13-0328 862285 CX13-0342 862686
Bearing Code: B — Self-Lubricating Bronze Bushed Iron Sheaves. S — Self-Lubricated Bronze Bushed Steel Sheave.
13 SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
13-16
BLOCKS
380 Series Hook Blocks
13
381 - SINGLE 382 - DOUBLE
13-17
BLOCKS
380 Series Hook Blocks
• Wide range of product available.
• Capacity: 5 to 300 tons - Larger Models Available.
• Sheave Sizes: 10” to 30”.
• Wire Line Sizes: 7/16 to 1 1/4”.
• All 380 Series Blocks are furnished standard with Roller Bearings.
• Reeving Guides Standard - All Models.
• Heavy Duty Positive Locking (PL) Latch - All Models.
• Sheave lubrication through center pin - Separate lube channel to each bearing.
• Sheaves fully protected by side plates.
• Dual action hook (Swings and Rotates).
• Design Factor of 4 to 1 (unless otherwise noted).
• All 380 Series blocks, 16” and larger, are furnished with McKissick Roll-Forged™ sheaves with flame hardened
grooves.
OPTIONS AVAILABLE
• Bronze Bushed Sheaves
• Duplex Hooks
• Swivel Tee and Shackle Assemblies
• Sheave Shrouds
• Anti Rotation - Locking Device (50 tons & larger)
• Plate Steel Cheek Weights
• Third party testing with Certification available upon request.
Thickness (E) shown is for blocks containing cheek weights (Light Medium - LM, Medium - M, and Heavy - H).
The thickness (E) for non-weighted blocks (Light - L) is measured over side plates.
Dead End Chart

(For Multiple Sheave Blocks*)
Dimensions
(in.)
Wire Rope Size T U
(in.) Thickness Hole Diameter
7/16 - 1/2 1.00 1.28
9/16 1.00 1.28
5/8 1.00 1.28
3/4 1.25 1.66
7/8 1.25 1.66
1 1.25 1.66
1 1/8 1.75 2.56
1 1/4 1.75 2.56
* To find Dead End Dimensions for Single Sheave blocks, refer to Crosby's General Catalog.
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
13
13-18
BLOCKS
McKissick Series 680 Construction Blocks
✔ Wide Range of product available: ✔ Manufactured by an ISO 9001 and API Q1
• Capacity: 5 to 65 tons - Larger models Certified facility.
available. ✔ All 680 Series Blocks are furnished
• Sheave sizes: 6” to 24” O.D. standard with Bronze Bushings.
• Wire Line Sizes: 3/8” to 1-1/4” ✔ All 680 blocks 16” and larger, are furnished
✔ Equipped with genuine Crosby® forged with McKissick® Roll Forged® sheaves with
steel, Quenched and Tempered shackles flame hardened grooves.
that contain the patented QUIC-CHECK® ✔ Sheaves are lubricated through center
markings. pin, with a separate lube channel to each
✔ Design Factor of 4 to 1. sheave.
Options Available
• Roller bearing sheaves
• Hanger & Bolt only models available
• Third party testing with certification
• Galvanized finish - Most models
With Hanger
With Shackle Bolt Only
13
13-19
BLOCKS
McKissick Series 680 Construction Blocks
“P” FITTING - BLOCKS WITH BOLT ONLY

5 Tons Section Only
Blocks with Bolt Only Dimensions
CERTEX McKissick Working Sheave Weight
Cat. Ref. Model Inquiry Load Limit No. of Diam. Each
No. No. Stock No. (tons) Sheaves (in.) A B C D E F G H I J K X (lbs.)
CX13-0800 C5S6BP 2101000 5 1 6 12.12 1.62 1.78 — 2.28 6.12 — — — 2.00 1.25 — 19
CX13-0801 C5S8BP 2101002 5 1 8 14.00 1.62 1.78 — 2.28 8.12 — — — 2.00 1.25 — 31
CX13-0802 C5D6BP 2101010 5 2 6 14.75 1.62 3.81 1.06 4.31 6.12 .63 .69 .84 1.79 1.25 2.03 33
CX13-0803 C5D8BP 2101012 5 2 8 16.62 1.62 3.81 1.06 4.31 8.12 .63 .69 .84 1.79 1.25 2.03 54
CX13-0804 C5T6BP 2101020 5 3 6 14.75 1.62 5.84 1.06 6.34 6.12 .63 .69 .84 1.79 1.25 2.03 45
CX13-0805 C5T8BP 2101022 5 3 8 16.62 1.62 5.84 1.06 6.34 8.12 .63 .69 .84 1.79 1.25 2.03 75
Other Sizes Available by Request.
“H” FITTING - BLOCKS WITH HANGERS

5 Tons Section Only
Blocks with Hangers - Dimensions
CERTEX Working Sheave Weight
Cat. Ref. McKissick Inquiry Load Limit No. of Diam. Each
No. Model No. Stock No. (tons) Sheaves (in.) A E F G H I L M N O P Q X (lbs.)
CX13-0806 C5S6BH 2102000 5 1 6 15.00 2.28 6.12 — — — 1.63 1.25 1.06 1.16 3.25 1.86 — 22
CX13-0807 C5S8BH 2102002 5 1 8 16.88 2.28 8.12 — — — 1.63 1.25 1.06 1.16 3.25 1.86 — 34
CX13-0808 C5D6BH 2102010 5 2 6 17.62 4.31 6.12 .63 .69 .84 1.63 1.25 1.06 1.16 3.25 2.25 2.03 37
CX13-0809 C5D8BH 2102012 5 2 8 19.50 4.31 8.12 .63 .69 .84 1.63 1.25 1.06 1.16 3.25 2.25 2.03 58
CX13-0810 C5T6BH 2102020 5 3 6 17.62 6.34 6.12 .63 .69 .84 1.63 1.25 1.06 1.16 3.25 2.25 2.03 51
CX13-0811 C5T8BH 2102022 5 3 8 19.50 6.34 8.12 .63 .69 .84 1.63 1.25 1.06 1.16 3.25 2.25 2.03 81
“S” FITTING - BLOCKS WITH HANGER AND SHACKLE

5 Tons Section Only
Blocks with Hangers and Shackle - Dimensions
CERTEX Working Sheave Weight
Cat. Ref. McKissick Inquiry Load Limit No. of Diam. Each
No. Model No. Stock No. (tons) Sheaves (in.) A E F G H I S T U V W X (lbs.)
CX13-0812 C5S6BS 2103000 5 1 6 18.56 2.28 6.12 — — — 3.81 2.56 1.14 .88 .97 — 25
CX13-0813 C5S8BS 2103002 5 1 8 20.44 2.28 8.12 — — — 3.81 2.56 1.14 .88 .97 — 37
CX13-0814 C5D6BS 2103010 5 2 6 21.19 4.31 6.12 .63 .69 .84 3.81 2.56 1.14 .88 .97 2.03 40
CX13-0815 C5D8BS 2103012 5 2 8 23.06 4.31 8.12 .63 .69 .84 3.81 2.56 1.14 .88 .97 2.03 61
CX13-0816 C5T6BS 2103020 5 3 6 21.19 6.34 6.12 .63 .69 .84 3.81 2.56 1.14 .88 .97 2.03 54
CX13-0817 C5T8BS 2103022 5 3 8 23.06 6.34 8.12 .63 .69 .84 3.81 2.56 1.14 .88 .97 2.03 84
13
13-20
BLOCKS
Manila Rope Snatch Blocks
Drop Link and Self Locking
T-385-Z T-390-Z T-386-Z T-391-Z
• Sheave lubrication through pressure lube fitting in • Available with either Steel or Wood Shells.
center pin. • All fittings are drop forged.
• All steel parts are Hot Dip galvanized. • Edges of shells rounded to reduce wear and chaffing
• Assembled with Self-Lubricated Bronze Bushing. of rope.
Drop Link Self Locking

Wood Steel Wood Steel
385 Z Galv. 390 Z Galv. 386 Z Galv. 391 Z Galv.
Block CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby

Size Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock
(in.) Fitting No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.
6 T CX13-0343 724251 CX13-0347 734600 CX13-0351 729150 CX13-0355 739142
8 T CX13-0344 724262 CX13-0348 734636 CX13-0352 729161 CX13-0356 739153
10 T CX13-0345 724273 CX13-0349 734647 CX13-0353 729172 CX13-0357 739164
12 T CX13-0346 724284 CX13-0350 734658 CX13-0354 729183 CX13-0358 739175
Bearing Code: Z — Self Lubricating Bronze Bushed, with Pressure Lube Fitting.
DROP LINK
Sheave Size Weight Each
Block (in.) Manila Working (lbs.)
Size Outside Rim Diameter Rope Size Load Limit * 385 Z 390 Z
(in.) Diameter Thickness of Bearing (In.) (lbs.) Wood Steel
6 3.00 1.13 .75 3/4-7/8 2400 7 7
8 4.50 1.38 .88 7/8-1 4800 12 13
10 5.75 1.88 1.00 1 1/4 6600 25 25
12 6.75 2.13 1.00 1 1/2 7600 34 29
SELF LOCKING
Sheave Size Weight Each
Block (in.) Manila Working (lbs.)
Size Rope Size Load Limit *
(in.) Outside Rim Diameter (In.) (lbs.) 386 Z 391 Z
Diameter Thickness of Bearing Wood Steel
6 3.00 1.13 .75 3/4-7/8 3000 8 8
8 4.50 1.38 .88 7/8-1 5000 15 15
10 5.75 1.88 1.00 1 1/4 8000 28 28
12 6.75 2.13 1.00 1 1/2 10000 34 38
* Ultimate load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. 13
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
13-21
BLOCKS
Gin Blocks for Manila Rope
For light hoisting by Roofers and Contractors
Furnished with drop forged swivel latch hooks.
Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch.
T-350-C Painted T-350-R Painted T-350-B Painted Sheave Size (in.)

Manila Working
Block CERTEX CERTEX CERTEX Rope Load Weight
Size Cat. Ref. Crosby Cat. Ref. Crosby Cat. Ref. Crosby Outside Rim Bearing Size Limit * Each
(in.) Fitting No. Stock No. No. Stock No. No. Stock No. Diameter Thickness Diameter (In.) (lbs.) (lbs.)
8 T CX13-0359 710001 CX13-0363 710207 CX13-0367 710403 8.00 1.25 .75 7/8 1000 9.0
10 T CX13-0360 710029 CX13-0364 710225 CX13-0368 710421 10.00 1.25 .88 1 1000 9.8
12 T CX13-0361 710047 CX13-0365 710243 CX13-0369 710449 12.00 1.38 .88 1 1000 12.7
14 T CX13-0362 710065 CX13-0366 710261 CX13-0370 710467 14.00 1.50 1.00 1 1000 20.0
T-350-C * Ultimate Load is 3 times the Working Load Limit.

Bearing Code: C — Common Iron, R — Roller, B — Self-Lubricating Bronze Bushed
Wood Blocks for Manila Rope
HS-21-B SINGLE (available in N & S) N-22-B DOUBLE (available in HS & S) S-23-B TRIPLE (available in HS & N)
Single Sheave Double Sheave Triple Sheave

21 C Galv. 21 B Galv. 21 R Galv. 22 C Galv. 22 B Galv. 22 R Galv. 23 B Galv. 23 R Galv.
Block CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby
Size Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock
(in.) Fitting No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.
3 HS CX13-0371 602217 CX13-0376 603813 CX13-0391 603617 CX13-0397 602618 CX13-0402 604616 CX13-0417 604411 CX13-0426 605410
4 HS CX13-0372 602235 CX13-0377 603831 CX13-0392 603635 CX13-0398 602636 CX13-0403 604634 CX13-0418 604439 CX13-0427 605438 CX13-0441 605232
6 HS CX13-0374 602271 CX13-0379 603877 CX13-0394 603671 CX13-0400 602672 CX13-0405 604670 CX13-0420 604475 CX13-0429 605474 CX13-0442 605278
3 N CX13-0381 606419 CX13-0407 606810 CX13-0431 607212
4 N CX13-0382 606437 CX13-0396 606231 CX13-0408 606838 CX13-0421 606632 CX13-0432 607230 CX13-0444 607034
5 N CX13-0383 606455 CX13-0409 606856 CX13-0422 606650 CX13-0433 607258
6 N CX13-0384 606473 CX13-0410 606874 CX13-0423 606678 CX13-0434 607276 CX13-0445 607070
8 N CX13-0385 606516 CX13-0411 606918 CX13-0435 607310
3 S CX13-0386 610011 CX13-0412 611617 CX13-0436 613214
4 S CX13-0387 610039 CX13-0413 611635 CX13-0437 613232
5 S CX13-0388 610057 CX13-0414 611653 CX13-0438 613250
6 S CX13-0389 610075 CX13-0415 611671 CX13-0424 611476 CX13-0439 613278
8 S CX13-0390 610119 CX13-0416 611715 CX13-0425 611519 CX13-0440 613312
Bearing Code C — Common, R — Roller, B — Bronze Bushed Self Lubricating.
Sheave Diameter Working Load Limit* Weight Each

Block (in.) Manila (lbs.) (lbs.)
Size Outside Rim Center Pin Rope Size 21 22 23 21 22 23
(in.) Diam. Thickness Diam. (In.) Single Double Triple Single Double Triple
3 1.75 .50 .38 3/8 500 800 1200 1.00 1.75 2.50
4 2.25 .63 .38 1/2 1000 1400 1800 1.75 3.00 4.00
5 3.00 .75 .38 5/8 1200 1800 2400 3.25 5.60 6.50
6 3.50 1.00 .50 3/4 1800 2500 3200 5.00 8.50 11.50
8 4.75 1.13 .63 7/8-1 2800 3800 4800 9.00 14.00 21.50
13 Note: We furnish beckets on all blocks.
SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION
13-22
BLOCKS
Malleable Iron Shells for Manila Rope
HS-301-B SINGLE N-302-B DOUBLE P-303-B TRIPLE

These blocks have Malleable Iron Shells and both outside and inside straps extend full length of shell. Ends of center
pin are flush with sides of shell. Malleable Iron Blocks are standard equipment with Public Utility Companies.
Single Sheave Double Sheave Triple Sheave

301 B Galv. 301 R Galv. 302 B Galv. 302 R Galv. 303 B Galv. 303 R Galv.
Block CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby
Size Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock Cat. Ref. Stock
(in.) Fitting No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.
4 HS CX13-0446 680971 CX13-0455 680775 CX13-0459 681373 CX13-0468 681177 CX13-0469 681774 CX13-0478 681578
6 HS CX13-0447 680999 CX13-0456 680793 CX13-0460 681391 CX13-0470 681792
8 HS CX13-0448 681015 CX13-0457 680819 CX13-0461 681417 CX13-0471 681818
4 N CX13-0449 682639 CX13-0458 682434 CX13-0462 683031 CX13-0472 683433
6 N CX13-0450 682675 CX13-0463 683077 CX13-0473 683479
8 N CX13-0451 682719 CX13-0464 683111 CX13-0474 683512
4 P CX13-0452 691031 CX13-0465 692637 CX13-0475 694234
6 P CX13-0453 691077 CX13-0466 692673 CX13-0476 694270
8 P CX13-0454 691111 CX13-0467 692717 CX13-0477 694314
Bearing Code: B — Self Lubricating Bronze Bushed, R — Roller Bearing.
Sheave Diameter Working Load Limit* Weight Each

(in.) (lbs.) (lbs.)
Block Manila
Size Rope Size
(in.) Outside Diameter Rim Thickness (in.) Single Double Triple Single Double Triple
4 2.25 .63 1/2 1100 1600 2200 2.25 3.75 5.00
6 3.50 1.00 3/4 2000 3300 4000 5.50 9.25 12.50
8 4.75 1.13 1 3300 5100 7000 10.00 16.50 22.00
* Ultimate Load is 3.5 times the Working Load Limit.
Double Rig Trawl Blocks

• Steel sheave with flame hardened groove, for maximum wear under abrasive conditions.
• Double row, permanently sealed tapered roller bearings.
• Pressure lubrication throughout.
• All steel construction.
Sheave Dimensions (in.)

Sheave 452 Galv. Working Weight
Diameter CERTEX Crosby Load Limit* Each Outside Rim
& Block No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. (tons) (lbs.) Diameter Thickness
8" J-452 CX13-0479 130655 10 48 8 3.75
12" J-452 CX13-0480 130673 10 85 12 3.75
16" F-452 CX13-0481 130682 20 116 16 3.75
22" F-452 CX13-0482 130708 30 240 22 3.75
J-452 * Ultimate load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
Oblong Swivel Eye
13
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
13-23
BLOCKS
Try Net Blocks
F-453 - 6” F-454 - 6” J-454- 8”

Round Swivel Eye Round Swivel Eye Oblong Swivel Eye
• Forged steel swivel eyes.

• 6” 453 — Pressed steel side plates with flared edges. Grooved, self-lubricating bronze bushed sheaves, with pressure
lube fittings. 453 has an extra wide throat opening to allow fittings to pass through.
• 6” 454 — Forged side plates designed to eliminate rope jamming. Wide throat opening and pressure lube fitting on
sheave and eye fitting.
• 8” 454 — Forged steel side plates designed to eliminate possibility of rope jamming. Furnished with sealed tapered
bearings. Flame hardened forged steel sheaves for wear resistance.
Sheave Dimensions
Working (in.)
Sheave Crosby Load Weight
Diameter Bearing CERTEX Stock No. Limit* Each Outside Rim
& Block No. (in.) Type Cat. Ref. No. Galv. (tons) (lbs.) Diameter Thickness
6" F-453 Bronze Bushed CX13-0483 769886 5 35 6 2 3/4
6" F-454 Needle Bearing CX13-0484 2001763 5 23 6 2 3/4
8" J-454 Tapered Bearing CX13-0485 130726 10 36 8 2 7/8
13
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
13-24
BLOCKS
Improved Purse Seine Blocks
• For manila rope.
• Galvanized.
• Sheave Size 3 1/2” x 1” x 1/2” for 3/4” manila rope.
502 C 502 B
Iron Bushed Galv. Bronze Bushed Galv.
Resultant
Sheave Working Load Manila Rope
Diameter CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby Limit* Size Weight Each
& Block No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. (lbs.) (in.) (lbs.)
3 1/2" H-502 CX13-0486 770035 CX13-0487 770017 500 3/4 5.75
502-B * Ultimate Load is 4 times Resultant Working Load Limit.
New Style Oval Pattern — Construction Blocks
Q-681-Z Q-682-Z Q-683-Z

• All blocks are galvanized.
• Sheave lubricated through pressure lube fitting in center pin.
• Assembled with self lubricated bronze bushing.
• Combines weight of regular oval blocks with strength of extra heavy oval blocks.
• Assembled with bolt type anchor shackle.
• Side plates are rounded to provide additional stiffness and reduce wear and chaffing of the rope.
Remember — Specify Z (for Zerk fitting) when ordering by catalog number.
Q-681-Z Q-682-Z Q-683-Z

Bronze Bushed Steel Sheaves Bronze Bushed Steel Sheaves Bronze Bushed Steel Sheaves
Block
Size CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby
(in.) Fitting Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock. No.
6 Q CX13-0488 760441 CX13-0492 760665 CX13-0496 760801
6 Q CX13-0489 760452 CX13-0493 760676 CX13-0497 760812
8 Q CX13-0490 760463 CX13-0494 760687 CX13-0498 760823
10 Q CX13-0491 760474 CX13-0495 760698 CX13-0499 760834
Bearing Code: Z — Self Lubricating Bronze Bushed with Pressure Lube fitting
Sheave Size Working Load Limit* Weight Each

(in.) (lbs.) (lbs.)
Block Diameter Wire
Size Outside Rim of Rope Size
(in.) Diameter Thickness Bearing (In.) Single Double Triple Single Double Triple
6 6 1.00 .75 3/8 2 1/2 3 4 15 25 32
6 6 1.00 .75 1/2 2 1/2 3 4 16 25 32
8 8 1.25 .88 5/8 3 1/2 6 7 29 43 62
10 10 1.25 1.00 5/8 4 7 8 38 61 80
* Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit. 13
SEE APPLICATION AND
WARNING INFORMATION
13-25
OVERHAUL BALLS
UB500 Series Top Swiveling Overhaul Balls
S320 or S320N Eye Hook S316A SHUR-LOC® Eye Hook • All hooks used on UB500 Overhaul Balls (S320, S320N
& S316A) are forged from alloy steel. The S320 and
• The top swivel design on the UB500 assures the ball S320N hooks come complete with latches.
remains stationary if the wire line spins. • Sizes 4 tons through 10 tons available with Crosby’s
• The swivel incorporates a sealed roller thrust bearing S316A “Positive Locking” SHUR-LOC® hook which may
together with a grease fitting for easy lubrication. be used for lifting personnel. Meets OSHA Rule
• Each ball can be equipped with the new McKissick 1926.550 (g).
US422 Wedge & Socket which can be easily adjusted to • The S320 hook (PL latch) and the S320N hook (S4320
fit various sizes of wire rope by changing the wedge latch), with the proper latch attached, may be used for
(Ensure that correct wedge is used for selected wire personnel lifting when secured with proper device
rope size). (Bolt, nut and pin for the PL latch; Cotter pin for the
• Design Factor 4:1 S4320 latch). Meets OSHA Rule 1926.550 (g).
Overhaul Ball Assembly Optional US-422 Wedge & Socket Assembly

McKissick UB500 UB500 "E" Eye Hook UB500 "S" SHUR-LOC® US-422
Wire
Working Weight Rope Weight
CERTEX McKissick CERTEX Crosby CERTEX Crosby Load Limit Each Size CERTEX Crosby Each
Cat. Ref. No. Model No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. (tons) (lbs.) (in.) Model No. Cat. Ref. No. Stock No. (lbs.)
CX13-0500 MB4T35 CX13-0531 1036000* CX13-0562 1036005 4 58 3/8 US4 CX13-0575 1038499 4.6
CX13-0501 MB4T85 CX13-0532 1036009* CX13-0563 1036018 4 102 7/16 US4 CX13-0576 1038503 4.6
CX13-0502 MB4T150 CX13-0533 1036027* CX13-0564 1036032 4 162 1/2 US4 CX13-0577 1038508 4.6
CX13-0503 MB4T200 CX13-0534 1036036* CX13-0565 1036041 4 201 1/2 US5 CX13-0578 1038517 8.5
CX13-0504 MB7T85 CX13-0535 1036045* CX13-0566 1036050 7 109 9/16 US5 CX13-0579 1038526 8.5
CX13-0505 MB7T150 CX13-0536 1036054* CX13-0567 1036063 7 170 5/8 US5 CX13-0580 1038535 8.5
CX13-0506 MB7T200 CX13-0537 1036072* CX13-0568 1036077 7 210 5/8 US6 CX13-0581 1038544 9.4
CX13-0507 MB7T285 CX13-0538 1036081* CX13-0569 1036086 7 321 3/4 US6 CX13-0582 1038533 9.4
CX13-0508 MB10T150 CX13-0539 1036090* CX13-0570 1036095 10 216
CX13-0509 MB10T200 CX13-0540 1036099* CX13-0571 1036108 10 260
CX13-0510 MB10T285 CX13-0541 1036117* CX13-0572 1036122 10 365 5/8 US6 CX13-0583 1038544 9.4
CX13-0511 MB10T350 CX13-0542 1036126* CX13-0573 1036131 10 403 3/4 US6 CX13-0584 1038553 9.4
CX13-0512 MB10T650 CX13-0543 1036135* CX13-0574 1036140 10 718 7/8 US8 CX13-0585 1038598 20.8
CX13-0513 MB12T150 CX13-0544 1036144* 12 216 1 US8 CX13-0586 1038607 20.8
CX13-0514 MB12T200 CX13-0545 1036153* 12 258 1 1/18 US10 CX13-0587 1038616 46.5
CX13-0515 MB12T285 CX13-0546 1036171* 12 365 1 1/4 US10 CX13-0588 1038625 46.5
CX13-0516 MB12T350 CX13-0547 1036180* 12 403
CX13-0517 MB12T650 CX13-0548 1036189* 12 718
CX13-0518 MB15T200 CX13-0549 1036198* 15 298
CX13-0519 MB15T350 CX13-0550 1036207* 15 456
CX13-0520 MB15T650 CX13-0551 1036216* 15 753
CX13-0521 MB15T1150 CX13-0552 1036225* 15 1311 5/8 US8A CX13-0589 1038562 17.5
CX13-0522 MB30T200 CX13-0553 1036234* 20 298 3/4 US8A CX13-0590 1038571 17.5
CX13-0523 MB20T350 CX13-0554 1036243* 20 456 7/8 US8 CX13-0591 1038598 20.8
CX13-0524 MB20T650 CX13-0555 1036252* 20 753 1 US8 CX13-0592 1038607 20.8
CX13-0525 MB20T1150 CX13-0556 1036261* 20 1311 1 1/18 US10 CX13-0593 1038616 46.5
CX13-0526 MB25T350 CX13-0557 1036270 25 533 1 1/4 US10 CX13-0594 1038625 46.5
13 CX13-0527 MB25T650 CX13-0558 1036279 25 865
CX13-0528 MB25T1150 CX13-0559 1036288 25 1421
CX13-0529 MB30T650 CX13-0560 1036297 30 865
CX13-0530 MB30T1150 CX13-0561 1036306 30 1421
* Hook is New S-320N style. Replacement latch kit is S-4320. PL latch and S-4055 latch will not fit.
13-26
OVERHAUL BALLS
• 4 ton through 20 ton models use New 320-N Eye Hooks

Standard Crosby S-5 Thrust Bearing style swivels can not be used with UB500 Overhaul balls.

Everything We Make.

allow our customers to tackle the result is customized lifting
to applying hooks and shackles With experienced people and
to making the most demanding machinery to produce the lifting
sling, carries out the same assur- equipment that our customers
ance of safety. specify, CERTEX companies
Safety is built into our products everywhere are committed to the
at every stage of our fabricating complete reliability of every prod-
process. A CERTEX-made product that we make.
dards of safety and reliability. Lifting Products and Services 13
13-27
OVERHAUL BALLS
UB500 TOP SWIVEL OVERHAUL BALLS WITH 320 EYE HOOKS
UB500 Dimensions (in.)
CERTEX UB500 CERTEX "E" Deformation
Cat. Ref. McKissick Cat. Ref. Eye Hook Indicator
No. Model No. No. Crosby Stock No. AA A B C D E F G H I J
CX13-0500 MB4T35 CX13-0531 1036000 2.5 20.09 17.27 7.50 1.36 1.44 1.12 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0501 MB4T85 CX13-0532 1036009 2.5 20.98 18.16 9.25 1.36 1.44 1.12 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0502 MB4T150 CX13-0533 1036027 2.5 21.98 19.16 11.25 1.36 1.44 1.12 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0503 MB4T200 CX13-0534 1036036 2.5 22.35 19.53 12.50 1.36 1.44 1.12 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0504 MB7T85 CX13-0535 1036045 3.0 23.18 20.36 9.25 1.61 1.81 1.38 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0505 MB7T150 CX13-0536 1036054 3.0 24.56 21.36 11.25 1.61 1.81 1.38 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0506 MB7T200 CX13-0537 1036072 3.0 24.89 21.71 12.50 1.61 1.81 1.38 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0507 MB7T285 CX13-0538 1036081 3.0 25.86 22.67 13.88 1.61 1.81 1.38 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0508 MB10T150 CX13-0539 1036090 4.0 31.44 27.19 11.25 2.08 2.25 1.62 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0509 MB10T200 CX13-0540 1036099 4.0 31.81 27.56 12.50 2.08 2.25 1.62 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0510 MB10T285 CX13-0541 1036117 4.0 32.75 28.50 13.88 2.08 2.25 1.62 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0511 MB10T350 CX13-0542 1036126 4.0 33.31 29.06 15.00 2.08 2.25 1.62 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0512 MB10T650 CX13-0543 1036135 4.0 34.79 30.54 17.94 2.08 2.25 1.62 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0513 MB12T150 CX13-0544 1036144 4.0 31.44 27.19 11.25 2.08 2.25 1.62 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0514 MB12T200 CX13-0545 1036153 4.0 31.81 27.56 12.50 2.08 2.25 1.62 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0515 MB12T285 CX13-0546 1036171 4.0 32.75 28.50 13.88 2.08 2.25 1.62 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0516 MB12T350 CX13-0547 1036180 4.0 33.31 29.06 15.00 2.08 2.25 1.62 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0517 MB12T650 CX13-0548 1036189 4.0 35.79 30.54 17.94 2.08 2.25 1.62 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0518 MB15T200 CX13-0549 1036198 5.0 37.59 32.59 12.50 3.02 3.00 2.38 2.38 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0519 MB15T350 CX13-0550 1036207 5.0 38.81 33.81 15.00 3.02 3.00 2.38 2.38 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0520 MB15T650 CX13-0551 1036216 5.0 40.22 35.22 17.94 3.02 3.00 2.38 2.38 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0521 MB15T1150 CX13-0552 1036225 5.0 42.22 37.22 21.62 3.02 3.00 2.38 2.38 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0522 MB20T200 CX13-0553 1036234 5.0 37.59 32.59 12.50 3.02 3.00 2.38 2.38 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0523 MB20T350 CX13-0554 1036243 5.0 38.81 33.81 15.00 3.02 3.00 2.38 2.38 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0524 MB20T650 CX13-0555 1036252 5.0 40.22 35.22 17.94 3.02 3.00 2.38 2.38 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0525 MB20T1150 CX13-0556 1036261 5.0 42.22 37.22 21.62 3.02 3.00 2.38 2.38 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0526 MB25T350 CX13-0557 1036270 6.5 47.18 40.18 15.00 3.00 3.62 3.00 3.31 2.75 1.75 1.78
CX13-0527 MB25T650 CX13-0558 1036279 6.5 49.12 42.75 17.94 3.00 3.62 3.00 3.31 2.75 1.75 1.78
CX13-0528 MB25T1150 CX13-0559 1036288 6.5 51.06 44.69 21.62 3.00 3.62 3.00 3.31 2.75 1.75 1.78
CX13-0529 MB30T650 CX13-0560 1036297 6.5 49.12 42.75 17.94 3.00 3.62 3.00 3.31 2.75 1.75 1.78
CX13-0530 MB30T1150 CX13-0561 1036306 6.5 51.06 44.69 21.62 3.00 3.62 3.00 3.31 2.75 1.75 1.78
UB500 TOP SWIVEL OVERHAUL BALLS WITH SUR-LOC® POSITIVE LOCKING HOOKS
UB500 Dimensions
CERTEX UB500 CERTEX "S" (in.)
Cat. Ref. McKissick Cat. Ref. SHUR-LOC¤
No. Model No. No. Crosby Stock No. A B C D E F G H I J
CX13-0500 MB4T35 CX13-0562 1036005 20.66 18.18 7.50 1.87 1.15 .94 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0501 MB4T85 CX13-0563 1036018 21.55 19.05 9.25 1.87 1.15 .94 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0502 MB4T150 CX13-0564 1036032 22.55 20.05 11.25 1.87 1.15 .94 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0503 MB4T200 CX13-0565 1036041 22.92 20.42 12.50 1.87 1.15 .94 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0504 MB7T85 CX13-0566 1036050 23.90 21.30 9.25 2.11 1.66 1.16 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0505 MB7T150 CX13-0567 1036063 25.28 22.30 11.25 2.11 1.66 1.16 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0506 MB7T200 CX13-0568 1036077 25.61 22.65 12.50 2.11 1.66 1.16 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
CX13-0507 MB7T285 CX13-0569 1036086 26.58 23.61 13.88 2.11 1.66 1.16 1.88 1.38 .88 1.31
13 CX13-0508
CX13-0509
MB10T150
MB10T200
CX13-0570
CX13-0571
1036095
1036108
31.24
31.61
27.19
27.56
11.25
12.50
2.49
2.49
2.06
2.06
1.50
1.50
2.75
2.75
2.00
2.00
1.25
1.25
1.78
1.78
CX13-0510 MB10T285 CX13-0572 1036122 32.55 28.50 13.88 2.49 2.06 1.50 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0511 MB10T350 CX13-0573 1036131 33.11 29.06 15.00 2.49 2.06 1.50 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
CX13-0512 MB10T650 CX13-0574 1036140 34.59 30.54 17.94 2.49 2.06 1.50 2.75 2.00 1.25 1.78
13-28
SHEAVES
Ordering Information
McKissick sheaves come in a variety of sizes to suit your specific applications. Check the tables for the size, bearing
style and price that best fits your application. For applications that require unique specifications Crosby can make
minor modifications to many of the sheaves listed at a reasonable charge. We can also custom design and manufacture
sheaves to your exact requirements. For special requirements or custom designed sheaves, furnish the following
important information:
• Wireline Size
• Shaft Diameter
• Weight Requirements
• Hub Diameter
• Bore Finished
• Nominal Outside Diameter
• Hub Width
• Rim Width
• Nominal Tread Diameter
• Other Special Requirements
ROLL FORGED SHEAVE FEATURES
• Unique upset roll forging process provides a thicker groove section for extra strength.
• Stepped Hubs are precisely centered and mechanically locked in place.
• Wireline grooves on sheave diameters of 14” and larger are flamed hardened for extra wear resistance.
• All sheaves have solid steel webs with holes for easy handling.
• Sheave weights can be made heavier or lighter than shown to fit your specific application.
• For more information ask for our special brochure describing the complete roll forging process.
13
13-29
FALL PROTECTION
DBI Sala
Full Body Harness

The ExoFit™ design is based on the concept of a single Dri-lex® Lining -
piece of material constructed in the shape of an “X” that
It’s No Sweat!
wraps around you for the ultimate in no-tangle
donning and comfortable security. From the moment The ExoFit’s™ Dri-lex®
you put it on, the ExoFit™ exceeds anything you’ve ever lining hates moisture;
worn in a fall protection harness.The materials are soft and immediately pulling it
light-weight, yet extremely durable.The shoulder, hip and away from you
leg padding is built-in so it can’t slip.The breathable Dri- so you’re always dry and
lex® lining guarantees you’ll stay dry and comfortable comfortable.Whether
every day.And the quick-connect buckles are fast, efficient you’re sweating in the
and totally secure! heat or the cold, you’ll
never feel damp! Dri-lex®
It even has a memory! Put on the ExoFit™ Harness, adjust
has a unique three-layer
it, and from then on it remembers the adjustment.The next
knit construction that creates a built-in air chamber
time you’re on the job, slip it over your shoulders like a
providing air circulation to
vest, snap the three ExoFit™ buckles and you’re ready to
ventilate and cool your body. Developed for sport,
work. It’s faster than putting on and buttoning up your
recreation and work shoe linings, it’s built for rugged
shirt!
endurance and is resistant to both odor and
The ExoFit™ Harness gives you good looks, comfort and mildew.The moisture-wicking
technology from today’s recreational harnesses – parasail- fabric contains a moisture and air-moving chamber
ing, backpacking, skydiving; absolute functionality from the between the top, hydrophobic layer and the bottom
military; and guaranteed high standards and safety from layer of hydrophilic Hydrofil® nylon.That’s a techni-
both. It’s a perfect marriage. cal way to say that the side against you hates the
water and the other side loves it. No matter how you
define it; your comfort is guaranteed day after day;
year after year.
Quick Connect Buckle

One-handed buckle - Finally, a harness with intuitive, quick on/off buckles. It’s even color differentiated so you can
always find the release levers. No more buckle fumbling, adjusting or frustration. Easily adjust, engage and disengage
with only one hand. It’s the first and only quick connect buckle to meet all fall protection regulatory guidelines.
To keep you safe, the ExoFit™ buckle holds, even if you accidentally depress one of the release levers. It requires an
opposed-action, dual thumb and finger grip to release the buckle. Easy when you want to release it; impossible when
you don’t.
Down to the Details- The bright yellow SALA insert adds enough depth so adjustment straps flow through the
buckle. An easy-grip tab at the end of the strap give you something solid to pull on.
• Zinc plated with black e-coat finish • Environmentally tested - Fully tested in dirt and
• Tested for 4000 lbs. minimum breaking strength grime, heat, cold, humidity and salt spray.
• Easily adjustable, intuitive operation, color coded
14
14-1
FALL PROTECTION
DBI Sala
Full Body Harnesses
Vest-Style Harnesses
1107975 1108751 1108575 1109228
Back D-ring, loops for Back and shoulder Back and side Back, side and shoulder D-
belt, quick connect D-rings, loops for belt, D-rings, loops for belt, rings, loops for belt, quick
buckles. quick connect buckles. quick connect buckles. connect buckles.
Size small Size small Size small Size small
1107976: Med 1108752: Med 1108576: Med 1109225: Med
1107977: Lg 1108753: Lg 1108577: Lg 1109229: Lg
1107981: X-Lg 1108754: X-Lg 1108581: X-Lg 1109226: X-Lg
All Exofit™
Vest-Style Harnesses Cross-Over Style Harnesses harnesses equipped
with back D-ring.
1108525* 1108600 1108675 1108700
Front and back Front, back and side D- Front and back D-rings, Front, back and side D-
D-rings, loops for belt, rings, loops for belt, loops for belt, quick rings, loops for belt,
quick connect buckles. quick connect buckles. connect buckles. Size quick connect buckles.
Size small Size small small Size small
1108526: Med 1108601: Med 1108676: Med 1108701: Med
1108527: Lg 1108602: Lg 1108677: Lg 1108702: Lg
1108532: X-Lg 1108606: X-Lg 1108682: X-Lg 1108706: X-Lg
Inside view of
harness cushioned
Dri-Lex® Lining
I PRODUCTS ME
L DB ET
AL First harness to meet worldwide standards including
ANSI Z359 COMPLIANT OSHA, ANSI, CSA, CE and AS/NZS without modification.
S
SH
O
D
A AN AR
D A N SI STAN D
*Not available in Canada.

14
14-2
FALL PROTECTION
DBI Sala
Full Body Harnesses
A Perfect Fit for every body!
Patent #6253874 Waist Harness

Delta-No Tangle™ Pad Measurement Size
The Delta Pad makes (one size fits most) Universal
every harness easy to
don and comfortable 20" - 28" 3X-Small
to wear, with the
widest spread over 24" - 32" XX-Small
your shoulders in the 28" - 36" X-Small
industry. No more
irritating shoulder 32" - 40" Small
strap abrasion! 36" - 44" Medium
40" - 48" Large
44" - 52" X-Large
48" - 56" XX-Large
52" - 60" 3X-Large
A person’s height may also
affect sizing choices
Vest Style Full Body Harness

With adjustable non-slip chest straps designed for comfort and stability.
1102000 1101254 1102008 1103321
• Tongue buckle leg straps • Tongue buckle leg straps • Tongue buckle leg straps • Pass-thru buckle leg straps
• Back D-ring • Back D-ring • Back and side D-rings • Back D-ring
• Parachute buckles on lower • Shoulder retrieval D-rings • Parachute buckles on lower • Size: Universal
shoulder straps • Parachute buckles on lower shoulder straps • Application: FA, RT
• Size: Universal shoulder straps • Size: Universal Similar Models:
• Application: FA, RT • Size: Universal • Application: FA, RT, WP 1103875: with side D-rings
Similar Model: • Application: FA, RT, RC
1106201: Reflective Similar Model:
1101828: with parachute
buckle leg straps
14
14-3
FALL PROTECTION
DBI Sala
Full Body Harnesses
Designed for comfort

and ease of use Use your own body belt or try
one of ours for added back
the absence of a chest strap and
support and tool-carrying
waist belt provides maximum options.
freedom of movement.
Construction Vest Stype Full Body Harness Cross-Over Style Full Body Harness
Use your own body belt or try one of ours for added Front D-ring provides added versatility for
back support and tool-carrying options applications such as ladder climbing
1101643 1101655 1102010 1103270

• Pass-thru buckle leg straps • Tongue buckle leg straps • Pass-thru buckle leg straps • Pass-thru buckle leg straps
• Back D-ring • Back D-ring • Adjustable front D-ring • Adjustable front D-ring
• Body belt with foam back • Body belt with side D-rings • Back D-ring • Back and side D-rings
pad and side D-rings • Sewn-in back pad • Size: Universal • Size: Universal
• Sizes: Large (xs-xl avail.) • Sewn-in shoulder pads • Application: FA, RT, RC • Application: FA, WP, RT, RC
• Application: FA, WP, RT • Sizes: Large (xs-xl avail.) Similar Models: Similar Models:
Similar Models: • Application: FA, WP, RT 1105375: with non-conductive/ 1103375: with tongue buckle leg
non-sparking hardware straps
1101641: small Similar Models:
1102950: with tongue buckle leg
1101642: medium 1101654: medium
straps
1101644: x-large 1101656: x-large
14
14-4
FALL PROTECTION
Miller
Four Functional Equipment Categories
Fall Arrest Positioning/Restraint* Suspension* (bos’n chair)

As a general rule, it is recommend- A positioning/restraint system Suspension systems are Retrieval
ed that a fall arrest system be used is used to hold a worker in used widely in the window The retrieval system is primarily
at working heights of four feet or place while allowing a washing and painting industries used in confined space applica-
more.This system consists of: hands-free work environment and are designed to lower and tions where workers must enter
• anchorage/ at elevated heights and/or support a worker while allowing tanks, manholes, etc. and may
anchorage connector restrict the worker’s movement a hands-free work environment. require retrieval from above should
• body wear (full-body harness) to prevent reaching a location A typical suspension system an emergency occur. A retrieval
• connecting device where a fall hazard exists. A would include: system typically consists of:
typical positioning/restraint • anchorage/anchorage • anchorage/anchorage
system consists of: connector (anchor bolt, connector (tripod, davit)
• anchorage/ trolley, carabiner, etc.) • body wear (full-body harness)
anchorage connector • body wear (full-body • connecting device (retractable
• body wear (full-body harness harness) lifeline/retrieval unit)
or body belt) • connecting device (workline)
• connecting device • suspension device
(positioning lanyard)
*The positioning and suspension systems are not designed for fall arrest, and therefore a back-up fall arrest system should be used.
14
14-5
FALL PROTECTION
Miller
Occupation
Miller Products Occupation/Application Legend

Proper selection of system components is essential to worker safety.The occupation legend is intended
to serve as a guide to assist users in determining which products are best for which applications.
Look for these symbols with the Miller products.
Construction Roofing Scaffold Ironworker Utility Universal
Industrial Warehouse Positioning/ Painter Telecommunications

Restraint
CSA Group Codes (Canada)

Full-Body Harnesses –
CSA STANDARD Z259.10-M90
Classifications:
A – Fall Arresting
D – Controlled Descent
E – Confined Space
L – Ladder Climbing
P – Work Positioning
This “E” classification can be added to any
“A” harnesses if shoulder D-rings are added.
14
14-6
FALL PROTECTION
Miller
Miller ® DuraFlex ® Stretchable Harnesses
Feel the Difference Features
Patented Miller DuraFlex Harnesses
• Synthetic elastomer webbing stretches with
feature specially-formulated elastomer
the worker for maximum comfort.
webbing that stretches to provide:
Greater Comfort • Bright, stylish designs are
DuraFlex Harnesses conform to the shape of readily visible from a distance.
the worker, stretching with every movement, • Solid-colored leg straps help the
so there is no bunching, binding or kinking. wearer orient the harness for ease
Improves Safety of donning.
With comfort unsurpassed, DuraFlex • Back strap prevents user from
Harnesses offer wider end-user acceptance. falling out of the harness.
And, a comfortable harness is worn properly,
• Injection-molded Santoprene®
enhancing compliance and safety on the jobsite. D-ring back pad is soft and
Increases Productivity flexible enhancing comfort.
Because DuraFlex Harnesses are stretchable, • Fall indicator/warning flag indicates that
the worker has greater mobility with less fatigue. the harness has been involved in a fall
and should be removed from service.
• Lanyard ring allows user to attach lanyard
when not in use.
Miller ® DuraFlex ®
E650 Series • Labeling includes inspection tag and
space for personal identification.
• Available in green or
orange nylon webbing,
or blue polyester
webbing for greater
chemical resistance.
E550
Front D-ring Harness
• Stretchable webbing design

• Belt loops to accommodate belts, back
pads and other accessories
• Front D-ring (optional)
E650 14
14-7
FALL PROTECTION
Miller
Miller ® DuraFlex ® Stretchable Harnesses
Harness Size / Waist Measurement [in. (mm)] Note: XXS, XS and XXL sizes available upon request.
Universal Small Medium Large X-Large
U/36-52 (914-1320) S/32-40 (813-1016) M/36-44 (914-1117) L/42-48 (1067-1219) XL/44-52 (1117-1320)
Universal sizing fits a wide range of users & minimizes stock inventory.
Specific sizing provides better user fit but requires a broad inventory.
Miller® DuraFlex® Harness Series E650

DuraFlex Shoulder Leg Chest Sub-
Harness Back Front Side Strap Strap Strap Pelvic CSA
Model No. Sizes D-Ring D-Ring D-Rings Buckles Buckles Buckle Strap Special Features Group Occupations/Applications
E650 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Option No Friction Mating Mating Yes A
E650-4 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Option No Friction Tongue Mating Yes Lanyard ring, A
belt loops,
E650-7 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Option Yes Friction Mating Mating Yes fall indicator A,P
E650-58 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Option Yes Friction Tongue Mating Yes A,P
Other Miller® DuraFlex® Harnesses

DuraFlex Shoulder Leg Chest Sub-
Harness Back Front Side Strap Strap Strap Pelvic CSA
Model No. Sizes D-Ring D-Ring D-Rings Buckles Buckles Buckle Strap Special Features Group Occupations/Applications
E550 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Yes No Mating Mating – Yes A,D,L

E552 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Yes Yes Mating Mating – Yes A,D,L,P
E850 U,S,M,L,XL Yes No No Friction Mating Mating Yes Lanyard ring, A
E850-4 U,S,M,L,XL Yes No No Friction Tongue Mating Yes fall indicator A
E850-7 U,S,M,L,XL Yes No Yes Friction Mating Mating Yes A,P
E850-58 U,S,M,L,XL Yes No Yes Friction Tongue Mating Yes A,P
NOTE: For color/webbing selection, add one of the following suffixes to the corresponding harness model number:“-SN ” for green nylon;“-EC ” for orange
nylon; or “D ” for blue polyester webbing. (Ex: E650-SN)
For front D-ring option, add “FD” as a suffix to the model number. (Ex: E650FD)
Miller brand harnesses meet all applicable OSHA, ANSI and requirements, including ANSI Z359.1
14
14-8
FALL PROTECTION
Miller
Miller ® Non-Stretch Harnesses
Quality Workmanship Features

Miller Non-Stretch Harnesses have been meeting • Non-stretch nylon webbing
market demands for fall protection body wear for is lightweight and durable
over 50 years.
• Bright yellow color makes
non-stretch harnesses readily
visible and easy to inspect
Miller ® Non-Stretch • Back strap prevents user from

650 Series falling out of the harness
• Lightweight nylon webbing • Fall indicator/warning flag
• Belt loops to accommodate belts, back indicates that the harness has
pads and other accessories been involved in a fall and
• Front D-ring (optional) should be removed from service
• Lanyard ring allows user to attach
lanyard when not in use
• Also available in polyester
webbing for greater chemical
resistance
NOTE:To order polyester webbing, add
a “D” as a suffix to the harness model
number or replace the “-” with a “D”.
(Ex: 650D or 850D7)
550
Front D-ring Harness
Miller brand harnesses meet all

applicable OSHA, ANSI and
requirements, including
ANSI Z359.1
650 14
14-9
FALL PROTECTION
Miller
Miller ® Non-Stretch Harnesses
Harness Size / Waist Measurement [in. (mm)] Note: XXS, XS and XXL sizes available upon request.
Universal Small Medium Large X-Large
U/36-52 (914-1320) S/32-40 (813-1016) M/36-44 (914-1117) L/42-48 (1067-1219) XL/44-52 (1117-1320)
Universal sizing fits a wide range of users & minimizes stock inventory.
Specific sizing provides better user fit but requires a broad inventory.
Miller® Non-Stretch Harnesses

Harness Shoulder Leg Chest Sub-
Model Back Front Side Strap Strap Strap Pelvic CSA
No. Sizes D-Ring D-Ring D-Rings Buckles Buckles Buckle Strap Special Features Group Occupations/Applications
Lanyard ring, belt
650 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Option No Friction Mating Mating Yes loops, fall indicator A
Shoulder D-rings, lanyard

650-3 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Option No Friction Mating Mating Yes A
ring, belt loops, fall indicator
650-4 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Option No Friction Tongue Mating Yes Lanyard ring, A
650-7 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Option Yes Friction Mating Mating Yes belt loops, A,P
fall indicator
650-58 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Option Yes Friction Tongue Mating Yes A,P
Shoulder D-rings, lanyard
650-64 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Option No Friction Tongue Mating Yes ring, belt loops, fall indicator A
550 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Yes No Mating Mating – Yes A,D

552 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Yes Yes Mating Mating – Yes A,P
750 S/M,L/XL Yes No No Friction – Mating No Lanyard ring, fall indicator A,D
751 S/M,L/XL Yes Option No – Mating Mating Yes A
850 U,S,M,L,XL Yes No No Friction Mating Mating Yes A
Shoulder D-rings,
850-3 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Option No Friction Mating Mating Yes lanyard ring, fall indicator A
850-4 U,S,M,L,XL Yes No No Friction Tongue Mating Yes A

850-7 U,S,M,L,XL Yes No Yes Friction Mating Mating Yes Lanyard ring, fall indicator A,P
850-58 U,S,M,L,XL Yes No Yes Friction Tongue Mating Yes A,P
Shoulder D-rings,
850-64 U,S,M,L,XL Yes Option No Friction Tongue Mating Yes lanyard ring, fall indicator A
NOTE: For front D-ring option, add “ FD ” as a suffix to the corresponding model number. (Ex: 650FD)
14
14-10
FALL PROTECTION
MSA Products for Construction
Full Body Harnesses
Construction Vestype™ Harness with Integral Tool Belt

The Construction Vestype Harness with Integral Tool Belt offers both comfort and
durability. The combination of back support and shoulder pads offer superior comfort
when work positioning or carrying tools, and the polyester construction provides
excellent durability in almost any environment. Meets applicable OSHA standards,
ANSI A10.14, and ANSI Z359.1.
Easy to use
Strong, durable, Web retainer
adjuster buckles
collar to keep excess
FP Pro™ Harness lightweight
webbing webbing neat
The FP Pro Harness provides comfortable protection even after
long hours of use in extreme conditions due to its super light- Color
contrasting Qwik-Fit leg
weight features and durable webbing.The harness is available in straps allow
torso & leg
cross-chest and vest styles, with optional hip D-rings for work straps to for easy
positioning, and fits a wide range of body types and sizes. Color- simplify adjustment
contrasting thigh and torso straps simplify donning. The FP Pro donning
Harness has the following features :
• Bright red polyester webbing for high visibility Available with
• Lightweight design for increased comfort Integral Tool Belt.
Contact MSA Customer FP Pro Vest Syle Harness w/1 FP Pro Cross-Chest Style Harness,
• Meets ANSI A10.14 and OSHA standards Service Center back, 2 hip D-rings (std. size) w/1 back, 2 hip D-rings (std. size)
• CSA certified 1-800-672-2222. P/N 415950 P/N 415944
FP Trades Harness
FP Trades™ Harness & Tool Belt Kit
P/N 10028434 MSA FP Trades Harnesses and Occidental Leather tool belts combine the best
available products on the market into one versatile, easy to order kit. The kits
include a polyester Vestype harness with tool belt support straps, and your choice
of Leather Occidental Tool Belts or Nylon/Leather Occidental Tool Belts. Meets
applicable ANSI and OSHA standards. Other features of the harness kits include:
• Comfortable harness shoulder pad
• Convenient harness lanyard clip FP Trades
• Highly visible medical information card Harness Kits
• Single part number for simplified ordering proudly feature
tool belts from:
TechnaCurv™ Full Body Harness

Used for fall arrest, work positioning, travel restriction, ladder climbing, rescue retrieval, and
evacuation. The TechnaCurv Full Body Harness throws a curve to the ordinary harness with
many new features never before seen in a full body harness:
• Curvilinear Comfort System • Secure-Fit buckles
• Visco-Elastic Shoulder padding • Sorbtek fabric on shoulder and sub-pelvic pads
• Innovative web design • Meets ANSI Z359.1, all applicable OSHA regulations, and is
CSA certified
In addition to the features above, the TechnaCurv harness is designed with downward adjust-
ing torso straps on most models to ease adjustment. This is also the first harness on the mar- TechnaCurv Harness Vest Style P/N 10041517
ket that allows you to order exactly the options you want, and only the options you want, TechnaCurv Harness Pullover Style P/N 10041609
through our Assemble-to-Order process. All these features combine to provide you with the
most comfortable, versatile, unique, and safe harness available today.
14
14-11
FALL PROTECTION
Full Body Harnesses
Harness Ordering Information
Construction Vest Type Harness

with Integral Tool Belt D-RINGS FP Pro Harnesses D-RINGS
Part No. Description Back Hip Part No. CSA Part No. Description Back Hip
10029144 STD size harness with MED belt and MED pad 1 2 415842 416014 Cross-Chest style, Standard size 1 0
10029145 STD size harness with LGE belt and LGE pad 1 2 415844 416016 Cross-Chest style, X-Large size 1 0
10029226 XLG size harness with XLG belt and XLG pad 1 2 415944 416017 Cross-Chest style, Standard size 1 2
Additional sizes available. 415946 416019 Cross-Chest style, X-Large size 1 2
415947 416020 Vest style, Standard size 1 0
FP Trades Harness & Tool Belt Kits 415949 416022 Vest style, X-Large size 1 0
Description Part No. 415950 416023 Vest style, Standard size 1 2
STD Vestype Harness with XL Leather tool belt 10028433 415952 416025 Vest style, X-Large size 1 2
STD Vestype Harness with LGE Leather tool belt 10028434 Additional sizes available.
Also available in Leather tool belt with nylon pouches.
TechnaCurv Harnesses (Part numbers for STD sizes shown)

VEST STYLE WITH QUIK-FIT CHEST STRAP D-RINGS PULLOVER STYLE D-RINGS
Shoulder Sub-pelvic Shoulder Sub-pelvic

Part No. Leg Straps Pads Pad Back Chest Hip Part No. Leg Straps Pads Pad Back Chest Hip
10041517 Qwik-Fit no no 1 0 0 10041518 Qwik-Fit no no 1 0 0
10041591 Tongue Buckle no no 1 0 0 10041593 Tongue Buckle no no 1 0 0
10041599 Tongue Buckle yes no 1 0 0 10041601 Tongue Buckle yes no 1 0 0
10041615 Secure-Fit yes yes 1 1 2 10041617 Secure-Fit yes yes 1 1 2
Additional Sizes Available. Contact MSA Customer Service Center at 1-800-672-2222 for full details.
Additional configurations available through our ATO ordering system. Contact MSA Customer Service Center at 1-800-672-2222 for full details.
14
14-12
FALL PROTECTION
Miller ® Manyard Shock-Absorbing Lanyards
Reduces Fall Arrest Forces Manyard Deployment

With 20 years of design refinement, the
"Original" Miller Manyard Shock-Absorbing
Lanyards are unsurpassed in the market.
• Special woven shock-absorbing inner
core reduces fall arrest forces
• Heavy-duty tubular outer jacket serves
as a back-up web lanyard
• Unique warning flag provides visual
proof that a lanyard has been involved
in a fall and should be removed from
service
Miller ® Manyard®II Stretchable Shock-Absorbing Lanyards
Reduces Tripping Hazard

Red core makes it
Manyard II Shock-Absorbing Lanyards image
readily visible should
the “Original” Manyard Lanyards, plus offer
the outer jacket become damaged or
additional value-added features:
worn and unfit for service.
• Unique stretchable design offers greater
maneuverability and safety
• Integral bright red core makes visual When contracted, Manyard II Lanyards greatly
inspection easier and more reliable reduce the chances of tripping, snagging or
• Now available in green or orange nylon dragging.
webbing, or blue polyester webbing for
greater chemical resistance
231M
ff ”
216M Tie-o
“
100%
For
14
14-13
FALL PROTECTION
Miller
Miller ® Manyard® Shock-Absorbing Lanyards
Miller® Manyard® Shock-Absorbing Lanyards

Standard
Model Number Harness Anchorage Special Lanyard Occupations/
Number Material of Legs Connection Connection Features Length* Applications
216WLS Webbing One Locking snap hook Locking snap hook Warning flag 6' (1.8m)
219WRS Webbing One Locking snap hook Locking rebar hook Warning flag 6' (1.8m)
231WRS Webbing Two Locking snap hook Locking rebar hooks Warning flag 6' (1.8m)
232WLS Webbing Two Locking snap hook Locking snap hooks Warning flag 6' (1.8m)
233WLS Webbing One Choke-off loop Locking snap hook Warning flag 6' (1.8m)
Locking Snap Hook Locking Rebar Hook

3/4" (19mm) gate opening 2-1/2" (63mm) gate opening
Miller® Manyard® II Stretchable Shock-Absorbing Lanyards

Extended
Model Number Harness Anchorage Special Lanyard Occupations/
Number Material of Legs Connection Connection Features Length* Applications
216M Webbing One Locking snap hook Locking snap hook Warning flag, red core/wear indicator 6' (1.8m)
219M Webbing One Locking snap hook Locking rebar hook Warning flag, red core/wear indicator 6' (1.8m)
231M Webbing Two Locking snap hook Locking rebar hooks Warning flag, red core/wear indicator 6' (1.8m)
232M Webbing Two Locking snap hook Locking snap hooks Warning flag, red core/wear indicator 6' (1.8m)
233M Webbing One Choke-off loop Locking snap hook Warning flag, red core/wear indicator 6' (1.8m)
* Available in lengths from 4' (1.2m) to 10' (3m).
NOTE: For color/webbing selection, add one of the following suffixes to the corresponding lanyard
model number: “-SN ” for green nylon; “-EC ” for orange nylon: or “D ” for blue polyester webbing.
Miller brand Manyard and Manyard II lanyards meet all applicable OSHA, ANSI and requirements.
14
14-14
FALL PROTECTION
Energy-Absorbing Lanyards
Energy Absorbing lanyards are a component of a personal fall arrest system.

They provide a means of connection between the back (dorsal) D-ring of full body harnesses and a qualified anchorage and anchorage connector. The
energy absorber keeps fall arrest forces below ANSI and OSHA limits and deceleration distance is controlled to a maximum of 42 inches.The lanyard is
available in strap, rope and wire rope configurations with a variety of snaphooks.
Dyna-Brake® Energy-Absorbing Lanyards
Part No. 501220 Part No. 501222 Part No. 501563 Part No. 501562
• 6' x adj. 1" dia. nylon rope • 6' x adj. 1" wide nylon webbing • 6' x adj. 1" wide polyester web • 6' x adj. 1" wide nylon web
• RL20 self-locking snaphooks • RL20 self-locking snaphooks twin lanyard twin lanyard
• RL20 self-locking snaphooks • RL20 self-locking snaphooks
Single Leg-Adjustable Single Leg-Fixed Single Leg-Expandable Twin Leg-Adjustable Twin Leg-Fixed Twin Leg-Expandable
Part No. Hardware Part No. Hardware Part No. Hardware Part No. Hardware Part No. Hardware Part No. Hardware
416013* RL20/HL64 416009* RL20/ HL64 501572* RL20/RL20 416010 RL20/2 HL64 416006 RL20/2 HL64 501574 RL20/2 RL20
501222* RL20/RL20 501226* RL20/RL20 501562 RL20/2 RL20 501561 RL20/2 RL20
501235 RL20/RL20 501323 RL20/RL20 501564 RL20/2 RL20 501563 RL20/2 RL20
* SEI certified. * SEI certified. 10015877 RL20/2GL3100
Onyx™ Shock-Absorbing Lanyards

The lightest weight shock-absorbing lanyard
available, the sleek, innovative Onyx™ features a
strong, durable sheath. It is also bi-directional, Nylon, Single Piece Construction, 6' Fixed Length
making it even easier to train your personnel. Part No. Hardware
10003020 HL2000/HL2000
This longer-wearing lanyard is highly visible and 10003021 RL20/RL20
Onyx™ Shock-Absorbing Lanyard
P/N 10003020
meets ANSI A10.14, and OSHA Regulations. 10012311 HL2000/(2)HL64,Twin Leg
10012312 RL20/(2) HL2000,Twin Leg
10012313 HL2000/(2)HL64,Twin Leg
14
14-15
FALL PROTECTION
Energy-Absorbing Lanyards
Sure-Stop™ Shock-Absorbing Lanyards

• Uses a tear tape design to keep fall arrest forces below 900 lbs
• Meets ANSI Z359.1, and applicable OSHA regulations, and is CSA
certified
• Available in single or twin-leg configurations Sure-Stop™ Shock-Absorbing Lanyard
• Clear shock-absorber cover protects labels Part No. SWL2068704LS
Sure-Stop Lanyards with 1-3/4-inch strap
Part No. Material Harness ConnectionAnchorage Connection Length Type
SWL2068804LS Nylon LS Snap LS Snap 4' Adjustable
SWL2068806LS Nylon LS Snap LS Snap 6' Adjustable
SWL2078106LS Nylon LS Snap HL64 6' Fixed
Shock-Absorbing Lanyards with 1-inch strap

Shock- Harness Anchorage
Part No. Material Absorber Connection Connection Length Type
SWL40306LI Nylon Sure-Stop LI Snap LI Snap 6' Twin Leg,Adjustable
SWL4068704LS Nylon Sure-Stop LS Snap LS Snap 4' Fixed
SWLP0645A* Polyester Sure-Stop Sewn loop (2) LI Snap 6' Twin Leg, Fixed
Shock-Absorbing Lanyards with 1/2-inch rope

Part No. Material Absorber Connection Connection Length Type
SNL4048404LS Nylon Sure-Stop LS Snap LS Snap 4' Fixed
SNL4048406LS Nylon Sure-Stop LS Snap LS Snap 6' Fixed
Shock-Absorbing Lanyards with 1/2-inch wire rope, vinyl-coated

Part No. Absorber Connection Connection Length Type
SCL4067304LS Sure-Stop LS Snap LS Snap 4' Fixed
SCL4067306LS Sure-Stop LS Snap LS Snap 6' Fixed
14
14-16
FALL PROTECTION
Self-Retracting Lanyards
Aptura™ LT12 SRL

MSA has set a new standard in the mechanical fall
protection market with the Aptura LT12 Self-Retracting Dyna-Lock® Self-Retracting Lanyards (SRL)
Lanyard (SRL). Never before has the market seen such Dyna-Lock® SRLs are fast-acting fall arresters that limit
a state-of-the-art device with so many standard features. free-fall distance, deceleration distance, and fall
With its solid design and fast acting brake mechanism, arrest forces, while allowing user freedom of
you can be confident that the Aptura LT12 SRL will be movement. Ideal for climbing applications
there to protect you when you need it most. Features where vertical mobility is needed. Meets ANSI
include: Z359.1,ANSI A10.14, and applicable OSHA
• A field-replaceable lifeline standards.
• A lightweight design starting at 2.4 lbs
• A 400 pound working capacity
Capacity (working load)
• No annual factory recertification required
20' web; 50', 70', and 95' cable Models:
• Integral load indicator • Maximum: 400 lbs (181 kg)
Aptura • Integral swivel at SRL connector • Minimum: 75 lbs (34 kg)
LT12
SRL
• A durable, engineered thermoplastic housing For 20' cable Model:
Part No. • Meets ANSI A10.14,ANSI Z359.1, and all applicable • Maximum: 310 lbs (140 kg)
• Minimum: 75 lbs (34 kg) Left: 20' Wire Rope Dyna-Lock SRL, P/N
10042171 OSHA standards, and is CSA certified 10017930
All these features and more combine to give you the Middle: 20' Strap Dyna-Lock SRL, P/N 506615
lightest weight, most versatile SRL available on the Right: Dyna-Lock SRL, P/N 506204
market today.
Aptura LT12 SRLs
Line SRL Lifeline Field Ordering Information
Part No. Length Connection Connection Replacement
Dyna-Lock® SRLs 10M (30') 16M (50') 22M (70') 30M (95')
Line
10044227 12' None Sewn Loop Yes Galvanized Wire Rope, RL20S 506202 506204 506206 506208
10042171 12' None LI Snap Yes Stainless Steel Wire Rope, RL20S 506203 506205 506207 506209
10044228 12' Back D HL2000 Yes 20' Web, Nylon, RL20S 506615
10044229 12' None HL2000 Yes Backpacker™ SRL
10044320 12' 1" Steel Carabiner HL2000 Yes Backpacker SRL 20' Web Dyna-Lock, Nylon, RL20S 506619
14
14-17
FALL PROTECTION
Rope Grab in use

P/N 415940 Rope Grabs and Vertical Lifelines
Rope Grab
Unique,
versatile,
lightweight Rope Grabs
and afford- Rope Grab with Dyna-Brake® Shock-Absorbing Lanyard, 3' Length 415940
able, the Rope Grab with 12" Fixed Nylon Lanyard 415941
Rope Grab Rope Grab Kit with 50' -5/8" Rope, Polyester,Anchorage Connector Strap 415942
features: Kit with 100' Rope 415942
• Hands-free operation while Rope Grab Kit with 50' -5/8" Rope, Polyester/Polypropylene,
ascending or descending. Nylon Anchorage Connector Strap 415964
Kit with 100' Rope 415965
• Ultra-smooth travel action.
Rope Grab replacement Lanyard with Shock Absorber 416065
• Cam and hinge design Rope Grab replacement Lanyard, 12" Strap 416066
allows for a quick, easy
installation on the rope. Vertical Lifelines
5/8" Rope, Polyester, with RL20 Snaphook on one end
• Available with either
polyester or polyester/ 25' 50' 75' 100' 150' 200'
polypropylene blend rope. 415865 415869 415870 415871 415871 415871
5/8" Rope, Polyester/Polypropylene, with Twist Lock Carabiner on one end
25' 50' 75' 100' 150' 200'
416048 416049 416050 416051 416052 416052
Horizontal Lifelines
Sure-Line™ Temporary Horizontal Lifeline
The Sure-Line temporary Horizontal Lifeline is a Sure-Line Steel
Cable System
lightweight cable system that is suspended between
Part No.
two approved anchor points to provide worker fall SHL2009040
protection during horizontal movement. Designed for
quick and easy installation at temporary work sites, Dyna-Line® Horizontal Lifelines
the Sure-Line system: The Dyna-Line temporary horizontal lifeline system is
• Includes an integral shock absorber designed for quick and easy installation and removal
• Available in 20 ft, 40 ft, or 60 ft lengths from temporary job sites. The Dyna-Line is available
• Uses a 3/8”, 6X36 galvanized cable in a single-worker or two-worker System. Dyna-Line® Two-Worker System P/N 10013152
• Incorporates a combination clamp/thimble that The Dyna-Line Lifeline is built with
allows for effortless tensioning of lifeline The Dyna-Line Kit includes:
special features: • Lifeline (30' & 60' lengths are standard,
• Available in 2 models, with or without turnbuckle • Spliced rope ends for a stronger joint up to 200' available by special order)
• Rated for up to 2 people • Attachment rings on rope to prevent rollout and • Line tensioner
• 2 Snaphooks on the Single-Worker System,
reduce wear on rope or 2 Carabiners on the Two-Worker System
Ordering Information • Red rope for high visibility (which also includes 2 Anchorage
Connector Straps)
Steel Cable Horizontal Lifeline System • Highly visible deployment tags to clearly indicate
• Integral Connecting Ring(s) made of forged
with turnbuckle, 40 ft (12 m) SHL2009040 that the system has seen fall arrest forces steel, for attachment to Personal Fall Arrest
• Meets all OSHA standards and ANSI A10.14 System
Steel Cable Horizontal Lifeline System standards • Handy Bucket for carrying and storage
with turnbuckle, 60 ft (18 m) SHL2009060 Ordering Information

Iron Worker Cable Horizontal Lifeline Dyna-Line for Single Worker, 30-ft rope 10013150
System without turnbuckle, 40 ft (12 m) SHL2009040IW Dyna-Line for Single Worker, 60-ft rope 10013151
Iron Worker Cable Horizontal Lifeline Dyna-Line for Two Workers, 30-ft rope 10013152
System without turnbuckle, 60 ft (18 m) SHL2009060IW Dyna-Line for Two Workers, 60-ft rope 10013153
14
14-18
FALL PROTECTION
DBI Sala
Self Retracting Lifelines
Sealed SRL’s Ultra-Lok® SRL’s

These SRL’s incorporate a revolutionary To provide maximum comfort and minimal
patented concept that separates all dynamic weight, Ultra-Lok® SRL’s come with a durable
components, including the motor spring and glass-filled polyurethane housing, a 3/16" wire
brake, from foreign elements such as grease, rope lifeline and aluminum side plates. For
moisture and dirt.You always know your SRL added security, Ultra-Lok® systems have an
is operating at peak efficiency, without wor- anti-ratcheting twin-disc brake system with an
ries about what is happening inside the hous- audio indicator to let you know it is function-
ing, no matter how dirty or damp your envi- ing properly.
ronment!
3504433
3403400 • Corrosion-resistant
• Corrosion-resistant stainless steel working
cast aluminum/stain- components
less steel housing • Reserve lifeline reten-
• Self-adjusting disc tion system
brake • 3/16" galvanized steel
• Reserve lifeline reten- wire rope (stainless
tion system avail.)
• 3/16" galvanized steel • Self-locking swivel snap
wire rope (stainless hook with impact indi-
avail.) cator
• Self-locking swivel • Swiveling anchorage
snap hook with loop to prevent twist-
impact ing of
indicator lifeline
• 50 ft. long • 20 ft. long
• Weight = 29lbs. • Weight = 9lbs.
Similar Models: Similar Models:
3403401: 50 ft. stainless 3504434: 20 ft. stainless steel
steel 3504430: 30 ft. galvanized
3403500: 85 ft. galvanized 3504431: 30 ft. stainless steel
3403501: 85 ft. stainless 3504450: 50 ft. galvanized
steel 3504451: 50 ft. stainless steel
3403600: 130 ft. galvanized 3504453: 35 ft. spectra synthetic
3403601: 130 ft. stainless rope
steelnon-sealed:
3400610: 175 ft. galvanized
3400611: 175 ft. stainless
steel
3403402
• Includes all features of
3403400
• Built-in retrieval winch
for raising/lowering load
during emergencies
• Weight = 36lbs.
Similar Models:
3403403: 50 ft. stainless steel
14
14-19
FALL PROTECTION
DBI Sala
Self Retracting Lifelines
Talon™ Web SRL’s Ultra-Lok® Web SRL’s
Talon SRL’s are engineered for reliable protection that These have the same features as the Ultra-Lok® cable
locks when it should; won’t lock when it shouldn’t.The type SRL’s shown on page 31, except they
extremely lightweight design (just under three pounds!) feature a one-inch nylon web lifeline for an even
and quick-connect system gives you freedom of move- lighter weight system.
ment without compromising your safety.
3101001 Built-in Quick 3103108

Connector Series
• Lightweight, durable glass-
• 1" wide nylon webbing life- filled polyurethane housing
line
with aluminum side plates
• Quick-connector handle
• Self-locking swivel snap hook • Anti-ratcheting twin disc
with impact indicator brake with audio indicator
• 8 ft. long indicating proper function-
• Weight = 3.0lbs. ing brake
Similar Models: • Reserve lifeline retention
3101000: with 9503175 snap hook system
3101002: with 2000523 steel • 1" wide nylon webbing
carabiner (3/4" opening) lifeline
3101003: with 2000108 steel • Swiveling anchorage loop
carabiner (2" opening)
3101004: with 2004339 alum. hook
to prevent twisting of life-
with eye (3/4" opening) line
3101005: with 2007199 steel swivel- • Swiveling self-locking snap
ing carabiner with eye (3/4" opening) hook with impact indica-
3101006: with 9510057 steel flat
rebar hook with eye (2-1/4" opening) Similar Models: tor
3101007: with 2007153 aluminum 3103113: with 2004339 carabiner • 11 ft. long
snap hook with eye (2-1/4" opening) 3103107: with 9503175 self-locking • Weight = 4.2 lbs.
snap hook
3103207: 20 ft. with 9503175 lifeline
3101009 Built-in Order hook
Picker Connector Series 3103213: 20 ft. with 2004339 carabiner
3103208: 20 ft. with 9500100 self-lock-
• 1" wide nylon webbing life- ing swivel snap hook
line
• Order picker connector
• Self-locking swivel snap Compact Cable SRL
hook with impact indicator
• 8 ft. long
This compact and rugged SRL is for use in harsh envi-
• Weight = 3.3lbs. ronments such as welding where web lifelines just
Similar Models: won’t cut it.
3101008: with 9503175 snap hook
3101010: with 2000523 steel
3506000
carabiner (3/4" opening) • Rugged, heavy duty
3101011: with 2004339 alum. hook (yet lightweight) cast
with eye (3/4" opening)
3101012: with 2007199 steel
aluminum housing
swiveling carabiner with eye (3/4" • Anti-ratcheting twin
opening) disc brake
• Reserve lifeline reten-
tion system
3101051 16 ft. • 3/16" galvanized cable
Model
• Self-locking swivel snap
• 1" wide nylon webbing life- hook with impact indi-
line
• Swiveling anchorage loop to cator
prevent lifeline twisting • 11 ft. long
• Self-locking swivel snap • Weight = 5.4 lbs.
hook with impact indicator
• 16 ft. long Similar Model:
• Weight = 4.7 lbs.
3506002: with stainless
Similar Models: steel cable
3101050: with 9503175 snap hook
3101052: with 2004339 alum. hook
3506001: with stainless
14 with eye (3/4" opening) steel cable and hook
14-20
FALL PROTECTION
DBI Sala
Horizontal Lifeline Systems
Sayfline™ 7400520 Complete

BeamSafe™ System
Horizontal Lifeline Systems - • Two lightweight BeamSafe™
Simple, Reliable, Safe! stanchions (anchors)
Sayfline™ horizontal systems are not only light- • Zorbit™ energy absorber
weight and easy to install, they are also extremely with turnbuckle
portable. Just disassemble and take to the next job. • 20 ft. cable assembly
Engineered with DBI/SALA attention to quality and • Fastening hardware
detail, the Sayfline™ systems will work alongside • Standard size fits flanges 6-
you with absolute safety and reliability. 1/2" - 24" wide; up to 3/4"
thick
7600502 Sayfline™ • Optional adapter fits to 26"
Synthetic Horizontal
Lifeline System wide; 2-1/4" thick
• Easily installed with no • Instructional video
special tools or equip-
ment Similar Models:
• Lightweight, only 12 lbs. 7400530: 30 ft. system
• Rope lifeline assembly
with tensioner 7400540: 40 ft. system
• Two tie-off adapters 7400550: 50 ft. system
• 20 ft. long 7400560: 60 ft. system
• Carrying/storage bag
Similar Models:
7600503: 30 ft. system
7600504: 40 ft. system
7600505: 50 ft. system
7600506: 60 ft. system
7600507: 70 ft. system
7600508: 80 ft. system
7600509: 90 ft. system
7600510: 100 ft. system
7602020 Sayfline™ Cable

Horizontal Lifeline system
• Cable lifeline assembly
• Turnbuckle to tension
• Zorbit™ energy absorber
• Cable grip, • 20 ft. long
Similar Models:
7602030: 30 ft. system
7602040: 40 ft. system
7602050: 50 ft. system
7602060: 60 ft. system
7602070: 70 ft. system
7602080: 80 ft. system
7602090: 90 ft. system
7602100: 100 ft. system
7401031 Zorbit™ Kits

• Allows you to customize
your own system safely
• Zorbit™ energy
absorber
• 2 shackles, • 2
bolts/nuts
Similar Models:
7401032: with turnbuckle
7401033: with turnbuckle,
thimble and cable clips (just
add your
own cable)
14
14-21
FALL PROTECTION
Anchorage Connectors
Carabiners PointGuard™ Anchorage Connector NEW!

P/N 506259 (7/8” aluminum)
P/N 506572 (7/8” steel)
The PointGuard Anchorage Connector provides a secure point of attachment for
P/N 506308 (2” steel) residential and concrete construction applications. The PointGuard Anchorage
Connector can be installed in seconds, and when the anchorage connector is no
Large Hook w/ strap
P/N 10002820
longer needed a worker can simply cut the protruding strap and throw it away.
The PointGuard Anchorage Connector is:
3' PointGaurd Anchorage
• Economical • Durable Connector with D-Ring
• Available in 2 models - 1 fl Polyester Webbing P/N 10042792
- 5000 pound minimum breaking strength
- Residential Construction (2 variants)
- Concrete Construction (2 variants) • Available with or without a steel D-Ring
Anchorage Connector Strap • Designed to comply with all applicable OSHA
• Includes protective sleeve
P/N 505282 (Nylon) regulations as well as ANSI A10.14 and ANSI Z359.1
• A standard length of 3'
Wire Clasp With D-Ring With Sewn Loop
P/N 10003207 3' PointGuard Residential Anchorage Strap 10042792 10042793
(small 3-1/8")
4' PointGuard Concrete Anchorage Strap 10042794 10042795
P/N 10003208
(medium 4-1/8")
P/N 10003209
BeamGlide™ D-Plate
Trolley
MSA Permanent Roof Anchors
P/N 506632
(large 5-1/2")
P/N 506266 (zinc- The Permanent Roof Anchor provides a permanent attachment
(removable plated steel) point for a Personal Fall Arrest System or Travel Restriction System
model) on roofs. Easily installed without special tools, this permanent roof
P/N 506252
anchor fits all pitches of roof trusses or rafters.
(permanent model) 2" x 4" Roof Anchor P/N 10006468
2" x 4" 2" x 6" 2" x 8" 2" x 10" 2" x 12"
Adjustable 10016468 10017593 10017594 10017595 10017596
Beam Grip
Chain Anchorage
NEW!
P/N 10003210
Connector
P/N 10003206
Rebar Chain Assembly
BeamGrip™ (pictured Ordering Information
with swivel D-Ring and
Rebar chain assembly, GL3100 snaphook w/2.25” (57mm) gate 10044811 P/N 10044811
D-Ring insert)
P/N 506682
(3.94" to 5.64" flange widths) Sure-Grab™ Positioning Lanyard
P/N 415171
(5.5" to 8" flange widths) Ordering Information
P/N 415172
(8.06" to 10.48" flange widths) Sure-Grab positioning lanyard, manual, closed body, P/N SNYL537DH306
P/N 415173 c/w 5/8" x 6' yellow Static Kernmantle, chrome locking
(10.27" to 12.8" flange widths)
swivel snaphook, left-handed version SNYL537DH306
Additional Anchorage
Connectors Horizon® Rebar Anchorage for Horizon® Horizontal Lifeline System
The Horizon Rebar Anchorage is designed to attach the Horizon Horizontal Lifeline
Ordering Information System to rebar columns.The Horizon Rebar Anchorage consists of two triangular
W" Wire Rope, vinyl-coated, Fixed, frames, eight J-bolts, eight speed nuts, and hardware to fasten the frames together.
5', RL20 snaphook one end, The frames are attached to the rebar column by capturing the rebar with the J-
3" O-Ring other end 505233 bolts, then tightening the speed nuts to secure the connection. It is designed for
Shackle .5" D-Bolt Anchor 506212 quick and easy installation, and to fit almost any vertical rebar column application.
Trolley End Stops (pair) 506379 • Sets up in minutes • Durable steel construction • Versatile
D-Ring Insert for Beam Grip 506643 Please contact MSA Customer Service for more information on other Horizon Horizontal Lifeline components and accessories.
D-Plate w/ 8" x 8" galvanized backplate
for mounting to concrete 506669 Ordering Information
D-Plate w/ 8" x 8" anodized aluminum Horizon Rebar Anchorage (includes two frames which form one anchorage, 8 J-bolts, 8 speed nuts,
backplate for mounting to concrete 506672 and hardware to fasten frames) 10018424
Swivel D-Ring 506673 J-bolt replacement kit (includes 4 J-bolts and 4 speed nuts) 10018425
Bolt D-Ring with hole only 10003213 Intermediate support for Horizon Rebar Anchorage (1 double clevis)
14 Bolt D-Ring with threaded shank 10003212 Note:This part number must be ordered with 10018424 for a complete intermediate support bracket. 10018925
14-22
FALL PROTECTION
DBI Sala
Anchorage Connectors
DBI/SALA manufactures the industry’s widest range of First-Man-Up™ System

anchorage connectors, combining ease of use, light weight A simple and easy way to anchor a fall protection device
and high strength (5000 lb. min. tensile strength). No mat- to an overhead location and beyond normal reach.
ter what you are connecting to, DBI/SALA has a connector 2104519
to get the job done and keep you safe in case of a fall. First-Man-Up™ System
• 6 to 12 ft. adjustable pole
1003000 (2104523)
Pass-thru Tie-off Adapter • Tie-off adapter tool
• 1-3/4" polyester strength member (2104521)
• 3" wide polyester wear pad • Hook attachment (2104522)
• 3 ft. long (other lengths available) • Tie-off adapter (1003000)
Similar Models: • Carrying bag (9511597)
• Training video (5902302)
1003006: 6 ft. length
1002106: 6 ft. adjustable Similar Model:
2104520: 8 to 16 ft. adjustable
pole
5900550
Cable Choker
• 7x19 3/8” stainless steel cable
• Pass-thru type, O-ring at one
end and D-ring at the other
• 4 ft. long (other lengths avail- 1201390 Scaffold Choker with
able) D-ring
Similar Model: • 17" long
5900551: 6 ft. length • Fits 3" max. diameter structure
2101630 D-ring
Anchorage Plate 1220145 Girder Grip
• Bolt or weld to structure • Pivoting wing-bar provides the
• Two 1/2" dia. attachment holes girder lock
• Stainless steel plate, cadmium • Finger grips in center for easy
plated forged alloy steel D-ring tightening
• Plate size 1/4"x2"x4-1/4" • Fits .79" to 1.25" (20-32mm)
Similar Models: diameter hole in a .25" to 1.25"
2101634: with raw steel (6-32mm) thick steel beam
• With 5 ft. EZ Stop® II shock
absorbing lanyard
Saflok® Carabiners
Carabiners and hooks are the unsung heroes of most
DBI/SALA safety systems.They securely attach one compo-
nent to another and offer maximum strength (at least Adjustable Width Trolley
5000 lbs.). Designed for easy securing, they are either self- for I-Beams
closing/self-locking or self-locking to keep all components Designed for use with self-retracting lifelines on
of your safety system firmly attached, including you! horizontal I-beams.
2103143 Trolley
A. 2000523 • Attachable at midpoint
C
• 3/4" opening • Minimum turn radius of 7"
B • 4-1/4"x2-3/8" • Fits 3”-8” flange width and up to
Similar Models: 11/16” thick Flat or tapered
E beams
B. 2000106: 1-3/16" opening
A •Non-corrosive double-shielded
C. 2000108: 2" opening
wheel bearings
D. 2000200: stainless steel,
11/16" opening
E. 2004339: aluminum, 3/4”
opening
14
14-23
FALL PROTECTION
DBI Sala
Beam Connectors
Glyder™ Sliding Beam Anchor Fixed Beam Anchor

For complete horizontal mobility, the Glyder™ The Fixed Beam Anchor is specifically
Sliding Beam Anchor is designed for use with designed for a fall arrest anchorage and also
the DBI/SALA Force2™ shock absorbing makes an excellent end point for the
lanyard (page 27) when used at your feet. Sayfline™ Synthetic horizontal lifeline system
Enjoy total fall protection, along with freedom and other similar DBI/SALA approved systems.
of movement, as the anchor effortlessly slides It installs in seconds to the beam structure,
across the beam on its wear pads, eliminating with final tightening using a built-in
metal-to-metal contact. adjustment handle.Attach it to the beam
structure in any orientation or direction for
added versatility.
14
14-24
FALL PROTECTION
DBI Sala
Full Body Harnesses
When you are out on the roof of a residential or
commercial wood frame structure, whether flat or
sloped, your fall protection system needs specialized
components to keep you safe and secure without
causing damage. DBI/SALA’s easy-to-use, economical kits
and anchorage components provide the perfect solution
and meet the latest OSHA and ANSI standards.
2104168 2103672
Roof Anchor Fall Protection Kit Single-mount Sheet Metal Roof
Anchor with D-ring
• Rope adjuster with shock absorbing
• 22" long when flat
lanyard (1224005)
• Nail to secure
• Delta™ harness (1103513)
• 50' lifeline assembly with
counterweight (1203000) 2103673 Removable/
• Removable roof anchor (2103673) Reusable Roof Anchor
Similar Models: • Chain and O-ring
2104169: with 2103672 roof anchor • 25" long
2104173: with 2104540 roof anchor • Nail or bolt into place
2104174: with 2104541 roof anchor
2104175: with 2104542 roof anchor
2104540
Detachable Roof Anchor
7611904 • For open trusses, joists and rafters
Sayfline™ Roofer’s System • Removable D-ring and clamp assemblies
• Delta No-Tangle™ harness with • Fits 2x4 roof truss, joist, rafter
back D-ring and loops for tool • Complete with flashing
belt (1103513) Similar Models:
• 50’ 5/8" polyester/ polypropylene
2104541: fits 2x6 to 2x8
lifeline (1202794)
2104542: fits 2x10 to 2x12
• Flexible counterweight
(5901583)
• Rope adjuster with 3' shock 2103670
absorbing lanyard (1224005) U-bolt Permanent Roof Anchor
• Two reusable roof anchors
(2103673) • Fits up to 2x8
• Carrying bag • Complete with flashing
Similar Model: Similar Model:
7600202: with two roof anchors (2103673) and carrying bag ONLY 2103671: fits 2x10 to 2x12
3505694
1224005 Rope Adjuster Lanyard
• Swiveling style roof anchor
with 30 ft. Ultra-Lok® SRL • Rope adjuster at one end of EZ Stop®
(3504430) III shock absorbing lanyard lets you
safely slide along a lifeline to reach a
Similar Model: new work position and then locks
3505695: with 50' Ultra-Lok® onto lifeline to provide fall protection.
SRL (3504450)
2103675 Standing
2105683 Seam Roof Anchor
• Metal/Wood swiveling style roof • Fits 24", 30", 32", 36" spacing
anchor • 360 degree moveability
• For use with 30’ or 50’ Ultra- • All components reusable
Lok® SRL (order separately) • Installs easily without damage to roof
• D-ring for use with lifeline or • Order 30’ or 50’ Ultra-Lok®
lanyard SRL separately
14
14-25
FALL PROTECTION
DBI Sala
Winch
SALALIFT® II Winch
Lightweight Work Support & Rescue Device
This second generation Salalift® winch exceeds all industry requirements, providing
superior performance and exclusive technology for dependability and ease of use.
8102001
• 6:1 gear ratio with
avg. lifting speed of
12.75 ft./min.
• Lightweight (35 - 37
lbs.)
• Quick-mount bracket
• Free-wheel mode for
operator maneuver-
ability
• Overload clutch
• Polyethylene housing
cover
• Superior corrosion
resistance
Similar Models: • Safety hook with
8102003: 60 ft. - 1/4" stainless cable impact indicator
8102009: 90 ft. - 3/16" galvanized • Reserve lifeline
cable • 60 ft. - 1/4" galvanized
8102011: 90 ft. - 3/16" stainless cable
8102005: 120 ft. - 3/16" galvanized cable
cable • Winch bag
8102007: 120 ft. - 3/16" stainless cable
14
14-26
FALL PROTECTION
Self-Retracting Lanyards
Bucket-O-Safety® Kit Hands-Off™ NEW!

Bucket-O-Safety®
Kit
P/N 10013102
Chisel Grip
The Hands-
Off Chisel
Grip keeps hands
away from the
point of contact.
The Hands-Off
All the Basic Safety Needs conveniently Chisel Grip is
packaged in a handy 6-Gallon Bucket. ergonomically
Great for: designed to match the specific shape
• Outfitting construction crews of the human hand for a more comfort-
• Safe and dry storage of PPE for work crew
able and firmer grip. Additional fea-
The Bucket-O-Safety Contains: tures of this modern design include:
• FP Pro™ Vest-Style Harness • Permits faster, safer, more accurate
• Onyx™ 6 ft Lanyard with HL2000 work.
Snaphooks • Easy adjustment to hold a variety
• White V-Gard® Hardhat with of chisels and stakes up to 1" in
Staz-On® Suspension diameter.
• Sound Control™ Reusable Silicone • Vibration-absorbing handle.
Earplugs • Easing of awkward hand positioning.
• Sightgard® Protective Eyewear with • Economical.
scratch-resistant lens, adjustable • Spark resistant.
temples, integrated side shields, and
anti-fog coating
Ordering Information Hands-Off Chisel Grip, 6” 10040018
Replacement Strap Assembly 10042431
Bucket-O-Safety Kit 10013102
14
14-27
DETECTORS
PULSAR™+ Single-Gas Detector
Easy-to-Read Display Replaceable Sensor Water & Dust Resistance

• A backlight provides excellent • Easily replaceable, MSA-built, • IP54 rating—highly water- and
contrast patented Button™ Sensors dust-resistant
• Easy-to-understand display icons • Stainless steel, solid electrolyte User Configuration
One-Button Autocalibration construction sensors contain no
• Fully adjustable warning, peak,
liquid, eliminating the possibility
• Intuitive, completely automatic STEL and TWA alarm levels
of sensor leakage
calibration with the press of a • STEL and TWA function can be
button • Extremely small thin sensor
deactivated
profile provides high perfor-
Pulsar+ Detectors with Vibrating Alarm, • No separate, easy-to-lose • All alarm and calibration gas
mance in a small package
CO P/N 10036174 accessories value settings are password
H2S P/N 10036175 Durability
O2 P/N 10036173 Distinctive Alarm System protected
• Designed to withstand even the Large Rubber Button
• A triple alarm system
harshest conditions and usage
• Piercing and distinctive • Large rubber buttons for easy
•Water resistant
audio alarm cannot be confused operation—even with gloves
with other common workplace • Solid-state and rugged case
• Button labels feature English
sounds design increase impact resis-
text and international icons
tance, minimize the chance for
• Best-in-class, super-bright LED
breakage
visual alarm can be seen from all
angles
• Optional vibrating alarm, strong
Specifications
enough to be felt through heavy Gas Type CO H2S O2
work clothes Range 0-500 ppm 0-200 ppm 0-25%O2
Clip Options Resolution 1 ppm 1ppm 0.1% O2
• Unique clip designs for Response Time T90<60 sec T90<60 sec T90<35 sec
The PULSAR+ Single-Gas Detector is
reliable, easy-to-use, and durable. suspender- and cell phone-style Pulsar+ Single-Gas Detector Ordering Information
clips and lanyards keep unit Gas Type Instrument Instrument w/Vibrating Alarm
With sensor options for CO, H2S and
attached during roughest use
O2, this unit will provide industry- CO 10036171 10036174
leading performance and stand up to H2S 10036172 10036175
the roughest handling in the toughest O2 10036170 10036173
environments.
Pulsar™ Single-Gas Detector
The MSA PULSAR Single-Gas Detector provides mainte-

PULSAR Single-Gas Detector Assemble-To-Order System
nance-free, 24-month monitoring for the detection of
CO, H2S, or O2.With a unique design combined with a Select instrument options and mark them in the boxes to the right.
competitive price, it is the clear choice in single-gas detec- 1 = CO without vibrating alarm
tors. For more complete information, see Bulletin 0802-18. 2 = CO with vibrating alarm
3 = H2S without vibrating alarm
Pulsar H2S Detector (10ppm & 25ppm) with Vibrating 4 = H2S with vibrating alarm
Alarm, P/N A-PULSAR-4-N
Features 5 = O2 without vibrating alarm
rating of IP54 to help ensure that the 6 = O2 with vibrating alarm
• The PULSAR requires no field calibra-
tion, battery or sensor replacement. unit will be virtually impervious to A = CO 25 ppm & 100 ppm
water and dust ingress. B = CO 30 ppm & 60 ppm
• Spring and suspension attachment
clips are standard—keeping the unit • Because the PULSAR Single-Gas C = CO 35 ppm & 100 ppm
attached during even the roughest Detector has a built-in gas-delivery D = CO 35 ppm & 400 ppm
use.The unit can be worn inside or adapter, no easy-to-misplace E = CO 50 ppm & 200 ppm
outside a pocket, as well as on the accessories are needed to conduct F = CO 100 ppm & 300 ppm
belt or helmet. gas-response tests. G = CO 150 ppm & 200 ppm
• A long-life battery offers 33% more • Newly designed, MSA-built, stainless L = H2S 10 ppm & 15 ppm
capacity than the competition. steel sensors with solid electrolyte M = H2S 10 ppm & 20 ppm
construction contain no liquid,
• A numeric display with characters N = H2S 10 ppm & 25 ppm
eliminating the possibility of sensor
4x larger than the competition O = H2S 15 ppm & 25 ppm
leakage.
allows users to count down service
• A triple alarm system, complete with W = O2 19.5 % & 18.0 %
life from 24 months with accuracy
audio, vibrating, and visual alarms X = O2 22.5 % & 19.5 %
and confidence.
leaves no doubt for the user in an
• It’s designed to survive a 6-ft drop and Your Model Part Number Please write in numbers and letters from selections
alarm situation.
to meet an environmental protection above in appropriate boxes and contact your
A-PULSAR - - Safety Products Distributor to place your order.
14
14-28
DETECTORS
Orion® Multigas Detector
Orion™
Deluxe
Four-Gas
ase
ase
Detector
aC
yC
y
p
Kit, P/N
er
it
Ca
ur
arg er y
om
Orion Multigas
K
um
att
rd
10025932
ion
ion
Ch att
on
er
eB
Co
lP
be
e
Ec
& HB
Lin
rat
rat
Detector Kits
ro
na
lin
ge
ck
lib
lib
tP
ot
ter
an
2S
ka
M
ft
L
CO
Bla
Bo
Ca
10
Ca
Ni
Or
1f
LE
Al
H
2
Part No.
In
The Orion Multigas Detector is a
O
low-cost, reliable, and easy-to-use Deluxe 4-gas, datalog • • • • • • • • • • • • 10030399
portable instrument for detecting Deluxe 4-gas • • • • • • • • • • • • 10025932
Deluxe 3-gas H2S • • • • • • • • • • • 10025935
the presence of O2, H2S, CO and
Deluxe 3-gas CO • • • • • • • • • • • 10025938
combustible gas. It will stand up
Industrial 4-gas • • • • • • • • • • 10025931
to the roughest handling in even Industrial 4-gas, less jacket • • • • • • • • • • 10030420
the toughest environments. Industrial 3-gas H2S • • • • • • • • • 10025934
Approvals Industrial 3-gas CO • • • • • • • • • 10025937
Economy 4-gas, NiMH • • • • • • 10030398
The Orion Multigas Detector has Economy 4-gas • • • • • • 10025930
been designed to meet intrinsic Economy 3-gas H2S • • • • • 10025933
safety testing requirements in Economy 3-gas CO • • • • • 10025936
certain hazardous atmospheres.
The Orion Multigas Detector has Features
been approved by UL and cUL for • One-button calibration • Tough,durable construction • Large, easy-to-read display
use in Class I, Division I, Groups A, • Long-life battery • Built-in pump • Durable sensors
B, C, and D. • Carbon-filled-nylon case • TIM ® System compatibility • Link™ Software
Solaris™ Multigas Detector
• World-Class Alarm System—Triple alarm

system with high intensity LED visual alarms Ordering Information
that are visible from all angles. Audible alarm P/N Description
is typically measured in excess of 100 dB! Basic Kits
• Versatile Display—backlighting provides 4-gas instrument 10048148
The Solaris Multigas Detector is an affordable,
exceptional contrast, making it easy to read in 3-gas (LEL, O2, CO) 10048150
durable, reliable, easy-to-use portable
low-light conditions and from a variety of 3-gas (LEL, O2, H2S) 10048211
instrument for detecting the presence of O2, angles. All gas concentrations are displayed
H2S, CO and combustible gas. It is designed 2-gas (LEL, O2) 10048213
simultaneously.
to withstand rough handling in harsh environ- Standard Kits (includes datalogging option)
ments. Ergonomically designed, it provides the • Simple Calibration—auto calibration feature 4-gas instrument 10048147
best value in its class. At a low, competitive cost, greatly simplifies calibration and reduces 3-gas (LEL, O2, CO) 10048149
it provides state-of-the-art engineering and the training needs.
3-gas (LEL, O2, H2S) 10048212
best and biggest array of features on the market • Long-Life Battery—rechargeable lithium ion 2-gas (LEL, O2) 10048214
while weighing under 8 ounces and having battery provides 14+ hours of continuous Industrial Kits (includes calibration kit)
dimensions of 4V"H x 2 V" W x 1 W" D. operation and outperforms other battery tech-
4-gas instrument 10049293
nologies in extreme environmental conditions.
• Lightweight design—does not interfere with 3-gas (LEL, O2, CO) 10049294
their range of motion and is comfortable • TIM® System Compatibility—allows users to 3-gas (LEL, O2, H2S) 10049295
enough to be worn all day long. automatically calibrate their instruments and 2-gas (LEL, O2) 10049296
track calibration records.
• Rugged Construction—rubberized armor that Deluxe Kits (includes calibration kit, datalogging,
helps to absorb impact if the unit is accidental- • Optional Sampling Pump—optional powered and sampling pump)
ly dropped and IP 65 rating provides superior sampling pump is contained within the 4-gas instrument 10049297
protection against liquid and dust ingress sampling probe accessory.The pump probe 3-gas (LEL, O2, CO) 10049298
can be used with up to 50 feet of tubing for
• Ultimate Flexibility— easily configured by the 3-gas (LEL, O2, H2S) 10049299
remote sampling applications and includes an
user to detect up to four gases simultaneously. extensive filtering s 2-gas (LEL, O2) 10049300
Users can also easily modify most instrument
functionsand operating and set-up parameters • Outstanding Warranty—two-year, all-inclusive.
14
14-29
INDEX
Acco, Chain & Lifting Products Division. . . . . . . . 6-16; Bridon American Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25 –1-30
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23–6-29; 6-40—6-41 BRILUBE®
Aircraft Cable, Vinyl Coated Wire Rope Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45—5-46
7 x 7 Galvanized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
7 x 19 Galvanized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Bull Towing Chains Index
Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Galvanized Vinyl Coated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Cable Bands
Stainless, Type 304 Vinyl Coated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Wire Rope Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Barrel Hooks
Cable Hoists
Other Hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14
Basket Type Chain Sling Single & Double
Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Cable Reel Jacks
Beams Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Beam Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Caldwell Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24–10-26
Bell Bottom Jacks
Carbon Chain
Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Binding Chain, Grade 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Binding Chain, Grade 70 Boomer or Load Binder Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39 Bull Towing Chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Blocks Chain Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-34
Construction Blocks, New Style Oval Pattern . . . . . . . 13-25 Chain Tiedown Calculation Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Double Rig Trawl Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23 Definitions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Gin Blocks for Manila Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22 High Test Chain, Grade 43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Hay Fork Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14 High Test Tiedown Chain, Grade 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Hook Blocks, 380 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17; 13-18 Proof Coil Chain, Grade 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38
Improved Purse Seine Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-25 Proof Coil, Grade 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37; 6-38
Lay Down Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 Transport Tiedown Chain, Grade 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-35
Light Champion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 Winch Line Tail Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Malleable Iron Shells for Manila Rope. . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23 Carbon Chain Attachments
Snatch Blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9–13-13; 13-16; 13-21 Clevis Grab Hooks, Grade 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Toggle Block, Tail Board, C-720. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13 Clevis Slip Hooks, Grade 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Tong Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 Cold Shuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Try Net Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-24 Connecting Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
Wood Blocks for Manila Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22 Double Clevis, Mid-Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Blocks and Sheaves Lap Link Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Tackle Block Warning, Use & Maintenance . . . . . 13-1–13-6 Quick Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Bolt Type Shackles Repair Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5 Cargo Control
Boomer Chains Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36 Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Recommended Operating Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Braided Roundslings
Synthetic Cargo Tiedowns and Hardware . . . . . . . . 7-1; 7-3
Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Tarps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Braided Slings Tiedown Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23–2-25 Truck Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Bridle Slings, Multi-Legged Cargo Skates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29–10-32
Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Cargo Slings, Wide Body
Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Chain Connector
Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
CERTEX operates a Quality Management System which has been designed to meet with the requirements of ISO 9001-2000. Please note that
items of wire and fiber rope, chain products, their associated fittings and hardware, when purchased as separate components and not specifi-
cally requested to be inspected and tested, or when they have not been incorporated into lifting devices or assemblies by our organization are
classed as “Bought Out Finished” or “Factored” items and that some of these articles may not have been purchased from ISO 9001-2000 regis-
tered organizations.
INDEX-1
INDEX
Chain Sling Fittings Welded Adjustable Double Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

Clevis Type Foundry Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 Welded Adjustable Single Loop Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Clevis Type Grab Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27 Welded Adjustable Single Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Clevis Type Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Welded Double Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Index Clevlok® Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20 Welded Quadruple Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Cradle Grab® Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 Welded Single Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Eye Type Foundry Hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28 Welded Triple Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Eye Type Grab Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27 Chain Swivels
Eye Type Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Swivels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Foundry Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Grab Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 Chain Tiedown Calculation Guide
Kuplers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37
Kuplok® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 C-Hooks
Latch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 Ordering Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Latchlok® Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Clamps
Load Pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5
Master Kuplinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-11; 12-12
Master Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 Locking Screw-Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10
Metal Identification Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29 Non-Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-9; 12-10
Oblong Master Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 Vertical and Horizontal Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1—12-12
Pear-Shaped Master Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Clevis Assemblies
Plate Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19; 6-29
Quad. Master Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 Field Installable Terminations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Safety Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30–6-32 Clevis Grab Hooks
Safety Hooks, Clevis Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32 Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
Safety Hooks, Eye Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30 Clevis Type Foundry Hooks
S Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Sling Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20; 6-21
Welded Coupling Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18 Clevis Type Grab Hooks
Weld-On Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33 Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Chain Slings Clevis Type Sling Hooks
Adjustable Double Chain Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Adjustable Double Loop Chain Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Clevlok© Sling Hooks
Adjustable Single Chain Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
Adjustable Single Loop Chain Sling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Coil Lifters
Bail-Type Magnet Chain Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Model 82-RC - Close Stacking “C” Hook. . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Basket Type Chain Sling Single & Double. . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
Calculating Chain Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Cold Shuts
Chain Sling Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43
Double Chain Sling Type D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 Columbus McKinnon Corporation . . . . . . . . . 6-19–6-22;
Endless Basket Chain Sling Single & Double . . . . . . . . 6-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42–6-43; 6-48–6-49
Endless Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Connecting Links
General Information - Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
Grade 80 Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Kuplex II Safety Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Construction Blocks
Magnet Chains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19; 13-20; 13-25
Mechanical Adjustable Double Loop Slings . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Construction Harnesses
Mechanical Adjustable Double Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1–14-4; 14-7–14-12
Mechanical Adjustable Single Loop Slings . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Coupling Link
Mechanical Adjustable Single Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Mechanical Double Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Mechanical Quadruple Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10 Cradle Grab® Hook
Mechanical Single Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Mechanical Triple Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9 Crosby Group, Inc. . . . . . . . 4-1–4-19; 5-1–5-8; 5-11–5-37;
Recommended Chain Sling Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24–7-33; 10-1–10-21; 13-1–13-29
Single Chain Sling Type S & C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Double Chain Sling Type D
Standard Triple Branch Magnet Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16 Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Types of Chain Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 Double Clevis, Mid-Link
Welded Adjustable Double Loop Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
INDEX-2
INDEX
Double Rig Trawl Blocks Forged Chain Shackles

Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23 Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Duff Norton Forged Shackles
Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Electric Chain Hoists Foundry Hooks
Index
Hoists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5; 11-9–11-11 Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
End Fittings Eye Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Full Body Harnesses
Endless Basket Chain Sling Single & Double Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1–14-4; 14-7–14-12
Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Gas Detector
Endless Chain Single Gas Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-28
Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Multi Gas Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-29
Gin Blocks for Manila Rope
Endless Roundslings
Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22
Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Grab Hooks
Endless Slings
Eye Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Fiber Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Grab Link
ESCO®
Swaging Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26–4-27
Esmet, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20–4-21 Grips
Wire Rope Grips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38–5-44
Extra Heavy Wire Rope Thimbles
Wire Rope Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 Guidelines For The Rigger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8–2-15
Eye Bolts Guide to Roundsling Terminology
Eye Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Pad Eyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Gunnebo-Johnson Corp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30–6-33
Regular Nut Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19 Hand Chain Hoists
Screw Eye Bolts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18 Hoists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3; 11-4; 11-6
Shoulder Nut Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 Hand Swaging Tools
Shoulder Nut Ring Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Nicopress®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Shoulder Type Machinery Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16 Hardware Slings, Single Leg
Warnings and Application Instructions . . . . . . . 10-14–10-15 Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Eye Hooks Harrington Hoists
Hoist Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5; 5-6 Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6–11-12
Eye Nuts High Performance Wire Rope
Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21 Constructex® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1–14-27 Diamond Blue High Strength Anchor Lines. . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Fiber Rope Dyform® -18 Rotation Resistant Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25
Constructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2–9-6 Dyform® -34LR Low Rotation Rotation Wire Rope . . . . 1-26
Rope Working Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Dyform® -XL Low Rotation Rotation Wire Rope . . . . . . 1-26
Standard Marine and Industrial Rope Products . . . . . . . 9-1 Dyform® -MAX Low Rotation Rotation Wire Rope . . . . 1-26
Types of Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Dyform-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Fiber Rope Attachments Riser Tensioner Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28
Shackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Hoist Hooks
Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Basic Machining and Thread Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Spool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Eye Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5; 5-6
Fiber Rope Slings Shank Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3; 5-4
Adjustable, 4-Leg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Swivel Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Adjustable Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Warnings and Application Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Endless Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 SHUR-LOC hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Eye/Eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Hoist Rings
UNC Threads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Field Installable Terminations
Warnings and Application Instructions . . . . . . . . 10-9–10-11
Clevis Assemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20; 4-21
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
INDEX-3
INDEX
Hoists Load Binders

Army Type Trolley Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 Binder Less Links and Hooks, R-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46
Cable Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14 Drop Forged Load Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Electric Chain Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5; 11-9–11-11 Lever Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45; 6-47–6-48
Index Hand Chain Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3; 11-4; 11-6 Load Binder Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
Midget Load Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Harrington Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6–11-12
Lever Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1–11-2; 11-7–11-8 Ratchet Type Load Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46; 6-49
Puller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Standard Lever Type Load Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45
Ratchet Lever Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1–11-2; 11-7–11-8 Warnings and Application Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44
Strap Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13 LoadFast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1–7-5
Hook Blocks Cargo Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1– 7-6
Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17; 13-18 Load Pins & Spirol® Pins
Hook Latches Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Alloy Hook Latch Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Loos & Co.
Crosby Latch Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Crosby S-4320 Latch Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Low Height Journal Jacks
Positive Locking Flapper Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Warnings and Application
Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14; 5-16; 5-18 Low Rotation Wire Rope
Jacks Dyform®-34LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Air Motor Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Dyform®-35LS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Bell Bottom Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Lubrication & Preservation
Cable Reel Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34 Wire Rope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9–1-11
Low Height Journal Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-34
Ratchet Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Lug All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13–11-14
Track Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Magnet Chains
Jaw End Swivels Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Swivels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 Malleable Iron Shells for Manila Rope
J.C. Renfroe & Sons, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-5–12-12 Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23
Klein Tools, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38–5-40 Marine Slings
Kuplers Hardware Disconnect Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Standard Web Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Kuplex II
Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5 Master Kuplinks
Kuplok®
Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 Master Link
Lap Link Connectors Crosby A-342. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 Master Ring
Latch Assemblies Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25 Metal Identification Tags
Latchlok® Hook Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19 Midget Load Binder
Lay Down Blocks Load Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15 Mid Links, Double Clevis
Lever Hoists Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1–11-2; 11-7–11-8 Miller Products, Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5–14-10
Lever Type Load Binder Morse-Starrett Products Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29–4-33
Load Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-45; 6-48 MSA Products . . . . . . . . 14-11–14-12; 14-15–14-18;14-22;
Lewis Mfg. Co.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41–5-44
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-27–14-29
Lifeline
Fall Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-17–14-21
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9–5-10; 5-30
Lineman’s Strap Hoists
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13 Nicopress®
Hand Swaging Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Load Balancing Slings
Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24; 4-25
Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
INDEX-4
INDEX
Oblong Master Link Rope Safety

Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2; 9-3
Oneway® Round Reverse Eye Hooks
Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Other Hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Roundslings
Index
Open Swage Socket
Swage Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 Basic Sling Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Overhaul Balls Braided Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Top Swiveling Overhaul Balls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-26–13-28 Endless Roundslings Sideseam and Tubular Types . . . . 8-7
Environmental Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Pad Eyes Eye/Eye Type Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20 Multileg and Hardware Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Parallel-Jaw Grips Polyester Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38 Rated Capacity Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Pear-Shaped Master Link Recommended Operating Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
Chain Sling Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18; 6-27 Roundsling Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Peerless CF Hand Chain Hoist Roundsling Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6 Roundsling Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Pipe Handling Roundsling Terminology Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Model PC - “Tea Cup” Pipe Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24 Tow Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Plate Hook Safety Clamps, Inc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1–12-4
Chain Sling Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19; 6-29 Safety Hooks
Polyester Roundslings Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30–6-32
Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 Samson Nylite™ Spool, Shield, Shackle
Positive Locking Flapper Latch Fiber Rope Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Hook Latches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17 Samson Ocean Systems, Inc.
Poured Sockets, 1-Part Slings Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Screw Eye Bolts
Proof Coil Chain, Grade 30 Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-38 Shackles
Puller Alloy Bolt Type Anchor Shackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Alloy Screw Pin Anchor Shackle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Purse Seine Blocks Bolt Type Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5; 10-6
Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-25 Forged Chain Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Quad. Master Assemblies Forged Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Quick Link “Wide Body” Sling Saver Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-42 Shank Hooks
Ratchet Jacks Hoist Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3; 5-4
Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33 Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-29
Ratchet Lever Hoists S Hook
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1–11-2; 11-7–11-8 Chain Sling Fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19; 6-28
Ratchet Type Load Binder Shoulder Nut Eye Bolts
Load Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-46 Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Repair Link Shoulder Nut Ring Bolts
Carbon Chain Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20
Retractable Lifelines Shoulder Type Machinery Eye Bolts
Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-17; 14-19–14-20 Eye Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Retractable Webbing Lanyard Single Chain Sling Type S & C
Fall Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-17; 14-20 Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Roof Anchor Kits Sliding Choker Hooks
Fall Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-22; 14-25 Other Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9; 5-110
Rope Lanyards Sliding Latch Type Choker Hooks
Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-15 Other Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10; 5-14
INDEX-5
INDEX
Sling Hitches Swivels

Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Chain Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Sling Hooks Equipped with Tapered Roller Thrust Bearing . . . 5-25; 5-26
Eye Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 Jaw End Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Index Sling Hook With Latch
Regular Swivels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27; 5-31
Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22 Synthetic Sling Fittings
Sling Hook Without Latch Shackles and Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Chain Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21 Synthetic Sling Fittings Accessories
Sling Saver® Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Web Sling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Tackle Block Warning, Use & Maintenance Information
Slip-Thru Thimble Blocks and Sheaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
Wire Rope Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Tea Cup
Snake Grips Pipe Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42 Telemetry Load Indicators
Snap Hooks Radio-Safe Telemetry Link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Other Hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Radio-Safe Telemetry Shackles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Snatch Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9–13-13; 13-16; 13-21 Terminator™
Socket Compound Wedge Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Spelter Socket Resin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Thern, Inc.
Sorting Hooks Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16; 11-17
Other Hooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Thimbles
Spelter Socket Resin Wire Rope Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29; 5-30
Socket Compound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15–4-17 Tiedown Assemblies
Spelter Sockets Cargo Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
General Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9–4-12 Toggle Block
Grooved Closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14 Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
Grooved Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Tong Blocks
Spur Gear Hand Winches, Single & Double Reduction Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16
Top Swiveling Overhaul Balls
Stainless Steel “Aircraft” Cable Overhaul Balls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-26–13-28
6 x 19, type 304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
6 x 36, type 304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Tow Slings
7 x 7, type 304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Roundslings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
7 x 19, type 304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Track Jacks
7 x 19, type 316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18 Jacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Cable-Laid Wire Rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19 Transport Chain
Strap Hoists Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13 Transport Tiedown Chain
Swage Sockets Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Closed Swage Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 Triple Branch Magnet Chains
Open Swage Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
Swage Sockets, 1-Part Slings Trolleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15
Wire Rope Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Truck Winches
Swaging Sleeves Cargo Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Copper Oval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Try Net Blocks
Copper Stop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-24
ESCO® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26; 4-27
Stainless Steel Oval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 Turnbuckles
Tin Plated Copper Oval for Stainless Steel Eye & Eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32; 5-35
Aircraft Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 Hook & Eye. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32; 5-34
Hook & Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32; 5-33
Swivel Hooks Jaw & Eye. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32; 5-36
Hoist Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Jaw & Jaw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32; 5-37
INDEX-6
INDEX
U-Bolt Clips Welded Quadruple Chain Slings

Wire Rope Clips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
UNC Threads Welded Single Chain Slings
Hoist Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12 Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Universal-Fit Harness Family
Index
Welded Triple Chain Slings
Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-19 Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Wear Pads & Sleeves Wheel Nets
Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Web Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Webbing Lanyards Wide Body Sling Saver Shackles
Fall Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-28 Shackles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Web Connector
Winches
Connecting to Conventional Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16
Web Slings
Basic Sling Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8; 7-9 Winch Line Tail Chain
Bridle Slings, Multi-Legged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 Carbon Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36
Cargo Slings, Wide Body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 Wire Mesh Slings
Chain Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 Sling Length Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
End Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 Sling Width Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Endless Type V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17; 7-18
Eye & Eye Type III & IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15; 7-16 Wire Rope
Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14; 7-20 6 x 7 Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Hardware Slings, Single Leg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 6 x 19 Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Load Balancing Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20 6 x 37 Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Marine Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22 8 x 19 Rotation Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Oneway® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21 19 x 7 Rotation Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Rated Capacity Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
“Aircraft” Cable, Galvanized . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17
Recommended Operating Practices for
Web Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10; 7-11 Design and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Reversed Eye-Type VI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1; 1-2
Sling Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 General Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13–1-20
Syntehtic Sling Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27; 7-30 High Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29; 1-30
Synthetic Sling Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28; 7-33 High Performance Low Rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25–1-27
Wear Pads & Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7; 1-8
Web Sling Hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 Installation, Operation and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . 1-3–1-6
Web Sling Terminology Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 Lubrication & Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Wheel Nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23 Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3–1-6
Web Sling Shackle Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7; 1-8
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28; 7-29 Rotation Resistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Web Sling System Stainless Steel “Aircraft” Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18; 1-19
Sling Saver® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26–7-27 Vinyl Coated Aircraft Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Wedge Sockets Wire Rope Clips
The Terminator™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Crosby G-450 Clip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Warnings and Application Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6; 4-7 Fist Grip® Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Welded Adjustable Double Loop Slings Fistgrip Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Stainless Steel SS-450 “316” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Welded Adjustable Double Slings U-Bolt Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Wire Rope Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28–4-33
Welded Adjustable Single Loop Slings Wire Rope Grips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38–5-44
Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Wire Rope Hoist
Welded Adjustable Single Slings Hoists. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14
Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Wire Rope Lubrication
Welded Double Chain Slings BRILUBE® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45; 5-46
Chain Slings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
INDEX-7
INDEX
Wire Rope Slings

Braided Slings, 4-Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23
Index General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1–2-7
Guidelines For The Rigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8–2-14
Inspection & Removal Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
Mechanical Splice, 1-Part Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16–2-21
Mechanical Splice, Cable Laid Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Poured Sockets, 1-Part Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Swage Sockets, 1-Part Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Wire Rope Thimbles
Casing and Choker Thimbles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Extra Heavy Wire Rope Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Slip-Thru Thimble. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Solid Wire Rope Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
Wire Rope Thimbles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Wood Blocks for Manila Rope
Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-22
Worm Gear Hand Winches
Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16
X-Series
Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
XS-Series Grip
Wire Rope Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Yale Cordage
Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6
INDEX-8
CERTEX Locations Worldwide
Belgium Leeuwarden Birmingham

Brussels Oldenzaal Bristol
Rotterdam Cardiff
Dubai New Zealand Doncaster
Dubai Ashburton Erith
Auckland Gateshead
Denmark Christchurch Glasgow
Aalborg Dunedin Gloucester
Hvidovre Invercargill
Great Yarmouth
Vejen Napier
Inverbervie
Vojens Nelson
New Plymouth
Redruth
Rotorua Retford
Estonia
Tauranga Southhampton
Tallinn
Timaru St. Helens
Wellington Wakefield
Finland
Helsinki West Auckland
Kaarina Whangerei United States
of America
France Norway Atlanta, GA
Clermont-Ferrand Bergen Bakersfield, CA
Paris Kristiansund Birmingham, AL
Toulouse Oslo Brunswick, GA
Stavanger
Charlotte, NC
Germany Trondheim
Chattanooga, TN
Bremerhaven Clearwater, FL
Dusseldorf People’s Republic
Decatur, AL
Fuerth of China
Ft. Lauderdale, FL
Hartmannsdorf Guangzhou
Graham, TX
Mannheim Greensboro, NC
Saarbrucken Philippines
Manilla Hennessey, OK
Hobbs, NM
Hong Kong
Puerto Rico Houma, LA
Hong Kong
San Juan Houston, TX
Indonesia Ponce Jackson, MS
Jakarta
Jacsonville, FL
Russia Lafayette, LA
Italy Ivanovo Lindsay, OK
Bologna Moscow Mobile, AL
Catania Morgan City, LA
Milan Singapore New Orleans, LA
Rome Singapore Odessa, TX
Turin Oklahoma City, OK
Venice Sweden Orlando, FL
Göteborg Pampa, TX
Lativia Jönköping Phoenix, AZ
Riga Malmö Santa Fe Springs, CA
Stockholm Tucson, AZ
Lithuania Sundsvall Tulsa, OK
Vilnius Varburg
Ventura, CA
West Monroe, LA
Netherlands United Kingdom
West Palm Beach, FL
Groningen Aberdeen
Woodward, OK
Ijmuiden Basildon

Certex

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Certex

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Product Catalog

Lifting Products and Services

ALABAMA Ft. Lauderdale New Orleans Tulsa

Visit our Web site at www.certex.com

Wire Rope Slings 2

Wire Mesh Slings 3

Wire Rope Terminations 4

Wire Rope Accessories 5

Chain & Chain Fittings 6

Blocks & Sheaves 13

Fall Protection & Miscellaneous 14

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING EXPRESS WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY

Warrington Seale Filler Wire Filler Wire Seale

Warrington Seale Seale Warrington Seale Multiple Operation

Regular Lay Lang Lay

Right Lay Left Lay

The primary factor in wire rope performance is selecting

Special care should be taken in unreeling wire rope to

1 On installations where the rope

Shifting Wear Points

The ratio of the diameter of the wire rope to the diame-

Service life increases as the D/d ratio becomes larger.This

Sheave Diameter Factors Matching Grooves to the Wire Rope

Nominal Rope Diameter Tolerance

1 As a rope is run through a groove, both become smaller.

The length of rope that can be wound on a drum or reel

Wire Rope particular installation or similar installations, severity of

1 Wire rope removal criteria are based on the use of steel

For further information on wire rope inspection refer to the

INTRODUCTION GENERAL GUIDELINES ON LUBRICATING ROPES 1

1 Lubricants containing chlorinated hydrocarbon solvents

The primary requirements for rope lubricants in such

The New Standard In

1 Strength Abrasion Resistance

Generally Accepted Design Factors

Relative bending life factors of typical ropes

Fiber core shown; IWRC available

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of

Characteristics Characteristics Characteristics Characteristics

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of

6 x 41 Warrington Seale 6 x 41 Seale Filler Wire 6 x 49 Seale Warrington Seale

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of

Galvanized "Aircraft" Cable

CERTEX Approx. Weight Breaking Strength

7 x 19 Galvanized Aircraft Cable

CERTEX Approx. Weight Breaking Strength

NOT FOR AIRCRAFT USE.

WARNING: Any warranties, expressed or implied, concerning the use of

Stainless Steel "Aircraft" Cable

1 7 x 7 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable, Type 304

Approx. Weight Breaking

7 x 19 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable, Type 304

Approx. Weight Breaking

7 x 19 Stainless Steel Aircraft Cable, Type 316

Approx. Weight Breaking

NOT FOR AIRCRAFT USE.

6 x 19 Stainless Steel Wire Rope, Type 304** 1

6 x 36 Stainless Steel Wire Rope, Type 304**

Cable-Laid Wire Rope**

Vinyl Coated Aircraft Cable

1 Clear Vinyl Coated Galvanized Aircraft Cable

Approx. Weight Breaking

Clear Vinyl Coated Stainless Aircraft Cable, Type 304